This action might not be possible to undo. Are you sure you want to continue?

Homework Service Book

Physics

Chapters 01 to 22

High School Questions

Contact homework computer at

**World Wide Web URL https://hw.utexas.edu/
**

information:

**https://hw.utexas.edu/bur/overview.html
**

signup:

**https://hw.utexas.edu/bur/instrGuestEID.html
**

contact:

homework@physics.utexas.edu

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

00 Editing Examples 00-01 Basic Templates 00-02 User-Deﬁned Macros 00-03 Figure Files 00-04 Basic Control Structures 00-05 Advanced Control Structures 00-06 Special Purpose Templates 00-07 Basic Functions 00-08 Special Functions 00-09 Basic TEX Techniques 00-10 Basic Tables 00-11 Special Use Tables 00-12 Using Macros in TEX 00-13 Basic PSTricks Techniques 00-14 Basic Graphs 00-15 Using Figure Files in PSTricks 00-16 Special Figures 00-17 Using Macros in PSTricks 00-18 Basic PPCHTeX Techniques 00-19 PPCHTeX and PSTricks 00-20 Basic Biology Templates 00-21 Basic Chem Templates 00-22 Basic PPCHTeX Structures 00-23 Electron Dot Templates 00-24 Complicated Chem Structures 00-25 Basic CS Templates 00-26 CS Structures 00-27 Basic Math Templates 00-28 Math Graphs 00-29 Basic Physics Templates 00-30 Physics Figures 00-99 Associated problems in Chapter 00 01 Physics and Measurement 01-01 The SI System 01-02 Standard Unit for Length, Mass, and Time 01-03 Derived Units 01-04 The Building Blocks of Matter 01-05 Density and Atomic Mass 01-06 Dimensional Analysis 01-07 Conversion of Units 01-08 Order-of-Magnitude Calculations 01-09 Signiﬁcant Digits and Measurements 01-10 Elementary Error Analysis 01-11 Mathematical and Scientiﬁc Notation 01-12 Coordinate Systems 01-13 Mathematics Overview 01-14 Scientiﬁc Method 01-15 Scaling

-2-

01-16 Problem Solving Strategy 01-17 Measurement Tools 01-99 Associated problems in Chapter 01 02 Motion in One Dimension 02-01 Displacement 02-02 Velocity and Speed 02-03 Average Velocity for Motion along a Straight Line 02-04 Instantaneous Velocity and Speed 02-05 Acceleration 02-06 One-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration 02-07 Freely Falling Objects 02-08 One-Dimensional Motion: Calculus Techniques 02-09 Relative Velocities 02-10 Frame of Reference 02-99 Associated problems in Chapter 02 03 Vectors 03-01 Coordinate Systems and Frames of Reference 03-02 Vector and Scalar Quantities 03-03 Some Properties of Vectors 03-04 Methods of Solving Triangles 03-05 Graphical Addition of Vectors 03-06 Components of a Vector 03-07 Adding Vector Components 03-08 Unit Vectors 03-09 Vector Kinematics 03-10 The Vector Dot (Scalar) Product 03-11 The Vector Cross Product 03-99 Associated problems in Chapter 03 04 Motion in Two Dimensions 04-01 Position and Displacement 04-02 Average and Instantaneous Velocity 04-03 Average and Instantaneous Acceleration 04-04 Two-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration 04-05 Graphical Solutions 04-06 Projectile Motion 04-07 Uniform Circular Motion 04-08 Tangential and Radial Acceleration 04-09 Relative Velocity 04-10 Relative Acceleration 04-11 Relative Motion at High Speeds 04-99 Associated problems in Chapter 04 05 The Laws of Motion 05-01 The Concept of Force

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

05-02 Newton’s First Law and Inertial Frames 05-03 Inertial Mass 05-04 Newton’s Second Law 05-05 Weight 05-06 Contact and Normal Forces 05-07 Hooke’s Law 05-08 Combining Forces 05-09 Newton’s Third Law 05-10 Free Body Diagrams in Problem Solving 05-11 Static Applications of Newton’s Law 05-12 Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law 05-13 Friction 05-14 Other Resistive Forces (Terminal Velocity) 05-15 The Fundamental Forces of Nature 05-99 Associated problems in Chapter 05 06 Circular Motion and Newton’s Laws 06-01 Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion 06-02 Banked and Unbanked Curves 06-03 Nonuniform Circular Motion 06-04 Circular Motion in Accelerated Frames 06-05 Circular Motion in the Presence of Resistive Forces 06-06 Numerical Modeling (Euler’s Method) in Particle Dynamics 06-99 Associated problems in Chapter 06 07 Work and Energy 07-01 Forms of Energy 07-02 Kinetic Energy 07-03 Work 07-04 Work: a General Constant Force 07-05 Work: the Gravitational Force 07-06 Work: a Spring Force 07-07 Work: a General Varying Force 07-08 Kinetic Energy and the Work-Energy Theorem 07-09 The Nonisolated System – Conservation of Energy 07-10 Kinetic Friction 07-11 Power 07-12 Work and Energy in Three Dimensions 07-13 Energy and the Automobile 07-14 Kinetic Energy at High Speeds 07-15 Simple and Compound Machines 07-99 Associated problems in Chapter 07

-3-

08 Potential Energy and Conservation of Energy 08-01 Potential Energy 08-02 Spring Potential Energy 08-03 Conservative and Nonconservative Forces 08-04 Conservative Forces and Potential Energy 08-05 Conservation of Mechanical Energy 08-06 Changes in Mechanical Energy 08-07 Relationship Between Conservative Forces and Potential Energy 08-08 Energy Diagrams and the Equilibrium of a System 08-09 Work Done on a System by an External Force 08-10 Conservation of Energy in General 08-11 Mass-Energy Equivalence 08-12 Quantization of Energy 08-99 Associated problems in Chapter 08 09 Linear Momentum and Collisions 09-01 Linear Momentum 09-02 Impulse and Momentum 09-03 Conservation of Linear Momentum 09-04 Elastic Collisions 09-05 Inelastic Collisions 09-06 One-Dimensional Collisions 09-07 Two- and Three-Dimensional Collisions 09-08 The Center of Mass 09-09 Finding the Center of Mass by Integration 09-10 Motion of a System of Particles (Explosions) 09-11 Energy of a System of Particles 09-12 Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions 09-13 Center of Mass Reference Frame 09-14 Rocket Propulsion 09-99 Associated problems in Chapter 09 10 Rotation of a Rigid Object About a Fixed Axis 10-01 Angular Position, Velocity and Acceleration 10-02 Kinematic Equations for Uniformly Accelerated Rotational Motion 10-03 Vector Nature of Angular Quantities 10-04 Relationships Between Angular and Linear Quantities

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

Rotational Kinetic Energy Calculation of Moments of Inertia Torque Relationship Between Torque and Angular Acceleration 10-09 Work, Power, and Energy in Rotational Motion 10-10 Problem Solving in Rotational Dynamics 10-99 Associated problems in Chapter 10 11 Rolling Motion, Angular Momentum, and Torque 11-01 Rotational Plus Translational Motion: Rolling 11-02 The Kinetic Energy of Rolling 11-03 The Forces of Rolling 11-04 The Yo-Yo 11-05 The Torque Vector 11-06 Angular Momentum of a Particle 11-07 General Motion: Angular Momentum, Torque of a System of Particles 11-08 Rotation of a Rigid Body About a Fixed Axis 11-09 Rotational Imbalance 11-10 Conservation of Angular Momentum 11-11 Precession: Gyroscopes and Tops 11-12 Rotating Frames of Reference: Inertial Forces 11-13 Coriolis Eﬀect 11-14 Quantization of Angular Momentum 11-99 Associated problems in Chapter 11 12 Static Equilibrium and Elasticity 12-01 The Conditions for Equilibrium of a Rigid Object 12-02 Solving Statics Problems 12-03 Stability and Balance: Center of Gravity 12-04 Levers and Pulleys 12-05 Bridges and Scaﬀolding 12-06 Arches and Domes 12-07 Couples 12-08 Other Objects in Static Equilibrium 12-09 Static Equilibrium in an Accelerated Frame 12-10 Elasticity: Stress and Strain 12-11 Fracturing 12-99 Associated problems in Chapter 12 13 Oscillatory Motion 13-01 Simple Harmonic Motion 10-05 10-06 10-07 10-08 13-02 13-03 13-04 13-05 13-06

-4-

Mass Attached to a Spring Forces in Simple Harmonic Motion Energy in Simple Harmonic Motion The Simple Pendulum The Physical Pendulum and Torsion Pendulum 13-07 Simple Harmonic Motion Related to Uniform Circular Motion 13-08 Damped Oscillations 13-09 Forced Oscillations: Resonance 13-99 Associated problems in Chapter 13 14 The Law of Gravity 14-01 Newton’s Law of Gravity 14-02 Gravitational Force Due to a System of Particles 14-03 Free Fall Acceleration and the Gravitational Force 14-04 Gravitation Inside the Earth 14-05 Kepler’s Laws: Planetary and Satellite Motion 14-06 The Gravitational Field 14-07 Gravitational Potential Energy 14-08 Escape Velocity 14-09 Energy: Planetary and Satellite Motion 14-10 Gravitational Force: Extended Object & Particle 14-11 Gravitational Force: Particle & Spherical Mass 14-12 Principle of Equivalence 14-99 Associated problems in Chapter 14 15 Fluid Mechanics 15-01 States of Matter 15-02 Density and Speciﬁc Gravity 15-03 Pressure 15-04 Fluids at Rest: Variation of Pressure with Depth 15-05 Pressure Measurements (Atmospheric, Gauge) 15-06 Pascal’s Principle (Hydraulics) 15-07 Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle 15-08 Fluid Dynamics 15-09 Streamlines and the Equation of Continuity 15-10 Bernoulli’s Equation 15-11 Transport Phenomena 15-12 Other Applications of Fluid Dynamics 15-13 Energy from the Wind

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

15-14 Viscosity 15-15 Surface Tension and Capillarity 15-16 Pumps: the Heart 15-99 Associated problems in Chapter 15 16 Wave Motion 16-01 Wave Characteristics and Propagation 16-02 Transverse and Longitudinal Waves 16-03 Speed of a Traveling Wave 16-04 Energy Conservation 16-05 One-Dimensional Traveling Waves 16-06 Periodic Waves (Harmonic, Electromagnetic) 16-07 Superposition and Interference of Waves 16-08 The Speed of Waves on Strings 16-09 Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves 16-10 Refraction of Waves 16-11 Diﬀraction of Waves 16-12 Sinusoidal Waves 16-13 Energy Transmitted by Waves on Strings 16-14 The Linear Wave Equation 16-15 Phasors 16-99 Associated problems in Chapter 16 17 Sound Waves 17-01 Characteristics of Sound Waves 17-02 Speed of Sound Waves 17-03 Periodic Sound Waves 17-04 Energy and Intensity of Sound Waves 17-05 The Doppler Eﬀect 17-06 Quality of Sound (Noise) 17-07 The Ear 17-08 Sources of Musical Sound 17-09 Digital Sound Recording 17-10 Motion Picture Sound 17-11 Sonar, Ultrasound, and Ultrasound Imaging 17-99 Associated problems in Chapter 17 18 Superposition and Standing Waves 18-01 Superposition of Sinusoidal Waves 18-02 Interference of Sinusoidal Waves 18-03 Standing Waves in General 18-04 Standing Waves in a String Fixed at Both Ends 18-05 Forced Vibrations and Resonance 18-06 Standing Waves in Air Columns 18-07 Standing Waves in Rods, Plates, and Membranes 18-08 Complex Waves

-5-

18-09 Beats: Interference in Time 18-10 Shock Waves and the Sonic Boom 18-11 Harmonic Analysis and Synthesis 18-12 Wave Packets and Dispersion 18-99 Associated problems in Chapter 18 19 Temperature 19-01 Atomic Theory of Matter 19-02 The Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics: Thermal Equilibrium 19-03 Celsius and Fahrenheit Temperature Scales 19-04 The Constant-Volume Gas Thermometer and the Kelvin Scale 19-05 Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids 19-06 Macroscopic Description of an Ideal Gas 19-07 Problem Solving: Ideal Gas Law 19-99 Associated problems in Chapter 19 20 Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics 20-01 Heat and Thermal Energy 20-02 Internal Energy 20-03 Heat Capacity and Speciﬁc Heat 20-04 Heat Capacity of Gases 20-05 Heat Capacity of Solids 20-06 Latent Heat 20-07 Phase Diagrams 20-08 Calorimetry 20-09 Work and Heat in Thermodynamic Processes 20-10 The First Law of Thermodynamics 20-11 Work and the P V Diagram for a Gas 20-12 Some Applications of the First Law of Thermodynamics 20-13 Heat and Energy Transfer 20-14 Global Warming and Greenhouse Gases 20-99 Associated problems in Chapter 20 21 The Kinetic Theory of Gases 21-01 Molecular Model of an Ideal Gas 21-02 Speciﬁc Heat of an Ideal Gas 21-03 Adiabatic Processes for an Ideal Gas 21-04 The Equipartition of Energy 21-05 The Boltzmann Distribution Law 21-06 Pressure, Temperature, and RMS Speed 21-07 Distribution of Molecular Speeds 21-08 Translational Kinetic Energy

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

21-09 Mean Free Path 21-10 Van der Waals’ Equation of State 21-11 Vapor Pressure and Humidity 21-12 Diﬀusion 21-13 Failure of the Equipartition Theorem 21-99 Associated problems in Chapter 21 22 Heat Engines, Entropy, & Thermodynamics 22-01 The Second Law of Thermodynamics 22-02 Heat Engines 22-03 Reversible and Irreversible Processes 22-04 The Carnot Engine 22-05 Gasoline and Deisel Engines 22-06 Heat Pumps and Refrigerators 22-07 Entropy 22-08 Entropy Changes in Irreversible Processes 22-09 Entropy on a Microscopic Scale 22-10 Human Metabolism 22-11 Energy Availability: Heat Death 22-12 Statistical Interpretation of Entropy and the Second Law 22-13 Third Law: Maximum Eﬃciencies 22-99 Associated problems in Chapter 22 23 Electric Fields 23-01 Static Electricity: Electric Charge 23-02 Quantized Charge 23-03 Insulators and Conductors 23-04 Induced Charge: the Electroscope 23-05 Coulomb’s Law 23-06 Conserved Charge 23-07 The Electric Field 23-08 Electric Field Due to a Point Charge 23-09 Electric Field Due to an Electric Dipole 23-10 Electric Field Due to a Line of Charge 23-11 Electric Field Due to a Charged Sheet 23-12 Electric Field Due to a Continuous Charge Distribution 23-13 Electric Field Lines 23-14 Electric Fields and Conductors 23-15 A Point Charge in a Electric Field 23-16 A Dipole in a Electric Field 23-17 Motion of Charged Particles in a Uniform Electric Field 23-18 The Oscilloscope 23-99 Associated problems in Chapter 23 24 Gauss’s Law 24-01 Electric Flux 24-02 Gauss’s Law

-6-

24-03 Application: Charged Insulators 24-04 Application: Charged Isolated Conductors 24-05 Application: Cylindrical Symmetry 24-06 Application: Planar Symmetry 24-07 Application: Spherical Symmetry 24-08 Conductors in Electrostatic Equilibrium 24-09 Experimental Proof of Gauss’ Law and Coulomb’s Law 24-99 Associated problems in Chapter 24 25 Electric Potential 25-01 Electric Potential Energy 25-02 Potential Diﬀerence and Electric Potential 25-03 Equipotential Surfaces 25-04 Calculating the Potential from the Field 25-05 Potential & Energy: Point Charges 25-06 Potential & Energy: Systems of Point Charges 25-07 Potential & Energy: Electric Dipoles 25-08 Potential & Energy: Continuous Charge Distributions 25-09 Potential & Energy: Charged Conductor 25-10 Calculating the Field from the Potential 25-11 Electrostatic Potential Energy: the Electron Volt 25-12 The Millikan Oil Drop Experiment 25-13 Cathode Ray Tube: TV, Computer Monitors, and Oscilloscopes 25-14 The Van de Graaﬀ Generator and Other Applications 25-99 Associated problems in Chapter 25 26 Capacitance and Dielectrics 26-01 Deﬁnition of Capacitance 26-02 Calculation of Capacitance 26-03 Combinations of Capacitors 26-04 Energy Stored in a Charged Capacitor 26-05 Capacitors with Dielectrics 26-06 Dielectrics from a Molecular Level 26-07 Dielectrics and Gauss’ Law 26-08 Electric Dipole in an External Electric Field 26-09 Electrostatic Applications 26-99 Associated problems in Chapter 26 27 Current and Resistance

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

27-01 Electric Current 27-02 Current Density and Drift Speed 27-03 Resistance and Resistivity 27-04 Ohm’s Law 27-05 Microscopic View of Ohm’s Law 27-06 Resistance and Temperature 27-07 Semiconductors 27-08 Superconductors 27-09 Electrical Energy and Power 27-10 Power in Household Circuits 27-11 Electrical Hazards: Leakage Currents 27-12 Electrical Energy in the Heart 27-99 Associated problems in Chapter 27 28 Direct Current Circuits 28-01 Electromotive Force and Terminal Voltage 28-02 Work, Energy, and EMF 28-03 Resistance: Series Circuits 28-04 Resistance: Series/Parallel Combinations 28-05 Potential Diﬀerence Between Two Points 28-06 Complicated Circuits: Kirchoﬀ’s Rules 28-07 RC Circuits 28-08 Electrical Instruments: Ammeter and Voltmeter 28-09 Household Wiring and Electrical Safety 28-10 Conduction of Electrical Signals by Neurons 28-11 Transducers and the Thermocouple 28-99 Associated problems in Chapter 28 29 Magnetic Fields 29-01 Magnetic Fields and Forces 29-02 Magnetism from Electric Currents 29-03 Magnetic Force on a Current-Carrying Conductor 29-04 Torque on a Current Loop in a Uniform Magnetic Field 29-05 Motion of a Charged Particle in a Magnetic Field 29-06 Applications of the Motion of Charged Particles in a Magnetic Field 29-07 Crossed Fields: Discovery of the Electron 29-08 The Hall Eﬀect 29-09 Galvanometers, Motors, Loudspeakers 29-10 Cyclotrons and Synchrotrons 29-11 Mass Spectrometer

-7-

29-99 Associated problems in Chapter 29 30 Sources of the Magnetic Field 30-01 The Biot-Savart Law 30-02 Magnetic Field Due to a Straight Wire 30-03 Magnetic Force Between Two Parallel Conductors 30-04 Ampere’s Law 30-05 The Magnetic Field of Current Loops 30-06 The Magnetic Field Along the Axis of a Solenoid 30-07 A Current-Carrying Coil as a Magnetic Dipole 30-08 Magnetic Flux 30-09 Gauss’s Law in Magnetism 30-10 Displacement Current and the Generalized Ampere’s Law 30-11 Magnetism and Electrons: Spin 30-12 Magnetism in Matter 30-13 Diamagnetism 30-14 Paramagnetism 30-15 Ferromagnetism 30-16 Magnetic Field of the Earth 30-99 Associated problems in Chapter 30 31 Faraday’s Law 31-01 Faraday’s Law of Induction 31-02 Motional EMF 31-03 Lenz’s Law 31-04 Induced EMF in a Moving Conductor 31-05 Induced Electric Fields 31-06 Electric Field from a Changing Magnetic Flux 31-07 Generators and Motors 31-08 Eddy Currents 31-09 Maxwell’s Equations 31-10 Sound Systems, Computer Memory, the Seismograph 31-99 Associated problems in Chapter 31 32 Inductance 32-01 Inductors and Inductance 32-02 Self-Inductance, Self-Induced EMF 32-03 RL Circuits 32-04 Energy in a Magnetic Field 32-05 Energy Density of a Magnetic Field 32-06 Mutual Inductance 32-07 Oscillations in an LC Circuit 32-08 The RLC Circuit 32-09 Critical Magnetic Fields 32-10 Magnetic Properties of Superconductors

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

32-99 Associated problems in Chapter 32 33 Alternating Current Circuits 33-01 AC Sources 33-02 Phasors 33-03 Resistors in an AC Circuit 33-04 Inductors in an AC Circuit 33-05 Capacitors in an AC Circuit 33-06 LC and RLC Circuits Without a Generator 33-07 The RLC Series Circuit 33-08 Damped Oscillations in an RLC Circuit 33-09 Power in an AC Circuit 33-10 Resonance in a Series RLC Circuit 33-11 Impedance Matching 33-12 Filter Circuits 33-13 The Transformer and Power Transmission 33-14 Three-Phase AC 33-99 Associated problems in Chapter 33 34 Electromagnetic Waves 34-01 Maxwell’s Equations and Hertz’s Discoveries 34-02 Plane Electromagnetic Waves 34-03 Speed of Electromagnetic Waves 34-04 Energy Carried by Electromagnetic Waves: Poynting Vector 34-05 Momentum and Radiation Pressure 34-06 Radiation from an Inﬁnite Current Sheet 34-07 The Production of Electromagnetic Waves by an Antenna 34-08 Properties of Electromagnetic Waves 34-09 The Spectrum of Electromagnetic Waves 34-10 The Doppler Eﬀect for Electromagnetic Waves 34-11 Radio and Television 34-99 Associated problems in Chapter 34 35 The Nature of Light and Geometric Optics 35-01 The Nature of Light 35-02 Wave-Particle Duality 35-03 The Speed of Light 35-04 Reﬂection 35-05 Transmission and Refraction 35-06 The Law of Refraction 35-07 Dispersion and Prisms 35-08 Huygens’ Principle 35-09 Total Internal Reﬂection

-8-

35-10 Fermat’s Principle 35-11 Mixing Pigments 35-12 Luminous Intensity 35-99 Associated problems in Chapter 35 36 Geometric Optics 36-01 Two Types of Image 36-02 Images Formed by Flat Mirrors 36-03 Images Formed by Concave Mirrors 36-04 Images Formed by Convex Mirrors 36-05 Spherical Mirrors: Ray Tracing 36-06 Images Formed by Refracting Surfaces 36-07 Atmospheric Refraction 36-08 Images Formed by Thin Lenses 36-09 Combinations of Lenses and Mirrors 36-10 Thin Lenses: Ray Tracing 36-11 Lensmaker’s Equation 36-12 The Camera 36-13 The Eye and Corrective Lenses 36-14 The Simple Magniﬁer 36-15 The Compound Microscope 36-16 The Telescope 36-17 Lens and Mirror Aberrations 36-99 Associated problems in Chapter 36 37 Interference of Light Waves 37-01 Conditions for Interference 37-02 Double Slit Interference: Young’s Experiment 37-03 Coherence 37-04 Intensity Distribution of the DoubleSlit Interference Pattern 37-05 Phasor Addition of Waves 37-06 Change of Phase Due to Reﬂection 37-07 Interference in Thin Films 37-08 The Michelson Interferometer 37-09 Using Interference to Read CDs and DVDs 37-99 Associated problems in Chapter 37 38 Diﬀraction and Polarization 38-01 Diﬀraction 38-02 Huygens’ Principle and Diﬀraction 38-03 Huygens’ Principle and the Law of Refraction 38-04 Single-Slit Diﬀraction 38-05 Intensity in Single-Slit Diﬀraction 38-06 Using Phasors to Add Harmonic Waves 38-07 Fraunhofer and Fresnel Diﬀraction 38-08 Resolution of Single-Slit and Circular Apertures 38-09 Resolution of Telescopes and Micro-

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

scopes: the λ Limit 38-10 Resolution of the Human Eye and Useful Magniﬁcation 38-11 Diﬀraction by a Double Slit 38-12 The Diﬀraction Grating 38-13 Gratings: Dispersion and Resolving Power 38-14 X-Rays 38-15 Diﬀraction of X-Rays by Crystals 38-16 Polarization of Light Waves 38-17 Polarization by Reﬂection 38-18 The Spectrometer and Sprctroscopy 38-99 Associated problems in Chapter 38 39 Relativity 39-01 Galilean Coordinate Transformations 39-02 Lorenz Coordinate Transformations 39-03 Postulates: Speed of Light 39-04 The Michelson-Morley Experiment 39-05 Consequences of Special Relativity 39-06 The Lorentz Transformation for Displacements 39-07 The Lorentz Transformation for Time 39-08 The Lorentz Transformation for Velocities 39-09 Relativistic Momentum and Relativistic Form of Newton’s Laws 39-10 Relativistic Energy 39-11 Mass as a Measure of Energy 39-12 Photon Momentum 39-13 Conservation of Relativistic Momentum, Mass, and Energy 39-14 Doppler Shift for Light 39-15 Pair Production and Annihilation 39-16 Matter and Antimatter 39-17 General Relativity and Accelerating Reference Frames 39-99 Associated problems in Chapter 39 40 The Quantum Theory of Light 40-01 The Photon, the Quantum of Light 40-02 Hertz’s Experiments: Light as an Electromagnetic Wave 40-03 Blackbody Radiation and Planck’s Hypothesis 40-04 Light Quantization and the Photoelectric Eﬀect 40-05 The Compton Eﬀect 40-06 Particle-Wave Complementarity, Duality: Double Slits 40-07 Eﬀect of Gravity on Light

-9-

40-08 The Wave Function 40-09 Electron Microscopes 40-99 Associated problems in Chapter 40 41 The Particle Nature of Matter 41-01 The Atomic Nature of Matter 41-02 The Composition of Atoms 41-03 Molecules 41-04 The Bohr Atom 41-05 Quantum Model of the Hydrogen Atom 41-06 Franck-Herz Experiment 41-99 Associated problems in Chapter 41 42 Matter Waves 42-01 de Broglie Waves 42-02 The Time Independent Schrodinger Equation 42-03 The Davisson-Germer Experiment 42-04 Fourier Integrals 42-05 The Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle 42-06 Wave Groups and Dispersion 42-07 Wave-Particle Duality 42-08 String Waves and Matter Waves 42-99 Associated problems in Chapter 42 43 Quantum Mechanics in One Dimension 43-01 The Hydrogen Atom 43-02 The Born Interpretation 43-03 The Time-Dependent Schrodinger Equation 43-04 Wavefunction for a Free Particle 43-05 Wavefunctions in the Presence of Forces 43-06 Particle in a Box 43-07 Energies of a Trapped Electron 43-08 Wave Functions of a Trapped Electron 43-09 The Finite Square Well 43-10 More Electron Traps 43-11 Two- and Three-Dimensional Electron Traps 43-12 The Quantum Oscillator 43-13 Expectation Values 43-14 Observables and Operators 43-99 Associated problems in Chapter 43 44 Tunneling Phenomena 44-01 The Square Barrier 44-02 Barrier Penetration: Some Applications 44-03 Decay Rates 44-04 The Scanning Tunneling Microscope 44-99 Associated problems in Chapter 44

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

45 Quantum Mechanics in Three Dimensions 45-01 Three-Dimensional Schrodinger Equation 45-02 Particle in a Three-Dimensional Box 45-03 Central Forces and Angular Momentum 45-04 Space Quantization 45-05 Quantization of Angular Momentum and Energy 45-06 Atomic Hydrogen and Hydrogen-like Ions 45-99 Associated problems in Chapter 45 46 Atomic Structure 46-01 Some Properties of Atoms 46-02 Atomic Spectra 46-03 Orbital Magnetism and the Normal Zeeman Eﬀect 46-04 Electron Spin 46-05 The Spin-Orbit Interaction and Other Magnetic Eﬀects 46-06 Angular Momenta and Magnetic Dipole Moments 46-07 The Stern-Gerlach Experiment 46-08 Magnetic Resonance 46-09 Electron Clouds 46-10 Exchange Symmetry and the Exclusion Principle 46-11 Multiple Electrons in Rectangular Traps 46-12 Electron Interactions and Screening Effects 46-13 The Periodic Table 46-14 Isotopes 46-15 X-Ray Spectra and Moseley’s Law 46-16 Atomic Transitions 46-17 Lasers and Holography 46-18 How Lasers Work 46-99 Associated problems in Chapter 46 47 Statistical Physics 47-01 The Maxwell-Boltzmann Distribution 47-02 Quantum Statistics, Indistinguishability, and the Pauli Exclusion Principle 47-03 Applications of Bose-Einstein Statistics 47-04 An Application of Fermi-Dirac Statistics: The Free-Electron Gas Theory of Metals 47-99 Associated problems in Chapter 47

-10-

48 Molecular Structure 48-01 Bonding Mechanisms 48-02 Weak (van der Waals) Bonds 48-03 Polyatomic Molecules 48-04 Diatomic Molecules: Molecular Rotation and Vibration 48-05 Molecular Spectra 48-06 Electron Sharing and the Covalent Bond 48-07 Bonding in Complex Molecules 48-99 Associated problems in Chapter 48 49 The Solid State 49-01 Bonding in Solids 49-02 Electrical Properties of Solids 49-03 Energy Levels in a Crystalline Solid 49-04 Insulators 49-05 Metals 49-06 Classical Free-Electron Model 49-07 Quantum Theory of Metals 49-08 Band Theory of Solids 49-09 Semiconductor Devices 49-10 Doped Semiconductors 49-11 The p-n Junction 49-12 The Junction Rectiﬁer 49-13 The Light-Emitting Diode (LED) 49-14 Transistors and Integrated Circuits 49-99 Associated problems in Chapter 49 50 Superconductivity 50-01 Magnetism in Matter 50-02 A Brief History of Superconductivity 50-03 Some Properties of Type I Superconductors 50-04 Type II Superconductors 50-05 Other Properties of Superconductors 50-06 Electronic Speciﬁc Heat 50-07 BCS Theory 50-08 Energy Gap Measurements 50-09 Josephson Tunneling 50-10 High-Temperature Superconductivity 50-11 Applications of Superconductivity 50-99 Associated problems in Chapter 50 51 Nuclear Structure 51-01 Discovering the Nucleus 51-02 Some Nuclear Properties 51-03 Binding Energy and Nuclear Forces 51-04 Nuclear Models 51-05 Radioactivity 51-06 Decay Processes 51-07 Alpha Decay

**Homework Service Book — Physics
**

51-08 Beta Decay 51-09 Gamma Decay 51-10 Half-Life and Rate of Decay 51-11 Decay Series 51-12 Radioactive Dating 51-13 Measuring Radiation Dosage 51-14 Natural Radioactivity 51-99 Associated problems in Chapter 51 52 Nuclear Physics Applications 52-01 Nuclear Reactions 52-02 Reaction Cross Section 52-03 Interactions Involving Neutrons 52-04 Nuclear Fission 52-05 A Model for Nuclear Fission 52-06 Nuclear Reactors 52-07 A Natural Nuclear Reactor 52-08 Nuclear Fusion 52-09 Thermonuclear Fusion in the Sun and Other Stars 52-10 Controlled Thermonuclear Fusion 52-11 Recent Fusion Energy Developments 52-12 Interaction of Particles with Matter 52-13 Radiation Damage in Matter 52-14 Radiation Detectors 52-15 Radiation Therapy 52-16 Tracers 52-17 Tomography Imaging: CAT Scans and Emission Tomography 52-18 NMR and MRI 52-99 Associated problems in Chapter 52 53 Particle Physics 53-01 Elementary Particles 53-02 The Fundamental Forces in Nature 53-03 Particle Accelerators and Detectors 53-04 Particle Exchange 53-05 Particles and Antiparticles 53-06 Mesons and the Beginning of Particle Physics 53-07 Classiﬁcation of Particles 53-08 Conservation Laws 53-09 Particle Stability and Resonances 53-10 Antiproton in a Bubble Chamber 53-11 Leptons 53-12 Hadrons 53-13 Strange Particles and Strangeness 53-14 Elementary Particle Production; Measurement of Properties 53-15 The Eightfold Way 53-16 Quarks

-11-

53-17 Electroweak Theory and the Standard Model 53-18 Quasars 53-19 Grand Uniﬁed Theory 53-99 Associated problems in Chapter 53 54 Astrophysics and Cosmology 54-01 Stars and Galaxies 54-02 The Birth and Death of Stars 54-03 General Relativity: Gravity and the Curvature of Space 54-04 The Expanding Universe 54-05 The Cosmic Connection 54-06 Cosmic Background Radiation 54-07 Dark Matter 54-08 The Big Bang 54-09 Early History of the Universe 54-10 The Future of the Universe 54-11 Problems and Perspectives 54-99 Associated problems in Chapter 54 55 Probability Distributions 55-01 Uncertainites 55-02 Parent and Sample Distributions 55-03 Mean and Standard Deviation of Distributions 55-04 Binomial Distribution 55-05 Poisson Distribution 55-06 Gaussian or Normal Error Distribution 55-07 Lorentzian Distribution 55-99 Associated problems in Chapter 55 56 Error Analysis (see 01:11) 56-01 Instrumental and Statistical Uncertainties 56-02 Propagation of Errors 56-03 Speciﬁc Error Formulas 56-04 Application of Error Equations 56-99 Associated problems in Chapter 56 57 Estimates of Mean and Errors 57-01 Method of Least Squares 57-02 Statistical Fluctuations 57-03 χ2 Test of a Distribution 57-99 Associated problems in Chapter 57 58 Monte Carlo Techniques 58-01 Introduction 58-02 Random Numbers 58-03 Random Numbers from Probability Distributions 58-04 Speciﬁc Distributions 58-05 Eﬃciency 58-99 Associated problems in Chapter 58

Homework Service Book — Physics 59 Least-Squares Fit to a Straight Line 59-01 Dependent and Independent Variables 59-02 Method of Least Squares 59-03 Minimizing χ2 59-04 Error Estimation 59-05 Some Limitations of the Least-Squares Method 59-06 Alternate Fitting Methods 59-99 Associated problems in Chapter 59 60 Least-Squares Fit to a Polynomial 60-01 Determinate Solution 60-02 Matrix Solution 60-03 Independent Parameters 60-04 Nonlinear Functions 60-99 Associated problems in Chapter 60 61 Least-Squares Fit to an Arbitrary Function 61-01 Nonlinear Fitting 61-02 Searching Parameter Space 61-03 Grid-Search Mechod 61-04 Gradient-Search Method 61-05 Expansion Methods 61-06 The Marquardt Method 61-07 Comments on the Fits 61-99 Associated problems in Chapter 61 62 Fitting Composite Curves 62-01 Lorentzian Peak on Quadratic Background 62-02 Area Determination 62-03 Composite Plots 62-99 Associated problems in Chapter 62 63 Direct Application of the MaximumLikelihood Method 63-01 Maximum-Likelihood Method 63-02 Computer Example 63-99 Associated problems in Chapter 63 64 Testing the Fit 64-01 χ2 Test of Goodness of Fit 64-02 Linear-Correlation Coeﬃcient 64-03 F Test 64-04 Conﬁdence Intervals 64-05 Monte Carlo Tests 64-99 Associated problems in Chapter 64 -12- .

a precision pendulum clock. and Time Kopp lect1 prob1 01:02. the daily rotation of the earth. 2. None of these 13 . 4. Mass. multiple choice. section 2. < 1 min.Chapter 1. The standard of time is based on 1. highSchool. the frequency of light emitted by 86 Kr. the yearly revolution of the earth about the sun. ﬁxed. 3. Standard Unit for Length. 5.

1 2. Concept 41 9 01:04. around 102 meters in scale 14 Part 1 of 3 Are all molecules of a particular substance alike? . 5 Part 2 of 2 How many elements are in a water molecule? 1. ﬁxed. highSchool. Part 2 of 3 Can molecules be broken into parts? 1. around 10−10 meters in scale 2. 2 3. oxygen 4. 4 5. highSchool. around 10−2 meters in scale 4.Chapter 1. multiple choice. 1 2. 4 5. No Part 3 of 3 How big are molecules? 1. 2 3. Yes 1. highSchool. < 1 min. multiple choice. multiple choice. < 1 min. 3 4. < 1 min. Yes 2. 5 Molecular Model 01:04. carbon 3. section 4. water 5. No 2. ﬁxed. around 10−6 meters in scale 3. 3 4. hydrogen 2. None of these Conceptual 09 Q1 01:04. What is not an element? 1. Part 1 of 2 How many atoms are in a water molecule? 1. The Building Blocks of Matter ﬁxed.

Chapter 1.7 13.3 19. None of these Part 2 of 2 The density of copper is 8900 kg/m3 . Conceptual 10 Q02 01:05.” In physics. highSchool.12 m.3 What is the likely identity of this metal? 1. aluminum 3. The mass of the object is 0. lead . diﬀerent materials always have different densities. highSchool. normal. diamond 3. two materials can have the same density. section 5. highSchool. iron 4. < 1 min. density and hardness have completely diﬀerent meanings. multiple choice. multiple choice. lead 5. 2. What is its density? Part 2 of 2 What would be its weight if it had the same volume and were make of pure gold? The density of pure gold is 19300 kg/m3 . ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 Martin ﬁnds a piece of metal in a scrap yard and weighs it. No. highSchool. What would be the volume of the scrap metal if it had the same weight and were made of copper? 15 Conceptual 10 05 01:05.9 2. aluminum Part 2 of 2 Which object is the hardest? 1. Do you agree with him? Why? 1. Conceptual 10 03 01:05. a particular material can have diﬀerent densities. highSchool. > 1 min.6 11. Part 1 of 2 A perfectly spherical piece of metal is found at the bottom of a wishing well. Which object is the densest? 1. Density and Atomic Mass Conceptual 10 02 01:05. < 1 min. Its mass is found to be 4763 kg and its volume is 0. the word “dense” is often used interchangeably with the word “hard. wording-variable. mercury 4. What is the mass of water required to ﬁll a circular hot tub 3 m in diameter and 1. 3. > 1 min. multiple choice. iron 2.6 m3 as determined by immersion in water. Martin says that knowing only the density of a material is enough to identify uniquely a material of unknown origin. multiple choice.5 m deep? Conceptual 10 Q01 01:05. ﬁxed. < 1 min. The densities of common metals are Metal Fe Al Hg Pb Au g/cm3 7. Yes. Part 1 of 2 In everyday use. normal. No. gold 6.45 kg and the radius is 0. numeric. lead 2.

In one scene in the movie The Godfather II. they are made of the same kind of atom. Which bottle is denser? 1. A 2. it weighs about 45 lbs.300 kg/m3 . 2. 4. the atoms are arranged diﬀerently. Unable to determine Conceptual 10 Q04 01:05. Graphite is a black.5 lbs. The density of gold is 19. compressing the cube until it has oneeighth the volume 3. a solid gold phones is passed around a large table for everyone to see. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. Consider a cube of soft. < 1 min. highSchool. A is ﬁlled with air at atmospheric pressure. ﬁxed. multiple choice. < 1 min. Density and Atomic Mass 2. No. 4. No. No.Chapter 1. < 1 min. multiple choice. highSchool. Yes. aluminum Conceptual 10 Q03 01:05. 2. multiple choice. it weighs about 90 lbs. ﬁxed. Yes. Which piece below has the larger density? 1. 4. 3. Suppose the volume of gold in the phone was equal to the volume of 10-centimeter cube of gold. B Conceptual 10 Q29 01:05. and B is completely evacuated. < 1 min. it weighs about 4. the atoms in diamond and graphite are diﬀerent. Diamond is a hard transparent material made of only carbon atoms. No. cutting out a piece of the cube that has one-eighth the volume 2. Unable to determine 16 Conceptual 10 Q28 01:05. spongy material. Hewitt CP9 12 E06 01:05. iron 4. Do graphite and diamond have the same density? Why? 1. Yes. highSchool. 3. highSchool. Could such a phone be casually passed around a table from hand to hand? What is the weight of the phone? 1. Consider two identical metal bottles A and B that can be used to hold compressed gases. . multiple choice. Densities are the same. soft material used to make pencil lead and is also made of only carbon atoms. 3. highSchool. section 5. multiple choice. Densities are the same. it weighs about 9 lbs. diamond 3. < 1 min. ﬁxed.

They have same volumes. Hewitt CP9 15 E45 01:05. ﬁxed. 3. < 1 min. which have uniform mass distributions. multiple choice. M1 3. There are a lot of dangling bonds inside a solid bar of uranium. . highSchool. ﬁxed. a kilogram of gold 2. 2. It cannot be determined. The density of water is highest at 1◦ C. < 1 min. = M2 M1 4. = M2 5. = M2 M1 9. Why then. = M2 1. 6. 6. 5. The density of water is highest at 3◦ C. Density is determined by the spacing between the atoms as well as mass. multiple choice. Density and Atomic Mass The uranium atom is the heaviest among the naturally occurring elements. isn’t a solid bar of uranium the densest metal? 1. Part 1 of 2 Consider two planets. The density of water is highest at 2◦ C. < 1 min. section 5. 4. = A2 R1 R2 R1 R2 2 . The mass density and the radius of planet 1 are ρ1 and R1 . denoted 1 and 2. 3. Which has more volume – a kilogram of gold or a kilogram of aluminum? 1. The density of water is highest at 5◦ C. 1. Hewitt CP9 12 E07 01:05. deﬁned by the two equaA2 tors? A1 1. The density of water is highest at 0 ◦ C. multiple choice. highSchool. 17 Ratio of Planets 01:05. The density of water is highest at 4◦ C. highSchool. a kilogram of aluminum 3. 2.Chapter 1. A solid uranium bar contains a lot of oxygen. = M2 M1 = M2 3 2 3 2 Part 2 of 2 Which of the following gives the ratio of the A1 circular areas. What is correct? 10. M2 M1 8. = A2 A1 2. M1 = M2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ1 ρ2 ρ1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R2 R1 R2 R1 3 2 3 2 M1 = M2 M1 = 7. ﬁxed. respectively. 4. 4. and those of planet 2 are ρ2 and R2 Which of the following gives the ratio of M1 ? their masses M2 M1 = M2 M1 2. The uranium atoms lose most of their neutrons when forming a solid bar.

wording-variable. the total surface area of the second cube is 1. the same as the ﬁrst cube. sixty-four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. 7. nine times as much as the ﬁrst cube. A2 6. highSchool. 6. 3 L . the density of the second cube is 1. 8. 10. 5. four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. eight times as much as the ﬁrst cube.. 2 3. A1 5. 5. eight times as much as the ﬁrst cube. Compared to the ﬁrst cube. i. 6. 8. 7. 2 9. A1 =π A2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 2 3 18 8. 2. 10. 2. the weight of the second cube is 1. =π A2 3 Scaling 01 01:05.e. four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. A1 10. 3. twenty-seven times as much as the ﬁrst cube. None of these Part 2 of 3 Compared to the ﬁrst cube. < 1 min. A1 = A2 A1 =π A2 3 3 2. nine times as much as the ﬁrst cube. four times as much as the ﬁrst cube.Chapter 1. A second cube of the same material has sides three times the length of the ﬁrst cube. sixty-four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. Density and Atomic Mass A1 3. None of these Part 3 of 3 Compared to the ﬁrst cube. = A2 4. 5. twenty-four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. twenty-seven times as much as the ﬁrst cube. the same as the ﬁrst cube. 4. nine times as much as the ﬁrst cube. section 5. =π A2 A1 = A2 A1 = 7. two times as much as the ﬁrst cube. 4. 4. 3. twenty-four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. 9. . sixteen times as much as the ﬁrst cube. twenty-four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. 9. multiple choice. sixty-four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. Part 1 of 3 A solid aluminum cube has sides each of length L . two times as much as the ﬁrst cube. sixteen times as much as the ﬁrst cube. eight times as much as the ﬁrst cube.

8. Density and Atomic Mass 6. the same as the ﬁrst cube. 9. 10. None of these 19 . twenty-seven times as much as the ﬁrst cube. 7.Chapter 1. sixteen times as much as the ﬁrst cube. ninty-six times as much as the ﬁrst cube. section 5.

µ = 8. µ = ρ A 2. x = 1. > 1 min. µ = ρ A2 4. Let ∆m be the mass of a segment of the string and ∆x the length of this segment. of a piece of string is deﬁned as µ= ∆m . x = 1. y = 2 6. x = −2. A rope has a cross section A = 10 m2 and density ρ = 2000 kg/m3 . ∆x Denote ρ to be its mass density deﬁned as ρ= mass volume Dimensional Analysis 0801 01:06. y = 1 7. Consider a piece of string which is placed along the x-axis. 3. < 1 min. ﬁnd the powers x and y . The “linear” density of the rope µ. is deﬁned to be the mass per unit length. x = −1. 1. µ = 7. deﬁned to be the mass per unit length.Chapter 1. highSchool. section 6. normal. x = −1. x = −2. µ = ρ A ρ A2 A ρ 1 ρA A2 ρ 1 ρ A2 A ρ2 A2 ρ2 8. x = 1. normal. 2. can be written in the form µ = ρx Ay . The “linear” density of the rope µ. A rope has a cross section A = 10 m2 and density ρ = 2000 kg/m3 . y = 2 3. 1. determine the equations which enable one to solve for x and y. y = 2 3. µ = 5. This problem shows how dimensional analysis helps us check our work and sometimes even help us ﬁnd a formula. y = −1 9. x = 1. x = 1. multiple choice. highSchool. multiple choice. y = 1 2. µ = 6. Dimensional Analysis Dimensional Analysis 0301 01:06. Based on dimensional analysis. x = −2. highSchool. y = 1 20 Based on dimensional analysis. This problem shows how dimensional analysis helps us check and sometimes even ﬁnd a formula. Let us write µ = ρ x Ay . < 1 min. µ = Dimensional Analysis 13 01:06. The linear mass density. and A its cross sectional area. multiple choice. y = −1 4. 2y − 3x = −1 2y + 3x = −1 3x + 2y = 1 . µ. µ = 10. in the form µ = ρx Ay . y = −1 5. ﬁxed. x = −1. Using dimensional analysis. determine the powers x and y by choosing an expression below. 1. x = 1. µ = 9.

4. > 1 min. x = −1. highSchool. “If a chicken-and-a- . 1. 6. ﬁxed. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in fourteen days. < 1 min. L/T 5. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in ﬁfteen days. 7. 2. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in nine days. x = −1. multiple choice. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in twelve days. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in twenty-one days. The volume of an object is given as a funcB tion of time by V = A + + C t4 . 1. 8. x = −1. How many 85 kg people can safely occupy an elevator that can hold a maximum mass of exactly 1 metric ton? Laying Eggs 01 01:06. highSchool. x = −1. 9.Chapter 1. < 1 min. 6. how many days will it take two chickens to lay thirty-two eggs?” Please help your teacher select the correct answer to the secretary’s question. 9. section 6. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in twenty-four days. 8. wording-variable. 7. 10. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in eighteen days. L4 /T 3 4. 10. L/T 4 3. L3 /T 4 Holt SF 01Rev 14 01:06. multiple choice. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in twenty-two days. 5. Needing help. 3. x = 1. Given position x units L Dimension Of Constant 01:06. ﬁxed. 2y − 3x = 1 − 2y − 3x = − 1 2y − 3x = − 1 2y + 3x = − 1 3x + 2y = 1 2y − 3x = 1 − 2y − 3x = − 1 21 half can lay an egg-and-a-half in a dayand-a-half. 5. Dimensional Analysis 4. A metric ton is 1. < 1 min. Determine t the dimension of the constant C. highSchool. L2 /T 4 2. x = −1. x = 1. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in sixteen days.000 × 103 kg. Two chickens will lay thirty-two eggs in ten days. highSchool. the secretary of the United States Department of Agriculture asked your teacher. SWCT Dimension 01:06. numeric. multiple choice. normal.

L2 /T 4. Let L and T denote dimensions of length and time. What is the dimension of the constant A? 1. > 1 min. 3 4. L/T3 3. L3 /T3 2. L3 · T3 5. highSchool. multiple choice. ﬁxed. highSchool. L2 /T 4. 4 Volume Dimension 02 01:06. Suppose the volume V of some object happens to depend on time t according to the equation V (t) = At3 + B/t2 . L/T 22 Find the exponent A in the equation . section 6. Let L and T denote dimensions of length and time. 2 3. < 1 min. multiple choice. respectively. respectively. L/T3 3. L/T Volume Dimension 04 01:06. 1 2. Determine the dimension of the constant A? 1. L3 /T3 2. L3 · T3 5. The volume of an object as a function of time is V (t) = At3 . ﬁxed.Chapter 1. Dimensional Analysis time t velocity v acceleration a T L T L T2 a 2 tA V = x 1. where A is some constant. where A and B are some constants.

5 × 10−7 m 6. multiple choice. 1. Part 3 of 3 c) Express this diameter in micrometers. 1. < 1 min. normal. Holt SF 01A 04 01:07. > 1 min. < 1 min.5 × 10−1 Mm 5. multiple choice. normal.5 × 10−1 Pm 3. Part 2 of 3 b) Express this diameter in millimeters. None of these 23 Holt SF 01A 02 01:07. 5 × 105 m 3. Holt SF 01A 03 01:07. Express this diameter in meters. 1. Part 1 of 2 The Statue of Liberty weighs nearly 205 tons. A human hair is approximately 50 µm in diameter. highSchool. numeric. normal. numeric. a) Express this distance with an SI preﬁx. < 1 min. 1. Part 1 of 2 The distance between the sun and the Earth is about 1. highSchool. How many people would it take to move it? Conceptual 10 04 01:07.Chapter 1. 1. If a person can pull an average of 100 kg/person. Part 1 of 3 A hydrogen atom has a diameter of about 10 nm. highSchool. A human hair is approximately 50 µm in diameter. highSchool. numeric. None of these . Traces of mercury have been found in the tank. numeric. 45 m wide. how many people would it take to move the Statue of Liberty? Part 2 of 2 The weight of the space shuttle is about 4. normal. What is the total mass of mercury in the tank? Holt SF 01A 01 01:07. highSchool. normal. Conversion of Units Conceptual 03 05 01:07. 1. 5 × 107 m 7. normal.5 × 1011 m. section 7.5 × 10−1 mm 6. 5 × 106 m 5. < 1 min. with a concentration of 60 mg/L.5 × 10−1 Tm 2. Express this period in seconds. A water holding tank measures 100 m long. 1.5 million pounds. highSchool. normal. 1. highSchool. 5 × 10−5 m 2. Holt SF 01A 01M 01:07. < 1 min. numeric. < 1 min.5 × 10−1 km 7. and 10 m deep. A typical radio wave has a period of 1 µs. a) Express this diameter in meters. 5 × 10−6 m 4.5 × 10−1 Gm 4. Express this diameter in meters.

1. a) Express 10 rations in dekarations.440 × 10−12 kg 8.Chapter 1.440 × 10−6 kg 6.440 × 10−3 kg 5. .5 × 109 km 3. Express this mass in kilograms. normal. 1.5 × 1011 m. None of these Holt SF 01A 0402 01:07. 1.440 × 103 kg 2. The distance between the sun and the Earth is about 1. Part 2 of 7 b) Express 2 h 10 min in seconds. 1.675 mg in grams. 1. None of these 24 Holt SF 01Rev 11 01:07.5 × 108 km 2. None of these Holt SF 01A 05 01:07. normal. 1. 1. highSchool.5 × 107 km 5.5 × 106 km 4. 1. Holt SF 01Rev 12 01:07. highSchool. Conversion of Units Part 2 of 2 b) Express this distance in kilometers. Part 1 of 7 a) Express 2 dm in millimeters. < 1 min. highSchool.5 × 107 km 5. Part 1 of 5 Use the SI preﬁxes to convert these hypothetical units of measure into appropriate quantities. The average mass of an automobile in the United States is about 1. numeric. Part 4 of 7 d) Express 0. highSchool. 1. < 1 min. 1. 1.5 × 1011 km 7. 1. wording-variable. numeric. 1. > 1 min.5 × 108 km 2. multiple choice. Part 6 of 7 f) Express 462 µm in centimeters. 1. 1. Part 7 of 7 g) Express 35 km/h in meters per second. 1. multiple choice. Part 5 of 7 e) Express 0.440 × 106 g. Express this distance in kilometers. > 1 min. 1.440 × 10−9 kg 7.440 × 1012 kg 4. normal.5 × 1011 km 6.5 × 109 km 3. 1. 1. 1.5 × 106 km 4.75 km in centimeters.440 × 109 kg 3.5 × 1010 km 6.5 × 1010 km 6. section 7. Part 3 of 7 c) Express 16 g in micrograms.440 × 100 kg 9. 1. 1. 1.

106 kg Volume Conversion 02 01:07. multiple choice. A gram is 1. highSchool. One cubic centimeter 1. Part 3 of 5 c) Express 10−6 phones in microphones. numeric. < 1 min. 19 25 e) Express 10 Part 5 of 5 miners in examiners. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A volume of V = 1 liter is how many cubic centimeters? Part 2 of 2 What would this same volume be in cubic millimeters? . 1 kg 4.0 cm3 of water has a mass of 0. 10−6 kg 2. numeric. section 7. highSchool.Chapter 1. 103 kg 5. ﬁxed. Part 4 of 5 d) Express 10−9 goats in nanogoats.001 kg at 25◦ C. 10−3 kg 3. > 1 min. Conversion of Units Part 2 of 5 b) Express 2000 mockingbirds in kilomockingbirds. normal. highSchool. Holt SF 01Rev 43 01:07. normal. Find the mass of 1 m3 of water at 25◦ C. Kopp lect1 prob2 01:07.

Order-of-Magnitude Calculations Figuring Physics 12 01:08. what is the approximate diameter of an oil molecule? 26 .Chapter 1. normal. You can obtain a rough estimate of the size of a molecule with the following simple experiment: Let a droplet of oil spread out on a fairly large but smooth water surface. wordingvariable. numeric. The next day you remove a gallon from the underground tank and measure its radioactivity to be 100 counts per minute above background. highSchool. highSchool. Given an oil droplet with a mass of 9.8 cm on the water surface.00 × 10−7 kg and a density of 918 kg/m3 that spreads out to form a circle with a radius of 41. section 8. The resulting ”oil slick” that forms on the surface of the water will be approximately one molecule thick. > 1 min. < 1 min. How much gasoline is in the tank? Holt SF 01Rev 40 01:08. You pour in one gallon of gasoline that contains some long half-life radioactive material that causes a Geiger constant to register 50000 counts per minute above background radiation. numeric. Suppose that you wish to ﬁnd out how much gasoline is in an underground storage tank.

004 J. 2 4. Part 1 of 3 The value of the speed of light is now known Part 2 of 5 b) 25. 4 5. wording-variable. 1. 4 6. < 1 min. highSchool. 6 7. 1 3. multiple choice. 6 7. 3 5. 4 6. 1. 2 Part 3 of 5 .Chapter 1. 5 6. 1 2.030 C. None of these ◦ 27 4. Signiﬁcant Digits and Measurements Holt SF 01Rev 16 01:09. 3 4. None of these Part 5 of 5 e) 1. 1. 5 2. None of these Part 4 of 5 d) 1. 1 3. 4 2. section 9. 3 5.3 05 20 MHz. 2 3. Part 1 of 5 How many signiﬁcant ﬁgures are in the following measurements? a) 300 000 000 m/s. < 1 min. multiple choice. highSchool. 6 2. 6 7. None of these c) 0. 1. 1. wording-variable.006 070◦ C. 1 3. 3 5. 2 4. 3 5. 5 6. 1 3. 4 2. 2 4. None of these Holt SF 01Rev 18 01:09. 5 7. 6 7. 5 6.

998 × 10 m/s 6.Chapter 1. 1.2 m. 2.9979246 × 108 m/s 9.788 × 10 s. Express the speed of light a) with three signiﬁcant ﬁgures. 2. 3. 3 × 10 m/s 2. 2. 2 4. 1 3. 2. 4 2.99792 × 10 m/s 7.997925 × 108 m/s 8. 2. normal. None of these Part 3 of 3 c) with seven signiﬁcant ﬁgures.9979 × 108 m/s 6. 3.99792 × 108 m/s 8.9979246 × 10 m/s 9.0 × 10 m/s 3. 3 × 108 m/s 2.997925 × 10 m/s 8. section 9. 2. highSchool.9979 × 10 m/s 5. 1 3. 2. 3. < 1 min.9979246 × 108 m/s 9. 2. 3 2.00 × 10 m/s 4.9979 × 108 m/s 6. 1. 3 .997 924 58 × 108 m/s. multiple choice. 2.998 × 108 m/s 5. 4 5. 3. None of these Holt SF 01Rev 19 01:09. 1. None of these Part 2 of 3 b) with ﬁve signiﬁcant ﬁgures. 2. 2. Signiﬁcant Digits and Measurements to be 2.00 × 108 m/s 3. 5 6. 2. 3.99792 × 108 m/s 7.998 × 108 m/s 5. Part 1 of 4 How many signiﬁcant ﬁgures are in the following measurements? a) 78. 3 × 108 m/s 2. 2. 6 7. 1.0 × 108 m/s 4. 2. None of these 9 Part 2 of 4 b) 3.00 × 108 m/s 4. 2. 3.0 × 108 m/s 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 28 3.997925 × 108 m/s 7. 2 4.9 ± 0. 1.

2 m . 4 5. One signiﬁcant ﬁgure (800 g) 8. 6 7. Tenths (796.898 m/s) 8. Five signiﬁcant ﬁgures (17. 2 2. Hundredths (0. Tenths (0.Chapter 1. None of these 3.53 g) 7. 1. Thousandths (0. Four signiﬁcant ﬁgures (0.0032 mm. and 2.9 m/s) 29 . Hundredths (796. 1.2 g.898 m/s) 4. multiple choice.67 mm and π . 3 4. None of these Holt SF 01Rev 20 01:09.813 mm) 5. Three signiﬁcant ﬁgures (0. Two signiﬁcant ﬁgures (18 mm) 3. Three signiﬁcant ﬁgures (797 g) 6. 6 2. One signiﬁcant ﬁgure (0. Two signiﬁcant ﬁgures (0. None of these Part 4 of 4 d) 0. section 9. 3. Three signiﬁcant ﬁgures (17. b) Find the quotient 3. 1 3.8 mm) 2. wording-variable. None of these Part 3 of 4 c) Find the product of 5. 2 4. 4 5.90 m/s) 7. highSchool. 1 3.81 mm) 4. 37. > 1 min. 5 6. 0. Tens (800 g) 5.83 g. 5 6.5 g.5 g) c) 2.90 m/s) 2. 1. Signiﬁcant Digits and Measurements 5.563 s 1. 5 1. 3 2. Two signiﬁcant ﬁgures (800 g) 7. Whole number (18 mm) Part 3 of 4 4. 6 7. Part 1 of 4 Use signiﬁcant ﬁgures to calculate the following: a) Find the sum of the measurements 756 g. Four signiﬁcant ﬁgures (17.8981 m/s) 5.9 m/s) 6.46 × 106 kg. Whole number (797 g) 6. None of these Part 2 of 4 3.

9 m) 3. Whole number (116 m) 3. highSchool.88 m) 9. Two signiﬁcant ﬁgures (120 m) 6. Hundredths (115. Tens (20 s) 1.74 s) 3.813 mm) 7. section 9. Tenths (228.Chapter 1.9 m) 8.81 mm) 6. Whole number (229 cm) 3. and the length of each short side is found to be 19. Thousandths (17. Two signiﬁcant ﬁgures (24 s) 1.8 s. multiple choice. Whole number (24 s) 1. Tenths (23. wording-variable. Hundreds (120 m) Holt SF 01Rev 21 01:09. Four signiﬁcant ﬁgures (228. wording-variable.54 s and 3. Hundredths (228.5 m. < 1 min. Two signiﬁcant ﬁgures (230 cm) 7. and the larger ﬁsh has a measured length of 135. < 1 min. None of these 4. 1.8 cm) 2.7 s) 1.88 m) 4.7 s) 2. Four signiﬁcant ﬁgures (23. Five signiﬁcant ﬁgures (115. The length of each long side of the rectangle is found to be 38. Tenths (115. Signiﬁcant Digits and Measurements 6. Three signiﬁcant ﬁgures (229 cm) 8. Three signiﬁcant ﬁgures (23.74 s) 3. multiple choice. None of these 8. Three signiﬁcant ﬁgures (116 m) 7. A ﬁsherman catches two sturgeons.46 cm (two decimal places and four significant ﬁgures). A farmer measures the distance around a rectangular ﬁeld.76 cm) 4. Hundreds (230 cm) 5. None of these 9. Four signiﬁcant ﬁgures (115.8 cm) 9.76 cm) Part 4 of 4 d) Find the diﬀerence of 27. One signiﬁcant ﬁgure (20 s) 3. Hundredths (23. What is the total distance around the ﬁeld? .3 cm (one decimal place and four signiﬁcant ﬁgures). Hundredths (17. Five signiﬁcant ﬁgures (228. What rule must be used on the sum to ﬁnd the total length of the two ﬁsh? 1. The smaller of the two has a measured length of 93. None of these 30 Holt SF 01Rev 22 01:09. highSchool.8 mm) 5.44 m. Tenths (17.

> 1 min.Chapter 1. 14 31 Compute the value of where xi = 3 i + 2 . numeric. highSchool. normal. section 11. . Mathematical and Scientiﬁc Notation Summation Notation 01:11. i=1 xi .

Coordinate Systems Scaling of a Sphere 01:12. The radius of a basketball is about 4 times larger.Chapter 1. Part 1 of 2 The radius of a small ball is around 3 cm. section 12. highSchool. numeric. normal. What is the ratio of the surface areas of the small ball and a basketball? Part 2 of 2 What is the ratio of their volumes? 32 . > 1 min.

Does not change 3. < 1 min. 24 3. Part 1 of 2 How many diﬀerent ways are there to arrange ﬁve coins in a row if one is heads-up and the other four are tails-up? 1. 0. 20 Holt SF 01Rev 37 01:13.Chapter 1. 10 3. 10 4. wordingvariable. 4. 5 2. 5 Part 2 of 2 What if two were heads-up and three were tails-up? 1. 16777216 4.11 % 4. ﬁxed. multiple choice. 50 % 3. 24 Part 2 of 4 What percentage of those arrangements have four orange balls followed by four green balls? 1. 10−6 33 Part 4 of 4 What happens to the probability of an ordered conﬁguration as the total number of balls increases? 1. < 1 min. multiple choice. 40320 3. highSchool. How many diﬀerent arrangements of these balls in a line are possible? 1. 120 2.2 % 5. numeric. 0.14 % 4. > 1 min. .0 % 5. 7 % 2. lower 2. ﬁxed. 1 through 4 are orange and 5 through 8 are green. highSchool. section 13.4 % 3. 2. 50 % 4. higher 3. 70 5. what percentage of the total arrangement have six orange balls followed by six green balls? 1. 120 2.06 % Part 3 of 4 For a collection of 12 balls (six orange and six green). 1. Unable to determine Conceptual 13 Q15 01:13. 0. Part 1 of 4 You have a collection of eight numbered balls. highSchool. Mathematics Overview Conceptual 13 05 01:13. 576 2.

C = K 273 ¡ 4. y = + x − 5 4 7. y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 4 6. The formula to convert temperature in degrees Celsius to temperature in Kelvin is K = C + 273 . highSchool. y = − x − 4 5 4. c) Calculate its circumference (C = 2πr). 1. section 13. Mathematics Overview Part 1 of 4 Consider a circle of radius 3. Part 2 of 4 b) Calculate its area A = πr 2 . a) Calculate its circumference (C = 2πr). y = + x − 4 2 5 1 2 1 2 2 5 2 5 34 Temperature Conversion 01 01:13. C = K + 273 3. ﬁxed. wording-variable. y = + x − 4 5 2.5 cm. For this formula C is the input and K is the output. Part 4 of 4 d) Calculate its area A = πr 2 .Chapter 1. K = C + 273 −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 5 1 2 5. multiple choice. highSchool. y = − x + 5 5 9. None of these What is the equation y = f (x) of this line? 5 1. y = − x − 5 4 8. Rewrite the formula so that K is the input and C is the output. C = K − 273 x 2. A graph of a straight line going through two points is shown below.65 cm. y = + x + 4 5 10. Part 3 of 4 Consider a circle of radius 4. < 1 min. multiple choice. Straight Line Equation 01:13. y = − x + 4 4 5. y = + x + 4 5 3. > 1 min. y = + x − 5 .

highSchool. The Earth rotates about its axis because living things need light and darkness to alternate. What is a fact? 1. What is a hypothesis? 1. and applying new knowledge . Hewitt CP9 01 P01 01:14. section 14. 4. multiple choice. multiple choice. A reasonable explanation of an observation or experimental result that is not fully accepted until tested over and over again by experiment 3. < 1 min. A phenomenon about which competent observers who have made a series of observations are in agreement 2. A reasonable explanation of an observation or experimental result that is not fully accepted until tested over and over again by experiment 3. Chlorophyll makes grass green. 2. Tides are caused by the moon. and applying new knowledge 5. The Earth rotates around the Sun. A phenomenon about which competent observers who have made a series of observations are in agreement 2. The wind is caused by the Sun. A general hypothesis or statement about the relationship of natural quantities that has not been contradicted. 3. organizing. What is a law? 1. < 1 min. A reasonable explanation of an observation or experimental result that is not fully accepted until tested over and over again by experiment 3. An orderly method for gaining. also known as a principle 4. A general hypothesis or statement about the relationship of natural quantities that has not been contradicted. < 1 min. organizing. An orderly method for gaining. highSchool.Chapter 1. < 1 min. Which of the following is not a scientiﬁc hypotheses? 1. A phenomenon about which competent observers who have made a series of observations are in agreement 2. highSchool. and applying new knowledge 5. multiple choice. A synthesis of a large amount of information that encompasses well-tested and veriﬁed hypotheses about certain aspects of the nature Hewitt CP9 01 P03 01:14. also known as a principle 4. A synthesis of a large amount of information that encompasses well-tested and veriﬁed hypotheses about certain aspects of the nature Hewitt CP9 01 P02 35 01:14. ﬁxed. 5. multiple choice. An orderly method for gaining. ﬁxed. Scientiﬁc Method Hewitt CP9 01 E01 01:14. ﬁxed. highSchool. ﬁxed. also known as a principle 4. organizing. A general hypothesis or statement about the relationship of natural quantities that has not been contradicted.

Figure: Artist conception of the Moon. A phenomenon about which competent observers who have made a series of observations are in agreement 2. multiple choice. < 1 min. multiple choice. A synthesis of a large amount of information that encompasses well-tested and veriﬁed hypotheses about certain aspects of the nature Hewitt CP9 01 P05 01:14. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. multiple choice. and applying new knowledge 5. Which of the following activities involves the human expression of passion. highSchool. highSchool. What is a theory? 1. The . organizing. What is the scientiﬁc method? 1. literature 3. highSchool. religion 5. A general hypothesis or statement about the relationship of natural quantities that has not been contradicted. A general hypothesis or statement about the relationship of natural quantities that has not been contradicted. also known as a principle 4. and intelligence? 1. A reasonable explanation of an observation or experimental result that is not fully accepted until tested over and over again by experiment 3. A synthesis of a large amount of information that encompasses well-tested and veriﬁed hypotheses about certain aspects of the nature Hewitt CP9 01 P04 01:14. A reasonable explanation of an observation or experimental result that is not fully accepted until tested over and over again by experiment Sun 36 3. Earth.Chapter 1. multiple choice. organizing. ﬁxed. also known as a principle 4. ﬁxed. and applying new knowledge 5. science 6. > 1 min. An orderly method for gaining. painting and sculpture 2. An orderly method for gaining. < 1 min. highSchool. music 4. < 1 min. Scientiﬁc Method 5. All of these Lunatick 01:14. section 14. A phenomenon about which competent observers who have made a series of observations are in agreement 2. talent. A synthesis of a large amount of information that encompasses well-tested and veriﬁed hypotheses about certain aspects of the nature Hewitt CP9 01 R01 01:14. and Sun’s plantary system.

show phases that are the same as the Moon’s phase (i. 4. there is a old Earth and vice versa). 2. section 14.Chapter 1. when there is a full Moon. show no phases. If you were on the Moon..e. 37 . 3. show phases opposite to the Moon’s phase (i. at the time when there is a new Moon. show phases that are the same as the Moon’s phase (since the Moon’s phase is due to the Earth’s shadow on the Moon and vice versa). the Earth would 1.e.. Scientiﬁc Method size and identiﬁcation of the Earth and Moon does not conceptually matter. there is a full Earth and vice versa).

highSchool. A child 2. 150 pounds 38 Hewitt CP 12 37 01:15. multiple choice. multiple choice. highSchool. more information is needed to answer the question Hewitt CP9 12 21 01:15. 160 pounds 4. The surface area-to-volume ratio of a cube resting on another surface is the ratio of the surface area of the ﬁve exposed sides to the volume. multiple choice. An adult 3. a fully grown man 2. < 1 min. highSchool. Large things tend to have less surface area compared to their volume. a = b 2. < 1 min. highSchool.a child or an adult? 1. Hewitt CP9 09 R10 01:15. ﬁxed. < 1 min. ﬁxed. Unable to determine Conceptual 10 Q36 01:15. 120 pounds 3. a > b 3. The average two-year-old boy is 36 inches (3 feet) tall and weighs 30 pounds. remains the same 2. quadruples 4. ﬁxed. who is more likely to get cold in the winter. a fully grown man or a small child? 1.Chapter 1. highSchool. ﬁxed. The same for each 4. Scaling he weigh when he is fully grown? Conceptual 10 Q34 01:15. ﬁxed. highSchool. a small child 3. drops to one quater of the original value 5. What relationship would a and b have? 1. Either 4. Unable to determine Conceptual 10 Q35 01:15. More information is needed. halves 6. < 1 min. a < b 4. ﬁxed. Who has more need for drink in a dry desert climate . he is 6 feet tall. section 15. Based on this fact. How does the thickness of paint sprayed on a surface change when the sprayer is held twice as far away? 1. multiple choice. If the rules of scaling apply. Suppose a small cube-shaped building with a ﬂat roof measures 10 meters on a side and has a surface area-to-volume ratio of a. < 1 min. < 1 min. how much will 1. multiple choice. multiple choice. A similar building 5 meters on a side has a surface area-to-volume ratio of b. 240 pounds 2. doubles 3. Suppose that when he is fully grown. .

four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. < 1 min. Yes 2. A second cube of the same material has sides three times the length of the ﬁrst cube. 39 Scaling 01 v1 01:15. highSchool. 4. the total surface area of the second cube is 2. structural elements twice as thick. multiple choice. 3 L . eight times as much as the ﬁrst cube. etc. sixteen times as much as the ﬁrst cube. ninty-six times as much as the ﬁrst cube. Will the candy maker need to make more or less taﬀy to cover the appples? 1. 4. 7. 10. twice as long. two times as much as the ﬁrst cube. 4. twenty-seven times as much as the ﬁrst cube. A thick rope is stronger than a thin rope of the same material. wording-variable. It cannot be determined. twenty-four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. The larger one 3.Chapter 1. 6. 5. Which bridge is more likely to collapse under its own weight? 1. More information is needed. Hewitt CP9 12 E11 01:15. More 2. They have the same strength. More information is needed about their widths.e. < 1 min. sixty-four times as much as the ﬁrst cube. nine times as much as the ﬁrst cube. that is. multiple choice. 9. ﬁxed. The same amount 1. A solid aluminum cube has sides each of length L . Less 3. highSchool. 3. i. Is a long rope stronger than a short rope? 1. 8. multiple choice. Hewitt CP9 12 E18 01:15. The smaller one 2. ﬁxed. Compared to the ﬁrst cube. Consider two bridges that are exact replicas of each other except that every dimension in the larger is exactly twice that of the other.. Scaling A candy maker making taﬀy apples decides to use 100 kg of large apples rather than 100 kg of small apples. None of these . < 1 min. highSchool. No 3. section 15.

highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool. normal.0 m on a side. Estimate the volume of the ark using 1 palm = 0. An acre is 4047 m2 . how many square meters of forest are burned down every minute? Divide by one 01:16. > 1 min. highSchool.0 × 10−6 m) struck each square meter of the moon each second. A billionaire oﬀers to give you $5 billion if you will count out the amount in $1 bills or a lump sum of $5000. highSchool. highSchool. numeric. > 1 min.000. calculate the diameter of the Sun. highSchool. numeric. Assume that you can count at an average rate of one bill per second. normal. highSchool. Holt SF 01Rev 41 01:16.786 × 10−3 m3 .50 meters. On the average. Part 2 of 2 Estimate the volume of a typical home (2000 ft2 in size and 10 ft tall). In May 1998.Chapter 1.0 m. and be sure to allow for the fact that you need about 10 hours a day for sleeping and eating. How long would it take to completely ﬁll the box with micrometeorites? Holt SF 01Rev 44 01:16. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 An ancient unit of length called the cubit was equal to approximately 50 centimeters.08 m and 6 palms = 1 cubit. ﬁxed. > 1 min. Consider a cubic box. Which oﬀer should you accept? 40 In order to answer this.000 kilometers distant. Part 1 of 2 Assuming biological substances are 90% water and the density of water is 1000 kg/m3 . What should be the length of one side in meters for the container to have the appropriate volume? 4 qt = 3. normal. estimate the masses of the following: a) a spherical cell with a diameter of 1 µm . numeric. This is a convenient way to measure the diameter of the image. or course. numeric. Then measure the distance between the lens and the coin. numeric. it would take many years to cover the moon with micrometeorites to a depth of 1. numeric. She is expecting 3 guests. Problem Solving Strategy Burning Forests 02 01:16. 50 cubits wide. Your ratio of image size to image distance should be about 1 . section 16. how long will it take you to count out the $5 billion? Holt SF 01Rev 39 01:16. < 1 min. > 1 min. Exactly 1 qt of ice cream is to be made in the form of a cube. and 30 cubits high. numeric. Holt SF 01Rev 38 01:16. Position the cardboard so that the image just covers the coin. ﬁxed. forest ﬁres in southern Mexico and Guatemala spread smoke all the way to Austin. numeric. normal. 110 Using the information that the Sun is 150. If one micrometeorite (a sphere with a diameter of 1. Those ﬁres consumed forest land at a rate of 23100 acres/week. Using a lens let the solar image fall upon a coin lying on cardboard. 1. approximately 0. Holt SF 01Rev 42 01:16. Ismarelda has enough money to purchase 23 bottles of root beer for a party at her house. < 1 min. > 1 min. What is the largest number of bottles of root beer she needs to purchase if she wants everyone (including herself) to have an equal number of root beers? Hewitt CP9 01 P07 01:16. which is. on the moon. normal. highSchool. It has been said that Noah’s ark was 300 cubits long.

6. normal. The atomic weight of iron is 55. 3 Part 2 of 2 Find the surface area of Saturn if the surface area of a sphere is given by 4 π r 2 . Problem Solving Strategy 4 volume = πr3 .85 g/mol and Avogadro number is NA = 6. numeric. a fortnight is a time interval of 14 days or 14 × 24 hours. > 1 min. and its mass is 5. wordingvariable. ﬁxed.68 × 1026 kg.9144 meter.5 m. which can be approximated by a cylinder 4 mm long and 2 mm in diameter volume = πr 2 . a yard is 3 feet or 0. w = 20 cm. his measurements are oﬀ the mark by two orders of magnitude or worse. a biology student re-measured the snail’s average speed and reported it as one centimeter per minute. The density of iron is 7560 kg/m3 . The student has smoked too much weed and lost all sense of time. Recently. The student’s snails are crawling at exactly the same snail’s pace they ever did.02214 × 1023 /mol. 41 3. 2.Chapter 1. 1. < 1 min. Find the average density of Saturn (its mass divided by its volume) if the volume of a 4 sphere is given by π r3 . A view of its cross-section and its dimensions is shown in the ﬁgure. where d = 3 cm. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A structural I beam is made of iron. 20 cm 3 cm 25 cm 3 cm What is the mass of a section 1. > 1 min. 5. ﬁxed. . Part 1 of 2 The radius of the planet Saturn is 5. Snail Species 01:16. numeric. A 19th century British naturalist with a penchant for archaic units of measurement described a species of snail crawling at an average speed of one furlong per fortnight. The student got a diﬀerent species of snail crawling at least ten times slower than the one described by the naturalist. Which of the following is the most likely explanation of the student’s result? Note: A furlong is one eighth of 1 mile or 220 yards. but he reported a slightly diﬀerent value for their speed because he rounded it in diﬀerent units. highSchool. h = 25 cm and the length (not shown) of the beam is = 1. numeric. 4.85 × 107 m. The student got a diﬀerent species of snail crawling at least ten times faster than the one described by the naturalist. 3 Part 2 of 2 b) a ﬂy. Evolution in action: Even the snails are more than twice as fast than they used to be.5 m long? Part 2 of 2 How many atoms are there in this section? Temperature Change 01 01:16. section 16. Pollution in action: The snails are sick of some environmental toxins and crawl at less than half their healthy speed. > 1 min. Holt SF 01Rev 45 01:16. Steel I Beam 01 01:16. highSchool. highSchool. numeric.

Mon.Chapter 1. Temp 75◦ 74◦ 78◦ 42 Find the net change in temperature (the sum of all of the temperature changes). Problem Solving Strategy The following table shows the daily high temperatures for a week in May. Tues. Temp 76◦ 72◦ 80◦ 75◦ Day Thurs. Sat. . Wed. section 16. Day Sun. Fri.

Chapter 2. Part 1 of 2 While John is traveling along an interstate highway. normal. he notices a(n) 160 mi marker as he passes through town. section 1. a) What is the distance between town and John’s current location? Part 2 of 2 b) What is John’s current position? 43 . Displacement Mile Markers 02:01. > 1 min. highSchool. Later John passes a(n) 115 mi marker. numeric.

Chapter 2, section 2, Velocity and Speed Ant Race 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Two ants race across a table 50 cm long. One travels at 4 cm/s and the other at 2 cm/s. When the ﬁrst one crosses the ﬁnish line, how far behind is the second one? Concept 20 P03 02:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, normal. An oceanic depth-sounding vessel surveys the ocean bottom with ultrasonic waves that travel 1530 m/s in seawater. How deep is the water directly below the vessel if the time delay of the echo to the ocean ﬂoor and back is 6 s? Concept 20 P04 02:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, normal. A bat ﬂying in a cave emits a sound and receives its echo 0.1 s later. How far away is the cave wall? (Assume the speed of sound to be 340 m/s.) Concept 20 P05 02:02, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, wording-variable. You watch a distant lady driving nails into her front porch at a regular rate of 2 strokes per second. You hear the sound of the blows exactly synchronized with the blows you see. And then you hear one more blow after you see her stop hammering. How far away is she? The speed of sound is 340 m/s. 1. 270 m. 2. 680 m. 3. 1360 m. 4. 170 m. 5. 85 m.

44

Displacement Curve e1 02:02, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Consider a moving object whose position x is plotted as a function of the time t on the following ﬁgure:

x 3 2 1 O I 1 II 2 III 3 t

Clearly, the object moved in diﬀerent ways during the time intervals denoted I, II and III on the ﬁgure. During which interval(s) does the object have non-zero, positive acceleration? 1. During interval I only. 2. During interval II only. 3. During interval III only. 4. During each of the three intervals. 5. During none of the three intervals. 6. During intervals I and II only. 7. During intervals I and III only. 8. During intervals II and III only. Flight time 02:02, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. An airplane starts from A and goes to B at a constant speed. After reaching B it returns to A at the same speed. There was no wind. Now, assume there was a wind from A to B of constant magnitude. Assume: The wind speed is less than that

Chapter 2, section 2, Velocity and Speed of the plane (i.e., in magnitude). When will the round trip take more time when there is a wind or when there is no wind? 1. Time taken is more when there is no wind. 2. Time taken is more when there is constant wind. 3. Same in both cases because one way the wind helps you and the other way it troubles you. 4. Insuﬃcient data. Glacier Movement 02 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. A glacier advances at 4.8 × 10−6 cm/s. How far will it move in 7 years? Hewitt CP9 03 E01 02:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, normal. What is the impact speed when a car moving at 100 km/h bumps into the rear of another car traveling in the same direction at 98 km/h? Hewitt CP9 03 P01 02:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, normal. The ocean’s level is currently rising at about 1 mm per year. At this rate, in how many years will sea level be 3 m higher than now? Holt SF 01Rev 13 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Use the fact that the speed of light in a vacuum is about 3.00 × 108 m/s to determine how many kilometers a pulse from a laser beam travels in exactly one hour. Holt SF 02A 01

45

02:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. Heather and Matthew walk eastward with a speed of 0.98 m/s east. If it takes them 34 min to walk to the store, how far have they walked? Holt SF 02Rev 15 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Runner A is initially 6.0 km west of a ﬂagpole and is running with a constant velocity of 9.0 km/h due east. Runner B is initially 5.0 km east of the ﬂagpole and is running with a constant velocity of 8.0 km/h due west. How far are the runners from the ﬂagpole when their paths cross? Holt SF 02Rev 47 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Part 1 of 2 Two cars travel westward along a straight highway, one at a constant velocity of 85 km/h, and the other at a constant velocity of 115 km/h. a) Assuming that both cars start at the same point, how much sooner does the faster car arrive at a destination 16 km away? Part 2 of 2 b) How far must the cars travel for the faster car to arrive 15 min before the slower car? Holt SF 02Rev 60 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. One swimmer in a relay race has a 0.50 s lead and is swimming at a constant speed of 4.00 m/s. The swimmer has 50.0 m to swim before reaching the end of the pool. A second swimmer moves in the same direction as the leader. What constant speed must the second swimmer have in order to catch up to the leader at the end of the pool?

Chapter 2, section 2, Velocity and Speed How far is the Earth from the sun? Holt SF 03Rev 59 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. How long does it take an automobile traveling 60.0 km/h to become even with a car that is traveling in another lane at 40.0 km/h if the cars’ front bumpers are initially 125 m apart? Kinematics2 v2 02:02, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. The graph shows position as a function of time for two trains running on parallel tracks. At time t = 0 (origin) the position of both trains is 0. position A B

46

Moving Glacier 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. A glacier moves with a speed of 48 nm/s. How many years would it take for the glacier to move 0.78 km? Picking up the Slack 02 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. A 20-car train standing on the siding is started in motion by the train’s engine. There are 5 cm of slack between the engine and each of the cars. The engine moves at a constant speed of 40 cm/s. How much time is required for the pulse to travel the length of the train? Problems 08 01 02:02, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Consider a bicycle that has wheels with a circumference of 2m. What is the linear speed of the bicycle when the wheels rotate at 1 revolution per second? 1. 0.5m/s.

time tB Which is true? 1. At time tB , both trains have the same velocity 2. Both trains speed up all the time 3. Both trains have the same velocity at some time before tB 4. Somewhere on the graph, both trains have the same acceleration Light From the Sun 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Light from the sun reaches Earth in 8.3 min. The velocity of light is 3 × 108 m/s.

2. 1m/s. 3. 2m/s. 4. 4m/s. Velocity vs Time 05 02:02, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, wording-variable. Part 1 of 3 Consider the plot below describing motion along a straight line with an initial position of x0 = 10 m.

**Chapter 2, section 2, Velocity and Speed 5
**

47

velocity (m/s)

4 3 2

Part 3 of 3 What is the velocity when t = 10 s?

1 0

−1 4 5 6 7 time (s) What is the position at 2 seconds? Part 2 of 3 What is the position at 6 seconds? Part 3 of 3 What is the position at 8 seconds? Velocity vs Time 12 02:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 3 The scale on the horizontal axis is 5 s per division and on the vertical axis 3 m/s per division. 6 velocity (× 3 m/s) 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 time (× 5 s) 7 8 9 v (t ) −2

1

2

3

8

9

What is the time represented by the second tic mark on the horizontal axis? Part 2 of 3 What is the velocity represented by the third tic mark on the vertical axis?

Chapter 2, section 3, Average Velocity for Motion along a Straight Line Average Velocity 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Part 1 of 2 You drive a car 2 h at 40 km/h, then 2 h at 60 km/h. What is your average velocity? xB Part 2 of 2 What is your average velocity if you drive a distance of 100 km at a speed of 40 km/h, then the same distance at a speed of 60 km/h? Car and Checkpoints 01 v1 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Consider a car which is traveling along a straight road with constant acceleration a. There are two checkpoints A and B which are a distance 100 m apart. The time it takes for the car to travel from A to B is 5 s. 4 m /s 2 A 100 m B x xA A 3

48

1

2

B

tA

tB

t

Consider the average velocities of the three bodies. Which of the following statements is correct? 1. v ¯1 = v ¯2 = v ¯3 2. v ¯1 > v ¯2 > v ¯3 3. v ¯1 < v ¯2 < v ¯3 4. v ¯1 > v ¯2 and v ¯3 > v ¯2 Hewitt CP9 03 P07 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A reconnaissance plane ﬂies 600 km away from its base at 400 m/s, then ﬂies back to its base at 600 m/s. What is its average speed? Holt SF 02A 02 02:03, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. If Joe rides south on his bicycle in a straight line for 15 min with an average speed of 12.5 km/h, how far has he ridden? Holt SF 02A 03 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 It takes you 9.5 min to walk with an average

Find the velocity vB for the case where the acceleration is 4 m/s2 . Comparison of Average Velocity 02:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. The position-versus-time graph below describes the motion of three diﬀerent bodies (labelled 1, 2, 3).

Chapter 2, section 3, Average Velocity for Motion along a Straight Line velocity of 1.2 m/s to the north from the bus stop to the museum entrance. a) How far did you walk? Part 2 of 2 b) What is your direction? 1. North 2. East 3. South 4. West Holt SF 02A 04 05 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 Simpson drives his car with an average velocity of 48.0 km/h to the east. a) How long will it take him to drive 144 km on a straight highway? Part 2 of 2 b) How much time would Simpson save by increasing his average velocity to 56.0 km/h to the east? Holt SF 02A 06 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 A bus travels 280 km south along a straight path with an average velocity of 88 km/h to the south. The bus stops for 24 min, then it travels 210 km south with an average velocity of 75 km/h to the south. a) How long does the total trip last? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the average velocity for the total trip? Holt SF 02Rev 08 02:03, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable.

49

A bus travels from El Paso, Texas, to an area near Chihuahua, Mexico, in 5.2 h with an average velocity of 73 km/h to the south. What is the bus’s displacement? Holt SF 02Rev 09 02:03, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. A school bus takes 0.530 h to reach the school from your house. If the average velocity of the bus is 19.0 km/h to the east, what is the displacement? Holt SF 02Rev 10 02:03, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 Consider the position-time graph for a squirrel running along a clothesline. 4

position (m)

3

2

1 0

−1 −2

1

2

3

4

5

time (s)

a) What is the squirrel’s displacement at the time t = 4.0 s? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the squirrel’s average velocity during the time interval between 0.0 s and 4.0 s? Holt SF 02Rev 10A 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 Consider the position-time graph for a

**Chapter 2, section 3, Average Velocity for Motion along a Straight Line squirrel running along a clothesline. 4
**

50

position (m)

3

2

CarA CarB

CarA CarB

1 0

−1 −2

1

2

3

4

5 Note: Figure is not drawn to scale. a) Find the displacement of Car A after 5.0 s.

time (s)

a) What is the squirrel’s displacement at the time t = 3.5 s? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the squirrel’s average velocity during the time interval between 0.0 s and 3.5 s? Holt SF 02Rev 11 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, ﬁxed. The Olympic record for the marathon is 2 h, 9 min, 21 s. If the average speed of a runner achieving this record is 5.436 m/s, what is the marathon distance? Holt SF 02Rev 12 02:03, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 4 Two cars are traveling on a desert road between three consecutive poles, as shown in the ﬁgure. After 5.0 s, they are side by side at the next telephone pole. The distance between the poles is 70.0 m.

Part 2 of 4 b) Find the displacement of Car B after 5.0 s. Part 3 of 4 c) Find the average velocity of Car A during 5.0 s. Part 4 of 4 d) Find the average velocity of Car B during 5.0 s. Holt SF 02Rev 13 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 Sally travels by car from one city to another. She drives for 30.0 min at 80.0 km/h, 12.0 min at 105 km/h, and 45.0 min at 40.0 km/h, and she spends 15.0 min eating lunch and buying gas. a) Find the total distance traveled. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the average speed for the trip. Holt SF 02Rev 14 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 6 The ﬁgure shows the position of a runner at diﬀerent times during a run.

**Chapter 2, section 3, Average Velocity for Motion along a Straight Line 5
**

51

position (× 1000 m)

27800 km/h, ﬁnd the time required for it to circle Earth. Lou 2 8 02:03, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

4

3

2 1 0

0

10

20

30

40

A polar bear starts at the North Pole. It travels 1 km South, then 1 km East, then 1 km North to return to its starting point. This trip takes 1 h. What was the bear’s average velocity? SWCT Average Speed 02:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Chuck drove 35 mi from Austin to San Marcos in 40 min, stopped 30 min for a hamburger, and then drove 45 mi to San Antonio in 50 min. What was Chuck’s average speed? 1. 30 mph 2. 40 mph 3. 43 mph 4. 50 mph 5. 53 mph

time (min) Note: Figure is drawn to scale. a) For the time interval between t = 0 min and t = 10 min, what is the runner’s displacement? Part 2 of 6 b) For the same time interval, ﬁnd the runner’s average velocity. Part 3 of 6 c) For the time interval between t = 10 min and t = 20 min, what is the runner’s displacement? Part 4 of 6 d) For the same time interval, ﬁnd the runner’s average velocity. Part 5 of 6 e) What is the runner’s total displacement? Part 6 of 6 f) Find the average velocity for the entire run. Holt SF 02Rev 43 02:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. The Earth’s radius is about 6380 km. The space shuttle is orbiting about 320.0 km above Earth’s surface. If the average speed of the space shuttle is

6. 56 mph Wrong Way to San Antonio 02:03, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, normal. Part 1 of 2 A student wanted to drive from Austin to San Antonio, 80 miles south of Austin on highway I35. Unfortunately, he entered the highway in the wrong direction and drove all the way to Waco — 100 miles north of Austin — before he noticed his error. In Waco, he turned around, drove back to Austin and continued to San Antonio. The whole trip took 5.6 hours. What was the student’s average speed during this trip?

Chapter 2, section 3, Average Velocity for Motion along a Straight Line Part 2 of 2 What was the student’s average velocity during his trip? Take your positive direction to be southbound on I35.

52

Chapter 2, section 4, Instantaneous Velocity and Speed 1. average speed Average and Instantaneous V 02:04, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Part 1 of 4 The position versus time for a certain object moving along the x-axis is shown. The object’s initial position is −2 m. 12 10

53

2. instantaneous speed 3. linear speed 4. circle speed 5. None of these Hewitt CP9 03 P05 02:04, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, normal.

8 6

position (m)

4 2

0 −2

Part 1 of 3 Consider the acceleration of gravity to be 10 m/s2 . What is the magnitude of the instantaneous velocity (speed) of a freely falling object 10 s after it is released from a position of rest? Part 2 of 3 What is its average speed during this 10 s interval?

**−4 −6 −10 −12 −8
**

Part 3 of 3 How far will it fall during this time? 8 9

0

1

2

3

4 5 time (s)

6

7

Find the instantaneous velocity at 1 s. Part 2 of 4 Find the instantaneous velocity at 6 s. Part 3 of 4 Find the average velocity between 0 s and 4 s. Part 4 of 4 Find the average velocity over the whole time shown. Hewitt CP9 03 E03 02:04, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. You are stopped for speeding. Which of the following is your traﬃc ﬁne based on?

Chapter 2, section 5, Acceleration Acceleration and Velocity 02:05, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Which of the following describe possible scenarios? A) An object has zero instantaneous velocity and non-zero acceleration. B) An object has negative acceleration and is speeding up. C) An object has positive acceleration and constant velocity. D) An object has positive velocity and zero acceleration. E) An object has increasing positive position and negative velocity. F) An object has decreasing positive position and negative acceleration. 1. All are possible. 2. None are possible. 3. A, B, D, E, and F only. 4. A, B, C, D, and F only. 5. A, D, and F only. acceleration (m/s2 ) 6. D and F only. 7. A, D, E, and F only. 8. A, B, D, and F only. 9. B, C, and D only. 10. A, C, D, and F only. Acceleration Curve CPS 02:05, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. The diagram describes the acceleration vs t behavior for a car moving in the x-direction. a P

¡

54

Q

0 At the point Q, the car is moving 1. with an increasing speed 2. with a constant speed 3. with a decreasing speed

t

Acceleration vs Time 02 02:05, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Part 1 of 2 Consider the plot below describing the acceleration of a particle along a straight line with an initial position of −30 m and an initial velocity of −14 m/s. 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 time (s) 6 7 8 9

What is the velocity at 3 s? Part 2 of 2 What is the position at 3 s? Acceleration vs Time 04

if the car does not experience any acceleration during this time period. highSchool. The following acceleration vs time plots show data gathered from an automobile ﬁtted with an accelerometer. numeric. What is the velocity at 4 s? Part 2 of 4 Calculate the magnitude of the position displacement after the car travels the ﬁrst 5 s. highSchool. Part 3 of 4 Calculate the position displacement after the car travels from 7 s to 9 s. > 1 min. numeric.Chapter 2. Acceleration 02:05. section 5. ﬁxed. Antilock Brakes 02:05. Acceleration vs Time 05 02:05. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 4 Consider the plot below describing the acceleration of a particle along a straight line with an initial position of 0 m and an initial velocity of 0 m/s. > 1 min. 4 acceleration (m/s2 ) 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 time (s) 6 7 8 9 What is the velocity at 4 s? Part 2 of 4 Calculate the position after the car traveled the ﬁrst 7 s. Part 4 of 4 Calculate the magnitude of the car’s average velocity from 5 s to 9 s. multiple choice. Part 3 of 4 Calculate the position displacement after the car travels from 9 s to 13 s. Part 4 of 4 Calculate the magnitude of the car’s average velocity from 1 s to 9 s. Part 1 of 4 Consider the plot below describing the ac- . > 1 min. highSchool. 6 5 4 acceleration (m/s2 ) 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 0 1 2 3 4 5 time (s) 6 7 8 9 55 celeration of a particle along a straight line with an initial position of 0 m and an initial velocity of 0 m/s. normal.

5 seconds. 0 2 4 6 Time (seconds) 8 10 0 A A baseball goes from zero to 30 m/s in 0. Upper case. more likely came from the car equipped with ABS. and why? 1.11 s. < 1 min. the upper or lower.5 and 9 seconds. section 5. Upper case. Which of the following graphs correctly describes the car’s acceleration a(t)? 1. Let us plot the acceleration of the car as a function of time. because of data between 6. because of data between 2. Lower case. 2. Which data set. 5. Acceleration 56 0 A 7. .5 and 6. 6.5 and 9 seconds. numeric. Baseball Acceleration 02:05. After continuing at this speed for a few minutes. The driver sees a patrol car at time t1 and rapidly slows down by around 10 miles per hour. 8. because of data between 9 and 10 seconds. because of data between 9 and 10 seconds. while in the other the car is not. because of data in the ﬁrst 2. a 0 time t1 t2 0 3. 4. In one case the car is equipped with an antilock braking system (ABS).5 seconds. allowing a more rapid deceleration. 0 2 4 6 Time (seconds) 8 10 In each case the driver accelerated to cruising speed and then slammed on the brakes.5 and 6. Upper case. Upper case. highSchool. highSchool. take the forward direction of motion as positive. ﬁxed.Chapter 2. 3. because of data between 6. because of data between 2. a 0 time t1 t2 0 2. Lower case. ABS tends to prevent skidding and did just that in this experiment. What is its average acceleration? Car at Speed Trap 02:05. Lower case. the driver at time t2 returns to the earlier constant speed. normal. because of data in the ﬁrst 2. A car is moving at constant speed on the freeway. Lower case.5 seconds. multiple choice.5 seconds. > 1 min.

) The tortoise starts more slowly. How long will it be before the tortoise passes the hare? Describing Motion 02:05. numeric. If your car goes from 0 mi/h to 60 mi/h in 6 s. Conceptual 03 01 02:05. 0 6. The hare and the tortoise are at the starting line together. < 1 min. > 1 min. a 0 time t1 t2 0 7. a 0 time t1 t2 Part 1 of 2 If a race car completes a 3 mi oval track in 58 s. normal. highSchool. highSchool. the speed changed.Chapter 2. the speed didn’t change. changed. highSchool. numeric. No. normal. but accelerates at a rate of 2 meters per second. Make a table showing the positions of the two racers after 1 second. 1. and so forth. . > 1 min. highSchool. Yes. multiple choice. a 0 time t1 t2 the direction of the motion 2. a 0 time t1 t2 0 8. Acceleration 57 a 0 time t1 t2 a 0 time t1 t2 0 0 4. what is its average speed? Part 2 of 2 Did the car accelerate? 0 5. numeric. the hare moves oﬀ at a constant speed of 10 meters per second. what is your average acceleration? Conceptual 03 03 02:05. 3 seconds. Conceptual 03 02 02:05. 2 seconds. Yes. section 5. < 1 min. ﬁxed. When the gun goes oﬀ. 3. (Ignore the acceleration required to get the animal to this speed.

ﬁxed. accelerates to a low speed. decelerates to a lower speed. . a t3 t1 t2 v 4. t2 t1 t3 t4 t t4 t 2. multiple choice. None of these graphs is correct. Dimensional Analysis 0701 02:05. v t1 t2 t3 t4 t 58 v 3. travels backward. ending where it started. Acceleration ﬁxed. goes up to a high speed. Take forward to be the positive direction. 2. 7. cruises for a short while. The car beginning at rest. > 1 min. The car goes forward and then goes backward. comes to a stop. The car beginning at rest. ending behind where it started. highSchool. 3. The car goes backward and then goes forward. t3 t1 t2 t4 t v 6. and stops. where s.Chapter 2. s0 . Part 1 of 2 A car initially at rest on a straight road accelerates according to the acceleration vs time plot given below. t1 t2 t3 t4 t 8. then cruises. v 5. v 5. accelerates backwards and cruises moving in reverse. section 5. x and r have units of length. accelerates to a high speed. t3 t1 t2 t4 t 4. t3 t1 t2 t4 t t3 t1 t2 t4 t 10. The car goes forward and then goes backward. v Part 2 of 2 Which of the following graphs describes the velocity vs time of the car? v 1. Consider the following set of equations. stops moving. 6. The car beginning at rest. t2 t1 t3 t4 t Which of the following graphs schematically describes the motion of the car? 1.

All are wrong. multiple choice. highSchool. They look to you for conﬁrmation. 2. t = k + g v ksv 4. 5. section 5. v 2 = 2 a s + t v2 5. < 1 min.Chapter 2. All are wrong. 2. if the acceleration is constant. the acceleration changes. Both velocity and acceleration change. multiple choice. then. a = g + + t s0 s a 3. ﬁxed. It cannot be determined by the information given. highSchool. 4. multiple choice. 30 m/s 4.0 m/s2 3. g and a have units of acceleration. 300. Carol says acceleration is how fast you get fast. ﬁxed. without changing speed. 3. 2 59 4. multiple choice. Yes. ﬁxed. s = s0 + v t + a Hewitt CP9 03 E05 02:05. velocity nor acceleration 5. Neither change. ﬁxed. highSchool. Can an object reverse its direction of travel while maintaining a constant acceleration? 1. The velocity does not change. the direction of the speed remains unchanged. < 1 min. a ball thrown toward a wall bounces back from the wall. Yes. Carol is correct. and k is dimensionless. Acceleration t has units of time. Neither is correct. the acceleration does not change. 3. t = + a v k v v2 2. Which one is dimensionally incorrect? v x 1. Hewitt CP9 03 E08 02:05. No. Harry is correct. 4.000 m/s. No. 3. 300. < 1 min. Harry says acceleration is how fast you go. They are both correct in diﬀerent aspects. 0 m/s2 5. Who is correct? 1. What is the acceleration of light? 1.000 m/s2 2. 5. What is the change of your velocity and your acceleration? 1. The velocity changes. Hewitt CP9 03 E07 02:05. the direction of the speed is always the same as the direction of the acceleration. highSchool. v has units of velocity. < 1 min. Hewitt CP9 03 E10 02:05. It cannot be determined by the informa- . 2. Light travels in a straight line at a constant speed of 300. a ball tossed upward reverses its direction of travel at its highest point. you round a curve and drive east. You drive north on a highway.

its velocity? 1. What is the acceleration of a vehicle that changes its velocity from 100 km/h to a dead stop in 10 s ? Hockey Puck Acceleration 02:05. A car moving straight backwards on the road 4. multiple choice. A car making a circle in a parking lot 2. Car 2 3. None of these. Hewitt CP9 03 P02 02:05. multiple choice. highSchool. They are equal. Car 1 2. Acceleration tion given. highSchool. t ≈ t0 . Which car underwent the greatest acceleration? 1. ﬁxed. < 1 min. and Car 4 is still. Starting from rest. multiple choice. Henry hits a hockey puck at time. A football tossed up and rising 2. < 1 min. highSchool. 1. from 96 km/h to 100 km/h 3. Which of the following is an example of something that undergoes acceleration while moving at constant speed? 1. multiple choice. < 1 min. Hewitt CP9 03 E11 02:05. < 1 min. which is stopped by a net starting at time. Car 3 4. numeric. Which of the following curves could describe the acceleration of the hockey puck? . highSchool. t ≈ t1 . A swimmer entering a water pool by jumping Hewitt CP9 03 E19 02:05. ﬁxed. An apple falling from a tree 4. Car 2 accelerates to a speed of 35 km/h. What is not an example wherein the acceleration of a body is opposite in direction to 2. Car 3 accelerates backwards to a speed of 40 km/h. ﬁxed. Car 4 5. More information is needed. section 5. from 25 km/h to 30 km/h Hewitt CP9 03 E13 02:05. A tennis ball being hit by a racket 60 5. multiple choice. an acceleration from 25 km/h to 30 km/h or an acceleration from 96 km/h to 100 km/h if both occur during the same time? 4. < 1 min. A man standing in an elevator 5. Car 1 accelerates to a speed of 30 km/h. ﬁxed. A football ﬂying in the air 3. Which is greater. highSchool. highSchool. An object that undergoes an acceleration has to change its speed Hewitt CP9 03 E15 02:05.Chapter 2. < 1 min. normal. normal. More inforation needed to answer the question. A car braking to a stop 3.

wordingvariable. > 1 min. Acceleration a 1. None of these graphs are correct. wordingvariable.1 m/s2 as it slows from 9. Part 1 of 2 Suppose a treadmill has an average acceleration of 0. Turner’s treadmill starts with a velocity of −1.2 m/s and speeds up at regular intervals during a half-hour workout.5 m/s.0 m/s accelerates 2. t0 a 6.5 m/s2 to reach a speed of 12. numeric. Holt SF 02B 02 02:05. a) How much does its speed change after 5. numeric. > 1 min. > 1 min. highSchool. With an average acceleration of −0. When the shuttle bus comes to a sudden stop to avoid hitting a dog. Find the time interval of acceleration for the bus.Chapter 2. highSchool.0 m/s. a 3. highSchool.50 m/s2 . t0 t1 t t1 t a 7. < 1 min. numeric. how long will it take a cyclist to bring a bicycle with an initial speed of 13. t0 t1 t t1 t 61 Holt SF 02B 01 02:05. wordingvariable. section 5. After 25 min. a t0 t1 t 10. t1 t0 t 8. How long does it take for this acceleration to occur? Holt SF 02B 03 02:05.0047 m/s2 . t0 t1 t t1 t A car traveling at 7. wordingvariable. numeric. t0 a 4. .0 m/s to 0 m/s. wordingvariable. highSchool.0 min? a 5. t0 a 2. numeric. What is the average acceleration of the treadmill during this period? Holt SF 02B 05 02:05. it accelerates uniformly at −4.5 m/s to a complete stop? Holt SF 02B 04 02:05. highSchool. > 1 min. the treadmill has a velocity of −6.

and it takes 5. even when they are opposite in direction. Station A Station B velocity (m/s) 1 0 ¡ −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 ¢ ¢¡ A B C D a) How much of this 5. BC. numeric.75 m/s2 . highSchool. Part 1 of 3 A train travels between stations 1 and 2. Assume that the uniform accelerations have the same magnitude. Part 1 of 6 Consider the plot below describing motion of an object along a straight path as shown in the ﬁgure below. Part 6 of 6 Find the instantaneous acceleration at 7 s. < 1 min. In what time interval did the acceleration occur? Holt SF 02Rev 30 02:05.00 min period does the train spend between points A and B? Part 2 of 3 b) How much of this 5. and ﬁnally accelerate uniformly between points C and D until the train stops at station 2. . The distances AB.0 to −6 0 1 2 3 4 5 time (s) 6 7 8 9 Find the average acceleration during the time interval 0 s to 3 s. wordingvariable. Part 2 of 6 Find the average acceleration during the time interval 3 s to 6 s. Part 3 of 6 Find the average acceleration during the time interval 0 s to 9 s.Chapter 2. highSchool. > 1 min. normal. what will its ﬁnal speed be? Holt SF 02Rev 20 02:05. highSchool. section 5. The engineer of the train is instructed to start from rest at station 1 and accelerate uniformly between points A and B. After an acceleration of 0.0 m/s. numeric. highSchool. Holt SF 02Rev 44 02:05. A car traveling in a straight line has a velocity of +5.7 m/s.00 min to travel between the two stations. > 1 min. the car’s velocity is +8.00 min period does the train spend between points B and C? Part 3 of 3 c) How much of this 5. Acceleration Part 2 of 2 b) If the treadmill’s initial speed is 1. then coast with a uniform velocity between points B and C. 3 2 ¢ ¢ 62 Part 4 of 6 Find the instantaneous acceleration at 2 s. wordingvariable. numeric. > 1 min. and CD are all equal. wordingvariable. A tennis ball with a velocity of +10. Part 5 of 6 Find the instantaneous acceleration at 4 s.0 m/s. as shown in the ﬁgure.00 min period does the train spend between points C and D? Holt SF 02Rev 54 02:05. numeric.

Pointing Northward and constant in magnitude. is shown below. multiple choice.012 s. Part 2 of 2 Which of the following can describe the instantaneous acceleration vectors of the particle at the successive intervals shown in the ﬁgure. . Pointing Southward and decreasing in magnitude. Acceleration the right is thrown perpendicularly at a wall. Cannot be determined from the given information. 6. ﬁxed. Is it possible for a particle’s instantaneous velocity and instantaneous acceleration to be of the opposite sign at a given instant in time? 1. < 1 min. < 1 min. 7.00 m/s to the left. Pointing Northward and decreasing in magnitude. Pointing Southward and increasing in magnitude. After striking the wall. 6. multiple choice. Pointing Southward and constant in magnitude. Pointing Northward and increasing in magnitude. Pointing Northward and decreasing in magnitude. highSchool. the ball rebounds in the opposite direction with a velocity of −8. Pointing Southward and constant in magnitude. > 1 min. 3. 3. 5. 5. Part 1 of 2 A particle’s position. captured by a strobe camera. 1. highSchool. what is the average acceleration of the ball while it is in contact with the wall? Kopp lect3 prob2 02:05. The positions have been labeled times t0 through t8 . section 5. The time intervals are equally separated.Chapter 2. need more information to answer the problem Stroboscopic Analysis 02:05. 2. Pointing Northward and increasing in magnitude. Cannot be determined from the given information. Describe the instantaneous velocity vectors for successive instances. Pointing Southward and increasing in magnitude. no 3. Pointing Northward and constant in magnitude. ﬁxed. 4. 4. multiple choice. 1. If the ball is in contact with the wall for 0. SWCT Sign of A and V 02:05. 7. yes 2. Pointing Southward and decreasing in magnitude. ﬁxed. t0 North West South East t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t8 63 2. highSchool.

normal. v > 0 5. The change in velocity ∆v of an object is zero over a short time interval ∆t. The scale on the horizontal axis is 9 s per grid square and on the vertical axis 2 m/s per grid square. highSchool. ﬁxed. v < 0 4. a < 0. v < 0 2. highSchool. section 5. Which of the following is then true? 1. < 1 min. Assume: Quantities are instantaneous unless stated otherwise. Acceleration A car going north on Guadalupe approaches a red light at 24th street. Part 1 of 2 The velocity v (t) of some particle is plotted as a function of time on the graph below. < 1 min. Part 1 of 5 The scale on the horizontal axis is 5 s per division and on the vertical axis 4 m/s per division. forward 2. > 1 min. a < 0. 6 velocity × (2 m/s) 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 time × (9 s) 7 8 9 v (t) What is the position x of the particle at time t = 36 s? Part 2 of 2 What is the particle’s acceleration? Zero Change in Velocity 02:05. a > 0. a = 0. Initially. The initial position is 50 m.Chapter 2. normal. Which of the following must be true? What is the initial velocity? Part 2 of 5 What is the position when t = 0? Part 3 of 5 What is the position when t = 30 s? Part 4 of 5 What is the acceleration is represented by the graph? . v > 0 Velocity vs Time 07 02:05. a > 0. numeric. a = 0. at t = 0 the particle is at x0 = 60 m. multiple choice. 64 Velocity vs Time 13 02:05. The driver applies the brakes. v > 0 3. numeric. backward 3. highSchool. Unable to determine. 6 velocity × ( 4 m/s ) 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 time × ( 5 s ) 7 8 9 v (t ) Part 5 of 5 In which direction is the motion? 1. v < 0 6.

2. section 5. The object must be changing position. 6. Acceleration 1. 5. 8. The object must have zero average acceleration over the interval. The object must have constant velocity over the interval. The object must have zero average velocity over the interval. The object must begin and end at the same position. 4.Chapter 2. The object must have constant acceleration over the interval. 65 . The object must be at rest. 7. 3. Nothing can be determined without additional information.

Can this plane land at an airport where the runway is 0. > 1 min.5 s. numeric. numeric. highSchool. normal. wordingvariable. > 1 min. How far will the car skid with locked brakes at 137. highSchool. wordingvariable. Holt SF 02C 02 02:06. wordingvariable. How many meters before a stop sign must she apply her brakes in order to stop at the sign? Holt SF 02C 03 02:06.80 km long? Holt SF 02C 04 02:06. numeric. This question is typical on some driver’s license exams: A car moving at 55 km/h skids 14 m with locked brakes. > 1 min.30 m/s accelerates uniformly at the rate of 3. highSchool. numeric. normal. How fast is the car moving after this time? Holt SF 02D 01 02:06. highSchool.0 m/s2 .0 s with a uniform acceleration of −1. > 1 min.7 km/h accelerates at a uniform rate of 0. wordingvariable.2 km in 3. Part 1 of 2 An automobile with an initial speed of 4.0 m/s2 as it comes to rest. a) What is the ﬁnal velocity of the car? . Holt SF 02D 03 02:06. wordingvariable. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the displacement of the car after 5.0 s. A jet plane lands with a speed of 100 m/s and can accelerate uniformly at a maximum rate of −5. numeric. How long will it take for the car to acceler- 66 Holt SF 02C 05 02:06.5 km/h? Holt SF 02C 01 02:06. highSchool. Find the distance the car travels during this time. a) Find the ﬁnal speed of the car after 5. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A car with an initial speed of 23. A driver in a car traveling at a speed of 78 km/h sees a cat 101 m away on the road. section 6. a) Find the ﬁnal speed of the car. > 1 min. the car slows uniformly from 15. wordingvariable. Hint: To answer this question. wordingvariable.0 m/s to 0 m/s in 2. > 1 min. > 1 min. numeric. highSchool.Chapter 2. Holt SF 02D 02 02:06.0 s. A car enters the freeway with a speed of 6.5 min. highSchool.92 m/s2 for 3. numeric. > 1 min. > 1 min.50 s. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the displacement of the car after that time. numeric.4 m/s and accelerates uniformly for 3. When Maggie applies the brakes of her car. One-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration ate uniformly to a stop in exactly 99 m? Concept 07 52 02:06.7 km/h in 6. A car accelerates uniformly from rest to a speed of 23.6 s.5 m/s2 . highSchool. calculate the distance the plane travels while it is coming to a rest. Part 1 of 2 A car starts from rest and travels for 5. numeric.

wordingvariable. numeric. wordingvariable. a) How long does it take the car to accelerate to a ﬁnal speed of 10.5 m/s to the west to a velocity of 1. A car traveling at +7. highSchool. > 1 min. < 1 min. normal. numeric. An aircraft has a lift oﬀ speed of 120 km/h. > 1 min. section 6. A baby sitter pushing a stroller starts from rest and accelerates uniformly at a rate of 0. numeric.80 m/s2 for a distance of 245 m. how far did it travel during the acceleration? Holt SF 02Rev 21 02:06. numeric. wordingvariable.80 m/s2 for an interval of 2. One-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration Part 2 of 2 b) How far does the car travel in this time interval? Holt SF 02D 04 02:06.0 s. Part 1 of 2 A driver of a car traveling at 15. > 1 min. What is the magnitude of the car’s displacement as it accelerates uniformly from a speed of 83 km/h to one of 94 km/h? Holt SF 02E 05 02:06.85 m/s2 . highSchool. > 1 min.0 m/s accelerates uniformly at the rate of +0.0 m/s? Part 2 of 2 b) How far has the car moved during the braking period? Holt SF 02E 01 02:06. highSchool. wordingvariable. a) What is its velocity at the end of the acceleration? Part 2 of 3 b) What is its velocity after it accelerates for 125 m? Part 3 of 3 c) What is its velocity after it accelerates for 67 m? Holt SF 02E 03 67 02:06. Part 1 of 3 A car traveling initially at +7. wordingvariable. > 1 min.0 m/s applies the brakes. If its acceleration was 2.3 m/s2 . numeric. numeric.5 m/s to the west. > 1 min. highSchool.32 m? Holt SF 02E 02 02:06. causing a uniform acceleration of −2. highSchool.0 m/s2 . numeric. highSchool.7 m/s2 to the east. A motorboat accelerates uniformly from a velocity of 6.500 m/s2 . numeric. Find vf . a) What is the speed of the car after it has traveled 55 m? Part 2 of 2 b) How long does it take the car to travel 55 m? Holt SF 02E 04 02:06. wordingvariable. highSchool. wordingvariable. highSchool. . What is the velocity of the stroller after it has traveled 6. > 1 min.Chapter 2.0 m/s accelerates at the rate of 0. Part 1 of 2 A car accelerates uniformly in a straight line from rest at the rate of 2. A certain car is capable of accelerating at a uniform rate of 0. What minimum uniform acceleration does this require if the aircraft is to be airborne after a takeoﬀ run of 240 m? Holt SF 02E 06 02:06.

5 m/s2 .0 s. what is the ﬁnal velocity? Part 2 of 2 b) If instead it accelerates at the rate of −0. Find the distance the car travels during this time. > 1 min.3 m/s2 .0 km/h to 0 km/h in 21. > 1 min. wordingvariable. level road increases its velocity uniformly from +16 m/s to +32 m/s in 10. highSchool. If he started from rest. in what distance would he reach a speed of 7. section 6.00 m/s? Holt SF 02Rev 31 02:06. One-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration Holt SF 02Rev 22 02:06. > 1 min. wordingvariable. a) What was the car’s acceleration? Part 2 of 3 b) How far did it move while accelerating? Part 3 of 3 c) What was its average velocity? Holt SF 02Rev 24 02:06. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A car starts from rest and travels for 5. numeric. numeric. causing a uniform acceleration of −2. > 1 min. > 1 min. a) If the brakes are applied for 3.0 s.1 m/s2 . Holt SF 02Rev 28 02:06. wordingvariable. highSchool. wordingvariable. highSchool. > 1 min.0 s. numeric. highSchool.0 s? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the displacement after 5. A car accelerates uniformly from rest to a speed of 65 km/h (18 m/s) in 12 s. Part 1 of 2 A snowmobile has an initial velocity of +3. how far will it move? Holt SF 02Rev 25 02:06. numeric.00 m/s2 . The driver then applies the brakes.0 s with a uniform acceleration of +1. > 1 min.Chapter 2. how fast is the car going at the end of the braking period? Part 2 of 2 b) How far has it gone from its start? Holt SF 02Rev 29 02:06. If it accelerates for 7. A bus slows down uniformly from 75. > 1 min. highSchool. How far does it travel before stopping? 68 Holt SF 02Rev 26 02:06. how long will it take to reach a complete stop? Holt SF 02Rev 23 02:06. wordingvariable. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 A car moving westward along a straight. wordingvariable.0 s? Holt SF 02Rev 27 02:06.0 m/s. numeric. Part 1 of 2 A car accelerates from rest at −3. A boy sledding down a hill accelerates at 1.40 m/s2 . highSchool. a) If it accelerates at the rate of +0. numeric.0 s. wordingvariable.60 m/s2 .50 m/s2 for 7. numeric. wordingvariable.5 s. highSchool. numeric. numeric. A ball initially at rest rolls down a hill with an acceleration of 3. . wordingvariable. a) What is the velocity at the end of 5. highSchool.

6 m above the street. wordingvariable. the other student throws a ball vertically upward at the same speed. a) What is the magnitude of the velocity of the ﬁrst ball as it strikes the ground? Part 2 of 4 b) What is the magnitude of the velocity of the second ball as it strikes the ground? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the diﬀerence in the time the balls spend in the air? Part 4 of 4 d) How far apart are the balls 0. > 1 min. numeric. One-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration Part 1 of 2 A plane lands with a velocity of +120 m/s and accelerates at a maximum rate of −6. the ranger applies the brakes to produce an acceleration of −3. a) From the instant the plane touches the runway. highSchool. An elevator is moving upward 1. wordingvariable. > 1 min.0 m/s2 .31 m/s2 downward. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A sailboat starts from rest and accelerates at a rate of 0. what is the minimum time needed before it can come to rest? Part 2 of 2 The plane is landing on a naval aircraft carrier that is 0. numeric. wordingvariable. At the same instant. The second 69 ball just misses the balcony on the way down. numeric.0 m/s2 . A ranger in a national park is driving at 56 km/h when a deer jumps onto the road 65 m ahead of the vehicle.Chapter 2.20 m/s when it experiences an acceleration of 0.44 m/s2 . numeric. section 6. Instantaneously. over a distance of 0.21 m/s2 over a distance of 280 m m. the police car starts from rest with a uniform acceleration of 2. highSchool. Part 1 of 4 Two students are on a balcony 19. numeric. After a reaction time of t s. numeric. What will its ﬁnal speed be? Holt SF 02Rev 45 02:06.7 m/s. highSchool. wordingvariable. . > 1 min. What is the maximum reaction time allowed if the ranger is to avoid hitting the deer? Holt SF 02Rev 51 02:06. a) Find the magnitude of the boat’s ﬁnal velocity. highSchool.0 m/s.80 km long. Part 2 of 2 b) How long does it take the boat to travel this distance? Holt SF 02Rev 33 02:06. > 1 min.75 m. > 1 min. b) What distance does the plane require to land? Holt SF 02Rev 32 02:06. highSchool. > 1 min. One student throws a ball vertically downward at 14. a) How much time pases before the speeder is overtaken by the police car? Part 2 of 2 b) How far does the speeder get before being overtaken by the police car? Holt SF 02Rev 52 53 02:06. Part 1 of 2 A speeder passes a parked police car at 30. wordingvariable. wordingvariable.800 s after they are thrown? Holt SF 02Rev 50 02:06.

section 6. Given: A bicycle has a speed of 6 m/s at t1 = 3. numeric. highSchool. normal. Both start from rest. The stock car moves with a constant acceleration of +3. multiple choice. a) How long does it take for the lead car to stop? Part 2 of 3 Assume that the driver of the chasing car applies the brakes at the same time as the driver of the lead car. the lead car at 25 m/s and the other car at 35 m/s. highSchool.30 × 103 m and the total time is 90. Part 3 of 5 c) Find v . What position does the bicycle have with respect to the origin at t2 = 6.0 m/s2 . a) Find t1 . Given: The bicycle is at the origin (on the positive x-axis) when t0 = 1. The racer decides to race against another driver in a souped-up stock car. > 1 min.0 m/s2 . At the moment the cars are 45 m apart. > 1 min. At t1 the rocket engine is shut down and the sled moves with constant velocity v for another t2 s. > 1 min.0 s before the driver of the sports car. the lead driver applies the brakes. numeric. a) Find the time it takes the sports-car driver to overtake the stock-car driver. Part 1 of 3 Two cars are traveling along a straight line in the same direction.0 m/s2 . 70 Part 4 of 4 d) Find the velocity of the stock car when the two drivers are side by side. > 1 min. numeric. Part 1 of 4 A professional race-car driver buys a car that can accelerate at 5. wordingvariable. Holt SF 02Rev 59 02:06. Part 2 of 4 b) Find the distance the two drivers travel before they are side by side. Part 4 of 5 At the 5800 m mark.4 s and a constant acceleration of 3 m /s 2 .Chapter 2. d) What is the ﬁnal position of the sled when it comes to rest? Part 5 of 5 e) How long does it take for the sled to come to rest? Holt SF 02Rev 58 02:06.0 s. but the stock-car driver leaves 1. Part 3 of 4 c) Find the velocity of the race car when the two drivers are side by side. The total distance traveled by the sled is 5. wordingvariable. highSchool. causing the car to have an acceleration of −2. Part 2 of 5 b) Find t2 . the sled begins to accelerate at −7.9 m/s2 . Part 1 of 5 Consider the plot below describing motion along a straight line with an initial position of . wording-variable.6 s.9 s? Velocity vs Time 03 02:06. highSchool. One-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration Part 1 of 5 An ice sled powered by a rocket engine starts from rest on a large frozen lake and accelerates at 13.6 m/s2 . b) What must the chasing car’s minimum negative acceleration be to avoid hitting the lead car? Part 3 of 3 c) How long does it take the chasing car to stop? Linear Bicycle 02:06.

wordingvariable. −4 1 2 3 8 9 Part 4 of 4 What is the position at 9 seconds? Velocity vs Time 04 e1 02:06. Part 1 of 4 Consider the plot below describing motion along a straight line with an initial position of x0 = 10 m. numeric.Chapter 2. highSchool. highSchool. < 1 min. Consider the plot below describing motion along a straight line with an initial position of x0 = 10 m. highSchool. One-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration x0 = 10 m. numeric. > 1 min. wording-variable. section 6. wording- . > 1 min. 5 ¢ velocity (m/s) 4 3 2 1 ¢ 0 ¢ ¢ −1 4 5 6 7 time (s) What is the position at 9 seconds? −2 ¢ 1 2 3 8 9 Velocity vs Time 15 02:06. multiple choice. velocity (m/s) 9 71 5 ¡ 4 3 2 1 ¡ 8 7 6 velocity (m/s) 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 ¡ ¡ −1 4 5 6 7 time (s) What is the velocity at 2 seconds? Part 2 of 4 What is the position at 2 seconds? Part 3 of 4 What is the position at 6 seconds? −2 ¡ 1 2 3 8 9 −1 −2 −3 4 5 6 7 time (s) What is the velocity at 2 seconds? Part 2 of 5 What is the position at 2 seconds? Part 3 of 5 What is the position at 6 seconds? Part 4 of 5 What is the velocity at 8 seconds? Part 5 of 5 What is the position at 8 seconds? Velocity vs Time 04 02:06.

Part 1 of 4 Consider the plot below describing the velocity of a particle along a straight line with an initial position of 0 m and an initial velocity of 0 m/s. Part 4 of 4 Calculate the magnitude of the car’s average velocity from 1 s to 9 s.Chapter 2. section 6. Part 3 of 4 Calculate the position displacement after the car traveled from 7 s to 9 s. 4 72 3 2 1 velocity (m/s) 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −6 −7 −8 0 1 2 3 4 5 time (s) 6 7 8 9 What is the acceleration at 6 s? Part 2 of 4 Calculate the distance traveled (magnitude of the position displacement) after the car travels the ﬁrst 7 s. . One-Dimensional Motion with Constant Acceleration variable.

The acceleration of gravity is 9.8 m/s2 3.1 kg and ∆vup < ∆vdown if the mass of the ball is greater than 0. How much did the ball speed up as it passed the window. 3.e.3 s to pass by the window. numeric. Part 3 of 3 Now consider a new situation: The ball is thrown upward from the ground 3m ¡ ¡ ¡ B ¡ x . 4. ∆vup > ∆vdown if the mass of the ball is less than 0. ∆vup = ∆vdown . normal. i. it accelerates downward at 9.1 kg and ∆vup > ∆vdown if the mass of the ball is greater than 0. After falling for some time.8 m/s2 2. ∆vup > ∆vdown .8 m/s2 . let vA be its speed as it passes the window’s top A and vB its speed as it passes the window’s bottom B . 2.1 kg Ball Dropped From Rest 03 02:07. less than 9. Part 1 of 3 A ball is dropped from rest at point O. it passes by a window of height 3 m and it does so during time 0. section 7. its downward acceleration after release is 1. > 1 min. After falling for some time. If you drop an object.1 kg 5. highSchool.8 m/s2 (in the absence of air resistance). The acceleration of gravity is 9. O A y 73 with an initial velocity that takes exactly the same time tBA = tAB = 0. > 1 min. normal. ﬁxed. < 1 min. highSchool. numeric.8 m/s2 .. ∆vup < ∆vdown if the mass of the ball is less than 0. calculate ∆vdown = vB − vA ? Part 2 of 3 Calculate the speed vA at which the ball passes the window’s top. highSchool. How does the ball’s slowdown compare to its speedup ∆vdown on the way down? 1. Part 1 of 2 A ball is dropped from rest at point O (height unknown).8 m/s2 Ball Dropped From Rest 02 02:07. Freely Falling Objects Acceleration of Falling Object 02:07. it passes by a window of height 3 m and it does so during time tAB = 0. ∆vup < ∆vdown . Consider the ball’s slowdown during this time: Let vB be the ball’s speed (do not confuse the speed with the velocity) as it passes the window’s bottom on the way up and let vA be its speed as it passes the window’s top.Chapter 2.3 s. more than 9. 9. with the ball moving up rather than down. also in its way up. multiple choice. If instead you throw it downward.3 s. O A y ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ∆vup = vB − vA 3m B x The ball accelerates all the way down.

. section 7. normal. let vA be its speed as it passes the window’s top A and vB its speed as it passes the window’s bottom B .8 m/s2 . hmax (in terms of the initial speed v0 )? 1. multiple choice. calculate ∆vdown = vB − vA ? Part 2 of 2 Calculate the speed vA at which the ball passes the window’s top.8 m/s2 v0 v0 . multiple choice. A ball is thrown upward. hmax = 9. normal. hmax = 8. acceleration of gravity g . v0 (in terms of the maximum height hmax )? 1. and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. hmax 4. Ball M 01 02:07. i. Neglect: Air resistance. Freely Falling Objects The ball accelerates all the way down. v0 = 2 g hmax √ 4. hmax 3. Its initial vertical speed v0 . Neglect: Air resistance. The acceleration of gravity is 9. v0 = 2. highSchool.8 m/s2 . highSchool. A ball is thrown upward. > 1 min.8 m/s2 ¡ ¡ hmax ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ What is its maximum height. hmax = 6. acceleration of gravity g . How much did the ball speed up as it passed the window. hmax = 7. hmax = 2. hmax 2 v0 2g 2 3 v0 = 4g 2 5 v0 = 8g √ 2 5v = √ 0 2 2g What is its initial vertical speed.Chapter 2. > 1 min. and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. hmax = 2 v0 4g 2 v0 √ 2g 2 v0 g √ 2 3 v0 2g √ 2 3v √ 0 2 2g Ball M 02 02:07. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ hmax ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 9.e. 74 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Its initial vertical speed v0 . v0 = 2 g hmax g hmax 3. v0 = 2 g hmax 9.

and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. tup = 2 v0 g 4 v0 g √ 3 v0 g √ 2 v0 g √ 2v √ 0 3g 75 1 g hmax 2 1 7. tup (in terms of the initial speed v0 ). Its initial vertical speed v0 . tup = 2. highSchool. section 7.Chapter 2. multiple choice. Freely Falling Objects 5. tup = 9. tup = 8. acceleration of gravity g . Given: g = 9. tup v0 g v0 = 2g v0 = 4g v0 =√ 2g What is its time interval. tup = 2 hmax g 4 hmax g 9. highSchool. tup = 2. tup 3. A ball is thrown upward. > 1 min. between the release of the ball and the time it reaches its maximum height? 1. Neglect: Air resistance. tup (in terms of the maximum height hmax ). and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. v0 = 1 g hmax 2 5.8 m/s2 . v0 = √ hmax 2 9. Ball M 04 02:07. between the release of the ball and the time it reaches its maximum height? 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9. normal. > 1 min. v0 = 2 g hmax Ball M 03 02:07. Neglect: Air resistance. multiple choice.8 m/s2 v0 . ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ hmax ¡ ¡ 9. A ball is thrown upward. tup 4. v0 = √ g hmax 2 g 8.8 m/s2 ¡ ¡ v0 ¡ ¡ hmax ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Whatis its time interval. normal. tup = 6. acceleration of gravity g . v0 = 6. tup = 7. Its initial vertical speed v0 .8 m/s2 .

hmax = 2 v0 2g 2 3 v0 4g 2 5 v0 8g √ 2 5v √ 0 2 2g 2 v0 4g v2 √0 2g 2 v0 g √ 2 3 v0 2g √ 2 3v √ 0 2 2g 76 hmax 2g √ 2g hmax √ 4g hmax √ 2 g hmax √ g 2 hmax hmax g g hmax Ball M 05 02:07. Freely Falling Objects 3. tup = 5. and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. vA = √ 2 v0 8. hmax = 4. vA = √ 2 2 Ball M 06 hmax 9. hmax = 5. vA = 8 √ 5 v0 5. tup = 2 4. tup = 7. The acceleration of gravity is 9. vA = √ 2 2 v0 6. Neglect: Air resistance. 4 √ 3 v0 1. tup = 6. which is at one quarter of the maximum hmax height . vA = 2 v0 7. highSchool.Chapter 2. hmax = 2.8 m/s2 . tup = 9. hmax = 9. vA = 4 5 v0 4. hmax = 6. acceleration of gravity g . vA = 4 √ 3 v0 9.8 m/s2 v0 . vA = 8 3 v0 3. Its initial vertical speed v0 . tup = hmax g 1. multiple choice. tup = 8. section 7. What is its maximum height. hmax = 8. vA = 2 3 v0 2. hmax (in terms of the initial speed v0 )? Part 2 of 2 Find the speed vA of the ball (in terms of the initial speed v0 ) as the ball passes a point A. > 1 min. tup = 10. normal. Part 1 of 2 A ball is thrown upward. hmax = 3. hmax = 7.

Its initial vertical speed v0 . Part 1 of 2 A ball is thrown upward.8 m/s2 . ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ If the time (up and down) the ball remains in the air is t. hmax hmax 9. Freely Falling Objects 02:07. vf = 2 g t ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 1 7. 1 1. hmax = 8 g t2 3. Neglect: Air resistance. hmax = 1 2 gt 8 2. On the way down. Neglect: Air resistance. normal. and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. The acceleration of gravity is 9. vf = √ g t 2 Part 2 of 2 If the time (up and down) the ball remains 9.8 m/s2 v0 Ball M 07 02:07. hmax = 1 2 gt 2 1 = g t2 4 7. acceleration of gravity g . highSchool. vf = g t 2 ¡ ¡ 2. Its initial vertical speed v0 . hmax = 2 g t2 4. section 7. On the way down. it continues falling back towards Earth. normal. it continues falling back towards Earth. > 1 min.Chapter 2. calculate the maximum height hmax the ball attained while in the air.8 m/s2 . the ball is caught at the same height at which it was thrown upward. the ball is caught at the same height at which it was thrown upward. hmax = g t2 5.8 m/s2 3. The acceleration of gravity is 9. After reaching a maximum height. 77 If the time the ball remains in the air is t. and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. highSchool. vf = 4 g t 5. acceleration of gravity g . vf = 2 g t ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 4. A ball is thrown upward. multiple choice. calculate its speed vf when it caught. hmax = 4 g t2 6. multiple choice. After reaching a maximum height. 1. vf = g t ¡ ¡ v0 hmax . > 1 min. vf = 1 gt 4 √ 6.

Neglect: Air resistance.8 m/s2 . ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 2.1 m/s . The acceleration of gravity is 9.8 m/s2 . > 1 min. A ball is thrown upward. normal. normal. highSchool. vf = g ttrip 3 2 9. vf = g ttrip 4 √ 6. section 7. and maximum height is 7. Neglect: Air resistance. v0 ? Ball N 03 02:07. vf = g ttrip 3 √ 2 g ttrip 10. vf = 2 g ttrip 3. A ball is thrown upward.8 m/s2 9.4 m . vf = 3 Ball N 01 02:07. numeric.8 m/s2 . 1. > 1 min. hmax ? 9. Its initial vertical speed is v0 . and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. Its initial vertical speed is 12.1 m/s .4 m ¡ ¡ ¡ 1 7. A ball is thrown upward. highSchool. highSchool. ¡ ¡ What is its initial vertical speed. vf = 4 g ttrip 1 5.1 m/s hmax What is its maximum height. numeric. > 1 min. vf = g ttrip 4. acceleration of gravity is 9. vf = 1 g ttrip 2 78 Ball N 02 02:07. Neglect: Air resistance. acceleration of gravity is 9. vf = √ g ttrip 2 1 8. and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below. Its initial vertical speed is 12.8 m/s2 . normal. vf = 2 g ttrip ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 7. acceleration of gravity is 9. as shown in the ﬁgure below. numeric. Freely Falling Objects in the air is ttrip .Chapter 2.8 m/s2 v0 . calculate its speed vf when it caught. 12.

highSchool. multiple choice. as shown in the ﬁgure below. Part 2 of 2 However. Neglect: Air resistance.8 m/s2 ¡ ¡ Ball Thrown Up 05 02:07. acceleration of gravity is 9. tup . On the way down.8 m/s2 v0 .64 s. > 1 min. numeric. assuming it has not yet hit the ground? v0 ¡ ¡ ¡ What is its time interval. Freely Falling Objects 79 02:07. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 7. Which of the following diagrams can describe the vertical acceleration of the ball. After a while he tosses it upwards. and it travels up for a while before turning about and heading towards the ground.Chapter 2. and maximum height is 7. section 7. between the release of the ball and the time it reaches its maximum height? Ball N 04 02:07.1 m/s hmax 9. Deﬁne upwards to be positive. numeric. the ball is caught at the same height at which it was thrown upward. A ball is thrown upward. Michael stands motionless holding a baseball in his hand. > 1 min.77 s. it continues falling back towards Earth. ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¢ ¢ If the time (up and down) the ball remains in the air is 1.8 m/s2 .8 m/s2 . ﬁxed. Neglect: Air resistance. highSchool. ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ 12. highSchool. tup (in terms of the maximum height). calculate the maximum height hmax the ball attained while in the air. acceleration of gravity is 9.8 m/s2 ¢ ¢ hmax ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ What is its time interval. calculate its speed when it caught. Its initial vertical speed v0 . Its initial vertical speed. while it is in Michael’s hand and after he lets it go. normal. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A ball is thrown upward.4 m 9. if the time the ball remains in the air is 1.4 m . normal. between the release of the ball and the time it reaches its maximum height? Ball N 06 9. After reaching a maximum height. and maximum height hmax are shown in the ﬁgure below.

3. a t 3. The acceleration of gravity is 9. multiple choice. numeric. A ball is thrown straight up and reaches a maximum height in 5 s. None of these . on the way down there is a steadily increasing downward force of gravity as the object gets closer to earth. a 4. O t . > 1 min. A ball is thrown straight up and reaches a maximum height of 5 m . a steadily decreasing upward force from the moment it leaves the child’s hand until it reaches its highest point.8 m/s2 .the ball falls back to the ground because of its natural tendency to rest on the surface of the earth. For these conditions. normal. normal. tA is the time ¡ hA to reach its A y maximum hB height hA B v0 t Ball Thrown Up 06 02:07.8 m/s2 . highSchool. 2. Ball Thrown Up 10 02:07. ﬁxed. the force(s) acting on the ball is 1. on the way down there is only an almost constant force of gravity. an almost constant downward force of gravity along with an upward force that steadily decreases until the ball reaches its highest point. Freely Falling Objects a t 80 1. Consider the motion of the ball only after it has left the child’s hand but before it touches the ground. a 2. > 1 min. an almost constant downward force of gravity only. numeric. > 1 min. a downward force of gravity along with a steadily decreasing upward force. 5. t a 6. section 7. and assume that forces exerted by the air are negligible. What was its initial speed? Ball Thrown Up 11 02:07. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. A child throws a steel ball straight up. 4. t t a 5.Chapter 2. tA tB Figure is not drawn to scale. highSchool.

8 m/s2 . Freely Falling Objects hA y hB v0 81 B ¡ A tA is the time to reach its maximum height hA where v0 is the velocity. Neglecting air resistance. normal. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9.01 s. How high is the apartment house? Free Fall 12 I2 02:07. They hit the ground simultaneously. highSchool. numeric.Chapter 2. What was its initial speed? Ball Thrown Up 12 02:07. A bullet is ﬁred straight up from a gun with a muzzle velocity of 125 m/s.2 m above the ground. How long does it take him to hit the water? Part 2 of 2 He springs oﬀ the diving board with an initial vertical velocity of 15 m/s. a seagull will drop the clam repeatedly onto a hard surface from high in the air until the tA tB Figure is not drawn to scale. and s is the initial height. what will be its displacement after 1 s? Diving Board 02:07. normal. obeying the law h = −16 t2 + v0 t + s .8 m/s2 . highSchool. You can neglect air resistance. > 1 min. numeric. O ¢ t . ﬁnd the acceleration given to the tennis ball by the ground. normal. normal. You and your friend throw balloons ﬁlled with water from the roof of a several story apartment house. numeric. wording-variable. tA is the time ¢ ¢ ¢¡¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ hA ¢ to reach its ¢ ¢ A y ¢ ¢ maximum ¢ ¢ height hA ¢ B ¢ 40 m v0 ¢ O t ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ tA 5s Figure is not drawn to scale. Dropped vs Thrown Balloons 02:07. In order to open the clam it catches.8 m/s2 . What was its initial speed v0 ? Bullet Fired Up 02:07. You simply drop a balloon from rest.2 m/s. multiple choice. With what velocity does it hit the ground? (Let down be negative. Part 1 of 3 A tennis ball is dropped from 1. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. t is in seconds.) Part 2 of 3 With what velocity does it leave the ground? Part 3 of 3 If the tennis ball were in contact with the ground for 0. A second balloon is thrown downward by your friend 2 s later with an initial speed of 39. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A boy steps oﬀ a 12-foot high diving board with no initial vertical velocity.8 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. < 1 min. A ball is thrown straight up and passes point B (at a height of 40 m above its starting point O) in 5 s. highSchool. normal. > 1 min. How long does it take him to hit the water? Dropped Tennis Ball 02:07. section 7. highSchool. It rebounds to a height of 1 m. highSchool. > 1 min. highSchool.

section 7. Freely Falling Objects shell cracks. highSchool. Hewitt CP9 03 P03 02:07. A ball tossed upward has a greater acceleration. The ball thrown up 2. ﬁxed. highSchool. It depends on the force of throwing. Greater distances fallen in successive seconds 2. If the air resistance is negligible. < 1 min. 5. < 1 min. Both balls will have the same speed. highSchool. ﬁxed. which ball will have the greater speed when it strikes the ground below? 1. Smaller distances fallen in successive seconds 3. Hewitt CP9 03 E25 02:07.Chapter 2. More information is needed. Hewitt CP9 03 E29 02:07. 82 Hewitt CP9 03 E27 02:07. then greater distances fallen in successive seconds 5. < 1 min. highSchool. 2. Initially equal distances fallen in successive seconds. Smaller than 10 m/s2 3. The accelerations are the same. Suppose that a freely falling object were somehow equipped with an odometer. A ball tossed upward has a smaller acceleration. and another ball straight down with the same initial speed. highSchool. All are wrong. The ball thrown down 3. how long will the clam take to fall? Hewitt CP9 03 E23 02:07. 4. If air resistance can be neglected. Greater than 10 m/s2 2. both greater than g . both smaller than g . All are wrong. 5. Equal distances fallen in successive seconds 4. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. The accelerations are the same. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Would the readings of distance fallen each second indicate equal or diﬀerent falling distances for successive seconds? 1. It depends on the height of the cliﬀ. If you throw it down instead. Part 1 of 2 . Someone standing at the edge of a cliﬀ throws a ball straight up at a certain speed.8 m/s2 . multiple choice. If a seagull ﬂies to a height of 25 m. Both accelerations equal g . < 1 min. multiple choice. If you drop an object. 10 m/s2 4. normal. how does the acceleration of a ball that has been tossed straight upward compare with its acceleration if simply dropped? 1. multiple choice. < 1 min. numeric. 5. what is its acceleration? 1. its acceleration toward the ground is 10 m/s2 . multiple choice. 3. 4.

When you jump upward.0 m above the sidewalk. normal. Part 1 of 2 A robot probe drops a camera oﬀ the rim of a 239 m high cliﬀ on Mars. a) What is the velocity of the ﬂowerpot when it strikes the ground? Part 2 of 2 b) How much time does a passerby on the sidewalk below have to move out of the way before the ﬂowerpot hits the ground? Holt SF 02F 03 02:07. highSchool. Part 2 of 2 How long is it in the air? Hewitt CP9 03 P05b 02:07. numeric. your hang time is the time your feet are oﬀ the ground. If there were no air resistance. the horizontal component of velocity. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the time required for the camera to reach the ground. a) What will the ball’s velocity be when it returns to its starting point? Part 2 of 2 b) How long will the ball take to reach its starting point? . normal.8 m/s2 . > 1 min. Part 3 of 3 How far will it fall during this time? Hewitt CP9 03 P09 02:07.8 m/s2 . wordingvariable.0 m/s. Holt SF 02F 02 02:07. > 1 min. wordingvariable. Both components 4. Unable to determine 83 Holt SF 02F 01 02:07. The vertical component of your lift-oﬀ velocity 2. section 7. highSchool. How high does it go? Assume the acceleration of gravity is 10 m/s2 . a) Find the velocity with which it hits the ground. Part 1 of 2 A tennis ball is thrown vertically upward with an initial velocity of +8. > 1 min. What is the instantaneous velocity of a freely falling object 10 s after it is released from a position of rest? Part 2 of 3 What is its average velocity during this 10 s interval? g = 9. > 1 min. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 10 m/s2 .Chapter 2. numeric. > 1 min. highSchool. The horizontal component of your lift-oﬀ velocity 3. where the free-fall acceleration is −3. numeric.7 m/s2 . multiple choice. Does hang time depend on the vertical component of velocity when you jump. Part 1 of 3 The acceleration of gravity is 9. wordingvariable. highSchool. with what speed would drops hit the Earth if they fell from a cloud 1234 m above the Earth’s surface? Hewitt CP9 10 E12 02:07. numeric. highSchool. < 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A ﬂowerpot falls from a windowsill 25. Freely Falling Objects A ball is thrown straight up with an initial speed of 30 m/s. ﬁxed. highSchool. or both? 1.

highSchool. highSchool.6211 m below the tree house 6. a) How high will the volleyball go? Part 2 of 2 b) How long will it take the ball to reach its maximum height? Holt SF 02F 05 02:07.0 m tall.. > 1 min. how long will it be in the air before it hits the ground? Holt SF 02Rev 38 02:07. Yes. numeric. a) How long does it take to reach its highest point? Part 2 of 2 b) How long does the ball take to hit the ground after it reaches its highest point? Holt SF 02Rev 42 02:07. the apple will reach 1. wordingvariable. at the same instant. After how long will the balls be at the same height? Holt SF 02Rev 41 02:07. > 1 min.5 m/s straight up.0 m/s.6211 m above the tree house 4. Part 1 of 4 Suppose you are on another planet where the acceleration of gravity is diﬀerent than that on Earth. A continuous measurement is made of the vertical position of the ball with respect to time.43761 m above the tree house 5.9 m above the ground? 1. wordingvariable. A ball is thrown upward from the ground with an initial speed of 25 m/s.g. normal. the apple will reach 1.141284 m below the tree house 2. What is the velocity when the wrench strikes the ground? Holt SF 02Rev 40 02:07. Part 1 of 2 A ball is thrown vertically upward with a speed of 25. Freely Falling Objects Holt SF 02F 04 02:07. e. Yes. wordingvariable. the apple will reach 1. the apple will reach 0. A ball is thrown directly upward into the air. Part 1 of 2 Stephanie serves a volleyball from a height of 0. > 1 min. 84 A worker drops a wrench from the top of a tower 80.0 m.43761 m below the tree house Part 2 of 2 b) If the apple is not caught. numeric. highSchool. Yes. numeric. g = 9. > 1 min. highSchool.8 m/s2 . > 1 min.3 m with an initial velocity of +3. section 7. a ball is dropped from rest from a building 15 m high.141284 m above the tree house 3. The result is a curve shown in the ﬁgure below. wordingvariable.Chapter 2. highSchool. No. the apple will reach 0. numeric. a) Will the apple reach a friend in a tree house 1.80 m and gives it an initial velocity of +7. Part 1 of 2 Maria throws an apple vertically upward from a height of 1. > 1 min. . No. the apple will reach 1. numeric. numeric. highSchool. No. normal.0 m/s from a height of 2.

0 m/s loses a shoe at an altitude of 50. numeric.05 0 0 0. > 1 min.2 m).1 m). 4 85 Part 1 of 2 A small ﬁrst-aid kit is dropped by a rock climber who is descending steadily at 1. wordingvariable.10 0. the full height (h = 0. > 1 min. what is the velocity of the ﬁsh? Part 2 of 2 b) How far below the pelican is the ﬁsh after the 2.4 m/s2 for 3. highSchool.2 m? (The required precision of your answer is decreased because of graphical resolution in the ﬁgure.1 m ? Part 3 of 4 Estimate the slope of the position vs time graph at several places..5 s.5 s? Holt SF 02Rev 49 02:07.0 m cliﬀ hanging over a calm pool of water. but does not stop. > 1 min.15 0. section 7. the ﬁrst onehalf height (h = 0. e. starting from rest with an acceleration of 29. numeric.g. . a) After 2. highSchool. The ﬁrst stone has an initial velocity of +2. How high does it rise above the ground? Holt SF 02Rev 48 02:07. How much time does the ball take to reach its maximum height of 0. highSchool. and the second one-half height (h = 0. A rocket moves upward.50 m/s.5 s? Holt SF 02Rev 55 02:07.) Part 2 of 4 How much time does the ball take to reach one-half of its maximum height h = 0. highSchool. 3 time (s) 0.0 s apart and observes that they cause a single splash when they hit the water. a) What is the velocity of the shoe just before it hits the ground? Part 2 of 2 b) When does the shoe reach the ground? Holt SF 02Rev 56 02:07. What is the slope of the velocity vs time graph? Part 4 of 4 What was the velocity of the ball when it was initially thrown upward? Holt SF 02Rev 46 02:07. Hint: Draw a velocity vs time graph. > 1 min. wordingvariable. It runs out of fuel at the end of the 3. You should see a straight line. wordingvariable. highSchool. numeric. The acceleration of gravity on your planet is the slope of this line.20 0.1 m). wordingvariable. > 1 min. 2 0. The climber throws two stones vertically 1.0 m/s. Freely Falling Objects position (m) 0. a) After 2. wordingvariable.98 s.3 m/s.0 m. Part 1 of 4 A mountain climber stands at the top of a 50. Part 1 of 2 A small ﬁsh is dropped by a pelican that is rising steadily at 0. 1 0. numeric. numeric.5 s.Chapter 2.98 s. what is the velocity of the ﬁrst-aid kit? Part 2 of 2 b) How far is the kit below the climber after the 2. Part 1 of 2 A parachutist descending at a speed of 10.

multiple choice. t1 t2 t t a 3. 86 Kinematics3 02:07. highSchool. wordingvariable. multiple choice. If instead you throw it downward. Part 1 of 3 A model rocket is launched straight upward with an initial speed of 50. 2.8 m/s2 . t1 t2 t . its downward acceleration after release is 1. Henry has tossed a rock upward. Which of the following curves could describes the acceleration of the rock? a 1. If you drop an object in the absence of air resistance. and hits the ground at time t ≈ t2 . less than 9. the ball’s velocity and acceleration are 1. acceleration is zero 2. highSchool. acceleration is not zero 4. more than 9.00 m/s2 until its engines stop at an altitude of 150 m. it accelerates downward at 9. velocity is zero. equal to 9. acceleration is zero 3. acceleration is not zero Rock Tossed Upward 02:07. 3. It accelerates with a constant upward acceleration of 2. At the highest point. numeric.0 m/s. highSchool. velocity is zero.Chapter 2. < 1 min. It has already been released and is moving upward at time t = 0. < 1 min.8 m/s2 .8 m/s2 . velocity is not zero. ﬁxed.8 m/s2 . You are throwing a ball straight up in the air. ﬁxed. section 7. ﬁxed. turns around at time t ≈ t1 . < 1 min. a) What is the maximum height reached by the rocket? Part 2 of 3 b) When does the rocket reach maximum height? Part 3 of 3 c) How long is the rocket in the air? Kinematics 02:07. > 1 min. highSchool. Freely Falling Objects a) What will the velocity of the ﬁrst stone be at the instant both stones hit the water? Part 2 of 4 b) How long after the release of the ﬁrst stone will the two stones hit the water? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the initial velocity of the second stone when it is thrown? Part 4 of 4 d) What will the velocity of the second stone be the instant both stones hit the water? Holt SF 02Rev 57 02:07. t1 t2 a 2. multiple choice. velocity is not zero.

y t y t y 7. > 1 min. 10. t1 t2 t 2. y t y t a 7. Taking down as the positive vertical direction. t1 a 8. t1 a 6. t t1 t2 t2 t t 5. t1 t2 t 4. t2 t 3. Velocity vs Time 18 02:07. highSchool. 6. t . numeric. t y 8. y t 87 a 5. section 7. None of these graphs are correct.Chapter 2. Freely Falling Objects a 4. which graph correctly represents its motion as vertical velocity vs time? y 1. An object was suspended in a ﬁxed place and then allowed to drop in a free fall. ﬁxed.

Less than before. one at 78 km/h. the other at 64 km/h. eastward 3. highSchool. What is the magnitude of the velocity of the ﬁrst car relative to (in the frame of reference of) the second car? Part 2 of 3 What is the direction of the resultant velocity? 1. both cars are moving westward. Greater than before. westward 2. numeric. 2.Chapter 2. No change. section 9. normal. Relative Velocities Approaching Cars 02:09. 4. Part 1 of 3 Two cars approach each other. > 1 min. 88 . Unable to determine. how will their relative velocity change? 1. Part 3 of 3 After they pass. Unable to determine. 3.

5. Vector and Scalar Quantities Hewitt CP9 05 E27 03:02. All are scalars. e) temperature. Vectors: age. Vectors: velocity. 89 .Chapter 3. c) speed. speed. < 1 min. All are vectors. temperature. acceleration. Scalars: age. speed. multiple choice. ﬁxed. b) age. d) acceleration. temperature. Vector: velocity. acceleration 3. section 2. 1. speed 2. which are vector quantities? a) velocity. acceleration 4. temperature. Scalars: velocity. highSchool. Scalars: age. Which of the following are scalar quantities.

section 3. the directions are the same. multiple choice. All are wrong.Chapter 3. The magnitudes are the same. ﬁxed. highSchool. the directions are opposite. 90 . the directions are opposite. 4. The magnitudes are diﬀerent. The magnitudes are diﬀerent. 2. how must they be related? 1. < 1 min. 5. Some Properties of Vectors Hewitt CP9 05 E28 03:03. When two vectors sum to zero. Both magnitude and direction are the same. 3.

Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer. A hunter wishes to cross a river that is 1. F2 . What is the time necessary for crossing if the boat moves directly across the river? Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer.5 km/h. where F = F1 + F2 ? Part 2 of 2 Note: Give the angle in degrees. and θ2 = 25◦ . And where θ1 = 240 ◦ . multiple choice. use counterclockwise as the positive angular direction. wordingvariable. a) What is the horizontal component of the superhero’s displacement? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the vertical component of the superhero’s displacement? Holt SF 03Rev 50 graph 03:05. and F2 = 66 N . wordingvariable. The vector F1 has magnitude F1 = 87 N and direction θ1 = 170 ◦ . numeric. and F2 .Chapter 3. All the direction angles θ are measured from the positive x axis: counter-clockwise for θ > 0 and clockwise for θ < 0. the vector F2 has magnitude F2 = 48 N and direction θ2 = 330◦ .5 km wide and that ﬂows with a speed of 5. highSchool. and θ2 = 25◦ . And where θ1 = 240 ◦ . and F2 . Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer. > 1 min. The hunter uses a small powerboat that moves at a maximum speed of 13 km/h with respect to the water. Graphical Addition of Vectors Holt SF 03B 05 graph 03:05. . The angles are measure from the positive x axis with the counter-clockwise angular direction as positive. section 5. use counterclockwise as the positive angular direction. Where the magnitude of these vectors are F1 = 53 N . What is the magnitude of the resultant vector F . and the vector F3 has magnitude F3 = 65 N and direction θ3 = 50◦ . Sum of Three Vectors 01 graph 03:05. Part 1 of 2 A superhero ﬂies 225 m from the top of a tall building at an angle of 25 ◦ below the horizontal. numeric. between the limits of −180◦ and +180◦ from the positive x axis. where F = F1 + F2 ? 91 Part 2 of 2 Note: Give the angle in degrees. and F3 . highSchool. Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer. wording-variable. Part 1 of 2 Given two vectors F1 . > 1 min. What is the direction of this resultant vector F ? Sum of Two Vectors 02 graph 03:05. What is the direction of this resultant vector F ? Sum of Two Vectors 01 graph 03:05. > 1 min. > 1 min. Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. > 1 min. between the limits of −180◦ and +180◦ from the positive x axis. The angles are measure from the positive x axis with the counter-clockwise angular direction as positive. numeric. Part 1 of 2 Consider three force vectors F1 . highSchool. and F2 = 66 N . What is the magnitude of the resultant vector F . numeric. highSchool. highSchool. Where the magnitude of these vectors are F1 = 53 N . Part 1 of 2 Given two vectors F1 .

−28. −138.21563◦ 92 .8812 N 6.871 N 2.1394◦ 8. section 5. What is the direction of this resultant vector F ? 1.2271◦ 4. between the limits of −180◦ and +180◦ from the positive x axis. 108.602 N 5.061◦ 7.588◦ 5.714 N 4.9939 N 8.39◦ 2. 63.325◦ 3.Chapter 3. 119. 44. Graphical Addition of Vectors What is the magnitude of the resultant vector F . where F = F1 + F2 ? 1. −68.5851 N Part 2 of 2 Note: Give the angle in degrees.789 N 7. 85. −174. 37.5559 N 3. use counterclockwise as the positive angular direction. 79. −111. 132.157◦ 6. −2. 101. 44.

a) What is the horizontal component of the 93 Part 2 of 2 b) What is the vertical component of the superhero’s displacement? Holt SF 03B 06 03:06.0◦ below the horizontal.0 m long. numeric. < 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A superhero ﬂies 225 m from the top of a tall building at an angle of 25 ◦ below the horizontal.Chapter 3. numeric. a) What is the horizontal component of the skier’s acceleration (perpendicular to the direction of free fall)? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the vertical component of the skier’s acceleration? Holt SF 03Rev 26 03:06. numeric. The truck has a constant speed of 22 m/s.0 m at an angle of 10. the skier accelerates at 2. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A truck travels up a hill with a 15◦ incline. normal. numeric. section 6. normal. a) What is the horizontal component of the submarine’s displacement? Part 2 of 2 . Components of a Vector superhero’s displacement? Holt SF 03B 01 02 03:06. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A skier squats low and races down a(n) 18◦ ski slope. < 1 min. The hill is 23. > 1 min. a) What is the horizontal component of the cat’s displacement? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the vertical component of the cat’s displacement? Holt SF 03B 05 03:06. highSchool. highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A child rides a toboggan down a hill that descends at an angle of 30.5◦ to the horizontal. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. numeric. wordingvariable. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A truck travels beneath an airplane that is moving 105 km/h at an angle of 25 ◦ to the ground. a) What is the horizontal component of the child’s displacement? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the vertical component of the child’s displacement? Holt SF 03B 07 03:06. < 1 min. numeric. highSchool. wordingvariable. a) How fast must the truck travel to stay beneath the airplane? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the magnitude of the vertical component of the velocity of the plane? Holt SF 03B 03 03:06.5 m/s2 . During a 5 s interval. numeric. a) What is the horizontal component of the truck’s velocity? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the vertical component of the truck’s velocity? Holt SF 03B 04 03:06. > 1 min. normal. < 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A cat climbs 5 m directly up a tree. Part 1 of 2 A submarine dives 110.

> 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A person walks 25. Another person walks due north and due east to arrive at the same location. Components of a Vector b) What is the vertical component of the submarine’s displacement? Holt SF 03Rev 27 03:06. highSchool. numeric. highSchool.Chapter 3.1 m at an angle of 40. section 6. wordingvariable.10 km.0◦ above the horizontal. a) How large is the east component of this second path? Part 2 of 2 b) How large is the north component of this second path? Holt SF 03Rev 28 03:06. Part 1 of 2 A roller coaster travels 41. numeric. > 1 min. a) How far does it move horizontally? Part 2 of 2 b) How far does it move vertically? 94 . wordingvariable.0◦ north of east for 3.

987 ◦ θe = 299. > 1 min.5301 km . wording-variable. multiple choice.0787 km . E = 10.519 ◦ θe = 117. numeric. All angles are measured in a counter- . 8. with counterclockwise positive) of her displacement. Part 3 of 3 c) What is the total distance she travels? Random Walk 02 03:07. Select the vector which will return the hiker to the starting point by identifying the vector E (described below) with the diagram above.92 ◦ A B C D 23 km 12 km 33 km 26 km at 79 ◦ at 221 ◦ at 248 ◦ at 119 ◦ Random Walk 03 03:07. 7. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 3 A girl delivering newspapers travels 5 blocks west.905 ◦ θe = 188. highSchool. E = 21. 41 km) . Adding Vector Components Holt SF 03Rev 22 03:07.4158 km . B. E = 30. θe = 346. 2. E = 24. 5.694 ◦ θe = 186. listed below and shown below in the plot. 3. E = 23.7827 km .453 km . 6. > 1 min.6311 km . and D) in random directions and lengths starting at position (41 km.8179 km .548 ◦ θe = 234. D 95 B A C Scale: 10 km = Figure: Drawn to scale. highSchool. All angles are measured in a counterclockwise direction from the positive x-axis. highSchool. E = 20. wording-variable. multiple choice.2649 km .4945 km . 9. 10. E = 57.3401 ◦ θe = 103. section 7. 8 blocks north. 4. > 1 min.989 ◦ θe = 89. a) What is the magnitude of her resultant displacement? Part 2 of 3 b) Find the direction (measured from due east. E = 55.Chapter 3.821 ◦ θe = 275.7927 km .463 ◦ θe = 272. A hiker makes four straight-line walks (A. then 9 blocks east. E = 46. E = 64. 1. C.

A hiker makes four straight-line walks (A. section 7. 3. 41 km) . B. listed below and shown below in the plot. A Scale: 10 km = Scale: 10 km = . Scale: 10 km = C D C 1. Adding Vector Components clockwise direction from the positive x-axis. A B C D 2. and D) in random directions and lengths starting at position (41 km.Chapter 3. A B C D 11 km 22 km 33 km 22 km at at at at 109 ◦ 151 ◦ 108 ◦ 279 ◦ C 96 A B D Select the vector diagram which best represents this hike. C. 4. B D B A A Scale: 10 km = Scale: 10 km = D B C 5.

3. A B C 11 km at 22 km at 33 km at 109 151 ◦ 108 ◦ ◦ A 2. B B A C Scale: 10 km = Scale: 10 km = Random Walk 04 03:07. All angles are measured in a counterclockwise direction from the positive x-axis. multiple choice. Scale: 10 km = B C 1. B. > 1 min. C. A hiker makes four straight-line walks (A.Chapter 3. section 7. C B A Scale: 10 km = 4. Adding Vector Components 97 C D 6. 41 km) . highSchool. A C B Select the vector diagram which best represents this hike. wording-variable. listed below and shown below in the plot. A Scale: 10 km = . and D) in random directions and lengths starting at position (41 km.

θd = 26. section 7.107 ◦ θd = 122. C . listed below and shown below in the plot.625 ◦ θd = 18.858 ◦ θd = 252.114 ◦ θd = 3.Chapter 3. 1. 7. D = 43.4472 km . multiple choice.8326 km .7427 km . D = 33.7445 km . B Scale: 10 km = Random Walk 05 03:07. 10. Adding Vector Components 98 B 5. D = 17. wording-variable. B. and E are shown in . 3. highSchool.713 ◦ θd = 215. Select the vector which will return the hiker to the starting point by identifying the vector D (described below) with the diagram above. 5. A C A B C 23 km at 12 km at 26 km at 79 ◦ 221 ◦ 242 ◦ Vectors 01 03:07. D = 43.4222 km . 6. 8. D = 29.5343 km . highSchool. D = 38. 4.7838 km . D = 18. All angles are measured in a counterclockwise direction from the positive x-axis. D = 49. 41 km) . multiple choice.382 ◦ θd = 100. A hiker makes three straight-line walks (A. Vectors A. > 1 min.2406 km .6803 ◦ θd = 327. D = 48. 9.06 ◦ θd = 288. D. D = 17.5237 km .9169 km . 2. and C) in random directions and lengths starting at position (41 km. C A B A Scale: 10 km = C Scale: 10 km = Figure: Drawn to scale.51645 ◦ 6.54 ◦ θd = 331. B . > 1 min. wording-variable.

For convenience. x 2. 1. For convenience. wording-variable. C . the tails of each vector are arbitrarily located at (0. None of these ﬁgures is correct. x R −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y Select the ﬁgure showing the resultant vector R. y 5 4 3 2 E 1 x 0 −1 −2 D −3 C −4 B −5 −5 −3 −1 0 A 1 2 3 4 5 y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 99 3. multiple choice.0). the tails of each vector are arbitrarily located at (0. Vectors A. section 7. −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y Vectors 02 03:07.0). where R = −A + B − C + D − E .Chapter 3. and D are shown in the ﬁgure below. 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 R −4 −5 −5 −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 . highSchool. > 1 min. B . R x 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 R x −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5. y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 4. Adding Vector Components the ﬁgure below.

Vectors A.Chapter 3. where R = −A + B − C + D . −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y Vectors 03 03:07. B . Adding Vector Components y 5 4 3 2 1 x 0 −1 −2 D −3 C −4 B −5 A −5 −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 Select the ﬁgure showing the resultant vector R. highSchool. section 7. the tails of each vector are arbitrarily located at (0. For convenience. R x y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 100 3. multiple choice. x R −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y 1. > 1 min. 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 R −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 . y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 4. wording-variable. 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 x R −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5. and C are shown in the ﬁgure below.0). x 2. None of these ﬁgures is correct.

section 7. highSchool. y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 101 3. −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y Vectors 04 03:07. For convenience. x 2. None of these ﬁgures is correct. multiple choice. x R −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y R 1. Vectors A and B are shown in the ﬁgure below.Chapter 3. Adding Vector Components y 5 4 3 2 1 x 0 −1 −2 −3 C −4 B −5 A 3 4 5 −5 −3 −1 0 1 2 Select the ﬁgure showing the resultant vector R. the tails of each vector are arbitrarily located at (0. 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 R −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 . where R = −A + B − C . y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 R 4.0). x 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 x −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5. > 1 min. wording-variable.

For convenience. y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 102 3. section 7. highSchool. x R 2. multiple choice. None of these ﬁgures is correct. Vectors A and B are shown in the ﬁgure below. where R = −A + B .0). R x 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 R x −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5. normal. −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y Vectors 05 03:07. y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 4. 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 .Chapter 3. x R −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y 1. Adding Vector Components y 5 4 3 2 1 x 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 B −5 A −5 −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 Select the ﬁgure showing the resultant vector R. the tails of each vector are arbitrarily located at (0. < 1 min.

where R =A+B. None of these ﬁgures is correct. 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 R x −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 . y 5 4 3 2 1 R 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 − 3 103 3. R x 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 x R −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5. y 5 4 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 −5 −5 4. −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y 2. x −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 y 1. Adding Vector Components y A 5 4 3 2 1 x 0 −1 −2 −3 −4 B −5 −5 −3 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 Select the ﬁgure showing the resultant vector R. section 7.Chapter 3.

highSchool. numeric. a) What is the magnitude of the plane’s total displacement? Part 2 of 2 b) At what angle above the horizontal is the plane’s total displacement? Holt SF 03C 03 03:09. > 1 min.0 m directly across the ﬁeld to Kara. turns 35◦ east of north. wordingvariable. wordingvariable.4 m to hover in front of the ﬂower.5 m directly down the ﬁeld to Luisa.5 m east. Part 1 of 2 Emily passes a soccer ball 6. a pirate walks 45. and then travels 12 km east to his destination. a) What is the magnitude of the clown’s total displacement? Part 2 of 2 b) How many degrees east of north is the clown’s total displacement? Holt SF 03C 04 . the hummingbird drops directly downward 1. the clown turns due east and runs 5. < 1 min. numeric. numeric. < 1 min. < 1 min.0 m to exit the arena. a) What distance has the driver traveled? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the magnitude of the driver’s total displacement? Holt SF 03A 02 03:09. numeric. a) What is the magnitude of the hummingbird’s total displacement? Part 2 of 2 How many degrees below the horizontal is this total displacement? Holt SF 03C 02 03:09. turns around and travels 3 km west.0 m north. highSchool.4 m above the ground. Part 1 of 2 A truck driver attempting to deliver some furniture travels 8 km east. Part 1 of 2 A hummingbird ﬂies 1.5 m.2 km at an angle of 22◦ to the ground. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 During the rodeo.5 km at an angle of 35◦ to the ground. and runs 3. then changes direction and travels 5. a) What is the magnitude of the ball’s total displacement as it travels between Emily and Luisa? Part 2 of 2 b) How many degrees to the side of straight down the ﬁeld is the ball’s total displacement? Holt SF 03A 04 104 03:09.2 m along a straight path at a height of 3.Chapter 3. then turns and walks 7. Then. Part 1 of 2 While following the directions on a treasure map. Vector Kinematics Holt SF 03A 01 03:09. highSchool. highSchool. a clown runs 8. wordingvariable. Upon spotting a ﬂower below. Part 1 of 2 A plane travels 2. after waiting for the bull to come near. < 1 min. a) What is the magnitude of the single straight-line displacement that the pirate could have taken to reach the treasure? Part 2 of 2 b) At what angle with the north would he have to walk? Holt SF 03A 03 03:09. who then kicks the ball 14. section 9.0 m north. wordingvariable. numeric. wordingvariable. numeric. normal. highSchool. < 1 min.

The ﬁrst is 75 km at 30. At this point. a) What is the magnitude of the plane’s total displacement? Part 2 of 2 b) At what angle east of north is the plane’s total displacement? Holt SF 03Rev 23 03:09. Vector Kinematics 03:09. numeric. wordingvariable.0◦ m 30. a) How large a displacement would put the ball in the hole in one putt? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the direction (measured from due east. > 1 min. numeric. He then makes another 90◦ turn and moves 20. The ﬁrst putt displaces the ball 6. highSchool. what is the magnitude of the person’s resultant displacement measured from the starting point? 200 60.40 m south. A shopper pushing a cart through a store moves 40.Chapter 3. section 9.0 m. > 1 min. > 1 min. highSchool.0 m. The total trip consists of four straight-line paths. Part 1 of 2 A golfer takes two putts to sink his ball in the hole once he is on the green. then makes a 90◦ turn and moves 15.0◦ east of north. numeric. highSchool. and the second is 155 km at 60. 105 Part 1 of 4 Note: You are not given the direction moved after any of the 90◦ turns. so there could be more than one answer. runs backward for 10.00 m east. a) What is the magnitude of the smallest possible displacement the shopper could have? Part 2 of 4 b) At how many degrees from due south is this displacement? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the magnitude of the largest possible displacement the shopper could have? Part 4 of 4 d) At how many degrees from due south is this displacement? Holt SF 03Rev 29 03:09. > 1 min. highSchool. highSchool.0 yard forward pass straight down the ﬁeld. Part 1 of 2 A person walks the path shown. wordingvariable.0 yards. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. numeric. with counterclockwise positive) of the displacement? Holt SF 03Rev 24 03:09. 100 m N 300 m W S E Note: Figure is not drawn to scale.0 yards. Part 1 of 2 An airplane ﬂying parallel to the ground undergoes two consecutive displacements. and the second putt displaces it 5.0◦ m 150 . he throws a 50. then runs sideways parallel to the line of scrimmage for 15. a) At the end of the walk. > 1 min. wordingvariable. A quarterback takes the ball from the line of scrimmage.0◦ west of north. numeric. What is the magnitude of the football’s resultant displacement? Holt SF 03Rev 25 03:09.0 m south down one aisle.

50 h after it passes over the island? 106 . the course of the hurricane shifts due north. Exactly 3. with counterclockwise positive) of the person’s resultant displacement? Holt SF 03Rev 60 03:09. How far from Grand Bahama is the hurricane 4. as shown. numeric. and its speed slows to 25.0 km/h.00 hours later. > 1 min.Chapter 3.0◦ north of west with a speed of 41. The eye of a hurricane passes over Grand Bahama Island. It is moving in a direction 60. section 9.0 km/h. Vector Kinematics Part 2 of 2 b) What is the direction (measured from due west. wordingvariable. highSchool.

> 1 min.Chapter 4. normal. Part 1 of 2 A football player runs directly down the ﬁeld for 35 m before turning to the right at an angle of 25 ◦ from his original direction and running an additional 15 m before being tackled. Position and Displacement Holt SF 03C 01 04:01. numeric. a) What is the magnitude of the runner’s total displacement? Part 2 of 2 b) At what angle to his original displacement is his total displacement (with counterclockwise positive)? 107 . highSchool. section 1.

Hewitt CP9 03 E17 6. b) Point B is at the top. Part 2 of 3 The magnitudes of the acceleration are related as 1. multiple choice. 3. < 1 min. Suppose that three balls are rolled simultaneously from the top of a hill along the slopes as shown below. aC = aB = aA . aB > aC . 1 2 3 Which one reaches the bottom ﬁrst? 1. aA < aB . Part 3 of 3 The magnitudes of the acceleration are related as 1. highSchool. 2. 3 4. ﬁxed. aB = aA . Average and Instantaneous Acceleration Accelerations Along a Trajectory 04:03. highSchool. Compare the magnitudes of the gravitational accelerations at three points along the path of the ball. section 3. Part 1 of 3 A boy throws a ball upward. 1 2. multiple choice. They reach the bottom at the same time. aC < aB and aA < aB . a) Point A on the way up. 5. Point A is before the ball reaches the top. 2. 2. B A C 108 04:03. 1 and 2 The magnitudes of the acceleration are related as 1. 2 and 3 7. 2 3.Chapter 4. ﬁxed. aB = 0 . < 1 min. 1 and 3 . c) Point C is after it has passed the top and on the way down. aA = g .

> 1 min. He walks at vm = 3 m/s relative to the boat. A ship cruises forward at vs = 4 m/s relative to the water. On deck. a man walks diagonally toward the bow such that his path forms an angle θ = 22 ◦ with a line perpendicular to the boat’s direction of motion. section 5. numeric. Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer. Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer. wordingvariable. On deck. He walks at vm = 3 m/s relative to the boat. wordingvariable.Chapter 4. Graphical Solutions Walking on a Ship 01 graph 04:05. a man walks diagonally toward the bow such that his path forms an angle θ = 22 ◦ with a line perpendicular to the boat’s direction of motion. highSchool. highSchool. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A ship cruises forward at vs = 4 m/s relative to the water. θ vm vs At what speed does he walk relative to the water? . 109 θ vm vs At what speed does he walk relative to the water? Part 2 of 2 At what angle to his intended path does the man walk with respect to the water? Walking on a Ship 02 graph 04:05. numeric.

of y . The path curves upward. 4. the projectile misses and hits a point at distance y beneath the bull’s eye. you will see its path as a vertical straight line. numeric. A man can throw a ball a maximum horizontal distance of 75 m. multiple choice. How far from the point of the drop will the rock hit the ground? The acceleration due to gravity is 9. The path is a straight line slanted down. Figuring Physics 27 04:06. Because of the pull of gravity during ﬂight. Conceptual 03 04 04:06. How will the path appear to a friend standing at the side of the road? 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9. A bowling ball accidentally falls out of the cargo bay of an airliner as it ﬂies along in a horizontal direction.8 m/s2 .Chapter 4. exactly. highSchool. Y 4. U 6. 2. which path would the bowling ball most closely follow after leaving the airplane? 1. slightly lower than y . If you are standing in a bus that moves at constant velocity and drop a ball from your outstretched hand. Projectile Motion Ball Falling from an Airliner 04:06. X 5. normal. < 1 min. 2. section 6. highSchool. < 1 min. How far can he throw the same ball vertically upward with the same initial speed? Someone in a car going past you at the speed of 20 m/s drops a small rock from a height of 2 m. The path is a straight line orientated vertically. ﬁxed.8 m/s2 . 3. normal. ﬁxed. highSchool. multiple choice. W 2. To hit the bull’s eye. 3. > 1 min. multiple choice. 110 Concept 05 E32 04:06. A projectile is ﬁred from a horizontal spring-loaded gun aimed directly (along the line of sight) at a distant bull’s eye. V U W X Y Z As observed by a person standing on the ground and viewing the plane as in the ﬁgure. > 1 min. highSchool. numeric. wording-variable. > 1 min. slightly higher than y . The path curves downward. highSchool. the gun should be aimed along a line of sight above the bull’s eye. . V Baseball Toss v2 04:06. a vertical distance 1. Z 3.

multiple choice. numeric. Projectile Motion 2. Greater than that of free fall 2. An autographed baseball rolls oﬀ of a 0. The mouse steps out of the way. Identical to that of free fall 4. What was the cat’s speed when it slid oﬀ the table? . Less than that of free fall 3. 3. The crate will continue to ﬂy and will not crash.70 m high desk and strikes the ﬂoor 0. where will the crate crash? 1.25 m away from the desk. It cannot be determined. diagonally from the target Holt SF 03D 01 04:06. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Hewitt CP9 10 E05 04:06.0 m high table. below the target 4. directly at the target 2. section 6. < 1 min. but will crash a distance beyond it determined by the height and speed of the plane.Chapter 4.2 m from the edge of the table. ﬁxed. The crate will hit the Camaro. ﬁxed. > 1 min. A heavy crate accidentally falls from a highﬂying airplane just as it ﬂies directly above a shiny red Camaro parked in a parking lot. 2. to the right of the target 6. highSchool. above the target 3. wordingvariable. 4. wordingvariable. Relative to the Camaro. to the left of the target 5. multiple choice. somewhere at the middle height Hewitt CP9 10 E01 04:06. < 1 min. at the top Holt SF 03D 03 04 3. At what point in its trajectory does a batted baseball have its minimum speed? 1. where should the barrel be pointing? 1. How does the vertical component of a projectile’s motion compare with the motion of vertical free fall when air resistance is negligible? 1. The crate will not hit the Camaro. A cat chases a mouse across a 1. highSchool. highSchool. < 1 min. numeric. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. and the cat slides oﬀ the table and strikes the ﬂoor 2. How fast was it rolling on the desk before it fell oﬀ? Holt SF 03D 02 04:06. at the beginning point 4.81 m/s2 . The crate will hit the front part of the car. Hewitt CP9 10 E03 04:06. When a riﬂe ﬁres at a distant target.81 m/s2 . multiple choice. < 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. highSchool. highSchool. multiple choice. at the end point 111 Hewitt CP9 10 E09 04:06. highSchool.

numeric. > 1 min.809 m (2. the ball would fall 0. which is 2. wordingvariable. Salmon often jump waterfalls to reach their breeding grounds. how far would the ﬁsh travel horizontally before hitting the water below? Holt SF 03E 01 04:06.0 m/s.Chapter 4.81 m/s2 . Holt SF 03E 02 04:06. wordingvariable. The fastest recorded pitch in Major League Baseball was thrown by Nolan Ryan in 1974. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . . highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A quarterback throws the football to a stationary receiver who is 31. highSchool. numeric. wordingvariable.0 m/s. a) At what initial speed must the quarterback throw the ball for it to reach the receiver? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the ball’s highest point during its ﬂight? Holt SF 03Rev 34 04:06.0 m horizontally before it hits the water below.3 m (60 ft) away. a stunt man jumps from the top of one building to the top of another building 4. numeric. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . Projectile Motion 04:06. ﬁnd his vertical displacement upon reaching the front edge of the lower building with respect to the taller building. If this pitch were thrown horizontally. The ball is caught 41.65 ft) by the time it reached home plate. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . a) What was the pelican’s initial speed? Part 2 of 2 b) If the pelican was traveling at the same speed but was only 2.5 m down the ﬁeld. A golfer can hit a golf ball a horizontal distance of over 300 m on a good drive. numeric. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Part 1 of 2 A pelican ﬂying along a horizontal path drops a ﬁsh from a height of 5.0 m away. numeric.0 m drive reach if it is launched at an angle of 25. To determine if he will make it to the other roof. After a running start.0◦ to the ground? Holt SF 03E 03 04:06.4 m. he leaps at an angle of 15◦ with respect to the ﬂat roof while traveling at a speed of 5.7 m above the water. > 1 min.00 m from a waterfall 0. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Starting 2. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. > 1 min. highSchool.0◦ leave the water to continue upstream? Holt SF 03E 05 04:06. The football is thrown at an initial angle of 40. In a scene in an action movie.81 m/s2 .0◦ to the ground.3 m from the thrower. 18.5 m shorter than the building from which he jumps. highSchool. wordingvariable.550 m in height. section 6. highSchool. at what minimum speed must a salmon jumping at an angle of 32. ﬁxed.81 m/s2 . 112 Part 1 of 2 A baseball is thrown at an angle of 25◦ relative to the ground at a speed of 23. > 1 min. The ﬁsh travels 8. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. a) How long is it in the air? Part 2 of 2 b) How high is the tallest spot in the ball’s path? Holt SF 03E 04 04:06. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. What maximum height will a 310. numeric.

The spy’s speed is 15 m/s and the oﬃcials’ speed is 26 m/s. ﬁnd the shell’s horizontal range. The cliﬀ is 52 m above the water’s surface. a) To determine if the ball clears the crossbar. 18 m/s 113 04:06. Part 1 of 2 A place kicker must kick a football from a point 36. Part 2 of 2 b) How long is the shell in motion? Holt SF 03Rev 36 04:06. > 1 min. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 . As a result of the kick. what is its vertical velocity at the crossbar? 52 m Holt SF 03Rev 39 04:06. highSchool.0◦ to the horizontal. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9. what is its height with respect to the crossbar when it reaches the plane of the crossbar? Part 2 of 2 b) To determine if the ball approaches the crossbar while still rising or while falling. which is 3.0 m/s. wordingvariable. highSchool. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A person standing at the edge of a seaside cliﬀ kicks a stone over the edge with a speed of 18 m/s. the ball leaves the ground with a speed of 20. Part 1 of 2 A shell is ﬁred from the ground with an initial speed of 1. highSchool. numeric. > 1 min. the ball must clear the crossbar. a) Neglecting air resistance.0 m waterfall.81 m/s2 . section 6. numeric. highSchool. wordingvariable. numeric.0 m (about 39 yd) from the goal.0 m from the cannon from which the daredevil is shot. > 1 min. both boats reach the edge of a 5. numeric.81 m/s2 . How far apart will the two vessels be when they land below the waterfall? Holt SF 03Rev 38 04:06. The acceleration of gravity is 9. A spy in a speed boat is being chased down a river by government oﬃcials in a faster craft. Just as the oﬃcials’ boat pulls up next to the spy’s boat. The acceleration of gravity is 9. A daredevil is shot out of a cannon at 45. Projectile Motion How fast was Ryan’s pitch? Holt SF 03Rev 35 04:06. When kicked. wordingvariable.70 × 103 m/s (approximately ﬁve times the speed of sound) at an initial angle of 55.05 m high. highSchool. At what height above the cannon’s mouth should the net be placed in order to catch the daredevil? Note: Figure not drawn to scale a) How long does it take for the stone to fall to the water? Part 2 of 2 b) With what speed does the stone strike the water? Holt SF 03Rev 37 .0 m/s at an angle of 53◦ to the horizontal. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric.Chapter 4.0◦ to the horizontal with an initial speed of 25. wordingvariable. as shown.81 m/s2 . A net is positioned at a horizontal distance of 50.81 m/s2 .

Holt SF 03Rev 54 04:06. numeric. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A ship maneuvers to within 2. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool.80 × 103 m high mountain peak and ﬁres a projectile at an enemy ship 6. numeric.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. wordingvariable.00 m tall basketball player attempts a goal 10. section 6.Chapter 4. what will his speed be when he reaches the other side? Holt SF 03Rev 55 04:06. a) What minimum speed must he achieve to clear the canyon? Part 2 of 2 b) If the daredevil jumps at this minimum speed.00 m above ground level. wordingvariable. The ball is hit at an angle of 35. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 When a water gun is ﬁred while being held horizontally at a height of 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9.00 m from the basket (3. and air resistance is negligible.00 m/s. Part 1 of 2 A daredevil jumps a canyon 12 m wide. and the baseball just clears a wall 7. he drives a car up a 15◦ incline. a) What is the initial speed of the ball? Part 2 of 3 b) How much time does it take for the ball to reach the wall? Part 3 of 3 c) Find the speed of the ball when it reaches the wall. b) How far will the water travel horizontally? Holt SF 03Rev 41 04:06. wordingvariable. Part 2 of 2 A child. the water travels a horizontal distance of 5. Assume the ball is hit at a height of 1. A 2. wordingvariable. numeric.50 × 102 m/s at an angle of 75.0◦ .81 m/s2 . highSchool.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9.50 × 103 m of an island’s 1. highSchool.00 m high located 130.0◦ incline at a constant speed of 2. numeric. > 1 min.0 m above the ground. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Projectile Motion Holt SF 03Rev 40 04:06.00 m.0◦ to the horizontal. who is holding the same gun in a horizontal position.329 s to reach the ground. m/ s 25 0 75◦ 1800 m 2500 m 610 m Note: Figure is not drawn to scale a) How close to the enemy ship does the projectile land? Part 2 of 2 b) How close (vertically) does the projectile come to the peak? .10 × 102 m on the other side of the peak. as illustrated. numeric. 114 Holt SF 03Rev 53 04:06.00 m above the ground and the water takes 0. > 1 min. a) Find the initial velocity of the water.05 m high). The ship shoots the projectile with an initial velocity of 2. > 1 min. The child ﬁres the gun when it is 1. is sliding down a 45.81 m/s2 .81 m/s2 .0 m from home plate. Part 1 of 3 A ball player hits a home run. highSchool. wordingvariable. To do so.

A 80 g autographed baseball rolls oﬀ of a 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . numeric. wordingvariable. highSchool.81 m/s2 . A ball is thrown straight upward and returns to the thrower’s hand after 3. The acceleration of gravity is 9.Chapter 4.2 m 0. > 1 min. at what initial speed must he throw the basketball so that it goes through the hoop without striking the backboard? Holt SF 03Rev 56 04:06. At what speed must the second ball be thrown so that it reaches the same height as the one thrown vertically? Holt SF 03Rev 58 04:06. Projectile Motion 115 v0 45◦ 3.9 m away from the table. A second ball is thrown at an angle of 30. .81 m/s2 . normal. highSchool.0◦ angle. See the ﬁgure below. at what angle (in the range −90◦ to +90◦ relative to the horizontal directed away 2m 10 m If he shoots the ball at a 45.2 m high table and strikes the ﬂoor a horizontal distance of 0.2 m high table and strikes the ﬂoor a horizontal distance of 0.05 m 1. Part 1 of 2 A 80 g autographed baseball slides oﬀ of a 1.8 m How fast was it rolling on the table before it fell oﬀ? Holt SF 03Rev 58A 04:06.8 m away from the table.0◦ with the horizontal. > 1 min. section 6. numeric. See the ﬁgure below. 1. numeric.9 m How fast was it rolling on the table before it fell oﬀ? Part 2 of 2 What was the direction of the ball’s velocity just before it hit the ﬂoor? That is. The acceleration of gravity is 9. normal. > 1 min. highSchool.00 s in the air.2 m 0 .

With what constant speed should the receiver run to catch the football at the level at which it was thrown? Holt SF 03Rev 70 04:06.00 m/s2 and travels 50. The acceleration of gravity is 9. a) How far could the person jump on the moon. numeric.81 m/s2 . numeric.0 m from the quarterback. where the acceleration due to gravity is 0. > 1 min. numeric.81 m/s2 .0◦ above the horizontal. highSchool.81 m/s2 . numeric. a) What is the rocket’s maximum altitude? . > 1 min. At this time its engines fail and the rocket proceeds to move as a free body. A science student riding on a ﬂatcar of a train moving at a constant speed of a 10. > 1 min. The teacher. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 ? 116 Part 2 of 2 b) How far could the person jump on Mars. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . Part 1 of 2 A golf ball with an initial angle of 34◦ lands exactly 240 m down the range on a level course. highSchool. observes the ball rising vertically. Projectile Motion from the table) did the ball hit the ﬂoor? Holt SF 03Rev 61 04:06. section 6. highSchool.Chapter 4. Part 1 of 2 A car is parked on a cliﬀ overlooking the ocean on an incline that makes an angle of 24. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. what initial speed would achieve this result? Part 2 of 2 b) Find the maximum height reached by the ball. who is standing on the ground nearby. Part 1 of 3 A rocket is launched at an angle of 53◦ above the horizontal with an initial speed of 75 m/s. How high does the ball rise? Holt SF 03Rev 69 04:06. A football is thrown toward a receiver with an initial speed of 18. It moves for 25 s along its initial line of motion with an overall acceleration of 25 m/s2 . Part 1 of 2 A person can jump a horizontal distance of 3. highSchool. The negligent driver leaves the car in neutral.81 m/s2 . wordingvariable. Holt SF 03Rev 67 04:06.0◦ below the horizontal. At that instant. wordingvariable. the receiver is 18. where the free-fall acceleration is g/6 and g = 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. The cliﬀ is 30.0 m above the ocean. The car rolls from rest down the incline with a constant acceleration of 4. a) How long is the car in the air? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the car’s position relative to the base of the cliﬀ when the car lands in the ocean? Holt SF 03Rev 63 04:06. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. wordingvariable. numeric.0 m to the edge of the cliﬀ.0 m on Earth. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0◦ with the horizontal. > 1 min. > 1 min.38g? Holt SF 03Rev 68 04:06.0 m/s at an angle of 35.0 m/s throws a ball toward the caboose along a path that the student judges as making an initial angle of 60. a) Neglecting air friction. as shown. highSchool. and the emergency brakes are defective.

9. A cat chases a mouse across a 1. in the horizontal direction 4. The mouse steps out of the way. multiple choice. and the cat slides oﬀ the table and strikes the ﬂoor 2. up 5. -7. wordingvariable.0 m high table. 9.8 m/s2 . ﬁxed. multiple choice.2 m from the edge of the table.3 m/s 5. numeric.8 m/s2 . A person tosses a ball from the ground up into the air at an initial speed of 10 m/sec and an initial angle of 43◦ oﬀ the ground. zero 2. What is the component of the velocity of the ball in the horizontal direction just before the ball hits the ground? Assume that both velocity components were positive when the ball was ﬁrst thrown.81 m/s2 . zero 3. highSchool. highSchool. > 1 min. down 3. 7. None of these 117 Projectile Cat 04:06.8 m/s2 . A person tosses a ball from the ground up into the air at an initial speed of 10 m/sec and an initial angle of 43◦ oﬀ the ground. < 1 min. section 6. < 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. What was the cat’s speed when it slid oﬀ the table? .Chapter 4. what is the total acceleration vector acting on the ball when the ball is at the top of its arc? 1. After the ball is released. Projectile Motion Part 2 of 3 b) What is the rocket’s total time of ﬂight? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the rocket’s horizontal range? Kopp lect5 prob1 04:06. highSchool. None of these Kopp lect5 prob2 04:06. 9. 1.3 m/s 4. ﬁxed. 10 m/s 2.

Part 1 of 2 5. highSchool. highSchool. ﬁxed.8 m/s2 . 1 Hz 6. 0. multiple choice. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. Its speed at the position shown in the ﬁgure is 3. 7. normal. Uniform Circular Motion Circular Track 04:07. Conceptual 03 10 04:07. 24 Hz 7. highSchool. < 1 min. Conceptual 07 01 04:07. multiple choice. ﬁxed. therefore it has no acceleration. ﬁxed. 0. < 1 min. 12 Hz 8. v 118 Imagine that a new asteroid is discovered in the solar system with a circular orbit and an orbital period of 8 years.0167 Hz 2. numeric. Calculate the speed at the edge of a disc of radius 6 cm that rotates at the rate of 3. Jupiter and Pluto At the position shown in the ﬁgure. which of the labeled arrows best represents the direction of the acceleration of the mass? 1.Chapter 4. Conceptual 05 13 04:07. 0. 9. What is the frequency of the minute hand of a clock? 1. Mars and Jupiter 3.000278 Hz 2. numeric. What is the average distance of this object from the Sun in Earth units? Part 2 of 2 Between which planets would this new asteroid be located? 1. < 1 min.13 m/s. > 1 min. highSchool. 6. normal. . The mass is traveling at a constant velocity. 60 Hz 3. 8. 4. section 7. A mass slides with negligible friction on a circular track of 1 m radius oriented vertically. 3600 Hz 4.0000116 Hz Hewitt CP9 03 E09 04:07. multiple choice. 5. Mars and Earth 2. > 1 min. 3.5 rev/s.

< 1 min. numeric. A piece of clay sits 0. < 1 min. what is the magnitude of the centripetal acceleration of the piece of clay on the wheel? Holt SF 07Rev 50 04:07. If the rotation of a planet of radius 6. section 7. a) If the dog undergoes a 1. > 1 min. If a man standing inside is 2 m tall and his Which statement is true? 1. 119 A race car moves along a circular track at an angular speed of 0. numeric. The dragster rounded the curve at a changing velocity of 100 km/h. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. > 1 min.5 m from the center of a merrygo-round. wordingvariable. numeric. Part 1 of 2 The radius of the Earth is about 6.37×106 m and free-fall acceleration 9. what is the distance between the car and the center of the track? Holt SF 07G 05 04:07. 4.20 m from the center of a potter’s wheel. highSchool. normal. highSchool. multiple choice. highSchool. < 1 min. numeric. Holt SF 07G 03 04:07. Part 1 of 2 A dog sits 1. ﬁxed.8 m/s2 increased to the point that the centripetal acceleration was equal to the gravitational acceleration at the equator. what is the dog’s linear speed? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the angular speed of the merry-goround? Holt SF 07G 04 04:07. Consider a too-small space habitat that consists of a rotating cylinder of radius 4 m. All are wrong. > 1 min. ﬁxed. The dragster rounded the curve at a changing speed of 100 km/h. a) What is the centripetal acceleration of a point on the equator? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the centripetal acceleration of a point at the North Pole? Planet Rotation 01 04:07.Chapter 4. what would be the tangential speed of a person standing at the equator? Problems 08 07 04:07.37 × 106 m. highSchool. 5. 3.5 rad/s. numeric. 2. The dragster moved along a straight line at a constant velocity of 100 km/h. highSchool. If the car’s centripetal acceleration is 15. highSchool. .512 rad/s.5 m/s2 centripetal acceleration. The dragster rounded the curve at a constant velocity of 100 km/h. Uniform Circular Motion A dragster maintains a speedometer reading of 100 km/h and passes through a curve with a constant radius.4 m/s2 . If the potter spins the wheel at an angular speed of 20.

normal. 0.Chapter 4. Uniform Circular Motion feet are at 1 g. then compared to feet is to be less than 90 one’s height. what should be the minimum radius of the space habitat? (Assume that a person’s height is 2 m. 4 g Problems 08 08 04:07.) 120 .5 g 3. If the variation in g between one’s head and g . what is the g force at the elevation of his head? (Do you see why projections call for large habitats?) 1. 0. 2 g 4. highSchool. section 7. multiple choice.25 g 2. < 1 min.

If the keys have a centripetal acceleration of 145 m/s2 and the cord has a length of 0. If the length of the rope is 2. What is the tangential speed of a passenger on a Ferris wheel that has a radius of 10 m and rotates once in 30 sec? 121 . wordingvariable. A building superintendent twirls a set of keys in a circle at the end of a cord. wordingvariable. what is the tangential speed of the keys? Holt SF 07Rev 26 04:08. numeric. numeric.Chapter 4. If the yo-yo’s string is 0. A young boy swings a yo-yo horizontally above his head so that the yo-yo has a centripetal acceleration of 250 m/s2 .0 m/s2 . highSchool. highSchool. A girl sits on a tire that is attached to an overhanging tree limb by a rope. highSchool. wordingvariable. what is the yo-yo’s tangential speed? Holt SF 07Rev 25 04:08. If the dryer barrel has a radius of 27 cm. section 8. Tangential and Radial Acceleration Holt SF 07G 01 04:08. < 1 min. < 1 min. < 1 min. wordingvariable. A sock stuck to the side of a clothes-dryer barrel has a centripetal acceleration of 28 m/s2 . normal. what is the girl’s tangential speed? Holt SF 07G 02 04:08. highSchool. numeric. highSchool.50 m long. numeric.34 m. what is the tangential speed of the sock? Problems 08 02 04:08. numeric. < 1 min. < 1 min.1 m. The girl’s father pushes her so that her centripetal acceleration is 3.

normal. The aircraft carrier is moving forward at 18. What is the velocity of the baseball relative to Earth as it leaves the thrower’s hand? Holt SF 03F 02 04:09. While running at 10 mph directly toward Patrick. How fast did Lisa throw the ball? Conceptual 28 02 04:09. What is the speed of the car from the frame of reference of someone standing on the ground? Conceptual 28 07 04:09. a) What is magnitude of the boat’s velocity relative to Earth? .0 m/s. highSchool. < 1 min. Giselle is travelling on her bicycle at a speed of 10 mph when a car passes her. Part 1 of 3 You are traveling 80 km/h and you throw a ball 40 km/h with respect to yourself. The speed of the car is three times greater than that of the falling rain. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A ferry is crossing a river. Vertically falling rain makes slanted streaks on the side windows of a moving automobile. < 1 min. < 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable. highSchool. highSchool. numeric. Patrick is stationary when he receives the ball. The speed of the car is half of that of the falling rain. The ferry is headed due north with a speed of 2. normal. normal. The speed of the car is two times greater than that of the falling rain. numeric. 3. multiple choice. Holt SF 03F 01 04:09. highSchool.0 m/s to the east. ﬁxed. she estimates that the car is going 45 mph toward her and 45 mph away from her. 4. How fast does the spy appear to be running when viewed by an observer on a nearby stationary submarine (forward is positive)? Holt SF 03F 03 04:09. what does this tell you about the relative speed of the car and the falling rain? 122 1. A passenger at the rear of a train traveling at 15 m/s relative to Earth throws a baseball with a speed of 15 m/s in the direction opposite the motion of the train. A spy runs from the front to the back of an aircraft carrier at a velocity of 3.5 m/s relative to the water and the river’s velocity is 3. 5. From her frame of reference. < 1 min. which is moving at a speed of 35 mph. highSchool. highSchool. Lisa passes a basketball to him. The speed of the car is the same as that of the falling rain. numeric. > 1 min. All are wrong. wordingvariable. section 9. wordingvariable. > 1 min.Chapter 4. 2. If the streaks make an angle of 45◦ . numeric. highSchool. What is the ball’s apparent speed to a friend standing by the road when the ball is thrown straight ahead? Part 2 of 3 What is the ball’s apparent speed to the same friend when the ball is thrown sideways? Part 3 of 3 What is the ball’s apparent speed to the same friend when the ball is thrown backwards? Hewitt CP9 05 E31 04:09. numeric.5 m/s. Relative Velocity Conceptual 28 01 04:09.

Part 1 of 3 A river ﬂows due east at 1. Inside. What is the time necessary for crossing if the boat goes directly across the river? Holt SF 03Rev 51 04:09.50 m/s.0 km/h wind blowing toward the south. numeric. a) How many degrees from west should the aircraft head? Let clockwise be positive. with counterclockwise positive). What is the velocity of the wind that is aﬀecting the plane? Let north be positive. a dog moves at 1. Part 1 of 2 A swimmer can swim in still water at a speed of 9.Chapter 4.0 m/s north along a highway. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A pet store supply truck moves at 25. wordingvariable. Holt SF 03Rev 48 04:09. Holt SF 03F 04 04:09. > 1 min.75 m/s at an angle of 35. wordingvariable. highSchool. Part 2 of 2 b) What is the magnitude of the swimmer’s velocity relative to the bank? . a) How many degrees from straight across the river should he head? Let upstream be a positive angle. highSchool. > 1 min.5 km wide and that ﬂows with a speed of 5. numeric. wordingvariable. An observer on the ground sees the plane pass overhead at a velocity of 145 km/h toward the north.0◦ east of north. Part 1 of 2 The pilot of an aircraft wishes to ﬂy due west in a 50. The pilot of a plane measures an air velocity of 165 km/h south. section 9. Relative Velocity Part 2 of 2 b) Find the direction in which the ferry is moving (measured from due east.0 m/s due north relative to the water. highSchool. numeric. a) What is the magnitude of the velocity of the boat as viewed by an observer on shore? Part 2 of 3 b) How many degrees oﬀ course is the boat forced by the current? Part 3 of 3 123 c) If the river is 325 m wide. highSchool.50 m/s. highSchool. A boat crosses the river from the south shore to the north shore by maintaining a constant velocity of 10.75 m/s. A hunter wishes to cross a river that is 1. numeric. numeric.5 km/h. > 1 min. highSchool. how far downstream is the boat when it reaches the north shore? Holt SF 03Rev 49 04:09. wordingvariable. > 1 min. The speed of the aircraft in the absence of a wind is 205 km/h. numeric. He intends to swim directly across a river that has a downstream current of 3. a) What is the magnitude of the dog’s velocity relative to the road? Part 2 of 2 b) At how many degrees east of north is the dog actually moving? Holt SF 03Rev 47 04:09. The hunter uses a small powerboat that moves at a maximum speed of 13 km/h with respect to the water. > 1 min. Part 2 of 2 b) What should the plane’s speed be relative to the ground? Holt SF 03Rev 50 04:09. wordingvariable. wordingvariable.

Part 2 of 4 b) What is its velocity (relative to the water) during its drift downstream? Part 3 of 4 c) How far upstream relative to the water does the water spider move during one cycle of this upstream and downstream motion? Part 4 of 4 d) What is the average velocity of the water spider relative to the water for one complete cycle? Holt SF 03Rev 65 04:09. Relative Velocity Holt SF 03Rev 52 04:09. how long does it take the person to get to the top? 124 Holt SF 03Rev 62 04:09. highSchool. wordingvariable. > 1 min.0 s to ride from the bottom to the top. it takes 50.0 m/s across a river that ﬂows toward the south at a speed of 3. how long does it take the boat to cross? Holt SF 03Rev 57 04:09. numeric. regardless of the boat’s direction. > 1 min. highSchool. numeric. < 1 min. Use upstream as the positive direction. highSchool.5 m/s. numeric.500 m/s relative to the shore. section 9. > 1 min. A boat moves through a river at 7. An escalator is 20. how long does it take to reach the bottom? Holt SF 03Rev 57 shortened 04:09. Part 1 of 2 An escalator is 20. numeric. wordingvariable. and the water spider darts upstream 0. The current in the stream is 0.500 m/s relative to the escalator. If a person stands on the escalator.500 m/s relative to the escalator. it takes 50. numeric. highSchool. wordingvariable. a) If a person walks up the moving escalator with a speed of 0.0 m long. wordingvariable. how long does it take the boat to make a round trip consisting of a 250 m displacement downstream followed by a 250 m displacement upstream? Holt SF 03Rev 64 04:09. > 1 min.5 m/s relative to the water. a) Find the velocity of the water spider relative to the water during its dash upstream. highSchool.560 m (relative to a spot on shore) in 0. Part 1 of 3 A motorboat heads due east at 12. > 1 min. Part 1 of 4 A water spider maintains an average position on the surface of a stream by darting upstream (against the current). If the water in the river is ﬂowing at 1.Chapter 4. If a person walks up the moving escalator with a speed of 0.5 m/s.800 s during the ﬁrst part of its motion. how long does it take the person to get to the top? Part 2 of 2 b) If a person walks down the “up” escalator with the same relative speed as in the ﬁrst part. a) What is the magnitude of the resultant velocity relative to an observer on the shore? Part 2 of 3 b) What is the angle from the original heading (with counterclockwise positive) of the boat’s displacement? Part 3 of 3 c) If the river is 1360 m wide. wording- .0 m long. highSchool. then drifting downstream (with the current) to its original position. If a person stands on the escalator. numeric.0 s to ride from the bottom to the top. wordingvariable.

true 2.Chapter 4.and right-hand side of the diagram. wording-variable. Rowing Speed and Direction of Boat P 125 H K Z J S N River Velocity G For an observer on shore. > 1 min. Holt SF 03Rev 66 04:09. she must row in direction N . she must row in direction N . Rain is falling vertically with respect to Earth. The shore lines are on the left.0 s. a) Find the magnitude of the velocity of the rain with respect to the car. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A car travels due east with a speed of 50. true Part 4 of 6 Time to row across for direction H is equal to that for direction G. how long would it take the shopper to walk up the moving escalator? Assume the same walking eﬀort for the shopper whether the escalator is stalled or moving. Rowing Speed 04:09. 1. false Part 2 of 6 To land directly across the river. highSchool. The traces of the rain on the side windows of the car make an angle of 60. Relative Velocity variable. true 2. false Part 5 of 6 Time to row across for direction N is less that . false Part 3 of 6 To get across the river in the shortest time. 1. the speed of the boat for direction H is greater than for direction K . highSchool.0 km/h.0 s. 1. wordingvariable. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the magnitude of the rain’s velocity with respect to Earth. 1. If the normally functioning escalator can carry the standing shopper to the next ﬂoor in 20. false 2. numeric. A shopper in a department store can walk up a stationary (stalled) escalator in 30. A river is crossed by a girl rowing a boat. true 2. Part 1 of 6 Assume: The water has uniform velocity represented by the vector P in the diagram below. section 9.0◦ with the vertical. multiple choice. The rowing speed of the girl’s boat and a set of possible orientations of her boat (relative to still water) are also shown in the diagram.

false Part 6 of 6 The total distance traveled in crossing for direction G is greater than for direction H .Chapter 4. true 126 . Relative Velocity for direction G. 1. false 2. true 2. section 9. 1.

the component of gravity pointing perpendicular to the surface of the incline . weight force friction normal 5. force friction normal weight 2. ﬁxed. < 1 min. friction force normal weight Part 2 of 2 For the normal force exerted on the book by the wedge in the diagram. force friction normal weight The following ﬁgures show several attempts at drawing free-body diagrams for the book. section 1. produces a constant force Fhand vertically downward. normal force friction weight 8. force normal friction weight 2. The Concept of Force Conceptual forces 04 05:01. 7. in contact with the top of the book. friction force weight normal 1. highSchool. A hand. 127 4. Which ﬁgure has the correct directions for each force? The magnitudes of the forces are not necessarily drawn to scale. normal friction force weight Fhand B oo k 6. the pull of the book on the earth 3. which force(s) complete(s) the force pair for Newton’s third law (action-reaction)? 1.Chapter 5. Part 1 of 2 A book is at rest on an incline as shown below. the normal force exerted on the wedge by the book 3. multiple choice.

Assume v = F x µy . −1 = −2x 2. −1 = −2 x 2. 1 = −2x 9. 1 = x + y. The velocity of a transverse wave traveling along a string depends on the tension F = m a of the string and its mass per unit length µ. section 1. 1 = x + y. y = 2 2 1 1 4. −1 = −2x 5. 0 = x + y. y = 1 9. 0 = x − y. the pull of the earth on the book 7. Assume v = F x µy . −1 = −2 x 3. one arrives correspondingly at a set of three equations. the component of Fhand pointing perpendicular to the surface of the incline 6. y = −1 7. −1 = −2x 3. 1 = −2x 10. y = 1 10. x = 0 . 0 = x − y. By equating the powers of mass. 1. 1 = x + y. ﬁxed. 1 = x + y. x = 1 . 0 = x + y. 1 = −2 x 6. The powers of x and y may be determined based on dimensional analysis. x = 1 . y = − 2 2 1 1 3. the component of gravity pointing parallel to the surface of the incline 5. 0 = x + y. the sum of the component of gravity perpendicular to the surface of the incline and the component of Fhand perpendicular to the surface of the incline Dimensional Analysis 04 05:01. x = −1 . 0 = x + y. 0 = x + y. −1 = −2x 4. Choose the correct expressions for x and y . 1 = x − y. > 1 min. y = 0 Dimensional Analysis 04b 05:01. x = . 1 = −2x 6. 0 = x − y. 0 = x + y. Choose the correct expressions for x and y . 1. 1 = x − y. 1 = x + y. 1 = −2 x . ﬁxed. −1 = −2 x 5. 1 = x + y. multiple choice. x = − . y = 2 2 1. y=− 2 2 1 1 2. and time. length. 1 = −2x 128 Part 2 of 2 The values of x and y for this problem are 1 1 . 1 = x + y. 1 = x − y. y = −1 8. 0 = x + y. 1 = x + y. 1 = x − y. The powers of x and y may be determined based on dimensional analysis. x = − . highSchool. > 1 min. 0 = x + y. multiple choice. 0 = x − y. 0 = x + y. 0 = x − y. y = 1 6.Chapter 5. 0 = x − y. one arrives correspondingly at a set of three equations. 1 = −2x 8. length. x = 1 . By equating the powers of mass. 0 = x − y. 1 = x − y. 1 = x − y. The Concept of Force 4. Part 1 of 2 The velocity of a transverse wave traveling along a string depends on the tension F = m a of the string and its mass per unit length µ. 1 = x − y. x = −1 . −1 = −2 x 4. and time. 1 = −2x 7. x = 5. highSchool. 1 = x − y.

0 = x − y. − 2 2 1 1 0. 1 = x − y. z ) = 1 1 0. (x. [η ] = 8. (x. y. y = −1 7. [η ] = 6. 129 F = m a is a force. multiple choice. 1 = −2 x 9. 1 = x + y. 1 = x − y. 1 = −2 x 10. highSchool. x = 1 . 0 = x + y. section 1. [η ] = 2. y = 0 Dimensional Analysis 12 05:01. y = − 2 2 1 1 3. y = 1 10. [η ] = 9. y = 2 2 1.Chapter 5. [η ] = 3. The Concept of Force 7. z ) = 3. highSchool. The parameter η has the dimension of 1. x = 1 . Its period (i. > 1 min. 2 2 . m the mass of the bob. [η ] = 7. The appropriate x. where k is a dimensionless constant. [η ] = 4. [η ] = 5. y = 1 9. y. and b the length of the string. (x. y=− 2 2 1 1 2. The velocity of a transverse wave traveling along a string depends on the tension F = m a of the string and its mass per unit length µ. y. . g the magnitude of the gravitational acceleration. 2 2 1 1 0. x = 0 . < 1 min. x = −1 . 0 = x − y. Part 1 of 3 Stokes law says F = 6πrηv. 1 = x + y. x = −1 . 1 = −2 x Dimensional Analysis 04 v1 05:01. − . x = 5. y . The powers of x and y may be determined based on dimensional analysis.. [η ] = M TL M T2 L M T 2 L2 M T L2 M T TL M T2 L M T L2 M T 2 L2 M T M Part 2 of 3 Consider a simple pendulum which consists of a string with a bob attached to its end. x = . x = − . the time interval taken for the bob to complete one cycle of motion) may be written in the form T = k m x g y bz . y = 2 2 1 1 4. ﬁxed. x = 1 . y = 1 6. x = − . r the radius and v the velocity. ﬁxed. [η ] = 10. multiple choice. 1 = −2 x 8. Assume v = F x µy . . y = −1 8. 0 = x − y. and z values are given respectively by 1. The values of x and y for this problem are 1 1 .e. z ) = 2.

(x. Let us write µ=ρ A . [η ] = 3. 10. . of a piece of string is deﬁned as µ= ∆m . [η ] = 7. highSchool. 4. − 2 2 1 1 1. x = −1. [η ] = 6. 6. x = −1.Chapter 5. y. − 2 2 8. Part 1 of 3 Stokes law says F = 6πrηv . may be written in the form T = k m x g y bz . (x. [η ] = 2. x = −1. r the radius and v the velocity. (i. − .. y. The Concept of Force 1 1 0. Use dimensional analysis to determine the equations for x and y . 1) Part 3 of 3 Consider a piece of string which is placed along the x-axis. 3x + 2y = 1 2y − 3x = 1 −2 y − 3 x = −1 130 4. x = 1. The linear mass density. . x = −1. z ) = 8. 2 y − 3 x = −1 2 y + 3 x = −1 3x + 2y = 1 2y − 3x = 1 −2 y − 3 x = −1 2 y − 3 x = −1 2 y + 3 x = −1 x y Part 2 of 3 Consider a simple pendulum which consists of a string with a bob attached to its end. [η ] = 5. z ) = 9. µ. x = 1. (x.e. z ) = 5. 2. (x. x = 1. ﬁxed. 7. (x. F = m a is a force. [η ] = M TL M T2 L M T 2 L2 M T L2 M T TL M T2 L M T L2 M T 2 L2 M T M 10. x = 1. − 2 2 1 1 1. − . y. −1. section 1. y. y. Its period. 5. 1) 6. [η ] = 8. y. y. ∆x Denote ρ to be its mass density deﬁned as ρ= mass volume and A its cross sectional area. The parameter η has the dimension of 1. [η ] = 4. . z ) = (1. (x. > 1 min. − . z ) = 7. [η ] = 10. x = 1. z ) = 1 1 1. (x. 2 2 1 1 1. x = −1. [η ] = 9. 9. 2 2 Dimensional Analysis 16 05:01. the time interval taken for the bob to complete one cycle of motion). 3. Let ∆m be the mass of a segment of the string and ∆x the length of this segment. z ) = (0. multiple choice. −1. 1.

x = 1. multiple choice. z ) = (0. The parameter η has the dimension of 1. g the magnitude of the gravitational acceleration. 2 2 Dimensional Analysis 17 02 05:01. y. z ) = 9. y. m the mass of the bob. [η ] = 5. 10. . y. − . 9. of a piece of string is deﬁned as µ= ∆m . [η ] = 6. 1. µ. section 1. x = 1. − 2 2 1 1 1.Chapter 5. x = −1. x = 1. and z values are given respectively by 1. and b the length of the string. . [η ] = 2. highSchool. − . . x = 1. y. 2 2 1 1 1. 8. y. z ) = 8. −1. Stokes law says F = 6πrηv . y. (x. 5. y. The Concept of Force where k is a dimensionless constant. (x. (x. − 2 2 1 1 0. Use dimensional analysis to determine the equations for x and y . [η ] = 7. x = −1. − 2 2 2. 2 2 1 1 0. (x. y. z ) = 1 1 1. [η ] = 4. x = −1. Let us write µ = ρ x Ay . − . 1) 6. Let ∆m be the mass of a segment of the string and ∆x the length of this segment. r the radius and v the velocity. z ) = 1 1 0. x = 1. 2 2 1 1 0. 2 y + 3 x = −1 3x + 2y = 1 2y − 3x = 1 −2 y − 3 x = −1 2 y − 3 x = −1 2 y + 3 x = −1 3x + 2y = 1 2y − 3x = 1 −2 y − 3 x = −1 131 5. (x. − 2 2 1 1 1. . (x. The appropriate x. 4. z ) = 7. The linear mass density. (x. ∆x Denote ρ to be its mass density deﬁned as mass ρ= volume and A its cross sectional area. z ) = 3. y. 1) Part 3 of 3 Consider a piece of string which is placed along the x-axis. y. z ) = (1. z ) = 2. [η ] = M TL M T2 L M T 2 L2 M T L2 M T TL M T2 L M T L2 M 10. z ) = 4. [η ] = 3. x = −1. (x. 2 y − 3 x = −1 . −1. > 1 min. − . 7. F = m a is a force. y . 6. [η ] = 8. 3. (x. (x. ﬁxed. x = −1.

m the mass of the bob. multiple choice. 2 2 10. − 2 2 1 1 0. 2 2 1 1 0. . [η ] = 7. z ) = (1. − . − 2 2 1 1 1. [η ] = 3. . z ) = (0. . y. (i. [η ] = 8. 1) 6. (x. (x. z ) = 9. y. Its period.Chapter 5. (x. r the radius and v the velocity. > 1 min. The appropriate x. (x. The T2 velocity of a transverse wave traveling along a string depends on the tension F of the string and its mass per unit length µ. multiple choice. z ) = 1 1 0. (x. highSchool. [η ] = 6. z ) = 1 1 1. Part 1 of 2 Stokes law says F = 6πrηv . − 2 2 1 1 1. −1. − . 0 = x + y. g the magnitude of the gravitational acceleration.. y . (x. F = m a is a force. [η ] = M T 10. z ) = 3. [η ] = 10. length. −1. . section 1. ﬁxed. ML Tension is a force with [F ] = . The parameter η has the dimension of 1. 2. What system of equations can be found by equating the powers of mass. [η ] = M TL M T2 L M T 2 L2 M T L2 M T TL M T2 L M T L2 M T 2 L2 M T M 132 where k is a dimensionless constant. − 2 2 5. y. y. highSchool.e. (x. z ) = 8. > 1 min. (x. z ) = 4. [η ] = 4. − . [η ] = 9. 0 = x + y. The Concept of Force T 2 L2 9. − . y. may be written in the form T = k m x g y bz . (x. z ) = 2. y. y. 2 2 1 1 1. the time interval taken for the bob to complete one cycle of motion). y. and time? 1. (x. y. 2 2 1 1 0. The powers x and y may be determined based on dimensional analysis. 1) Dimensional Analysis 3 05:01. ﬁxed. 1 = x − y. and b the length of the string. [η ] = 2. z ) = 7. [η ] = 5. [η ] = M Dimensional Analysis 17 05:01. −1 = −2x −1 = −2x Part 2 of 2 Consider a simple pendulum which consists of a string with a bob attached to its end. and z values are given respectively by 1. . Assume: v = F x µy . 1 = x + y. y.

An empty oﬃce chair is at rest on a ﬂoor. 7. < 1 min. 1 = x + y. highSchool. Which of the forces is (are) acting on the oﬃce chair? 1. of gravity on a 1 kg body. − 1 = − 2x − 1 = − 2x 1 = − 2x 1 = − 2x 1 = − 2x 1 = − 2x 1 = − 2x 1 = − 2x Part 2 of 2 b) What is the y component of this force? 133 Kopp lect6 prob1 05:01. 8. 2. ﬁxed. 1 = x − y. highSchool. that gives a 1 g body an acceleration of 1 cm/s2 . 0 = x − y. multiple choice. 1 only. 10. 0 = x + y. multiple choice. One Newton is the force 1. 2 and 3. A downward force of gravity. (Since the chair is at rest there are no forces acting upon it. 5. An upward force exerted by the ﬂoor. 0 = x − y. [K ] = L/T 2 3. and 3. 3. A net downward force exerted by the air. 1 = x − y. T is a time and K is a constant. 9. 1 = x − y. What are units of the constant K ? 1. 0 = x − y. 2. ﬁxed. that gives a 1 kg body an acceleration of 9. The Concept of Force 3.8 m/s2 . Oﬃce Chair 05:01. 5. 3. < 1 min. Consider the following forces: 1. 1 = x + y. 1. numeric. 0 = x − y. and 3. 0 = x + y. 5. 0 = x + y. L is a length. ﬁxed.) Tennis Ball 05:01. < 1 min. ﬁxed. [K ] = T 6 /M 2 L2 5. normal. Part 1 of 2 A dog pulls on a pillow with a force of 5 N at an angle of 37◦ above the horizontal a) What is the x component of this force? is . 0 = x − y. highSchool. highSchool. 2. 1 = x − y. that gives a 1 kg body an acceleration of 1 m/s2 . [K ] = T 2 /L 2. 4. multiple choice. A certain force [F ] = M L/overT 2 given by the equation K M L2 F = T4 . 1 = x + y.Chapter 5. highSchool. 1 and 2. < 1 min. < 1 min. of gravity on a 1 g body. [K ] = M L/T 2 5. 2. None of the forces act on the chair. multiple choice. where M is a mass. 4. 6. [K ] = M 2 L2 /T 6 4. 4. section 1. Dimensional Analysis of Force 05:01. 1 = x + y. [K ] = T 2 /M L Holt SF 04Rev 12 05:01.

> 1 min.Chapter 5. multiple choice. highSchool. 2. [G] = kg/m2 /s2 4. [G] = m/kg/s2 9. ﬁxed. [G] = J s/kg 134 Here. 2. 5. section 1. 2 and 3. [G] = m3 /kg/s2 2. [G] = N m 7. 1. 1 and 3. [G] = m3 /kg2 /s2 5. 4. 2. and 3. 1 only. M and m are masses and r is the separation distance. 3. [G] = m2 /kg 3. [G] = W/m3 10. r2 8. 1 and 2. Newton’s law of universal gravitation is F =G Mm . The dimension of force is speciﬁed by the equation F = ma. [G] = N m/s2 . a tennis player manages to hit a tennis ball with her racquet so that the ball passes over the net and lands in her opponent’s court. A downward force of gravity. and 3. A force exerted by the air. What are the SI units of the constant G? 1. Which of the above forces is (are) acting on the tennis ball after it has left contact with the racquet and before it touches the ground? 1. [G] = m2 /kg2 /s2 6. The Concept of Force Despite a very strong wind. A force by the hit. Consider the following forces: 1. Universal Gravitation Units 02 05:01.

Within a book on a table there are billions of forces pushing and pulling on all of the molecules. An elevator is being lifted up an elevator shaft at a constant speed by a steel cable as shown in the ﬁgure below. four 5. If she is hanging stationary from a high bar. 135 A female gymnast weighs 400 N. steel cable Elevator going up at constant speed In this situation. F1 < F2 3. Why is it that these forces never by chance add up to a net force in one direction. section 2. forces on the elevator are such that 1. the upward force by the cable is greater than the sum of the downward force of gravity . multiple choice. normal. how many forces are acting on her? 1. These forces are counteracted by gravity. the upward force by the cable is greater than the downward force of gravity. < 1 min. 2. ﬁxed. The billions of force pairs are internal to the book and exert no net force on the book. What is the relationship between the net force on the ﬁrst car (F1 ) and the net force on the last car (F2 )? 1. ﬁxed. multiple choice. F1 = F2 2. highSchool. 3. Newton’s First Law and Inertial Frames Concept 05 E07 05:02. A heavily loaded freight train moves with constant velocity. multiple choice. < 1 min. < 1 min. ﬁxed. three 4. Conceptual 04 Q24 05:02. 2. causing the book to accelerate “spontaneously” across the table? 1. 4. highSchool. highSchool. All frictional eﬀects are negligible. These forces between molecules are much smaller than the friction between the book and the table. 4. two 3. 3.Chapter 5. but the movement is too weak to observe. ﬁve Elevator Lifted at a Const Speed 05:02. the upward force by the cable is smaller than the downward force of gravity. multiple choice. < 1 min. one 2. The forces cause the book to move across the table spontaneously all the time. Unable to determine. F1 > F2 4. the upward force by the cable is equal to the downward force of gravity. Conceptual 04 Q12 05:02. highSchool.

No. 2. Yes. 4. < 1 min. 3. the air resistance cancels the friction and the total force on the ball is zero.Chapter 5. only forces can keep things in their places. Newton a few years earlier than Galileo 136 2. highSchool. Galileo a few years earlier than Newton 3. inertia is a property of matter to behave this way. multiple choice. likely friction between the ball and table surface and with the air. Yes. 5. ﬁxed. highSchool.) Hewitt CP9 02 E01 05:02. multiple choice. They both would say that the ball comes to rest because the ball seeks its natural state of rest. Galileo would likely have said it comes to rest because of some forces acting on it. Hewitt CP9 02 E05 05:02. They came up with the concept of inertia about the same time. All are wrong. Start a ball rolling down a bowling alley and you’ll ﬁnd it moves slightly slower with time. . ﬁxed. How would Aristotle interpret this observation? How would Galileo interpret it? 1. None of these. not because an upward force is exerted on the elevator by the cable. highSchool. (The elevator goes up because the cable is being shortened. highSchool. 1. Aristotle would likely have said it comes to rest because of some forces acting on it. Galileo before Newton was even born 4. 3. section 2. air resistance and friction act upon the ball. Aristotle would say that the ball comes to rest because the ball seeks its natural state of rest. ﬁxed. 4. 5. Do you agree? Why or why not? 1. < 1 min. Hewitt CP9 02 E09 05:02. no force acts upon it. Your friend says that inertia is a force that keeps things in their places. Disagree. A ball rolls across the top of a billiard table and slowly comes to a stop. 5. likely friction between the ball and table surface and with the air. inertia is not a force that keeps things moving. < 1 min. inertia is a force that keeps things moving. 2. ﬁxed. likely friction between the ball and table surface and with the air. Galileo after Newton was born 5. Galileo would say that the ball comes to rest because the ball seeks its natural state of rest. Agree. All are wrong. 3. < 1 min. Who ﬁrst proposed the concept of inertia? 1. 2. Hewitt CP9 02 E17 05:02. Disagree. either at rest or motion. Newton’s First Law and Inertial Frames and a downward force due to the air. not some kind of force. They both would say that it comes to rest because of some forces acting on it. multiple choice. Agree. Does this violate Newton’s law of inertia? Defend your answer. multiple choice.

It is in equilibrium. Can an object be in mechanical equilibrium when only a single force acts on it? Explain. 2. multiple choice. The puck is at rest. section 2. multiple choice. even one force is too much. ﬁxed. highSchool. 2. highSchool. 4. 4. No. Which of the following is true? 1. There should be no forces acting on an object. The puck is moving and thus not in equilibrium. 3. No net force acts on a body at rest. All are wrong. Before the time of Galileo and Newton. 3. No net force acts on a body at rest. All are wrong. .Chapter 5. The stone will fall in some trajectory depending on the speed of the ship. what is true? 1. Newton’s First Law and Inertial Frames ﬁxed. it will hit the deck in front of the mast. Hewitt CP9 02 E31 05:02. No. a single force is necessary to keep the object in mechanical equilibrium. None of these Hewitt CP9 02 E19 05:02. at least one other force is needed to cancel the action of the ﬁrst force. if at least one force acted on it the body would move. Yes. no force acts on the body at all. multiple choice. None of these Hewitt CP9 02 E21 05:02. 5. 3. the stone will drop into the sea. 5. < 1 min. No force acts on a body at rest. The stone will have a horizontal motion. 4. If the ship speed is fast enough. highSchool. the law of inertia can also be applied to moving objects. 5. In light of your understanding of Newton’s ﬁrst law. No force acts on a body at rest. multiple choice. 5. Hewitt CP9 04 E01 137 Is it correct to say that no force acts on a body at rest? 1. ﬁxed. Everyone on the ship will see the stone fall vertically if released from rest. None of these 5. < 1 min. The puck can be considered neither at rest nor in equilibrium. highSchool. 2. the object will act back with an equal and opposite force. No. 4. ﬁxed. Hewitt CP9 02 E35 05:02. 3. 4. all forces cancel each other. some learned scholars thought that a stone dropped from the top of a tall mast of a moving ship would fall vertically and hit the deck behind the mast by a distance equal to how far the ship had moved forward while the stone was falling. < 1 min. 1. Yes. when the net force is zero. A hockey puck slides across the ice at a constant speed. < 1 min. the body is in static equilibrium. 2.

highSchool. section 2. highSchool. 0 N 3. If an object is not accelerating. highSchool. 0 N 2. > 1 min. > 1 min. ﬁxed. Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to deterime the answer. All are wrong. Newton’s First Law and Inertial Frames 05:02. > 1 min. numeric. Unable to determine Hewitt CP9 04 E35 05:02. 1 3. highSchool. 0 N.0 N. highSchool. 200 N 5. a) What is the x-component of this force? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the y -component of this force? Holt SF 04A 02 05:02. 100 N 4. < 1 min. 1 N. highSchool. wordingvariable. All are wrong. What is the net force on a 1-N apple when you hold it at rest above your head and what is the net force on it after you release it? 1. Part 1 of 2 A man is pulling on a rope with a force of 53 N directed at an angle of 32 ◦ to the horizontal. multiple choice. What is the x-component of this force? Part 2 of 2 What is the y -component of this force? Holt SF 04A 01 graph 05:02. multiple choice. ﬁxed.Chapter 5. numeric. and downward with a force of 236 N. 3 5. < 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A man is pulling on a rope with a force of 53 N directed at an angle of 32 ◦ to the horizontal. 0 2. a) What is the net external force in the x direction? Part 2 of 4 b) What is the net external force in the y direction? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the magnitude of the net external . Part 1 of 4 A crate is pulled to the right with a force of 82. 1 N. 0 N. 0 N 4. how many forces act on it? 1. 138 Holt SF 04A 01 05:02. What is the net force on a Mercedes convertible traveling along a straight road at a steady speed of 100 km/h? 1. 2 4. 1 N 5. < 1 min. 1 N 2. multiple choice. to the left with a force of 115 N. wordingvariable. Hewitt CP9 04 E03 05:02. numeric. 10 N 3. wordingvariable. upward with a force of 565 N. ﬁxed.

highSchool. Part 1 of 2 The wind exerts a force of 188 N North on a sailboat.25 N downward. the force of gravity on the apple is 9. section 2. > 1 min. > 1 min. highSchool. wordingvariable. 385 N 728 N 868 N 323 N Note: Figure is not drawn to scale a) Find the magnitude of the resultant force on the balloon. numeric. a) What is the magnitude of the net external force on the apple? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the direction of the net external force on the apple (measured from the downward vertical. while the water exerts a force of 95 N West on the sailboat. Part 1 of 2 The wind exerts a force of 203 N North on a sailboat. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the direction of the resultant force (in relation to the 868 N force. wordingvariable. . wordingvariable. while the water exerts a force of 122 N West on the sailboat. Part 1 of 2 Four forces act on a hot-air balloon. so that the angle to the right of downward is positive)? Holt SF 04A 04 05:02. numeric. a) What is the magnitude of the net external force on the sailboat? Part 2 of 2 b) How many degrees west of north is this net external force directed? Holt SF 04Rev 10 05:02. wordingvariable. As the apple falls. wordingvariable. highSchool. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A gust of wind blows an apple from a tree. Holt SF 04Rev 10 graph 05:02. with up being positive). numeric. and the force of the wind on the apple is 1.05 N to the right. Part 1 of 2 Four forces act on a hot-air balloon. > 1 min. Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to 139 determine the answer.Chapter 5. highSchool. What is the magnitude of the net external force on the sailboat? Part 2 of 2 How many degrees west of north is this net external force directed? Holt SF 04A 04 graph 05:02. > 1 min. as shown from the side. with counterclockwise positive)? Holt SF 04A 03 05:02. numeric. numeric. Newton’s First Law and Inertial Frames force on the crate? Part 4 of 4 d) What is the direction of the net external force on the crate (measured from the positive x axis. as shown from the side. > 1 min.

100 N and 75 N. Holt SF 04Rev 11 05:02. multiple choice. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the direction of the resultant force (in relation to the 868 N force. If they pull in opposite directions. < 1 min. Despite a very strong wind. section 2. a) Find the magnitude of the resultant force on the balloon. > 1 min. Consider the following forces: 1 . downward 2. highSchool. Newton’s First Law and Inertial Frames 140 Part 1 of 4 You have two forces. upward Tennis Player 05:02. downward 2. 1 and 3 4. with up being positive). 1 only 2.A force by the “hit”.A force exerted by the air. 2 and 3 5.Chapter 5. 1. 2 . 1 and 2 3. highSchool. numeric. 728 N Part 4 of 4 What is the direction of this resultant? 1. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 Two lifeguards pull on ropes attached to a raft. the raft experiences a net external force of 334 N to the right. If they pull in the same direction. normal. What is their resultant if the ﬁrst acts upward and the second acts downward? 868 N 323 N Part 2 of 4 What is the direction of the resultant? 1. ﬁxed. a) Draw a free body diagram for each situation and ﬁnd the magnitude of the larger of the two individual forces. Part 2 of 2 b) What is the magnitude of the smaller of the individual forces? Net Forces 05:02. a tennis player manages to hit a tennis ball with her racquet so that the ball passes over the net and lands in her opponents court. wordingvariable. upward Part 3 of 4 What is their resultant if they both act downward? 385 N Note: Figure is not drawn to scale Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer. > 1 min. numeric. 2 and 3 . Which of the above forces is (are) acting on the tennis ball after it has left contact with the racquet and before it touches the ground? 1. 3 . the raft experiences a net external force of 106 N to the left.A downward force of gravity.

5. The weighted dart. wording-variable. Inertial Mass Conceptual 04 02 05:03. 3. a mosquito 3. a propeller 2. The regular dart. Nothing speciﬁc. a car Figuring Physics 06 05:03. 2. What keeps the probe moving? 1. ﬁxed. 4. < 1 min. the probe will eventually stop. multiple choice. The gravitation forces from diﬀerent stars and planets . highSchool. highSchool. One ﬁres a regular dart. a VW bug 4. Hewitt CP9 02 E07 05:03. section 3. It’s a tie. < 1 min. multiple choice. Which object has the greatest inertia? 1. 141 3. None of these Which dart goes farther? 1. highSchool.Chapter 5. multiple choice. < 1 min. an ocean liner 2. Two identical spring-loaded dart guns are simultaneously ﬁred straight forward. in the absence of forces it would continue moving in a straight line. Nothing. ﬁxed. A space probe is carried by a rocket into outer space where it continues to move on its own in a straight line. the other a weighted dart.

Yes. its direction is not the same as the velocity. II. Part 1 of 3 Suzie (of mass 50 kg) is roller-blading down the sidewalk going 20 miles per hour. normal. Yes. Yes. Which force(s) act on the car? 1. Cannot be determined Conceptual 04 05 05:04. free to move. the upward force exerted by the ground 3. She notices a group of workers down the walkway who have unexpectedly blocked her path. a net force in the horizontal direction. normal. III and IV Part 2 of 3 Is there a net or unbalanced force acting on the car? 1. Part 1 of 4 Tracy (of mass 50 kg) and Tom (of mass 75 kg) are standing at rest in the center of the roller rink. its direction is the same as the velocity. Is there a net (unbalanced) force acting on the car? Part 2 of 3 What force was exerted to stop Suzie? Part 3 of 3 Where did this force come from? 1. 2. 5. the gravity 142 1. 3. Cannot be determined Part 3 of 3 After a while. and she makes a quick stop in 0. highSchool. III) the ground pushing up on the car. II) gravity pulling down on the car. normal. III and IV 4. highSchool. and V) friction pushing the wheels (and the car) back. II. < 1 min. numeric. the friction between the ground and the skates 5. I. section 4.Chapter 5. the friction between the air and Suzie 4. All of these Conceptual 04 07 05:04. multiple choice. What is Suzie’s average acceleration? 2. 4. facing each other. No. the car started to go around a long bend. No. highSchool. still maintaining its constant speed of 55 miles per hour. 3. Consider the following forces: I) air drag pushing back on the car. the speed is constant. < 1 min. No. Yes. 2. 5. < 1 min. the speed of the car does not change. I. the velocity is constant.5 seconds. No. II and III 5. . the velocity of the car does not change. I and II 2. 4. a net force in the vertical direction. Newton’s Second Law Conceptual 04 03 05:04. numeric. I. Part 1 of 3 You are driving a car down a straight road at a constant 55 miles per hour. III and V 3. IV) friction pushing the wheels (and the car) forward.

Yes. Newton’s Second Law Tracy pushes oﬀ Tom with her hands and remains in contact with Tom’s hands. section 4. The force acting on Tom is greater than the force acting on Tracy. > 1 min. it carries a heavy load of fuel. The force needed to produce the same acceleration a few minutes after launch is F2 . Five 10 N forces act on a 2 kg object as shown. Conceptual 04 Q15 05:04. Tom’s acceleration is greater. No. < 1 min.Chapter 5. Tracy moves 0. she moves at a constant speed. multiple choice. 20 N 20 N 4. 2. Unable to determine without the angle. multiple choice. downward. highSchool. Constant Horizontal Force 02 05:04. highSchool. 3. numeric. ﬁxed. Will the box experience acceleration? 1. numeric. < 1 min. < 1 min. Conceptual 04 Q18 05:04. Tom’s ﬁnal velocity is greater than Tracy’s. What relationship would F1 and F2 have? 1.75 s. F1 = F2 2. F1 < F2 4. Yes. which is burned during the ascent. highSchool. When she stops pushing oﬀ Tom. it is balanced. Unable to determine. frictionless surface . What is Tracy’s constant acceleration during her time of contact with Tom? Part 2 of 4 What is Tracy’s ﬁnal speed after this contact? 40 N Part 3 of 4 What force was applied to Tracy during this time? Part 4 of 4 What is correct about Tom’s motion? 1.5 m during this time. 2. 4. normal. normal. F1 > F2 3. 3. applying a constant force for 0. What is the acceleration of the object? Conceptual 04 Q17 05:04. When a rocket is launched. A 6 kg block initially at rest is pulled to the right along a horizontal. The force needed to produce a given acceleration just oﬀ the launching pad is F1 . 143 Two 20 N forces and a 40 N force act on a hanging box as shown. upward. Tom’s acceleration is smaller. highSchool. normal.

The force is down and constant. The force is up and increasing. The force is up and increasing. 7. 4. 5. 4. Indicate the force acting on the coin for each of the cases described below. t 2. The force is down and decreasing. highSchool. 6. 5. The force is up and decreasing. The force is down and constant. Choose the one force graph which could allow the described motion of the car to continue. 6. horizontal force of 12 N. The force is up and constant. multiple choice. Part 1 of 2 The following 2 questions refer to a coin which is tossed straight up into the air. The coin is moving upward after it is released. wording-variable. A car moves to the right along a horizontal line (the positive part of the distance axis). Newton’s Second Law by a constant. 1. F t . Part 2 of 2 The coin is at its highest point. The force is zero. The force is zero. 2. 144 Force and Motion 13 05:04. t F 3. ﬁxed. 4. 2. 7. highSchool. The force is up and constant. Find the speed of the block after it has moved 3 m. F 3. The force is down and decreasing. The force is up and decreasing. After it is released it moves upward. multiple choice. reaches its highest point and falls back down again. The force is down and increasing. < 1 min. 1.Chapter 5. section 4. Force and Motion 05 05:04. g O car v + The car moves toward the right and is slowing down at a steady rate (constant acceleration). The force is down and increasing. < 1 min. 3. F t 1.

The space between each disk will become larger because of Newton’s second law. when you jump heavily onto your feet from an elevated position? 1. Each bone in the chain of bones forming your spine is separated from its neighbors by disks of elastic tissue. ﬁxed. How far had the ball rolled from its starting point when he had counted to twenty? Hewitt CP9 03 E35 05:04. The discs tend to compress upon each other because of Newton’s ﬁrst law. 10. < 1 min. Hewitt CP9 04 E07 05:04. The discs tend to compress upon each other because of Newton’s second law. The space between each disk will become larger because of Newton’s ﬁrst law. B 3. t F 9. multiple choice. normal. t A B F 7. ﬁxed. Hewitt CP9 03 E31 05:04. then. Two balls are released simultaneously from rest at the left end of equal-length tracks as shown. < 1 min. < 1 min. While rolling balls down an inclined plane. F 6. 4. < 1 min. t 5. 2. What happens. None of these graphs are correct. highSchool. Newton’s Second Law F 5. section 4. ﬁxed. . multiple choice. multiple choice. t 145 3. multiple choice.Chapter 5. Hewitt CP9 02 E15 05:04. Galileo observed that the ball rolled 1 cubit (the distance from elbow to ﬁngertip) as he counted to ten. highSchool. highSchool. A 2. They reach the end of the track at the same time. t F 8. Which ball reaches the end of its track ﬁrst? 1. All are wrong. highSchool. 4. All are wrong.

normal. To regain her original weight. < 1 min. < 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 10 m/s2 . Hewitt CP9 04 P01 05:04. providing the force necessary for the acceleration. < 1 min. How much acceleration does a 747 jumbo jet of mass 30000 kg experience in takeoﬀ when the thrust for each of four engines is 30000 N? Hewitt CP9 04 P06 05:04. wordingvariable. Hewitt CP9 04 P10 05:04. highSchool. 146 Two boxes are seen to accelerate at the same rate when a force F is applied to the ﬁrst and 4F is applied the second. multiple choice. gravitation force 2. < 1 min. air drag 4. What will be the acceleration of a skydiver when air resistance builds up to 50% of her weight? Hewitt CP9 04 P09 05:04. What is the mass ratio of the ﬁrst box to the second? Hewitt CP9 04 P07 05:04. ﬁnd her mass in orbit. highSchool. wordingvariable. highSchool. numeric. what would be the acceleration of a 2 kg mass acted on by a force of 2 N? Hewitt CP9 04 P05 05:04.1 m/s2 . Holt SF 04B 01 05:04. What is the greatest acceleration a runner can muster if the friction between her shoes and the pavement is 90% her weight? Hewitt CP9 04 P02 05:04. normal. normal. Before going into orbit. numeric. section 4. < 1 min. highSchool. numeric. Sprinting near the end of a race. < 1 min. < 1 min. What is the acceleration of a 10 kg block of cement when pulled sideways with a net force of 200 N? Hewitt CP9 04 P04 05:04. highSchool. normal. Calculate this average force. numeric. friction force 3. highSchool. so that the ground pushes the runner forward. highSchool. a measurement determines that a force of 66 N causes her to move with an acceleration of 1. To gain speed the runner produces a backward force on the ground. A ﬁreﬁghter of mass 80 kg slides down a vertical pole with an acceleration of 4 m/s2 . numeric. < 1 min. air push 5. numeric. normal. < 1 min. What force(s) act on the the rock during its curved path? 1. normal. All are wrong. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 10 m/s2 . should she go on a diet or start eating more candy? To answer this. highSchool. a runner with a mass 60 kg accelerates from a speed of 6 m/s to a speed of 7 m/s in 2 s. numeric.Chapter 5. normal. highSchool. If a mass of 1 kg is accelerated 1 m/s2 by a force of 1 N. What is the friction force that acts on him? Hewitt CP9 04 P08 05:04. . an astronaut has a mass of 55 kg. > 1 min. numeric. highSchool. normal. The acceleration of gravity is 10 m/s2 . When in orbit. Newton’s Second Law An astronaut tosses a rock on the moon.

75 × 103 N to the east. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 .5 N? Holt SF 04Rev 21 05:04. wordingvariable. what is the car’s acceleration? Holt SF 04B 04 05:04.2 kg model airplane is 7. Newton’s Second Law The net external force on the propeller of a 3. highSchool.2 m/s2 to the right? Holt SF 04Rev 50 05:04. a) How long does it take to hit the ground? Part 2 of 3 b) How far from the building does the ball hit the ground? Part 3 of 3 c) What is its speed when it hits the ground? Holt SF 04Rev 45 05:04. wordingvariable. highSchool. wordingvariable.0 N forward. A 2. If the upward acceleration of the bucket is 3. numeric. > 1 min. If the force acting on the car is 6. Part 1 of 3 A 3. numeric.81 m/s2 . numeric.0 kg bucket of water is raised from a well by a rope.5 m/s2 to the right. numeric. highSchool. 147 A freight train has a mass of 1. > 1 min. While the ball is falling to Earth.50 s.) Holt SF 04Rev 23 05:04. highSchool. > 1 min. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 . > 1 min. What is the acceleration of the airplane? Holt SF 04B 02 05:04. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min.4 m high. If the locomotive can exert a constant pull of 7. highSchool.50 × 103 kg. a horizontal wind exerts a constant force of 12. highSchool. what is the cart’s acceleration? Holt SF 04B 03 05:04. wordingvariable. What net external force is required to give a 25 kg suitcase an acceleration of 2. numeric. What net external force acts on the otter along the incline? Holt SF 04B 05 05:04. The acceleration of gravity is 9. A soccer ball kicked with a force of 13.Chapter 5. What is the mass of the ball? Holt SF 04Rev 20 05:04.5 × 105 N.00 kg ball is dropped from the roof of a building 176.5 × 107 kg. numeric. highSchool.5 N accelerates at 6. how long would it take to increase the speed of the train from rest to 85 km/h? (Disregard friction. A car has a mass of 1. wordingvariable. numeric. wordingvariable. numeric.0 kg otter starts from rest at the top of a muddy incline 85 cm long and slides down to the bottom in 0. section 4.3 kg box if you push it with a force of 85. The net external force on a golf cart is 390 N north. numeric. > 1 min. What acceleration will you give to a 24. ﬁnd the force exerted by the rope on the bucket of water.0 N on the ball. A 5.0 m/s2 . highSchool. highSchool. If the cart has a total mass of 270 kg. wordingvariable. numeric. > 1 min. Holt SF 04Rev 52 05:04. > 1 min. > 1 min. normal. normal. > 1 min.

> 1 min. highSchool.0 Figure: The line through the points is only to guide the eye.00 m/s.000 m/s All motion is vertical and the mass of the person (excluding the arms) is 64. and the other is a 1. numeric.00 s later. a) What is the net force on the car? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the net force on the trailer? Holt SF 04Rev 60 05:04. a) What is the magnitude of the average force exerted on the body by the arms during the ﬁrst time interval? Part 2 of 4 b) What is the magnitude of the average force exerted on the body by the arms during the second time interval? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the magnitude of the average force exerted on the body by the arms during the third time interval? Part 4 of 4 d) What is the magnitude of the average force exerted on the body by the arms during the last time interval? Holt SF 04Rev 67 05:04. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. Exactly 5. Part 1 of 3 A hockey puck is hit on a frozen lake and starts moving with a speed of 12.81 m/s2 .15 m/s2 . One is a 2. Together. section 4.120 m/s 1.80×103 N resistive force due to the water.50 s 0. Part 1 of 4 The ﬁgure below shows a plot of the speed of a person’s body during a chin-up versus time.240 m/s 2. The acceleration of gravity is 9.5 1. 3 148 Speed (m/s) 0. highSchool. how far will it move in 12 s? Part 3 of 3 c) What will its speed be at the end of this time interval? Holt SF 04Rev 58 05:04.0 kg.000 m/s 0.0 m/s. numeric.00 s 0.5 Time (s) 2 . Newton’s Second Law A boat moves through the water with two forces acting on it. the car and trailer have an acceleration of 2.240 m/s 1.00 s 0. > 1 min. > 1 min.0 1. 0. Part 1 of 2 A 1250 kg car is pulling a 325 kg trailer. a) What is the acceleration of the 1200 kg boat? Part 2 of 3 b) If it starts from rest.50 s 0. a) What is its average acceleration? . 2 0. its speed is 6. highSchool. numeric.Chapter 5. 1 0 0 0. t v 0.10×103 N forward push by the motor.00 s 0.

F = m b 3. F = m y 6. Newton’s Second Law Part 2 of 3 b) What is the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the puck and the ice? Part 3 of 3 c) How far does the puck travel during this 5. F = m a 2. multiple choice. F = m c 4. highSchool.00 s interval? Simple Newton Law 05:04.Chapter 5. Which one of the follow expressions is one of Newton’s Law? 1. < 1 min. F = m x 5. ﬁxed. section 4. F = m z 149 .

5.6 m 4. It depends on how high a foot is elevated. 2.8 m/s2 ? Conceptual 05 01 05:05. < 1 min. How is weight related to mass? 1. > 1 min. W = 1. 2. Conceptual 04 01 05:05. 3. The platform is too high. normal. 4. less or the same weight when you are standing on one foot? 1. highSchool. normal. W = 4. Now lift one foot and read your weight again. < 1 min. 6. Weight is directly proportional to mass. What is your mass in kilograms? Conceptual 05 Q10 05:05. numeric.Chapter 5. 2. The readings are the same. numeric. A bungee jumper feels weightless as she falls toward the Earth. < 1 min. . Your mass become less when you are on the Moon. The weightless feeling is because of the lack of a support force that balances gravity. 3. highSchool. Your weight is 150 lb. The scale reads higher because the pressure on the scale is greater. None of these Conceptual 05 Q21 05:05. section 5. The Moon is less massive than the Earth. Conceptual 05 Q16 05:05. numeric. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. normal. 3. What do you weigh in Newtons? Conceptual 05 02 05:05. highSchool. Weight when she fall freely? Concept 13 1 05:05. They are the same.9 m 7. < 1 min. 4. The scale reads lower because the lifted foot doesn’t contribute to the measurement. highSchool. < 1 min. How much force must be applied during liftoﬀ to accelerate a 20 kg satellite just enough to counter the Earth’s gravitational acceleration of 9. Weight is inversely proportional to mass. What accounts for her weightless feeling 150 1. < 1 min. highSchool. multiple choice. Does the scale read more. multiple choice.8 m 3. Her weight becomes less when she has jumped oﬀ. Why do you weight less on the Moon than on the Earth? 1. W = 9. The force of gravity disappears when she has jumped oﬀ a high platform. 2. ﬁxed. Imagine standing on a bathroom scale and reading your weight. ﬁxed. highSchool. multiple choice. multiple choice. highSchool. The Moon is smaller than the Earth. Your weight is 150 lb.

2. An upward force N is exerted by the elevator ﬂoor on the person. How long would it take for 6 billion people to count the hydrogen atoms in 1 lb of hydrogen? Conceptual 10 01 05:05. There is no change in the weight of the cup. 2. highSchool. N = W . 3.8 m/s2 Part 2 of 3 How many hydrogen atoms are there in 1 lb of hydrogen gas? Part 3 of 3 Suppose that every person in the world (about 6 billion people in all) were employed as an atom counter. What happens to the weight of a cup when a tea bag is dipped in it? 1. Calculate the weight of 2 hydrogen atoms near the Earth’s surface. < 1 min. Weight 4. ﬁxed. you weigh more. W a Consider a girl standing in an elevator that . 4. numeric. N < W . Elevator 05:05. ﬁxed. Forces 05:05. highSchool. N > W . Part 1 of 3 The mass of a hydrogen atom is 1. How would your mass change if you took a trip to the space station? 1. Conceptual 09 01 05:05. numeric. 2. ﬁxed.67 × 10−27 kg. < 1 min. The cup is heavier when the tea bag is dipped. no change in mass 3. normal. you weigh less. < 1 min. decreases. multiple choice. < 1 min. ﬁxed. What is the weight of a column of water 5 ft high with a radius of 1 m? The density of the water is 1000 kg/m3 . More information is needed. Each person would work a 40hour week and be able to count one atom per second. 3. The relationship between N and W is 1. Figuring Physics 31 05:05. multiple choice. > 1 min. Conceptual 05 Q22 05:05. highSchool. multiple choice. increases. section 5. highSchool. highSchool. 151 Consider a person of weight W standing in an elevator that is accelerating downward. multiple choice.Chapter 5. The cup is lighter when the tea bag is dipped. normal. < 1 min. g = 9. highSchool. The Moon is so much less massive than the Earth that you weigh less on the Moon.

−g 2. Hewitt CP9 02 E03 05:05. multiple choice. smaller than the downward weight W of the girl. Hewitt CP9 04 E15 05:05. what is your acceleration when you reach your highest point? Up is positive. What happens to your weight when your mass increases? 1. ﬁxed. highSchool. 6 The acceleration of gravity is 10 m/s2 . 3 Hewitt CP9 04 P03 05:05. identical to 3. When the mass increases weight decreases. Weight is accelerating upward. multiple choice. All are wrong. 1. He discredited Aristotle’s idea that the rate at which bodies fall is inversely proportional to their weight. When the mass increases weight increases. 5. − g 2 g 3. All are wrong. < 1 min. Hewitt CP9 04 E29 05:05. When you jump vertically oﬀ the ground. 3. He discredited Aristotle’s idea that the rate at which bodies fall is not related to their weight. He discredited Aristotle’s idea that the rate at which bodies fall is directly proportional to their weight. multiple choice. What Aristotelian idea did Galileo discredit in his fabled Leaning Tower demonstration? 1. The upward normal force N exerted by the elevator on the girl is 1. ﬁxed. g 7. < 1 min. Part 1 of 4 Gravity on the surface of the moon is only Part 3 of 4 What is the mass on the earth? Part 4 of 4 What is the mass on the moon? 152 Hewitt CP9 04 E17 05:05. 2. 0 m/s2 5. section 5. − 3 4. < 1 min. highSchool. Your weight is independent of your mass. < 1 min. 2. highSchool. normal. < 1 min. highSchool. highSchool.Chapter 5. . g 2 g 8. 1 as strong as gravity on the Earth. ﬁxed. larger than 2. 4. numeric. multiple choice. normal. What is the weight of a 10 kg object on the Earth? Part 2 of 4 What is the weight on the moon? 6. He discredited Aristotle’s idea of gravitation. 3.

ﬁxed. wordingvariable. the ball’s acceleration must be downwards. 12 kg 2. 12 kg 5. or zero. where the 1 force of gravity is that on earth.Chapter 5. with its velocity either upwards. downwards. . F T M While T < M g . < 1 min. set of masses. multiple choice. multiple choice. False 3. 1. 2 kg 3. the scale reads 12 kg. 2 kg. 2 kg 4. wordingvariable. 72 kg Motion and Force 05 05:05. highSchool. More information is needed. Now everything (balance. respectively? 1. Cannot be determined. < 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Weight The acceleration of gravity is 10 m/s2 . a) What is its acceleration? Part 2 of 2 b) What is its weight? Kopp lect6 prob2 05:05. highSchool. An upward force F pulls on the string as shown in the ﬁgure below. True 2. The relation between the tension in the string T and the weight of the ball M g is given in each statement below. A ball of mass M is suspended by a thin string (of negligible mass). 12 kg. Which of the following has more weight? 1. 12 kg. 2 kg.46 kg briefcase is sitting at rest on a level ﬂoor. > 1 min. section 5. wording-variable. ﬁxed.81 m/s2 . When placed on a spring scale. Holt SF 04Rev 48 05:05. What is the acceleration of a 20 kg pail of cement that is pulled upward (not sideways) with a force of 300 N? Hewitt CP9 12 E08 05:05. > 1 min. > 1 min. They have same weight 4.81 m/s2 . 12 kg. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. 153 An object placed on an equal arm balance requires 12 kg to balance it. scale. highSchool. a) What is its acceleration? Part 2 of 2 b) What is its weight? Holt SF 04Rev 51 05:05.26 kg book is dropped from a height of 1.5 m. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A 3. a liter of water 3. Part 1 of 2 A 2. a liter of ice 2. multiple choice. 6 What are the new readings on the balance and spring scale. numeric. numeric. and object) is transported to the moon.

< 1 min. The force of gravitation 4. 154 . highSchool. The force of air drag 5. 2. All are wrong.Chapter 5. ﬁxed. multiple choice. section 6. Your feet push up on your body. 3. Contact and Normal Forces Hewitt CP9 04 E27 05:06. The ground pushes up on you. What force pushes up on you when you jump vertically oﬀ the ground? 1.

If the spring stretches 3. highSchool. highSchool.0 cm and released. normal. What is the equivalent spring constant of the bow? Holt SF 12Rev 46 05:07. highSchool. < 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable. how much will the spring stretch if it is cut in half and 240 N is suspended from it? Holt SF 12A 01 05:07.55 kg attached to a vertical spring stretches the spring 36 cm from its original equilibrium position. The spring is compressed against the ﬂoor a distance of 2.0 cm. numeric. What is the spring constant? Holt SF 12A 02 05:07. If a certain spring stretches 14 cm when a load of 40 N is suspended from it. < 1 min. > 1 min. < 1 min.2 cm. highSchool. highSchool. numeric. > 1 min. The spring has a spring constant of 230 N/m and is compressed from its equilibrium position by 6. wordingvariable.Chapter 5. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . a) What is the equivalent spring constant of the rubber bands? Part 2 of 2 b) How much force is required to pull the cup of the slingshot 3. numeric. what is the magnitude of the spring force acting on the toy at the moment it is released? . wordingvariable. It takes a force of 32 N to stretch the bands 1. highSchool. wordingvariable.40 kg mass to the spring’s other end.0 cm from its equilibrium position? Holt SF 12Rev 08 05:07. an archer pulls a bow string back 0. In preparing to shoot an arrow. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . highSchool. A mass of 0. numeric. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. so she hangs the spring vertically and attaches a 0. What is the magnitude of the spring force on the disk at the moment it is released? Holt SF 12Rev 47 05:07. A child’s toy consists of a piece of plastic attached to a spring. highSchool. Janet wants to ﬁnd the spring constant of a 155 given spring. What is the spring constant? Holt SF 12A 03 04 05:07. In an arcade game. numeric.14 m. what is the spring constant? Holt SF 12Rev 09 05:07.0 cm from its equilibrium position. If the spring constant is 85 N/m. Hooke’s Law Hewitt CP9 12 45 05:07. wordingvariable. > 1 min.12 kg disk is shot across a frictionless horizontal surface by being compressed against a spring and then released. as shown. Part 1 of 2 A slingshot consists of a light leather cup attached between two rubber bands. > 1 min.400 m by exerting a force that increases uniformly from 0 to 230 N. A load of 45 N attached to a spring that is hanging vertically stretches the spring 0. numeric. a 0. section 7.

highSchool. A common technique used to measure the . 55 m 39 N 156 force constant k of a spring is the following: The spring is hung vertically and then a mass m is attached to the lower end of the spring.Chapter 5. Spring Constant 01 05:07. > 1 min. normal. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the acceleration of the mass at the instant the spring is released. it must balance the weight m g downward when the system is at rest. Part 1 of 2 A 0. Since the spring force is upward. wordingvariable. The force required to stretch a spring varies directly with the amount the spring is stretched.15 m. highSchool. Find the spring constant k if the spring is stretched 55 m by a suspended weight of 39 N. A force of 27 pounds is needed to stretch a spring 50 inches. The acceleration of gravity is 9. normal. > 1 min.40 kg mass is attached to a spring with a spring constant of 160 N/m so that the mass is allowed to move on a horizontal frictionless surface. numeric. The mass is released from rest when the spring is compressed 0. a) Find the force on the mass at the instant the spring is released. > 1 min. highSchool. as shown in the right-hand ﬁgure below. section 7. The spring stretches a distance d from the equilibrium position under the action of the “load” m g . numeric. Hooke’s Law Holt SF 12Rev 56 05:07. multiple choice.8 m/s2 . 30 50 W 27 lbs How much force is required to stretch the spring 30 inches? Spring Constant 02 05:07.

When you drop a rubber ball on the ﬂoor it bounces almost to its original height.5 kg and the time of contact with the ball is 0. Concept 05 E09 05:09. what is the force exerted by the ball on the kicker’s foot? Concept 05 E06 05:09. what will happen? 1. Air forced out upon contact causes a temporary vacuum which sucks the ball up. < 1 min. Consider a bird landing on a stretched power-line wire. The force of the ﬂoor on the ball causes it to bounce upward. Concept 05 E30 05:09. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. The ﬂoor pushes up on the ball harder then the ball pushes down on the ﬂoor.Chapter 5. ﬁxed. It depends on the will of the athlete. 4. The force exerted by the athlete is equal to the weight of the barbell. normal. Newton’s Third Law Barefoot Kicker 02 05:09. If Ken starts pulling on the cord. Consider a baseball bat hitting a ball. multiple choice. The force exerted by the athlete is greater than the weight of the barbell 3. A barefoot ﬁeld-goal kicker imparts a speed of 35 m/s to a football initially at rest. Both slow down. 2. and the ball slows down. highSchool. When an athlete holds a barbell overhead. If the football has a mass of 0. 4. Neither will move. < 1 min. Which of the following is correct? 1. 5. > 1 min. 2. Joanne will move toward Ken while Ken remains stationary. highSchool. Both speed up. highSchool. 4. multiple choice. . 157 Concept 05 E12 05:09. 2. ﬁxed. < 1 min. highSchool. numeric. None of these Concept 05 E20 05:09. 3. multiple choice. multiple choice. < 1 min. Ken will move toward Joanne while Joanne remains stationary. The baseball bat slows down. < 1 min. ﬁxed. How does this force vary for the case where the barbell is decelerated upward? 1. 4. Ken and Joanne are astronauts ﬂoating some distance apart in space. The force exerted by the athlete is smaller than the weight of the barbell. the reaction force is the weight of the barbell on his hand. 3. and the ball speeds up. 3. section 9. They are joined by a safety cord whose ends are tied around their waists.025 s. The ball attempts to return to its original position. The baseball bat speeds up. 2. What causes the ball to bounce? 1. highSchool. The move toward each other. multiple choice. highSchool.

4.Chapter 5. ﬁxed. Consider the following situations: I) A pitcher throws a fast ball. both with brand new roller blades. the VW 3. III and IV only 3. 4. < 1 min. the VW 3. Another combination Conceptual 04 Q03 05:09. 5. II and IV only 8. 4. 158 Conceptual 04 Q01 05:09. are at rest facing each other in the parking lot. the added tension is equal to the bird’s weight. The tension in the wire will change. normal. highSchool. All of these 10. None of these 9. there are two forces acting on you: the ﬂoor pushing up on you (F1 ) and gravity pulling down (F2 ). Newton’s Third Law Which of the following is correct? 1. Margie (of mass 45 kg) and Bill (of mass 65 kg). I. The tension in the wire will not change. section 9. I. < 1 min. I and III only 6. In which situation(s) do(es) a pair of equal forces acting in opposite directions exist? 1. At what speed is Bill moving? Conceptual 04 08 05:09. Part 1 of 2 A fast-moving VW Beetle traveling at 60 mph hit a mosquito hovering at rest above the road. normal. the insect 2. the added tension is more than the bird’s weight. The tension in the wire will change. ﬁxed. highSchool. I and II only 5. They push oﬀ each other and move in opposite directions. Unable to determine. multiple choice. III and IV only 4. None of these Conceptual 04 06 05:09. . IV) The wind pushes a sailboat. 3. multiple choice. Which bug experienced the largest force? 1. They experienced the same magnitude of force. numeric. When you are moving up at constant speed in an elevator. Unable to determine Part 2 of 2 Which bug experienced the greatest acceleration? 2. II. III and IV only 2. highSchool. III) A car hits a tree. with Margie moving at a constant speed of 14 ft/s . II and IV only 7. The tension in the wire will change. 2. highSchool. < 1 min. Their acceleration is same. the insect 1. II) A pencil rests on your desk. < 1 min. the added tension is less than the bird’s weight. multiple choice.

Two students are running side-by-side in a straight line to catch a train. not force. both students recoil in response to the suitcase pushing on them. < 1 min. multiple choice. 4. acting in the same direction 3. luck. F1 > F2 from Newton’s second law. There is no force F2 . 3. you apply a force F1 to the ball. 2. 5. F1 < F2 from Newton’s second law. To see how this might work. highSchool. < 1 min. 4. 159 Conceptual 04 Q25 05:09. 3. Yes. 2. . In modern physics. What force F2 does the soccer ball exert on your foot? 1. highSchool. ﬁxed. Conceptual 04 Q19 05:09. One is carrying a heavy suitcase and halfway to the train he throws it over to his friend. The forces are equal. from Newton’s ﬁrst law. F2 < F1 5. < 1 min. from Newton’s third law. multiple choice. Consider a tug-of-war contest between two people. The forces are not equal. 2. It depends on which direction the elevator is moving. F1 = F2 from Newton’s ﬁrst law. ﬁxed. multiple choice. 2. No. The table is pushing up on it with a force equal to the weight of the book. When you kick a soccer ball. the person who pulls harder usually wins. Conceptual 05 Q1 05:09. F1 = F2 from Newton’s third law. 3. section 9. No. 4. determines the winner. neither person can win. ﬁxed. only the one catching the suitcase is pushed to the side. F1 < F2 4. 5. usually the person who weighs more and has better footing wins. the force of gravity pulls it down.Chapter 5. Why doesn’t it fall? 1. F1 = F2 . Yes. If a book is sitting on a table. < 1 min. ﬁxed. Gravity isn’t pulling hard enough. Unable to determine Conceptual 04 Q23 05:09. The book is not heavy enough. we often talk about forces in terms of an exchange of particles between objects. Will the two students be able to keep the straight line motion? 1. multiple choice. The forces are equal. Assume the rope is light and does not slip in either person’s hands. What relationship would the two forces have? Who will win the contest? 1. acting in opposite directions 2. Newton’s Third Law What’s the relation of the magnitude of F1 and F2 ? 1. 3. imagine the following situation. F1 = F2 . highSchool. The forces are not equal. highSchool.

< 1 min.Chapter 5. However. normal. section 9. 4. a normal force only exerts enough force to keep the object from falling through. 3. Agree. Disagree. Since gravity pulls down on the book. Agree. if an additional force acts down on the book. highSchool. By Newton’s third law they are an actionreaction pair. Which ﬁgure has the correct directions for each force? Note: The magnitude of the forces are not necessarily drawn to scale. 2. the normal force must also counter this extra force. ﬁxed. The Earth exerts an 800 N gravitational force on a man. Newton’s Third Law Conceptual 05 Q8 05:09. so the normal force is always equal to the weight of the book. to be “equal and opposite” the force of gravity must equal the normal force. < 1 min. the weight must be slightly greater than the normal force to keep the book in contact with the table. F Book The following ﬁgures show several attempts at drawing free-body diagrams for the book. gravitational hand normal 3. Part 1 of 3 Consider the following statement made regarding a book at rest on a level table: The two forces exerted on the book are the normal force directed up and the weight of the book directed down. for every action there is an equal and opposite reaction (Newton’s third law). The normal force and weight are always equal. What force does the man exert on the Earth? Conceptual forces 02 05:09. even when other forces are present. multiple choice. These are equal and opposite to one another. hand normal gravitational . normal gravitational hand 2. Disagree. Part 2 of 3 160 Consider a book on top of a level table while the book is being pressed straight down with a force F by your hand. highSchool. Do you agree with the statement? 1. 1. the forces are an action-reaction force pair because they are acting on one object. multiple choice.

normal and Fhand 2. Newton’s second law 3. The upward force is less than your weight. None of these 8. highSchool. Newton’s third law 5. highSchool. Newton’s ﬁrst law 2. 4. ﬁxed. 5. The upward force is negligible. 2. ﬁxed. section 9.” Translate this into Newton’s laws of motion. The upward force is equal to your weight and the two forces cancel each other. ﬁxed. you would be lifted up. gravitational and normal 6. gravitational hand A car headrest helps to guard against whiplash in rear-end collisions. and Fhand Hewitt CP9 02 E13 05:09. multiple choice. but air pressure pushes you down. the law of gravitation 5. < 1 min. so you do not move up.Chapter 5. None of these Hewitt CP9 04 E31 05:09. the law of inertia normal 2. gravitational and Fhand 7. < 1 min. gravitational 3. normal gravitational As you stand on a ﬂoor. “It’s not the fall that hurts you. . The upward force is greater than your weight. Why are you not moved upward by this force? 1. the ﬂoor exerts an upward force on you. highSchool. All are wrong. Newton’s second law hand Part 3 of 3 What forces change when comparing the free body diagram before the hand was placed on the book to after? 1. Without the air. multiple choice. normal 4. gravitational Hewitt CP9 02 E29 05:09. multiple choice. 3. 1. 6. Newton’s Third Law 161 4. < 1 min. gravitational. it’s the sudden stop. Which law applies here? 1. A common saying goes. normal. hand normal 4. Fhand 5.

Upward: the reaction force is greater than the weight of the barbell. Reaction: Ball pushes air. Hewitt CP9 05 E11 05:09. < 1 min. Reaction: ball hits bat. None of these 4. downward: the reaction force is greater than the weight of the barbell. Identify the action-reaction pairs when a baseball is being hit. Upward: the reaction force is greater than the weight of the barbell. ﬁxed. Reaction: Air pushes ball. Reaction: Ball pulls up on Earth. Action: Ball pushes air. Reaction: Ball pushes air. Upward: the reaction force is less than the weight of the barbell. 2. 5. < 1 min. Action: Bat pushes ball backward. Action: Bat pushes ball forward. . Newton’s Third Law pushes the arm of the player. < 1 min. 3. Reaction: Ball pulls up on Earth. ﬁxed. 2. downward: the reaction force is greater than the weight of the barbell. Hewitt CP9 05 E03 05:09. 3. 2. highSchool. you will exert smaller force on the pedals of a bicycle if you push down on the handlebars. Action: Ball pushes air. ﬁxed. section 9. Gravitation law 5. the reaction force is the weight of the barbell on his hand. highSchool. All are wrong. 1. 4. 5. Action: Ball pulls down on Earth. multiple choice.Chapter 5. Reaction: bat 162 Hewitt CP9 05 E09 05:09. Action: bat hits ball. downward: the reaction force is less than the weight of the barbell. Upward: the reaction force is less than the weight of the barbell. All are wrong. multiple choice. downward: the reaction force is less than the weight of the barbell. Identify the action-reaction pairs when a baseball is in ﬂight. Action: ball hits bat. Reaction: bat hits the player. Reaction: Air pushes ball. Action: Air pushes ball. Action: ball hits bat. Reaction: Earth pulls down on ball. 4. When the athlete holds the barbell on his hand. What statement is correct? 1. ﬁxed. 3. Action: Earth pulls down on ball. < 1 min. Reaction: ball hits the player. highSchool. Newton’s third law 5. Action: bat hits ball. All are wrong. multiple choice. How does this force vary for the case where the barbell is accelerated upward? Downward? 1. 2. multiple choice. Hewitt CP9 05 E05 05:09. You can exert greater force on the pedals of a bicycle if you pull up on the handlebars. Reaction: Earth pulls up on ball. highSchool. 1. 3. Action: Air pushes ball. 4. You can exert greater force on the pedals of a bicycle if you pull up on the handlebars.

Two forces are equal 4. You will exert smaller force on the pedals of a bicycle if you pull up on the handlebars. 2. Whether the horse and the cart are moving at a constant velocity or not is not important. 5. between the stone and the ground 2. 3. All are wrong. The forces are the same. the horse and the cart move at the same velocity.Chapter 5. multiple choice. upon which vehicle is the impact force greater and which vehicle experiences the greater acceleration? 1. < 1 min. ﬁxed. the Civic experiences the greater acceleration. Newton’s Third Law you can exert greater force on the pedals of a bicycle if you push down on the handlebars. the horse and the cart exert forces on each other. 5. Force exerted by the horse on the cart 2. you can exert greater force on the pedals of a bicycle if you push down on the handlebars. The force on the truck is greater. the truck experiences the greater acceleration. multiple choice. Insuﬃcient information to determine Reaction Force 02 05:09. highSchool. section 9. The weight of the projectile. multiple choice. the accelerations are the same. One is between the stone and the Earth. 4. There are two interactions that involve the stone. The force exerted by the projectile on the Earth. ﬁxed. < 1 min. What is the reaction to the Earth’s gravitational force? 1. Hewitt CP9 05 E19 05:09. All are wrong. Consider a stone at rest on the ground. 4. The forces are the same. You will exert smaller force on the pedals of a bicycle if you pull up on the handlebars. < 1 min. The force of air friction. between the Earth and air 5. highSchool. Earth pulls down on the stone and the stone pulls up on the Earth. None of these 3. between the ground and air 4. Imagine a horse pulling a cart. 163 Horse and Cart 05:09. you will exert smaller force on the pedals of a bicycle if you push down on the handlebars. highSchool. highSchool. . A projectile moves along a parabolic path near the Earth’s surface. Which force is bigger? 1. The forces are the same. between the ground and the Earth 3. If a Mack truck and Honda Civic have a head-on collision. ﬁxed. 3. Now. the accelerations are same. < 1 min. ﬁxed. 4. What is the other interaction? 1. Hewitt CP9 05 E33 05:09. multiple choice. according to the laws of motion. Force exerted by the cart on the horse 3. All are wrong. 2.

The mass of the projectile.Chapter 5. 164 . Newton’s Third Law 5. section 9.

F3 < F4 4. F1 < F2 . highSchool. highSchool. Consider a sailboat that changes direction. the sailor 4. F1 = F2 . ﬁxed. 1. F1 = F2 . F3 = F4 Part 2 of 2 If the object is accelerating upward and to the right. Which ﬁgure has the correct directions for each force? The magnitudes of the forces are not necessarily drawn to scale. multiple choice. section 10. The following ﬁgures show several attempts at drawing free-body diagrams for the sphere. Part 1 of 2 Four forces act on an object. highSchool. F1 = F2 . F3 < F4 5. F1 > F2 . weight . F3 < F4 4. normal normal weight 2. F3 = F4 165 Conceptual forces 06 05:10. F1 > F2 . as seen in the ﬁgure below. M F3 F4 F2 If the object is accelerating to the right. F1 2. F3 < F4 5. multiple choice. F3 < F4 2. F1 = F2 . F3 > F4 3. ﬁxed. multiple choice. Free Body Diagrams in Problem Solving 1. < 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A spherical mass rests upon two wedges. What provides the force that makes the change? 1. 1. F3 < F4 Conceptual 04 Q10 05:10. < 1 min. None of these Conceptual 04 Q13 05:10. F1 = F2 . the rudder 3. compare the forces. < 1 min.Chapter 5. F1 < F2 . compare F1 to F2 and F3 to F4 . ﬁxed. There is no friction between the sphere and the wedges. F3 > F4 3. the water 2. The sphere and the wedges are at rest and remain at rest. F1 = F2 .

normal friction he re 7. The following ﬁgures show several F weight sp F he 5. normal weight weight 4. Free Body Diagrams in Problem Solving 166 3. he F weight sp normal friction F normal re he 2. There is friction between the table and the wedges. normal normal re F . normal weight normal weight 5. weight normal normal attempts at drawing free-body diagrams for the left wedge. normal friction weight sp weight weight friction 6. 4. 9. Since the sphere is not moving. sp sp re weight 8. Which ﬁgure has the correct directions for each force? The magnitudes of the forces are not necessarily drawn to scale. he re normal weight normal weight 1. normal friction weight normal friction 3.Chapter 5. Part 2 of 2 The wedges themselves lie on a horizontal table. section 10. no forces act on it.

normal normal weight weight 2. weight normal normal fri ct 8. as seen in the ﬁgure below. multiple choice. normal friction weight normal friction 7. normal weight weight .Chapter 5. A spherical mass rests upon two wedges. Which ﬁgure has the correct directions for each force? Note: The magnitude of the forces are not necessarily drawn to scale. M 5. normal er e fri c tio n weight Fsphere weight 3. highSchool. The following ﬁgures show several attempts at drawing free-body diagrams for the sphere. Conceptual forces 06 short 05:10. The sphere and the wedges are at rest and stay at rest. no forces act on it. Free Body Diagrams in Problem Solving 167 F 6. normal weight normal weight Fsphere weight 9. ﬁxed. 7. > 1 min. sp h normal 1. Since the sphere is not moving. section 10. There is no friction between the sphere and the wedges. normal 4. io n normal weight 6.

floor 2. earth Free Body Diagram of Balloon 05:10. earth F F elevator. multiple choice. Choose the correct free body diagram for the man. Elevator Free Body Diagram 05:10. Since the sphere is not moving. cable F man. > 1 min. section 10. F man. normal weight normal weight 9. elevator elevator. floor F F man.Chapter 5. acceleration 168 8. F elevator. cable 6. no forces act on it. A man stands in an elevator in the university’s administration building and is accelerating upwards. (During peak hours. multiple choice.) Elevator Cable 4. this does not happen very often. highSchool. where Fi. Part 1 of 2 . F man. F man. 1. F man. ﬁxed. Free Body Diagrams in Problem Solving 3. cable F man. < 1 min.j is the force on the object i. cable man. ﬁxed. from the object j . highSchool. earth 5.

. 4. 1. The balloon is pulling up on the basket. section 10. Free Body Diagrams in Problem Solving A balloon is waiting to take oﬀ. Balloon Basket Platform Ground Fgravity on platform Fballoon 169 Fgravity on basket Which of the following is the correct free-body diagram for the platform? N.B. Fballoon on platform Part 2 of 2 What is the free-body diagram for the basket? N. Fground on basket Fballoon on basket Fgravity on basket Fgravity on platform Fplatform on ground 4. Fground on platform Fgravity on platform F basket on platform Fbasket on balloon Fballoon on basket Fgravity on basket Fgravity on platform 5. Fballoon on platform 3. Vectors may be oﬀset horizontally for clarity.Chapter 5. Fplatform on basket Fgravity on platform Fplatform on ground Fballoon on basket Fgravity on basket 3. 2. the balloon’s basket sits on a platform. but not hard enough to lift it oﬀ the platform. As seen in the ﬁgure below. The platform lies on the ground. 1.B. Fplatform on basket Fballoon on basket Fgravity on basket Fgravity on platform 2. Vectors may be oﬀset horizontally for clarity.

section 10. Fbasket on platform Fbasket on balloon Fgravity on basket 170 . Free Body Diagrams in Problem Solving 5.Chapter 5.

by the parallelogram rule.Chapter 5. section 11. 171 400 N 300 N Why doesn’t the rope break when he is supported as shown at the left above? To answer this. Static Applications of Newton’s Law Hewitt CP9 02 E22 05:11. 3. < 1 min. highSchool. ﬁnd the tension in the rope. What is the weight of the staging? Hewitt CP9 02 E23 05:11. 4. normal. A staging that weighs Wstaging supports a painter weighing 200 N. multiple choice. highSchool. . Why did Harry end up taking his vacation early? To answer this. < 1 min. normal. for a change. Holt SF 04Rev 43 What is the reading Fr in the right hand scale? Hewitt CP9 02 E25 05:11. or more than 50 N? 1. More than. The reading in the left scale is F = 400 N . > 1 min. highSchool. Less than. > 1 min. numeric. unknown to him. one 250 N and the other 300 N. normal. Is the sum of the tensions in both ropes less than. has a breaking point of 300 N. equal to. Equal to. His weight is 500 N and the rope. numeric. A staging that weighs 300 N supports two painters. 400 Fr Part 2 of 2 One day Harry is painting near a ﬂagpole. numeric. Part 1 of 2 Harry the painter swings year after year from his bosun’s chair. highSchool. Two ropes support a lantern that weighs 50 N. because the two ropes form two legs of a triangle. ﬁnd the tension in the rope. he ties the free end of the rope to the ﬂagpole instead of to his chair as shown at the right. It depends on the angle between the two ropes. Hewitt CP9 02 E27 05:11. and. so the lantern is at equilibrium. 2. All are wrong. The reading on the left scale is 400 N and the reading on the right scale is 300 N. ﬁxed. 5.

Part 1 of 2 A 25 kg person stands on a 50 kg platform. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. The left-hand cable is horizontal. section 11. Part 1 of 2 A block with a mass of 5. A machine in an ice factory is capable of exerting 3. > 1 min. < 1 min. wordingvariable.22 × 104 N.0◦ . numeric. highSchool. > 1 min.Chapter 5. Assuming there is no friction. The blocks each weigh 1. What is Fn of the incline on the block? Holt SF 04Rev 46 05:11. He pulls on the rope that is attached to the .00 kg block is in equilibrium on an incline of 36.00 × 102 N of force to pull large blocks of ice up a slope. highSchool. highSchool. > 1 min.0 kg is held in equilibrium on a frictionless incline of 25. highSchool. as shown. what is the maximum angle that the slope can make with the horizontal if the machine is to be able to complete the task? Holt SF 04Rev 68 05:11.81 m/s2 . A 2.0◦ by the horizontal force F . highSchool. normal. numeric. 25◦ F 172 Consider the 34 N weight held by two cables shown below. 5k g 25◦ Part 1 of 2 Consider the 34 N weight held by two cables shown below. highSchool. numeric. Static Applications of Newton’s Law 05:11. numeric. ◦ 41 34 N a) What is the tension in the cable slanted at an angle of 41◦ ? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the tension in the horizontal cable? Holt SF 04Rev 68 graph 05:11. > 1 min. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. The left-hand cable is horizontal. Part 1 of 2 41 34 N Draw the vectors to scale on a graph to determine the answer. ◦ What is the magnitude of F ? Part 2 of 2 What is the magnitude of the normal force? Holt SF 04Rev 61 05:11. a) What is the tension in the cable slanted at an angle of 41◦ ? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the tension in the horizontal cable? Platform Held by Ropes 05:11. numeric. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 . wordingvariable.

777 g What is the tension T ? Pulleys 08 05:11. The system is in equilibrium. The pulley is massless and frictionless. The acceleration of gravity is 32 m/s2 . This is a good assumption. > 1 min. and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. 173 Pulleys 06 05:11. The acceleration of gravity is 9. A 777 g mass is attached to a pulley and a 8 N weight is attached to a thin massless cord. This is a bad assumption. Static Applications of Newton’s Law platform via the frictionless lower-right pulley. if the man were pulling straight up on the rope. He pulls the rope at an angle of 30◦ to the horizontal. numeric. . Assume: g = 9. the forces will be balanced and the platform should remain level. numeric. 2. normal. F = 735 N 3.5 N 4. T 8N 22 N Find the tension T . > 1 min.25 N 8. Ignore friction. as shown in the ﬁgure below.8 m/s2 . This also is a bad assumption. In the pulley system. 3.Chapter 5.75 N 8. > 1 min. F = 490 N 5. as shown below. all pulleys are massless and frictionless. 1. F = 551. F = 245 N 2. Part 2 of 2 In Part 1 we assumed that the platform remains level.8 m/s2 . normal. how much force is he pulling on the rope? 1. Cannot be determined. The platform remains level. numeric. normal. F = 441 N 7. section 11. F = 294 N 6. F = 367. However. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Pulleys 07 05:11. T 25 kg 30 ◦ 50 kg If he pulls the platform up at a steady rate. F = 183.8 m/s2 . highSchool. Cannot be determined. highSchool.

1 20 N 6N Find the tension T . normal. The suspended weight is 55 N. and 1 N. normal.8 m/s2 . 10 lb 1 slug T ft . numeric. 99 slug Find the tension T . wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The suspended mass is 99 slug. s2 Pulleys 12 05:11. The system is in equilibrium and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. highSchool. numeric. > 1 min. Pulleys 10 05:11. normal.8 m/s2 . The weights are 20 N. The system is in equilibrium and the pulleys are massless and frictionless. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The suspended weight on the left is 20 N and the suspended weight on the right is 6 N. T T3 T3 10 N T2 8N T2 T Find the tension T . Pulleys 13 05:11. numeric. Note: lb ≡ slug ft . 3 N. Note: lb ≡ slug T Pulleys 09 05:11. highSchool.Chapter 5. s2 Find the tension T . > 1 min. highSchool. The system is in equilibrium. The acceleration of gravity is 32 ft/s2 . > 1 min. numeric. The system is in equilibrium. 4 N. numeric. section 11.8 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9.8 m/s2 . and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. 55 N Find the tension T . > 1 min. Pulleys 11 T . and the pulley is weightless and frictionless. The system is in equilibrium and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. normal. Static Applications of Newton’s Law 174 05:11. highSchool. > 1 min.

The suspended Pulleys 17 05:11.8 m/s2 . Pulleys 14 05:11. wordingvariable. Pulleys 16 05:11. 6 N. 4N 3N 1N 20 N 7 kg Find the tension T . Static Applications of Newton’s Law 175 mass is 7 kg and the weights are 5 N and 8 N. highSchool. Pulleys 15 05:11. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The weights are 130 N. The acceleration of gravity is 9. and 11 N. numeric.8 m/s2 .Chapter 5. numeric. > 1 min. Find the tension T . The suspended mass is 22 kg . > 1 min. The system is in equilibrium and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. wordingvariable. The system is in equilibrium and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. The weights are 47 N. The acceleration of gravity is 9. . T T 5N 8N 5N T 20 N 130 N 6N 47 N 11 N 15 N T Find the tension T . section 11. 5 N. numeric. numeric. > 1 min. The system is in equilibrium and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. and 20 N. The acceleration of gravity is 9. normal. Find the tension T . The pulley system is in equilibrium and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. 15 N.8 m/s2 . highSchool. normal.8 m/s2 . > 1 min. highSchool.

normal. > 1 min. Is it possible for a situation to exist in which the net force acting on the object (the net force is the sum of all the individual forces acting on the object) is equal to zero F =0 while the net torque about any axis (the net torque is the sum of all the torques acting on the object) is not equal to zero τ =0 ? 1. No.8 m/s2 . The pulley system is in equilibrium and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. Springs and Pulleys 01 05:11. producing torques τ.Chapter 5. The spring constant is 4 N/cm. How much will the spring stretch? Static Equilibrium Requirements 05:11. section 11. with forces F acting on it. No. The acceleration of gravity is 9. and the pulleys are weightless and frictionless. > 1 min. > 1 min. the suspended weights are 35 N and 15 N. numeric. 2. numeric. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 Consider an extended object (not a point). Yes.8 m/s2 . highSchool. Yes. 2. . F =0 ? 3 N/cm 12 kg How much will the spring stretch? Springs and Pulleys 02 05:11. highSchool. The pulley system is in equilibrium. Static Applications of Newton’s Law 176 T 4 N/cm 22 kg 35 N 15 N Find the tension T . The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. normal. The spring constant is 3 N/cm and the suspended mass is 12 kg. multiple choice. Part 2 of 2 Is it possible for a situation to exist in which the net torque acting on the object is zero τ = 0 while the net force acting on the object is not equal to zero 1.

Part 3 of 4 At which position(s) will the speed of the bead have a minimum value? 1. 177 2. m2 g = 2g m1 m2 − m 1 2. Points Y . 3. Points Y and V . section 12. The bead’s speed is constant. The gravitation ﬁeld is in the −y direction. 4. 5. Point V . > 1 min. Point S . and V . Points Y and S . At which position(s) will the speed of the bead have a maximum value? 1. The mass of the block at the end of the rope. Points Y and V . Point Y . Point V . 3. . ﬁxed. Part 4 of 4 At which position(s) will the magnitude of the acceleration of the bead have a minimum value? 1. Point Y . 2. Point S . Point S . Determine the acceleration. 2. Points Y and V . O y S x Y V 4. 3. > 1 min. a = g=g m1 1 m2 − m 1 g= g 3. Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law Ascending worker 05:12. The mass of the worker m1 = 50 kg . Part 2 of 4 At which position(s) will the magnitude of the acceleration in the x direction of the bead have a maximum value? T a m1 T m2 a 1. 3. Point O. 2. a = m1 + m 2 3 1. Point V .Chapter 5. 4. multiple choice. 5. Part 1 of 4 A bead slides starting from rest at position O on a frictionless wire. multiple choice. a = Bead on Track 05:12. Point Y . The bead remains stationary at point O. Points Y and V . wording-variable. 5. m2 = 100 kg . highSchool. highSchool. S .

t 4. section 12.. highSchool. Block on Incline Graphs 01 05:12. Given: The initial position of the block is the origin. x = 0 at t = 0 . t x 2. t Block on Incline Graphs 02 05:12. t 10. Point S . x 5. Given: The initial position of the block is the origin. t Which graph best represents a description the position of the block versus time? x 1. 6.e. 5. x 3. i. A block with an initial velocity v0 slides up and back down a frictionless incline. Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law 4. x t 178 x 6. > 1 min. wording-variable.. i.e. Points S and V . t x 8. multiple choice. t x 9. wording-variable. Consider down x t . Point O. Consider up the track to be the positive x-direction. x = 0 at t = 0 . highSchool. > 1 min. multiple choice. t v0 x θ 7.Chapter 5.

t Block on Incline Graphs 03 05:12. t 179 v0 θ 7. Which graph best represents a description of the velocity of the block versus time? v 1. wording-variable. x = 0 at t = 0 . > 1 min.e.Chapter 5. Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law the track to be the positive x-direction. Given: The initial position of the block is the origin.. v t v 3. v0 v 5. t 9. t θ Which graph best represents a description the acceleration of the block versus time? . v t v t v 2. v 6. A block with an initial velocity v0 slides up and back down a frictionless incline. multiple choice. i. A block with an initial velocity v0 slides up and back down a frictionless incline. v t v 4. section 12. t 8. highSchool. t 10. Consider up the track to be the positive x-direction.

a 5. i. highSchool. wording-variable. t θ a 7.e. a t a 4. t Block on Incline Graphs 04 05:12. Consider up the track to be the positive x-direction. t . > 1 min. A block with an initial velocity v0 slides up and back down a frictionless incline. t v0 a 6. t 9. multiple choice. t 10. Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law a 1. t Which graph best represents a description the position of the block versus time? x 1. Given: The initial position of the block is the origin.Chapter 5.. section 12. x = 0 at t = 0 . a t 180 a 2. t 8. a t a 3.

Hewitt CP9 02 E39 05:12. ﬁxed. If the train is moving. ﬁxed. A child learns in school that the Earth is traveling faster than 100. t 1. t Hewitt CP9 02 E37 05:12. and in a frightened tone asks why we aren’t swept oﬀ. All are wrong. 4. x 5. t x 8.000 kilometers per hour around the sun. The train suddenly increases its speed when the ball is in the air. multiple choice. x 9. What statement is true? x 4. 2. x 6. < 1 min. 3. t .Chapter 5. The train suddenly decreases its speed when the ball is in the air. under which condition will the ball fall back into the chimney? 1. numeric. highSchool. Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law x 2. We are traveling faster than the Earth. < 1 min. We are traveling slower than the Earth. The chimney of a stationary toy train consists of a vertical spring gun that shoots steel balls a meter or so straight into the air – so straight that the ball always falls back into the chimney. The Earth rotates on its own axis. t 10. section 12. We are traveling just as fast as the Earth. The train moves at constant speed along the straight track. highSchool. x 7. 4. The train moves at a constant speed on a circular track. t 5. x t 181 x 3. t 3. t 2.

numeric. with counterclockwise considered positive. > 1 min. All are wrong. section 12.0×10−1 m long in 0. The tow rope is parallel to the incline and exerts a force of 140 N on the wagon.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 a) What is the net force on the block with mass 2 kg? Part 2 of 5 b) What is the resultant force on the block with mass 4 kg? Part 3 of 5 c) What is the resultant force on the block with mass 6 kg? Part 4 of 5 d) What is the magnitude of the force between the block with mass 4 kg and 6 kg? . 450 N at 15◦ and 300 N at 26◦ are applied to a car in an eﬀort to accelerate it. A 360 N horizontal force is applied to the block with mass of 2 kg as shown in the ﬁgure below. Holt SF 04Rev 22 05:12. How fast is the wagon going after moving 30. what acceleration does it have? Holt SF 04Rev 24 05:12. with −180◦ < θ < +180◦ ).0 m up the hill? Holt SF 04Rev 25 05:12. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the direction of the resultant force (in relation to forward.0 kg wagon is towed up a hill inclined at 18. how far will the cart move in 3. The acceleration of gravity is 9. A 40. What net force is acting on the mass along the incline? Holt SF 04Rev 63 05:12. numeric. highSchool. highSchool. highSchool. Part 1 of 5 Three blocks are in contact with each other on a frictionless horizontal surface. F 2 kg 4 kg 6 kg 450 N 3000 kg 15 26 ◦ ◦ 300 N a) Find the resultant of these two forces.50 s.Chapter 5. and disregard friction. Assume that the wagon starts from rest at the bottom of the hill. numeric. 182 A shopper in a supermarket pushes a loaded 32 kg cart with a horizontal force of 12 N.5 s if the shopper places a(n) 85 N child in the cart before pushing it? Holt SF 04Rev 47 05:12. c) If the car has a mass of 3000 kg. numeric. Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law 5. starting from rest? Part 2 of 2 b) How far will the cart move in the 3. A 2. wordingvariable.5◦ with respect to the horizontal.5 s. normal. a) Disregarding friction.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. highSchool. > 1 min. > 1 min. Part 3 of 3 Assume: There is no friction. wordingvariable.0 kg mass starts from rest and slides down an inclined plane 8.8 m/s2 . Part 1 of 3 Two forces. highSchool.

The vertical position . Throughout the positions illustrated below. v0 is the initial vertical velocity in the ﬁrst picture. The acceleration is zero. section 12. [m] 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 183 (in meters) is recorded on the scale on either side of the pictures. For each of the pictures below. A wrecking ball of mass M is suspended by a thin cable (of negligible mass).5 s. & 3) with a ﬂash camera in intervals of 1. 2.5 s.5 s. Cannot be determined. The ball’s position is recorded by three sequential pictures (labeled 1. numeric. 2.Chapter 5. The ball’s position is recorded by three sequential pictures (labeled 1. The positive direction is upward. The ball’s position is recorded by three sequential pictures (labeled 1. the vertical position y of the ball is described as a function Compare the tension in the cable T with the weight M g of the ball. 1. T < M g 4. Motion and Force 02 05:12. 1. the tension remains constant. wording-variable. Motion and Force 03 05:12. The acceleration is downward. Throughout the positions illustrated below. 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 [m] Select the correct values for a . 3. 2. 2. A wrecking ball of mass M is suspended by a thin cable (of negligible mass). For each of the pictures below. & 3) with a ﬂash camera in intervals of 1. The positive direction is upward. > 1 min. the vertical position y of the ball is described as a function of time t by y = y0 + v 0 t + 1 2 at . Cannot be determined. T > M g 2. normal. highSchool. multiple choice. 4. highSchool. 2 y0 is the initial vertical height in the ﬁrst picture. T = M g 3. wording-variable. multiple choice. Throughout the positions illustrated below. The vertical position (in meters) is recorded on the scale on either side of the pictures. & 3) with a ﬂash camera in intervals of 1. the tension remains constant. A wrecking ball of mass M is suspended by a thin cable (of negligible mass). Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law Part 5 of 5 e) What is the magnitude of the force between the block with mass 2 kg and 4 kg? Motion and Force 01 05:12. > 1 min. > 1 min. the tension remains constant. highSchool. The vertical position (in meters) is recorded on the scale on either side of the pictures. The acceleration is upward.

numeric. The positive direction is upward. Cannot be determined. highSchool. 1. 3. 4. m3 T2 m2 T1 m1 F Calculate the acceleration a for the wrecking ball. m2 = 15 kg. T1 − T2 = (m1 + m3 ) a . 2 y0 is the initial vertical height in the ﬁrst picture. T1 − T2 = m1 a . > 1 min. T1 = m1 a . The equation of motion of m2 is given by 1. . 6. section 12. T1 + T2 = m1 a . > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 Consider a force F = 450 N pulling 3 blocks of masses m1 = 8 kg. T = M g 4. highSchool. Motion and Force 04 05:12. 8. 2. ﬁxed. Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law of time t by 1 2 at . 184 Pulling 3 Blocks no friction 05:12. 7. 9. The vertical motion of the elevator as it travels up and down is described in the statements below. and m3 = 22 kg along a frictionless horizontal surface. T > M g Two Blocks Simple SW 05:12. v0 is the initial vertical velocity in the ﬁrst picture. y = y0 + v 0 t + 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 [m] 2. T1 + T2 = m2 a . wording-variable. T1 + T2 = (m1 + m3 ) a .Chapter 5. Part 2 of 2 The tension of the strings are T1 and T2 (see sketch). Indicate for each of the situations described the relation between value of the tension T in the string and the weight of the ball M g . 5. < 1 min. multiple choice. T1 = (m1 + m3 ) a . T v M Elevator with a weight held by a string inside it Find the acceleration a of the blocks. normal. multiple choice. T1 − T2 = m2 a . T < M g 3. or whether one cannot tell. A ball of mass M is suspended by a thin string (of negligible mass) from the ceiling of an elevator. T1 = m2 a . The elevator is traveling downward and its downward velocity is decreasing as it stops at a lower ﬂoor. highSchool.

numeric. 10. highSchool. The bocks are connected by massless strings with tensions T and Tr . 2g 4. More information is needed. g 2 3.Chapter 5. 6. If the two blocks are initially moving with a velocity v0 (where the suspended block is falling) what is the acceleration of the falling block when it has fallen a distance D from its initial height? m 3 kg 67 N T 5 kg Tr 1 kg 185 31 N Calculate the tension T . Dynamic Applications of Newton’s Law A block of mass m rests on a horizontal frictionless surface. 2. g 5. 7. This block is connected by a string that passes over a frictionless and massless pulley to a suspended block of the same mass m. Three blocks are on a frictionless horizontal surface. wordingvariable. section 12. m 1. 2 v0 +g 2D 2 v0 + 2g 2D 2 g v0 + 2D 2 2 v0 +g D 2 v0 + 2g D 2 v0 g + D 2 Two Tensions 02 05:12. 8. 9. > 1 min. .

If only an external force can change the velocity of a body. What relationship would f1 and f2 have in the ﬁrst few seconds of the ride? 1. It is the driver. The air drag (and other frictional forces) pushing back is f2 . < 1 min. The engine is stopped. The acceleration of gravity is 9. F = f from Newton’s ﬁrst law. the frictional force is greater than the pushing force since it is such a heavy desk. the frictional force is always less than any other force acting on the object. Assume: No aerodynamic forces. 3. 186 Conceptual 04 Q08 05:13. F > f . you have to exert a horizontal force of 500 Newtons. normal. < 1 min. In order to slide a heavy desk across the ﬂoor at constant speed in a straight line. multiple choice. It is the force of the road on the tires (an external force) that stops the car.8 m/s2 . µk = 0. Friction Braking a Car 02 05:13. 5. < 1 min. g = 9. Compare the 500-Newton horizontal pushing force F to the frictional force f between the desk and the ground. The road is wet. ﬁxed.105. Part 2 of 2 . so it is an external force. f1 = f2 2. What is the shortest possible stopping distance for the car under such conditions? Use g = 9.8 m/s2 and neglect the reaction time of the driver. The road is wet. The acceleration of gravity is 9. A 1200 kg car moves along a horizontal road at speed v0 = 20 m/s. f1 < f2 4. normal. µk = 0. highSchool.15 and the kinetic friction coeﬃcient is even lower. F = f from Newton’s third law. 2. It depends on the direction the desk moves. numeric. Some internal forces can change the velocity of a body. 3. forward is the positive direction. 1. 4. Conceptual 04 Q20 05:13. Braking a Car 03 05:13. Part 1 of 2 A bicycle rider accelerates from rest up to full speed on a ﬂat. not the car itself who causes the breaking. so the car has no force to run further. highSchool. highSchool. highSchool. F < f . The frictional force between the road and the tires pushing her forward is f1 . numeric. ﬁxed.8 m/s2 .175. A 1200 kg car moves along a horizontal road at speed v0 = 20 m/s.Chapter 5. how can the internal force of the brakes bring a car to rest? 1. Unable to determine. normal. < 1 min.25 and the kinetic friction coeﬃcient is even lower. f1 > f2 3. straight road. so the static friction coeﬃcient between the tires and the road is only µs = 0. section 13. so the static friction coeﬃcient between the tires and the road is only µs = 0. What is the highest possible deceleration of the car under such conditions? Concept 06 20 05:13. 4. multiple choice. 2. multiple choice.8 m/s2 . highSchool. < 1 min.

and gravitational 9. N = m g + T cos α 4. T m µs α Which choice best describes the free body diagram in the vertical direction for this situation? 1. Unable to determine. < 1 min. multiple choice. N = m g 2. and tension in the string 4. 8. f1 > f2 6. friction. Part 1 of 2 A string is tied to a book and pulled at an angle α as shown in the diagram. friction and tension in the string 3. Part 1 of 3 Consider a book that remains at rest on an incline. friction. tension in the string. Friction What relationship would f1 and f2 have after she has reached full speed? 1. gravitational 187 7. normal. normal 2. f1 < f2 3. normal friction gravitational The following ﬁgures show several attempts at drawing free-body diagrams for the book. None of these Conceptual forces 03 05:13. N = m g − T sin α 4. N = m g − T cos α 3. section 13. N = m g + T sin α Part 2 of 2 Which forces must change in order for the book to start moving? 1. B oo k . multiple choice. The book remains in contact with the table and does not move. normal. highSchool. tension in the string 4. Conceptual forces 01 05:13. < 1 min. friction 1. ﬁxed. f1 = f2 5. Which ﬁgure has the correct directions for each force? The magnitudes of the forces are not necessarily drawn to scale. highSchool. normal and gravitational 2.Chapter 5.

No. 3. Friction 188 2. Yes. > 1 min. Yes. gravitational friction normal gravitational 3. friction gravitational 2. friction gravitational Conceptual forces 03 short 05:13. 2. the normal force always acts opposite the weight force. friction gravitational Part 2 of 3 Compare the normal force exerted on the book by the inclined plane and the weight force exerted on the book by the earth. normal gravitational 1. 6. highSchool. Their magnitudes cannot be determined since the forces are not in the same direction. friction normal 8. Part 3 of 3 Are they opposite in direction? 5. the normal force acts opposite to the weight force because the book is stationary.Chapter 5. the book would fall through the inclined plane. . Yes 3. No 4. normal gravitational normal 7. Are they equal in magnitude? 1. Consider a book that remains at rest on an incline. Otherwise. the normal force acts up the incline to keep the book from sliding down. multiple choice. section 13. ﬁxed. No. 4. the normal force acts perpendicular to the surface of the inclined plane.

friction gravitational Conceptual forces 04 short 05:13. 6. Which ﬁgure has the correct directions for each force? The magnitudes of the forces are not necessarily drawn to scale. 4. friction normal 8. multiple choice.Chapter 5. A constant force vertically downward is in contact with the book. A book is at rest on an incline as shown above. section 13. Friction 189 oo k 5. friction gravitational F oo B k . normal gravitational normal 1. friction gravitational 2. gravitational friction normal gravitational 3. ﬁxed. normal gravitational B The following ﬁgures show several attempts at drawing free-body diagrams for the book. normal friction gravitational 7. highSchool. > 1 min.

Which ﬁgure has the correct directions for each force? The magnitudes of the forces are not necessarily drawn to scale. normal friction weight force A Which way does the normal force point at position A ? 1. section 13. force friction B 4. friction force weight normal 1.Chapter 5. normal force friction weight 8. multiple choice. as shown in the ﬁgure below. 190 7. force friction weight 3. < 1 min. weight normal 3. Part 1 of 4 A ladder leans against a wall while someone climbs up. 6. friction force normal weight Conceptual forces 05 05:13. Friction The following ﬁgures show several attempts at drawing free-body diagrams for the book. force normal friction weight 2. weight force friction normal d Wp ¡ W s 5. highSchool. normal 2. . ﬁxed.

6. Friction 4. 5. 3. 10. 5. 5. 2. 3. 4. 2. 1. section 13. 7. 6. 2. 8. 7. 8.Chapter 5. 10. Part 3 of 4 Consider the case where both the wall and the ﬂoor are rough. 10. 191 7. 5. . None of these Part 2 of 4 Which way does the normal force point at position B? 1. None of these 3. Which way does the force due to friction point at position A? 7. 8. 4. None of these 6. 6. Part 4 of 4 Which way does the force due to friction point at position B? 1. 4.

As the truck accelerates to the east. 192 f that acts down the plane as the car slows to a stop. None of these graphs are correct. > 1 min. assuming constant acceleration and no air friction? As the car slows to a stop. highSchool. multiple choice. because the crate isn’t sliding Decelerating Car 02 05:13. ca r 10. To the east 3. A crate is sitting in the center of a ﬂatbed truck. To the north 5. 4. ﬁxed. To the south 5. section 13. which vector diagram below shows the the correct directions of all of the forces acting on the car? We know the plane exerts on the car a force . What is the average coeﬃcient of friction between the pavement and the tires. Yo Big Daddy drives his Team Universal dragster (mass = m) from rest to a ﬁnal speed v in a distance d. There is no friction force. 2. multiple choice.Chapter 5. ﬁxed. 1. Friction 8. < 1 min. highSchool. ﬁxed. 8. 4. 6. 7. highSchool. In what direction is the friction force exerted by the bed of the truck on the crate? 1. None of these graphs are correct. 3. < 1 min. Crate in Truck 05:13. the crate moves with it. not sliding on the bed of the truck. To the west 2. A car is going up a hill when the driver hits the brakes. 10. multiple choice. v Dragster 05:13.

wording-variable. highSchool. < 1 min. numeric. µ = 3. < 1 min. ﬁxed. < 1 min. highSchool. The ball will move faster than the wagon. In the new orientation. multiple choice. < 1 min. ﬁxed. highSchool. to push the same crate across the same ﬂoor with the same constant speed. The acceleration of gravity is 10 m/s2 . the force that you apply must be about: 1. as great 2 1 5. When you pull horizontally on a crate with a force of 200 N. it slides across the ﬂoor in dynamic equilibrium. µ = 1. 1 N 3. multiple choice. the ball stays in place as the back of the wagon moves toward it. as great 4 as the force required before you changed the crate’s orientation. because of friction. Consider a ball at rest in the middle of a toy wagon. You are pushing a wooden crate across the ﬂoor at a constant speed. All are wrong. ﬁxed. µ = 5. 0 N 2. If it takes 1 N to push horizontally on your book to make it slide at constant velocity. highSchool. µ = 4. From a point of view outside the wagon. what is the motion of the ball? . 4 N 5. 2 N 4. multiple choice. Friction m v2 2dg v2 √ dg v2 √ 2dg m v2 dg 2 m v2 dg v2 2dg 193 1. Hewitt CP9 02 E33 05:13. the surface would slide beneath the ball. µ = 6. All are wrong. µ = 2. The ball will stay where it was. highSchool. 2 times as great 3. equally great 1 4. 2. The ball will stay at rest on the wagon. reducing by half the area in contact with the ﬂoor. You decide to turn the crate on end. How much friction acts on the crate? Hewitt CP9 04 E05 05:13. multiple choice. 5. section 13. Hewitt CP9 02 E11 05:13. 3. Forces2 05:13. A 400 kg bear grasping a vertical tree slides down at constant velocity. When the wagon is pulled forward. 4 times as great 2. normal.Chapter 5. < 1 min. how much force of friction acts on the book? 1. Hewitt CP9 04 E09 05:13. the ball may roll along the cart surface. 4.

5 0.003 a) What is Fs. section 13.03 0. wordingvariable. numeric.4 0.14 – 0. highSchool. a horizontal force of 53 N keeps the crate moving with a constant velocity. highSchool. Consider the following table giving approximate values for coeﬃcients of friction: The acceleration of gravity is 9.04 0. 0.4 0. highSchool.8 0.2 0. It depends on the mass of the car.04 0. Once the chair is in motion. Friction What is the friction force that acts on the bear? Hewitt CP9 04 E23 05:13. Once a 24 kg crate is in motion on a horizontal ﬂoor. What is the net force acting on the car? 1. numeric. Part 1 of 8 A museum curator moves artifacts into place on many diﬀerent display surfaces. 100 N 5.1 0. the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction.04 0. > 1 min. a) What is the coeﬃcient of static friction between the chair and the ﬂoor? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the chair and the ﬂoor? Materials steel on steel aluminum on steel rubber on dry concrete rubber on wet concrete wood on wood glass on glass waxed wood on wet snow waxed wood on dry snow metal on metal (lubricated) ice on ice Teﬂon on Teﬂon synovial joints in humans µs 0. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9.Chapter 5. Holt SF 04C 01 05:13.9 0. < 1 min. wordingvariable.47 0. 0 N 2.06 0.max for pulling a 15 kg steel sword across a horizontal steel shield? Part 4 of 8 d) What is Fk for pulling the 15 kg steel sword across the horizontal steel shield? Part 5 of 8 e) What is Fs.74 0. wordingvariable. numeric.01 µk 194 Holt SF 04C 03 05:13.61 1.1 0. a 327 N horizontal force keeps it moving at a constant velocity.max for moving a 145 kg aluminum sculpture across a horizontal steel platform? Part 2 of 8 b) What is Fk for moving the 145 kg aluminum sculpture across the horizontal steel platform? Part 3 of 8 c) What is Fs.max for pushing a 250 kg wood bed on a wood ﬂoor? . Part 1 of 2 A 25 kg chair initially at rest on a horizontal ﬂoor requires a 365 N horizontal force to set it in motion. 200 N 4. multiple choice. > 1 min.0 – 0. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . 3.57 0. All are wrong. between the crate and the ﬂoor? Holt SF 04C 02 05:13.81 m/s2 . A race car travels along a raceway at a constant velocity of 200 km/h. What is µk .81 m/s2 .15 0. ﬁxed.

wordingvariable. Holt SF 04Rev 38 05:13.6 m 75 2 kg µk 25◦ a) Find µk between the box and the ramp. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0◦ ramp with an acceleration of 3. > 1 min. numeric. and µk between the box and the ﬂoor is 0.60 m/s2 .2◦ below the horizontal. Part 1 of 2 A student moves a box of books down the hall by pulling on a rope attached to the box. highSchool. numeric. highSchool.81 m/s2 . The student pulls with a force of 185 N at an angle of 25.27. Find µk between the box and the ﬂoor.0◦ above the horizontal. numeric.81 m/s2 . Part 1 of 2 A 75. The acceleration of gravity is 9.55 kg glass amulet on a glass display case? Part 8 of 8 h) What is Fk for sliding the 0.0◦ ramp with an acceleration of 1. > 1 min. A 30 kg box slides down a 30. > 1 min. After the clock is in motion. The acceleration of gravity is 9. what is the acceleration up the ramp? Holt SF 04D 03 05:13. normal. > 1 min. highSchool.55 kg glass amulet on a glass display case? Holt SF 04D 01 02 05:13. Part 2 of 2 b) What acceleration would a 175 kg mass have down this ramp? Holt SF 04D 04 05:13. Friction Part 6 of 8 f) What is Fk for pushing the 250 kg wood bed on a wood ﬂoor? Part 7 of 8 g) What is Fs.Chapter 5. Holt SF 04Rev 37 05:13. a) Find µs between the clock and the ﬂoor. section 13.0 kg. Part 2 of 2 b) Find µk between the clock and the ﬂoor. highSchool. Find the acceleration of the box. numeric. wordingvariable. 195 3 /s . b) If the box starts from rest at the bottom of the ramp and is pulled at an angle of 25 ◦ with respect to the incline and with the same 185 N force. .81 m/s2 . highSchool.20 m/s2 . > 1 min. A box of books weighing 325 N moves with a constant velocity across the ﬂoor when it is pushed with a force of 425 N exerted downward at an angle of 35.0 kg box slides down a 25.81 m/s2 . numeric. a horizontal force of 560 N keeps it moving with a constant velocity. Part 2 of 2 Now the student moves the box up a ramp (with the same coeﬃcient of friction) inclined at 12◦ with the horizontal. The box has a mass of 35. Part 1 of 2 A(n) 95 kg clock initially at rest on a horizontal ﬂoor requires a(n) 650 N horizontal force to set it in motion. wordingvariable.max for sliding a 0. wordingvariable.

300. numeric. The clerk pulls with a force of 185. A clerk moves a box of cans down an aisle by pulling on a strap attached to the box. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . What maximum acceleration can the truck have before the box slides backward? Holt SF 04Rev 53 05:13. What is the acceleration of the box? Holt SF 04Rev 42 05:13. 85 N 70 ◦ 6 m /s 2 kg 5. numeric. numeric. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9.4 µ 25◦ .81 m/s2 . wordingvariable. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . highSchool. A 35 kg box rests on the back of a truck.0 kg.00 m/s2 .0◦ with the horizontal.450. > 1 min. wordingvariable.00 kg block is pushed along the ceiling with a constant applied force of 85. Holt SF 04Rev 39 05:13. A 4. The coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the crate and the ﬂoor is 0. The acceleration of gravity is 9. and the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the box and ﬂoor is 0. < 1 min.4 kg bag of groceries is in equilibrium on an incline of 25◦ . N 325 25◦ 925 N µk = 0. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. > 1 min. Find the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the box and the ramp. highSchool.81 m/s2 . The block accelerates to the right at 6. wordingvariable. A(n) 925 N crate is being pushed across a level ﬂoor by a force of 325 N at an angle of 25 ◦ above the horizontal. Friction 196 What is the magnitude of the normal force on the bag? 30 kg µ 30◦ Holt SF 04Rev 41 05:13.0◦ with the horizontal.81 m/s2 .25.0 N that acts at an angle of 70.0 N at an angle of 25. The coeﬃcient of static friction between the box and the truck bed is 0. wordingvariable. highSchool. section 13. The box has a mass of 35. wordingvariable.25 What is the acceleration of the box? Holt SF 04Rev 44 05:13. numeric. highSchool. numeric.Chapter 5. A 5. highSchool. numeric. µ 4 kg What is the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the block and the ceiling? Holt SF 04Rev 40 05:13.

moving 2.3. If µk between the box and the ﬂoor is 0.0◦ incline and accelerates uniformly down the incline. Part 1 of 2 A car is traveling at 50. highSchool. and the girl and sled together weigh 645 N.00 kg block starts from rest at the top of a 30.81 m/s2 . a) If the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the road and the tires on a rainy day is 0. Friction A girl coasts down a hill on a sled. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the sled’s runners and the hard. what must be the magnitude of the horizontal forces acting on both sides of the center board to keep it from slipping downward? Holt SF 04Rev 64 05:13. The acceleration of gravity is 9.00 m in 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The board sandwiched between two other boards in the ﬁgure weighs 95. F 3 kg µk 20◦ 95.Chapter 5.050.663.0 m/s. numeric. Part 1 of 4 A 3.57.0 km/h on a ﬂat highway. > 1 min. numeric.00 m. A box of books weighing 319 N is shoved across the ﬂoor by a force of 485 N exerted downward at an angle of 35◦ below the horizontal. highSchool. what is the minimum distance needed .8 m/s2 . What minimum force F must be applied to the crate perpendicular to the incline to prevent the crate from sliding down the incline? Holt SF 04Rev 62 05:13.00? Holt SF 04Rev 59 197 05:13.81 m/s2 . highSchool.5 N If the coeﬃcient of friction between the boards is 0.81 m/s2 . section 13. numeric. wordingvariable.5 N. icy snow is 0. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. reaching level ground at the bottom with a speed of 7.81 m/s2 . numeric. a) What is the magnitude of the acceleration of the block? Part 2 of 4 b) What is the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the block and the incline? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the magnitude of the frictional force acting on the block? Part 4 of 4 d) What is the speed of the block after it slides the distance of 2. highSchool. The coeﬃcient of static friction between the 3 kg crate and the 20◦ incline is 0. How far does the sled travel on the level ground before coming to a rest? Holt SF 04Rev 54 05:13. > 1 min. wordingvariable. starting from rest? Holt SF 04Rev 55 05:13. normal. wordingvariable. numeric. highSchool. how long does it take to move the box 4. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. wordingvariable. > 1 min.50 s.100.

numeric. 150 N µs a) What is the magnitude of the minimum force of static friction required to hold both blocks at rest? Part 2 of 2 b) What minimum coeﬃcient of static friction is required to ensure that both blocks remain at rest? . 4 5. The coeﬃcient of static friction is 0. None of these 198 Part 2 of 2 b) If the initial velocity of the truck were halved. a) If the truck has twice the mass. highSchool. numeric. wordingvariable. by what factor would the stopping distance change? 1. 2 4. A horizontal force is slowly applied to the top block until one of the blocks moves.5 Kopp lect8 prob1 6.5 kg are stacked on a table with the heavier block on top. 0. highSchool. highSchool.300 between the bottom block and the table.25 2. > 1 min.Chapter 5.5 6. Part 1 of 2 A 150 N block rests on a table. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . by what factor does the stopping distance change? 1. numeric. ﬁxed.0 kg and 23. None of these Holt SF 04Rev 69 05:13. 4 4. section 13. 0. wordingvariable.600 between the two blocks and 0. > 1 min. 1 2. 75 N Part 1 of 2 A truck driver slams on the brakes and skids to a stop through a displacement of ∆x. 1 3. Friction for the car to stop? 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. 0. 0. Part 1 of 3 Two blocks with masses of 45.600? Holt SF 04Rev 65 05:13. The suspended mass has a weight of 75 N. 2 3.25 Part 2 of 2 b) What is the stopping distance when the surface is dry and the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction is 0. a) What is the friction force between the blocks? Part 2 of 3 b) What is the friction force between the lower block and the table? Part 3 of 3 c) What minimum value for the coeﬃcient of static friction between the masses and the table would cause the slippage to ﬁrst happen between the blocks? Holt SF 04Rev 66 05:13.

against the direction of motion. a = µ g 199 Part 2 of 3 The equation of motion for the left-hand mass 18 m is given by Part 3 of 3 Find the tension T in the rope between the masses m1 = 2 m and m2 = 18 m in terms of F. Part 1 of 3 Consider a force pulling 2 blocks along a rough horizontal surface. Friction 05:13. T = 4.Chapter 5. T = F 10 F 3 F 8 F 5 F 6 F 4 . T − 18 µ m g − 2 µ m g = 18 m a 8. None of these Pulling Two Blocks 01 05:13. a = 12 µ g 8. in the direction of motion. into the table. T − 18 µ m g + 2 µ m g = 18 m a 10. The blocks are pulled by a force of 60 µ m g . normal. multiple choice. A block is sliding in a straight line along a rough table. 2. 2 µ m g + T = −18 m a 5. The coeﬃcient of the kinetic friction is µ. T + 18 µ m g = 18 m a 7. T = 6. section 13. multiple choice. 5. T = 3. < 1 min. The direction of the frictional force points 1. highSchool. 1. a = 11 µ g 4. 3. T − 18 µ m g = 18 m a 2. T + 18 µ m g + 2 µ m g = 18 m a 1. a = 4 µ g 9. > 1 min. a = 5 µ g 3. T + 18 µ m g − 2 µ m g = 18 m a 9. T = F 3. 2 µ m g − T = 18 m a 4. where the masses are a multiple of a given mass m. The coeﬃcient of friction between the block and the table is µk while it is sliding. 1. a = 6 µ g 5. highSchool. a = 8 µ g 5. ﬁxed. as shown in the ﬁgure below. T = 2. T − 2 µ m g = 18 m a 6. in the direction of the normal force. 2m T 18 m µ Determine the acceleration. a = 2 µ g 2. 4. a = 3 µ g 6. T + 2 µ m g = 18 m a 7.

16 N 200 A µs Three Blocks 01 e1 05:13. F23 = 2 µ m g 3. Find the force F23 with which the second block is pushing the third block.Chapter 5. > 1 min. section 13. T = 7 9. ﬁxed. 40 N 2. 2. the object 1. multiple choice. ﬁxed. F m1 m2 µ m3 B Static Friction and Pulley 03 05:13. 60 N 4. 1. 48 N 3. > 1 min. An object is held in place by friction on an inclined surface. wordingvariable. highSchool. < 1 min. 4. T = F 12 F 8. If the surface is kept at this angle. Apply a horizontal force F in pushing an array of three identical blocks in the horizontal plane (see sketch). speeds up. Given µs = 0. Given µs = 0. Block A (60 N) and block B (40 N) are connected by a massless cord and are AT REST. F23 = m g 2. 24 N 5. highSchool.8. The angle of inclination is increased until the object starts moving. highSchool. none of the other choices Static Friction and Pulley 02 05:13. The magnitude of F equals twice the total frictional force. Friction 7. 20 N 7. multiple choice. < 1 min. multiple choice. numeric. T = F Static and Kinetic Friction 05:13. The friction on A is : A µs B The friction on A is : 1. ﬁxed. F23 = 2 m g . 0 N 6.8. Block A (60 N) and block B (40 N) are connected by a massless cord and are at rest. highSchool. slows down. moves at uniform speed. Given: Each block has masses m1 = m2 = m3 = m and the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction is µ. 3.

The magnitude of F equals twice the total frictional force. a = g 2 m3 201 05:13. > 1 min. F23 = µ m g 7. Friction 4. highSchool. multiple choice. F23 = m g 2. F m1 m2 µ Find the acceleration. ﬁxed. a = 2 µ g 5. g 3 µg 2. a = 4. F23 = 3 m g 5. multiple choice. The magnitude of F equals twice the total frictional force. a = 2 g 10. numeric. a = 3 µ g 7. F m1 m2 µ Find the force F23 with which the second block is pushing the third block. Given: Each block has masses m1 = m2 = m3 = m and the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction is µ. highSchool. F23 = 4 µ m g Two Blocks CPS 05:13. F23 = 4 m g 6. Denote the force exerted on block 2 by the block 1 to be F21 . F23 = 2 µ m g 3. Apply a horizontal force F in pushing an array of three identical blocks in the horizontal plane (see sketch). ﬁxed. F23 = 4 µ m g Three Blocks 02 05:13. a = g 9. F m1 µ1 m2 µ2 m3 6. a = 2 1. the equation of motion for block m2 is given by . a = µ g 8. Given: Each block has masses m1 = m2 = m3 = m and the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction is µ. section 13. F23 = 4 m g 6. F23 = 3 m g 5. F23 = 3 µ m g 8. < 1 min. a = 3 g Three Blocks 03 If the acceleration is a.Chapter 5. a = 3 µg 3. F23 = 2 m g 4. ﬁxed. 1. > 1 min. Apply a horizontal force F in pushing an array of three identical blocks in the horizontal plane (see sketch). F23 = 3 µ m g 8. highSchool. F23 = µ m g 7.

F21 − µ2 m2 g = m2 a 3. F − F21 − µ2 m2 g = m2 a 5. section 13. F21 − µ1 m1 g − µ2 m2 g = m2 a 202 . Friction 1.Chapter 5. F − µ1 m1 g − µ2 m2 g = m2 a 2. F + F21 − µ2 m2 g = m2 a 4.

it will escape from the gravity of the Earth.000 ft. the air drag force is in the opposite direction to the velocity. the terminal velocity would occur when the air drag equals gravity plus the force of the tractor beam. Suppose that an object is falling under the inﬂuence of gravity and drag. less than 50. < 1 min. the ball will curve. Newton’s third law predicts this.Chapter 5. section 14. No. 140.000 N 203 Conceptual 04 Q21 05:14. Assuming the plane maintains altitude and speed. 2. you often encounter a ﬁctional device called a tractor beam. Yes. 2. will a ball rolling along the ﬂoor keep moving in a straight line at constant speed? 1. Conceptual 05 Q19 05:14. 190. Consider a light foam ball that is thrown up into the air. 3. No.000 N 5. less than 50.000 N 2. < 1 min. highSchool.000 N 3. imagine that a tractor beam on the ground is pulling the object down. When the ball moves down 4. Yes. When is the net force on the ball smallest? 3. In addition.000 N 3. In daily life. ﬁxed. 1. Part 1 of 2 A 28.000 N Conceptual 04 Q02 05:14. When an object is moving in the air. highSchool.000 N Escape SW01 5. No. highSchool. > 1 min.000 lb jet airliner cruises at 500 mi per hour at an altitude of 35. multiple choice. < 1 min. 50. In StarT rek and other science ﬁction sagas. 2. Newton’s ﬁrst law predicts this. capable of pulling objects into the starship. If there is a limit to the force the tractor beam can exert.000 N 4. Other Resistive Forces (Terminal Velocity) 4. ﬁxed. more than 190. No. . the ball will slow down. 3. the object will continue to speed up as it falls. 50. The net force is constant. When the ball is at the top of its trajectory 4. The forward thrust of the engines is 10. what is the total air drag force pushing back on the plane? 1. highSchool. 190. wording-variable. 140.000 N 2. When the ball moves up Conceptual 04 Q06 05:14. ﬁxed. will the object still attain a terminal velocity? 1. multiple choice. multiple choice. Yes.000 N Part 2 of 2 What is the total lift force pushing up on the plane? 1.000 pounds. multiple choice. more than 190.

Because the gravitational acceleration of a sheet is smaller than that for a ball. Once terminal speed is reached which sheet of paper has the greatest air resistance? Keep in mind that they fall at diﬀerent terminal speeds. ﬁnds herself gently ﬂoating downward. highSchool.1464 m/s Hewitt CP9 03 E21 05:14. 4. ﬁxed. 5. Air resistance is more eﬀective in slowing a feather than a coin. 16. while gravity pulls her down. 22.12372 m/s 6. 6. multiple choice. ﬁxed. Because the ball has larger mass density than the sheet. which reduces its vertical velocity. Greater than the gravity 4. 3. 4.2487 m/s 2. Air resistance is less eﬀective in slowing a feather than a coin. She feels the upward 204 pull of the harness. All are wrong. < 1 min. A parachutist. highSchool. 17. Equal to the gravity 2. ﬁxed. < 1 min. If air friction exerts a constant force of 100 N on him as he falls. numeric.8 m/s2 . 24. highSchool. A man of mass 80 kg escapes from a burning building by jumping from a window situated 30 m above a catching net. multiple choice. Other Resistive Forces (Terminal Velocity) 05:14. Air resistance is as eﬀective in slowing a feather as a coin. A plain sheet 2. 8. Hewitt CP9 04 E38 05:14. > 1 min. air resistance is more eﬀective in slowing a feather than a coin. Why will a sheet of paper fall slower than one that is wadded into a ball? 1. How much is the pull of the harness? 1. < 1 min. < 1 min. multiple choice. Smaller than the gravity 3. Because the resistance for the sheet is much stronger than that for the ball. All are wrong.66025 m/s 3. highSchool. A wadded sheet . 2. Hewitt CP9 04 E37 05:14. The acceleration of gravity is 9.6495 m/s 5. None of these Hewitt CP9 04 E39 05:14. it has horizontal velocity.Chapter 5. multiple choice. 2. 1. ﬁxed. highSchool. 3.0156 m/s 4. Because when the sheet is falling. Which of the following is correct? 1. what is his speed just before he hits the net? 1. normal. after opening the chute. section 14. no longer gaining speed. 5. In free fall. Half of the gravity 5.

81 m/s2 . highSchool. It depends on the velocity before the parachute opened. Hewitt CP9 04 E41 05:14. Gravitation acts vertically. The forces are equal. The force of gravity is larger. 4. A folded sheet 4. It cannot be determined.Chapter 5. < 1 min. highSchool. All are wrong. ﬁxed. 4. Hewitt CP9 10 E04 05:14. why does the horizontal component of a projectile’s motion not change. All three forces are the same. When a parachutist opens her parachute what is the direction of her acceleration? 1. Assuming that air resistance is simply a constant 95 N force on the person during the fall. Upward 2. normal. A 75 kg person escapes from a burning building by jumping from a window 25 m above a catching net. one made of wood and one of metal. 205 Assuming both balls were the same size. < 1 min. highSchool. The ball of wood 5. there are no horizontal forces. They hit the ground at the same time. numeric. Gravitation acts horizontally. ﬁxed. but only by a short time span 2. air resistance was not really negligible. When Galileo dropped two balls from the top of the Leaning Tower of Pisa. section 14. The ball of metal. Downward. but with small acceleration than before 3. < 1 min. while the vertical component does? 1. 5. In the absence of air drag. highSchool. The force exerted by the projectile is less than the gravitational force. More information is needed. there are no vertical forces. highSchool. multiple choice. More information needed to answer the question. The force of air drag is larger. 5. determine the person’s velocity just be- . The acceleration of gravity is 9. multiple choice. How does the force of gravity on a raindrop compare with the air drag it encounters when it falls at constant velocity? 1. multiple choice. 2. 3. multiple choice. 3. 5. 4. 2. < 1 min. ﬁxed. The force exerted by the projectile is equal to the gravitational force. Hewitt CP9 04 E42 05:14. Holt SF 04Rev 56 05:14. The ball of metal. Hewitt CP9 04 E47 05:14. Zero acceleration 4. which ball struck the ground ﬁrst? 1. Other Resistive Forces (Terminal Velocity) 3. > 1 min. ﬁxed. by half the time as the ball of wood 3. The force exerted by the projectile is greater than the gravitational force.

The acceleration of gravity is 9. and aerodynamical drag coeﬃcient D = 0. A wooden sphere has radius R = 10 cm.0 m/s 6. 21. What is the terminal speed vt of this sphere falling through the air of density ρair = 1. highSchool. > 1 min. multiple choice. From which height h should it fall to reach the same speed? . The parachute on a race car that weighs 8820 N opens at the end of a quarter-mile run when the car is traveling 35 m/s. A person of mass 80 kg escapes from a burning building by jumping from a window situated 30 m above a catching net. 20. density ρwood = 830 kg/m3 .0 m/s 4.6 m/s 3. highSchool. highSchool. Other Resistive Forces (Terminal Velocity) fore hitting the net. 20. normal.5 m/s Terminal Speed 05:14. 18. section 14. Part 1 of 2 Given: g = 9. ﬁxed.Chapter 5. numeric. What net retarding force must be supplied by the parachute to stop the car in a distance of 1100 m? SWCT Escape 05:14.81 m/s2 . determine her speed just before she hits the net. > 1 min. > 1 min. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9.8 m/s2 . Holt SF 04Rev 57 05:14.2 kg/m3 ? Part 2 of 2 206 Now consider the same sphere falling freely without any resistance. If air friction exerts a constant force of 100 N on her as she falls. 1. 21.6 m/s 2.6 m/s 5.8 m/s2 .5. 22. normal.

if the angular speed is doubled. section 1. F2 = 2 F1 3.. .e. As viewed by a bystander. What is his/her apparent weight during the plane’s turn? Barrel of Fun 01 06:01. highSchool. < 1 min. 6. multiple choice. ﬁxed. highSchool. highSchool. an upward frictional force F1 holds a person against the wall without slipping. 4. numeric.8 m/s2 ) = 686 N. 207 4. A ﬁghter plane ﬂying at constant speed 400 m/s and constant altitude 5000 m makes a turn of curvature radius 9400 m. ω Which diagram correctly shows the forces acting on her? R 1. i. None of the other choices Barrel of Fun CPS 06:01. F2 = 4 F1 2. F2 = F1 3.Chapter 6. 2. normal. On the ground. highSchool. 1. A ”Barrel of Fun” consists of a large vertical cylinder that spins about its axis fast enough so that any person inside will be held against the wall. < 1 min. ω What is the friction force F2 . < 1 min. the plane’s pilot weighs (70 kg) (9. multiple choice. ﬁxed. Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion Aerobatics 06:01. > 1 min. 5. Assume: At an angular speed ω1 . a rider in a “barrel of fun” at a carnival ﬁnds herself stuck with her back to the wall.ω2 = 2 ω1 . multiple choice. F2 = 1 F1 2 Centripetal Acceleration 06:01.

< 1 min. No – its speed is constant. Which statement is false? 1. D E C B A X 208 a car turning to the left. section 1. < 1 min. multiple choice. The ﬂoor provides the centripetal force to keep her moving in a circular path.Chapter 6. just a centrifugal force Concept 08 38 06:01. Concept 08 40 06:01. The occupant inside a rotating space habitat of the future feels that she is being pulled by artiﬁcial gravity against the outer wall of the habitat (which becomes the ﬂoor). > 1 min. At every moment her tendency is to move in a straight-line path. Path D 5. Path E Concept 08 37 06:01. It depends on the sharpness of the curve and speed of the car. Yes. multiple choice. ﬁxed. When you are in the front passenger seat of 3. A ball rolls around a circular wall. Path B 3. 2. highSchool. 4. The tension T in the string and weight W of the ball are shown by vectors. ﬁxed. A parallelogram created with these vectors shows that their resultant F lies in the plane of the circle. highSchool. ﬁxed. you may ﬁnd yourself pressed against the right-side door. When the ball gets to X . highSchool. The wall ends at point X . Path C 4. multiple choice. as shown in the ﬁgure below. which path does the ball follow? 1. highSchool. Circle Jerk 06:01. The ﬂoor intercepts her path and presses against her feet. Is there a net force on the car as it rounds the curve? 1. Centrifugal force causes her to move in a circular path. Newton’s ﬁrst and third laws 4. Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion ﬁxed. 2. multiple choice. The ball swings in a circular path because of the string attached at the top. < 1 min. A car rounds a curve while maintaining a constant speed. Path A 2. centrifugal force and Newton’s second law 3. What concept(s) explain(s) why you press against the door and why the door presses on you? 1. ﬁxed. centrifugal force and Newton’s ﬁrst law 2. 3. The sketch shows a conical pendulum. .

The normal force is less than the weight and greater than the centripetal force. ﬁxed. Only the frictional force decreases. Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion 3. Without friction. A motorcyclist is able to ride on the vertical wall of a bowl-shaped track as shown. section 1. multiple choice. multiple choice. The weight of the ball is shown by the vector W . Concept 08 42 06:01. ? W Draw the normal vector. angular force Concept 08 41 06:01. < 1 min. normal. highSchool. A passenger on a Ferris wheel moves in a vertical circle at constant speed. Only the normal force increases. Only the normal force decreases. Which force(s) increase(s) or decrease(s) if he rides faster? 1. Consider a ball rolling around in a circular path on the inner surface of a cone. His weight is counteracted by the friction of the wall on the tires (vertical arrow). 5.Chapter 6. Conceptual 04 Q05 06:01. 209 6. multiple choice. The vectors are drawn from the center of mass of the motorcyclist. centrifugal force 3. 3. < 1 min. only one other force acts on the ball – a normal force. frictional force 4. 4. ﬁxed. 2. A drawing of the vectors for the forces that acts on the cyclist is shown below. The frictional and normal forces decrease. < 1 min. highSchool. 2. The normal force is greater than the weight and less than the centripetal force. highSchool. centripetal force 2. The normal force is greater than the weight and greater than the centripetal force. N r f mg 4. what relationship do the vectors have? 1. Only the frictional force increases. T F W What is the name of this resultant force F ? 1. The normal force is less than the weight and less than the centripetal force. The frictional and normal forces increase. .

None of these 1. ﬁxed. No.66331 × 1032 N 7. multiple choice. The Moon has a period of revolution of 27. 3. 7. section 1. there is an inward net force. 3. 2054. 2. 4. What is the net force on the car and on the truck? 1. 2. < 1 min. zero 4. No.2 m/s 210 Conceptual 05 14 06:01. not zero. the direction of net force does not change.68245 × 106 m/s 2.8 m/s 6. highSchool. Part 2 of 2 Calculate the speed of the ball. 3. ﬁxed. zero.25 days.3 days and an average distance from the Earth of 3. > 1 min. numeric. highSchool.6 m/s 9. 8. .28439 × 1026 N 3.56775 × 1022 N 9.56775 × 1019 N 4. highSchool.5 revolutions every second. Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion Are the forces on her balanced? 1.9 m/s 5.84 × 108 m. multiple choice.Chapter 6. both not zero 2.24562 × 1022 N 2. the speed is constant. Calculate the centripetal force exerted on the Earth by the Sun. normal. < 1 min. Yes.5 m/s 8. 1022.83789 × 107 m/s 7. A car drives up a straight hill at a constant speed of 50 kilometers per hour. highSchool. Assume that the period of revolution for the Earth is 365. Yes. it moves in a vertical circle. the average distance is 1. both zero Conceptual 05 11 06:01.62932 × 1021 N 8. A truck drives over the crest of the hill at a constant speed of 50 miles per hour. > 1 min. 61374. multiple choice.24562 × 1020 N 6.6238 × 1029 N 5. 1. None of these Figuring Physics 14 06:01. Calculate the average speed of the Moon around the Earth. highSchool. 3. multiple choice. 1. > 1 min. 584000 m/s 3. not zero 3. Part 1 of 2 Calculate the period of a ball tied to a string of length 0. 7.5 × 108 km and the Earth’s mass is 6 × 1024 kg. Conceptual 05 12 06:01. 4. 2045. 4. Conceptual 04 Q22 06:01. 1. 3688. normal.3 m making 2.

is less than mg . ﬁxed. may be less than mg . Why is the linear speed greater for a horse on the outside of a merry-go-round than for a . 4. Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion ﬁxed. is equal to mg . Suspend the can with strings and watch it rotate as water spurts from it. Part 1 of 2 (The normal force is perpendicular to the supporting surface. Hewitt CP9 08 R01 06:01. may be greater than mg . multiple choice. What is the direction of rotation now? 1. in each hole bend the nail horizontally and dent the holes so that when water is put in the can it will spurt out with a tangential component. 3. 4. 3. is equal to mg . always. highSchool. 2. may be greater than mg .) 5. noting its direction of rotation. is less than mg . Opposite. 3. Same as before. highSchool. let water ﬂow into the holes. ﬁxed. always. ? Now empty the can and weigh it down at its bottom so that it remains upright when suspended in water.Chapter 6. multiple choice. Part 2 of 2 And when the sliding along a horizontal circular path on the inside of a friction-free cone. < 1 min. ? mg The magnitude of the normal force on a block sliding down to a friction-free inclined plane 1. Not at all. always. 2. 211 Figuring Physics 28 06:01. 2. < 1 min. section 1. is greater than mg . mg the magnitude of the normal force 1. always. is greater than mg . Poke four holes in an aluminum pop can with a nail.

section 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 m on a frictionless horizontal surface. 6. In a popular amusement-park ride. 4. The ﬂoor then drops away. Part 1 of 2 An airplane is ﬂying in a horizontal circle at a speed of 105 m/s. numeric. 1m 212 Part 1 of 2 An air puck of mass 0.00 m is set in rotation at an angular speed of 5.81 m/s2 . 5. as shown in the ﬁgure. A dog sits 1. > 1 min. as shown in the ﬁgure. None of these Holt SF 07H 03 06:01. numeric. what is the magnitude of the net force that maintains circular motion exerted on the pilot by the seat belts. wordingvariable. The outside horse moves easier. wordingvariable. < 1 min.025 kg 1 kg a) What is the magnitude of the force that maintains circular motion acting on the puck? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the linear speed of the puck? Holt SF 07Rev 53 06:01.81 m/s2 . 2.Chapter 6. Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion horse closer to the center? 1. Part 2 of 2 b) At this radius. and a mass of 1. a) Find the minimum radius of the plane’s path. and so forth? Holt SF 07Rev 52 06:01. The horse on the outside feels less force from the merry-go-round.00 rad/s. > 1 min. 3. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 kg is tied to it. If the magnitude of the force that maintains the dog’s circular motion is 40. 3m What minimum coeﬃcient of friction be- . The horse on the outside has longer legs.50 m from the center of a merry-go-round with an angular speed of 1. leaving the riders suspended against the wall in a vertical position. The 80. The tangential speed of the horse is directly proportional to the distance from the center. the friction against the seat. 0.00 times free-fall acceleration. numeric. The horse on the outside is larger.025 kg is tied to a string and allowed to revolve in a circle of radius 1. The other end of the string passes through a hole in the center of the surface. > 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable. highSchool. a cylinder of radius 3.0 kg pilot does not want the centripetal acceleration to exceed 7. highSchool. The suspended mass remains in equilibrium while the puck revolves on the surface.0 N.20 rad/s. what is the dog’s mass? Holt SF 07Rev 43 06:01. highSchool. wordingvariable.

because it is in the earth’s gravitational ﬁeld. None of these 213 SWCT Centrifugal Force 06:01. B only 3. ﬁxed. multiple choice. C only 4. the car makes a sharp left turn. 3. ﬁxed. < 1 min. there is rightward force pushing you into the door. the same force required to keep the slower object on the path. multiple choice. Two identical objects go around circles of identical diameter. highSchool. < 1 min. 2. highSchool. four times as much force as required to keep the slower object on the path. E only 6. twice as much force as required to keep the slower object on the path. because the net force on it is zero. E. |Vo |. You are a passenger in a car and not wearing your seat belt. 3. Which is the correct analysis ofthe situation? 1. 2. The centripetal force required to keep the faster object on the circular path is 1. only if it is in a geosynchronous orbit.Chapter 6. 5. Starting at the time of collision. ﬁxed. < 1 min. < 1 min. highSchool. section 1. Before and after the collision. the door exerts a leftward force on you. A communication satellite does not fall to the earth A. D. one fourth as much force as required to keep the slower object on the path. because it is being pulled by the sun and by other planets as well as the earth. Neither of these SWCT Centripetal 06:01. 4. multiple choice. ﬁxed. A only 2. An object moves along a circular path with a constant speed. 1. Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion tween a rider’s clothing and the wall of the cylinder is needed to keep the rider from slipping? Kopp lect8 prob2 06:01. B and C 7. B. but one object goes around the circle twice as fast as the other. Both of these 4. highSchool. C. because it is beyond the pull of the earth’s gravity. VA A B ¡ North VB East θ θ The average acceleration in going from A to B is . D only 5. multiple choice. Without increasing or decreasing its speed. Satellite 06:01. and you ﬁnd yourself colliding with the right-hand door. half as much force as required to keep the slower object on the path.

north 3. south 4. section 1.Chapter 6. east 5. Newton’s Second Law Applied to Uniform Circular Motion 1. zero 2. west 6. none of the others 214 .

2 m/s around a circular track with a radius of 40. Holt SF 07H 02 06:02. highSchool. wordingvariable. Banked and Unbanked Curves Car on a Banked Curve 06 06:02. 3. multiple choice. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 3 5. what is the car’s tangential speed? Holt SF 07Rev 47 06:02. numeric. < 1 min. 4. . What is the free body diagram that describes the forces acting on the car? 1. wordingvariable. > 1 min. 8. If the magnitude of the force that maintains the bike’s circular motion is 377 N. > 1 min.0 m. A bicyclist is riding at a tangential speed of 13. section 2. highSchool. numeric. 7. 215 6. wordingvariable. 2. highSchool. highSchool. A car is traveling very slowly around a banked curve.Chapter 6.25 km circular track. If the magnitude of the force that maintains the car’s circular motion is 2140 N. numeric. < 1 min. what is the combined mass of the bicycle and rider? Holt SF 07H 04 06:02. A 905 kg test car travels around a 3.

a) Find the centripetal acceleration of the car. A 2 ×103 kg car rounds a circular turn of radius 20. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 m. numeric.70.Chapter 6. highSchool. how fast can the car go without skidding? 216 . Part 2 of 3 b) Find the force that maintains circular motion. wordingvariable.0 km/h rounds a curve of radius 2. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. Holt SF 07Rev 48 06:02.81 m/s2 . Part 3 of 3 c) Find the minimum coeﬃcient of static friction between the tires and the road that will allow the car to round the curve safely. Banked and Unbanked Curves A 13500 N car traveling at 50. If the road is ﬂat and the coeﬃcient of static friction between the tires and the road is 0.81 m/s2 . section 2.00 × 102 m.

Just after the mass returns to the starting point. numeric. ﬁxed. Ferris Wheel 03 06:03. If you partially ﬁll a bucket with water and swing it fast enough in a circle over your head. A Consider the following distinct forces: 1.Chapter 6. 2. A force in the direction of the boy’s motion. is weak enough so that it is likely to break at some point in the oscillation if you let it swing. 1. 2 and 3. 5. 3. than A. the water will stay in the bucket even when it is upside down. highSchool. 2. multiple choice. A force exerted by the rope pointing from A to O. 3. Which of the above forces is (are) acting on the boy when he is at position A? 1. θ φ g m a v = 0 at At what point in the cycle is the string most likely to break? 1. < 1 min. The bucket has a downward force on the water in it. normal. A force pointing from O to A. Just when the mass passes through the point where the string is vertical. 3. ﬁxed. 1 only. 3 and 4. 2. Nonuniform Circular Motion Boy Swinging on a Rope 06:03. section 3. 1 and 2. < 1 min. ﬁxed. ar . 1. A long string attached to a mass M forms a simple pendulum. < 1 min. Just after the mass turns around to return. A downward force of gravity. 5. multiple choice. highSchool. 3. Breaking Pendulum 06:03. highSchool. however. 1 and 3. Just after release. You pull the mass back and start it oscillating. 217 r A boy is swinging on starting at a point higher O a rope. and 4. The acceleration of the water is less than g. It is equally likely to break at all positions. 4. Which statement is not true? 1. multiple choice. The acceleration of the water is greater than g . Conceptual 05 Q20 06:03. 2. The string. highSchool. > 1 min. 4.

Tarzan tries to cross a river by swinging from one bank to the other on a vine that is 10. ω What is the centripetal acceleration of a rider? Holt SF 07H 01 06:03. A train is moving along a circular track with r = 100 m. His speed at the bottom of the swing. the magnitude of the force that maintains her circular motion is 88.Chapter 6. It is slowing down with a tangential deceleration of magnitude atangential = atangential = 1 m/s2 .81 m/s2 . as shown in the ﬁgure. The car has a speed of 20.0 N.10 m in length. wordingvariable. a) If at point A the track exerts a force on the car that is 2. What is the girl’s mass? Holt SF 07Rev 37 06:03.8 m/s2 .0 m/s. Tarzan does not know that the vine has a breaking strength of 1. ﬁxed. wordingvariable. . Nonuniform Circular Motion The following ﬁgure shows a Ferris wheel that rotates 4 times each minute and has a diameter of 18 m. multiple choice.0 × 103 N.06 × 104 N greater than the car’s weight. is 8. section 3. v = v = 10 m/s. just as he clears the surface of the river. numeric. What is the largest mass Tarzan can have and make it safely across the river? Nonuniform Circular Motion 06:03. numeric. The girl’s father pushes her with a tangential speed of 2.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. highSchool. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A roller-coaster car speeds down a hill past point A and then rolls up a hill past point B. < 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Sketch atotal at A.50 m/s. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool.0 m/s at point A. A girl sits on a tire that is attached to an overhanging tree limb by a rope 2. At A. what is the mass of the car? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the maximum speed the car can have at point B for the gravitational force to hold it on the track? Holt SF 07Rev 38 06:03. B 10 m 15 m A 218 R Note: Figure is not drawn to scale. wordingvariable. Besides the force opposing the girl’s weight.0 m long. numeric. < 1 min. highSchool.

The tension in the rod at the top is TT and the tension at the bottom is TB . 7. not enough information Whirling a Rock 06:03. 2 5. 0 8. If the string tension goes to zero just at the top of the circle. TT = W + R . ﬁxed. multiple choice. II 3. multiple choice. TT = −W and TB = +W R R M v2 M v2 and TB = 3. section 3. 2 1 2 1 6. gL 2gL gL 2gL 2gL gL 4. ﬁxed.Chapter 6. what is the speed at the top? 1. Then 1. highSchool. TT = M v2 M v2 + W and TB = −W R R M v2 M v2 2. A mass m on a massless string of length L is whirled in a vertical circle. 2 4. TT = +W 5. > 1 min. 3. IV Pendulum Tension 06:03. highSchool. Nonuniform Circular Motion 219 v II O r A III IV I A rock of weight W is tied to a massless rod and whirled at constant speed v in a vertical circle of radius R. < 1 min. 2. I 2. III 4. TT = W − M v2 R M v2 6. TT = R R and TB = −W and and M v2 R M v2 TB = W + R TB = W + Quadrants Which quadrant should it be in? 1.

Chapter 6. highSchool. The weight of the coin is shown by the vector W . ω 8. < 1 min. f N 4. f N 3. 1. Two other forces act on the coin. section 5. multiple choice. f N 5. f N 7. f N 2. ﬁxed. Circular Motion in the Presence of Resistive Forces Concept 08 39 06:05. f N . None of these graphs is correct. The sketch shows a coin at the edge of a turntable. 220 f N 10. W Draw force vectors for both of these. f N 6. the normal force and a force of friction that prevents it from sliding oﬀ the edge.

highSchool. section 2. multiple choice.8 × 108 m about every 28 days. The Earth has a mass of 6 × 1024 kg and completes an orbit of radius 1. highSchool. From 20 km/h to 30 km/h 4. highSchool. the light molecules 3. highSchool. the same 3. normal. numeric. Conceptual 08 02 07:02. 4. the ping-pong ball 3. Cannot be determined Concept 07 40 07:02. highSchool. < 1 min. which has the greater speed? 1. Does the KE of a car change more when it accelerates from 10 km/h to 20 km/h or when it accelerates from 20 km/h to 30 km/h? 1. ﬁxed. Cannot be determined Part 2 of 2 In a gaseous mixture of massive molecules and light molecules with the same average KE. The kinetic energy of that car is 500000 J. Kinetic Energy normal. No diﬀerence 2. numeric.4 × 1022 kg and completes an orbit of radius 3. Which object would make you feel worse if you are hit by it? 1. < 1 min. highSchool. multiple choice. Part 3 of 3 What is the kinetic energy of the Earth? 221 Two objects of same material are travelling near you. which have the greater speed? 1. > 1 min. Unable to determine 4. multiple choice. How much energy does the same car have when it moves at 120 miles per hour? Conceptual 08 18 07:02. object B is a 2 kg mass traveling 5 m/s. normal.Chapter 7. The two balls have the same speed. They have the same speed. Part 1 of 2 If a golf ball and a ping-pong ball both move with the same kinetic energy. B 2. From 10 km/h to 20 km/h 3. < 1 min. A car is moving at 60 miles per hour. Object A is a 1 kg mass traveling 10 m/s. the massive molecules 2.5 × 1011 m every year. called plate tectonics. Part 1 of 3 The moon has a mass of 7. tells us that the . < 1 min. normal. Concept 07 28 07:02. > 1 min. the golf ball 2. What is the speed of the Moon in its orbit? Part 2 of 3 What is the kinetic energy of the Moon in orbit? Conceptual 08 19 07:02. ﬁxed. A Conceptual 08 03 07:02. Part 1 of 3 The current theory of the structure of the Earth. More information is needed. numeric. 4.

wordingvariable. ﬁxed. highSchool. highSchool. Calculate the speed of an 8. Kinetic Energy continents are in constant motion.0 g. multiple choice. Each is ﬁred with a speed of 40. numeric. how much kinetic energy does it have in comparison? 1. Unable to determine. < 1 min. 4. . Sixteen times smaller 5. 222 Holt SF 05B 01 07:02. section 2. A 2.Chapter 7. Four times larger 1 m 2 B 2. What is the speed of a 0. numeric.0 m/s. Kinetic energies are the same. The same 6. a) What is the kinetic energy of the ﬁrst bullet? Part 2 of 3 b) What is the kinetic energy of the second bullet? Part 3 of 3 K2 c) What is the ratio of their kinetic enerK1 gies? Holt SF 05B 04 07:02. If it speeds up until it is going four times faster than before.0 g and 6.145 kg baseball if its kinetic energy is 109 J ? Holt SF 05B 03 07:02. Sixteen times larger 4. Assume that the North American continent can be represented by a slab of rock 5000 km on a side and 30 km deep and that the rock has an average mass density of 2800 kg/m3 . The continent is moving at the rate of about 2 cm/year. multiple choice. What would his speed be? Conceptual 08 Q09 07:02. What is the mass of the continent? Part 2 of 3 What is the kinetic energy of the continent? Part 3 of 3 A jogger (of mass 70 kg) has the same kinetic energy as that of the continent. > 1 min. Hewitt CP9 07 R14 07:02. > 1 min. highSchool.1 × 109 J. numeric. wordingvariable. highSchool. Which of the two object shown below has the greatest kinetic energy? A v m 2v 1. respectively. The mass is needed. ﬁxed. Holt SF 05B 02 07:02.0 × 104 kg airliner with a kinetic energy of 1. < 1 min. Four times smaller 3. numeric. > 1 min. highSchool. wordingvariable. highSchool. B 3. Part 1 of 3 Two bullets have masses of 3. > 1 min. A moving car has kinetic energy. wordingvariable.

respectively.Chapter 7. A nuclear bomb 6. A calculator battery 2. a) What is the kinetic energy of the ﬁrst bullet? Part 2 of 3 b) What is the kinetic energy of the second bullet? Part 3 of 3 K2 c) What is the ratio of their kinetic enerK1 gies? Holt SF 05B 05 07:02. > 1 min. What is its mass? Holt SF 05Rev 19 20 07:02. A TV 8. A strawberry shortcake 10. None of the examples 223 . A tank of gasoline 7.32 × 105 J when traveling at a speed of 23 m/s.0 g bullets are ﬁred with speeds of 40. Kinetic Energy Part 1 of 3 Two 3. < 1 min. wordingvariable. A Jolt cola 9. highSchool. highSchool. numeric.550 g need in order to have the same kinetic energy as the automobile? Kinetic Energy Example 07:02. A tornado 3. Boulder dam 5. highSchool. Which of the following is the best example of kinetic energy? 1. multiple choice. numeric. A car has a kinetic energy of 4.4 m/s. ﬁxed. > 1 min. section 2. wordingvariable.0 m/s and 80. Part 1 of 2 a) What is the kinetic energy of an automobile with a mass of 1250 kg traveling at a speed of 11 m/s? Part 2 of 2 b) What speed would a ﬂy with a mass of 0. A loaded gun 4.

highSchool. 0. measured in Newtons. the object accelerates. < 1 min. < 1 min. 3. ﬁxed.75 m. multiple choice. the force is greater than the force of friction. normal. work. section 3. < 1 min. multiple choice. The amount of work done by two boys who apply 200 N of force in an unsuccessful attempt to move a stalled car is 1. the force is not in the direction of the object’s motion. 200 N.Chapter 7. Work 02 07:03. 3. 400 N. 3. A force exerted over a distance to move an object is 1. 4. how much work do you do? 224 Work 05 07:03. numeric. a machine is used to move the object. normal. The Joule and the kilowatt-hour are both units of energy. 2. Work 04 07:03. highSchool. highSchool. . 2. highSchool. multiple choice. 4. 1 kW · h is equivalent to how many Joules? Work 01 07:03. 4. Work Conceptual 08 05 07:03. highSchool. 2. normal. < 1 min. If you exert a force of 10 N to lift a box a distance of 0. momentum. velocity. 5. 200 N-m. A force acting on an object does no work if 1. 400 N-m. ﬁxed. < 1 min. numeric.

F3 . d. b. +. numeric. c. 0. b. − 3. c. 0. b. highSchool. Aside from the pushing force and gravity F2 . d. −. c. 0. a. + 4. c 7. A block moves to the right in the positive xdirection through the displacement ∆x while under the inﬂuence of a force with the same magnitude F . c Conceptual 08 06 07:04. highSchool. a. +. 0 5. 0. highSchool. d 3. b 4. 0 Holt SF 05A 01 07:04. moves a 50 kg sofa 6 m with a constant force of 20 N. − 2. d. ﬁxed. < 1 min. −. d 6. +. Work: a General Constant Force Comparing Work 07:04. 0 6. section 4. 0. a. Part 2 of 2 What is the average acceleration of the sofa? Conceptual 08 Q01 07:04. a. +. highSchool. c. numeric. multiple choice. normal. +. F4 do. there is also a 50-pound force F3 exerted upward on the crate and a 10-pound frictional force F4 . d. > 1 min. b 2. multiple choice. a. Which of the following is the correct order of the amount of work done by force F . d 5. a. +. c. −. A 50-pound crate is pushed across the ﬂoor by a 20-pound horizontal force F1 . F2 . Part 1 of 2 F3 (50 lb) What kinds of work do the force F1 . What is the work done by Zak on the sofa? Neglect friction.Chapter 7. 0. +. +. as shown in the ﬁgure. from most positive to most negative? F 225 Zak. wordingF1 (20 lb) F4 (10 lb) . +. a. helping his mother rearrange the furniture in their living room. F2 (50 lb) (a) F (b) F (c) F (d) 1. normal. < 1 min. > 1 min. b. respectively? 1. b.

Find the work done by the shopper on the cart as the shopper moves along a 50. −2 µ m g D 2. > 1 min. If the baseball exerts a force of 475 N on the glove such that the glove is displaced 10. highSchool. +2 µ m g D . A skier of mass 70. The acceleration of gravity is 9. along a horizontal plane with friction coeﬃcient µ. 2 (P − µ m g ) D 5. highSchool.0◦ slope (assumed to be frictionless) at a constant speed of 2.0 m/s? The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. wordingvariable. ﬁxed. > 1 min. Then m is pushed from B to A.81 m/s2 .0 m length of aisle.0 cm. The force she exerts is 40. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the work done by the force of friction on the ﬂight bag. multiple choice. numeric. Holt SF 05Rev 09 07:04. wordingvariable. > 1 min. section 4. Work Done by Friction 07:04.0 kg is pulled up a slope by a motor-driven cable. numeric. If the crate moves with constant velocity.0 N at an angle of 52.0 N ﬂight bag a distance of 253 m along a level airport ﬂoor at a constant velocity.00 km ? Holt SF 05A 03 07:04. > 1 min. How much work does the tugboat do on the ship if each moves a distance of 3. highSchool. how much work is done by the ball? Holt SF 05Rev 10 07:04.0◦ above the horizontal. A shopper in a supermarket pushes a cart with a force of 35 N directed at an angle of 25◦ downward from the horizontal. what is the total work done by friction? 1. a) Find the work she does on the ﬂight bag. Holt SF 05Rev 50 07:04. Work: a General Constant Force variable.0 m up a 35. Part 3 of 3 c) Find the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the ﬂight bag and the ﬂoor. wordingvariable. highSchool. wordingvariable. calculate a) the work done by the force. numeric.00 × 103 N and causes the ship to move through a harbor. 2 (µ m g − P ) D 4. and the force pushing m from B to A is −P .0 kg packing crate a distance of 6. numeric. Part 2 of 2 b) the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction.Chapter 7.00 m on a rough horizontal surface. If the force pushing m from A to B is P . highSchool. > 1 min. Part 1 of 3 A ﬂight attendant pulls her 70. How much work is required to pull the skier 60. > 1 min. highSchool. A block of mass m is pushed a horizontal distance D from position A to position B.81 m/s2 . Part 1 of 2 A horizontal force of 150 N is used to push a 40. 0 3. A tugboat pulls a ship with a constant net horizontal force of 5. A catcher “gives” with a baseball when catching it. wordingvariable. 226 Holt SF 05Rev 48 07:04.

4. W = −m g L . 6. 227 . 7. highSchool. 3. W = 0 . A train of mass m and speed v travels a distance L along a frictionless circular track of radius R. W = m g L . multiple choice. W = m v2 L. R m v2 L.Chapter 7. W = − R 5. W = −m g R . < 1 min. W = m g R . section 4. 8. The work done on the train is 1. ﬁxed. Neglect air friction. Work: a General Constant Force Work On A Train 07:04. None of the other choices. 2.

> 1 min.0 m/s2 through a distance of 30.0◦ with the horizontal. The stair stepper is a novel exercise machine that attempts to reproduce the work done against gravity by walking up stairs.0 m after starting from rest.30. 228 The acceleration of gravity is 9. ﬁnd a) the work done by the force on the block.0 J of work is done in raising a 180 g apple. wordingvariable.5 kg cement block a vertical distance of 1. highSchool. numeric. A weight lifter lifts a set of weights a vertical distance of 2. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Part 1 of 2 A person lifts a 4. wordingvariable. > 1 min. A woman weight lifter can lift a 150 lb weight from the ﬂoor to a stand 3. Holt SF 05Rev 60 07:05. > 1 min. numeric.2 m and then carries the block horizontally a distance of 7.2 m with this machine. normal. numeric. If the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the block and the wall is 0. highSchool. Work: the Gravitational Force Conceptual 08 08 07:05. If a constant net force of 350 N is exerted on the weights.3 m. Find the net work done on the plane as it accelerates upward at 1. numeric.00 m.Chapter 7.81 m/s2 . how far is it lifted? Holt SF 05Rev 07 07:05.0 × 103 kg.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. wordingvariable. A plane designed for vertical takeoﬀ has a mass of 8. highSchool. Part 3 of 3 c) the magnitude of the normal force between the block and the wall. highSchool.0 m at a constant velocity up a vertical wall by a constant force applied at an angle of 30. highSchool. Part 2 of 2 b) Determine the work done by the force of gravity in the process. > 1 min. Part 1 of 3 A 5. a) Determine the work done by the person in the process. normal. < 1 min. highSchool.0 kg block is pushed 3. numeric. Brad (of mass 60 kg) simulates stepping up a distance of 0. highSchool. section 5. What is the total work done by the woman? Conceptual 08 09 07:05. With each step. how much net work is done on the weights? Holt SF 05A 04 07:05.5 ft oﬀ the ground. . If Brad exercises for 15 min a day with a stair stepper at a frequency of 60 steps per minute. how much work does he do each day? Holt SF 05A 02 07:05. If 2. as shown in the ﬁgure. wordingvariable. Holt SF 05Rev 08 07:05. wordingvariable. Part 2 of 3 b) the work done by gravity on the block. > 1 min. numeric. F 30◦ 3m 5 kg Drawing not to scale.

8 m/s2 . A professor picks up a piece of chalk from the ﬂoor. The net work done on the train car is 1. Work on a Train Car 07:05. A weight lifter does military presses (lifting weights over his head. Which of the following does not involve work? 1. highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool.8 × 106 J .3 . Part 3 of 3 F µk = 0. 3. > 1 min. W = −9. W = −9.604 × 107 J . ﬁnd the magnitude of the frictional force. A golf ball is struck. section 5. multiple choice. highSchool. normal. Part 2 of 3 For a force of F = 60 N. 3. ﬁxed. The acceleration of gravity is 9.8 m/s2 . 229 Find the force F needed to keep the block moving up with a constant velocity. highSchool. normal. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the block and the wall is 0.3.8 m/s2 .604 × 107 J . 4. numeric.8 m/s2 .Chapter 7. Serway CP 05 02 noissues 07:05. highSchool. normal. < 1 min. The mover pulls the dolly with constant velocity and with a steady force 740 N up the ramp. Part 1 of 3 As shown in the ﬁgure. numeric. 5 kg 45 ◦ Find the work done by this force in moving the block upward by a distance 3 m.) 5. How much work does he perform? Part 2 of 2 What is the minimal work required to lift the refrigerator into the house? Pushing a Block Upward 01 07:05. A train car of mass 3500 kg rolls around a curve along a level frictionless track of length 2800 m. normal. Part 1 of 2 To move a refrigerator of mass m = 150 kg into a house. How deep is the well? Work 50 07:05. W = 9. multiple choice. A beautiful man with a large nose named Melvin lifts a 20 kg bucket from a well and does 6 kJ of work. 4. the mover puts it on a dolly and covers the steps leading into the house with a wooden plank acting as a ramp. < 1 min.8 × 106 J . a block of mass 5 kg is pushed up against the vertical wall by a force of 60 N acting at 45 ◦ to the ceiling. 2. 2. A child is pushed on a swing. The plank is 8 m long and rises 2 m. W = 9. > 1 min. Work: the Gravitational Force Moving a Refrigerator 02 07:05. A runner stretches by pushing against a wall. multiple choice. The acceleration of gravity is 9.

Not enough information given. 230 . section 5. W = 0 J .Chapter 7. 6. Work: the Gravitational Force 5.

highSchool. What force did the work that increased the car’s kinetic energy? 1. the friction between the road and the tires 2. the force of the car engine 4. Students A and B have masses mA and mB . if work is done on an object. As the wheel turns. The ferris wheel has a radius R. W total = F ∆s. Part 1 of 3 Two students ride in carts opposite to one another in a spinning ferris wheel as shown below. < 1 min. ¡ ¢ A R v © B The ferris wheel spins at a constant speed so that the two students are traveling with constant speed. total 1.e. student B comes to the bottom while student A arrives at the top. Neglect air resistance. respectively. According to the work-energy theorem. Consider a car that accelerates from rest on a ﬂat road. highSchool. ﬁxed. air resistance 3. What is the magnitude of the TOTAL work done on student A in moving from the bottom to the top of the ferris wheel? The total work is the sum of the work done by all of the forces on the body..Chapter 7. WB = mB g R wheel 8. WA = 2 (m A − m B ) g R total 5. WB = mA g R wheel 9. multiple choice. WA total 3. WB = (m A + m B ) g R A Student A is originally at the bottom of the ferris wheel while student B is at the top of the ferris wheel. section 8. as shown below. gravity Conceptual work 01 07:08. WA = 2 (m A + m B ) g R wheel 7. WA =0 total = 2 mA g R 2. multiple choice. WA = 2 (m B − m A ) g R B R v ¤ ¥ £ total 6. Part 2 of 3 What is the magnitude of the work done on student B by the ferris wheel in moving from the top to the bottom? . < 1 min. Kinetic Energy and the Work-Energy Theorem § ¨ ¦ 231 Conceptual 08 Q13 07:08. i. its potential and/or kinetic energy changes. WA = 2 mB g R total 4. ﬁxed.

e. i.Chapter 7. Students A and B have masses mA and mB . ﬁxed. section 8. WB = 2 (m A − m B ) g R wheel = 2 (m B − m A ) g R 4. WB 2. since WB =0 A R v © Conceptual work 02 07:08. Neglect air resistance. student B comes to the bottom while student A arrives at the top. WA =0 . W total = F ∆s. highSchool.. respectively. Kinetic Energy and the Work-Energy Theorem ¡ ¢ 232 1. WB = mB g R wheel = mA g R 8. WB = (m A + m B ) g R A Student A is originally at the bottom of the ferris wheel while student B is at the top of the ferris wheel. What is the magnitude of the TOTAL work done on student A in moving from the bottom to the top of the ferris wheel? The total work is the sum of the work done by all of the forces on the body. WB wheel 5. multiple choice. As the wheel turns. total 1. negative (WB < 0) wheel > 0) 2. § ¨ ¦ Part 3 of 3 What is the sign of the work done on student B by the ferris wheel in moving from the top to the bottom? wheel 1. WB wheel 9. > 1 min. WB = 2 (m A + m B ) g R wheel =0 6. WB v ¤ ¥ £ wheel 7. B The ferris wheel spins at a constant speed so that the two students are traveling with constant speed. undetermined. as shown below. positive (WB wheel 3. Two students ride in carts opposite to one another in a spinning ferris wheel as shown below. The ferris wheel has a radius R. WB wheel = 2 mB g R = 2 mA g R R B wheel wheel 3.

D or E. multiple choice. W = 3 m g h 2. which ramp would require you to do the least work? 1. You need to push a heavy cart up to the second ﬂoor and you may choose any one of the ﬁve ramps. < 1 min. Yes. 4. None of these. All ﬁve ramps have the same height. C. highSchool. Assuming no frictional forces on the cart. as sketched below. Five ramps lead from the ground to the second ﬂoor of a workshop. WA C 233 C. W = 0 4. A B 7. 5. 6. . Ramp C. WA total 3. Ramp D. highSchool. from the ﬁrst ﬂoor to the fourth ﬂoor? 1. D. 2. WA = 2 mB g R total = 2 (m A − m B ) g R 4. 9. Ramp A. The distance between adjacent ﬂoors is h. D and E have the same length. Ramp B. What is the net work done on the elevator during the entire trip. and ﬁnally stops at the fourth ﬂoor. W = −4 m g h 6. An elevator of mass m is initially at rest on the ﬁrst ﬂoor of a building. more work for ramp A. ﬁxed. Kinetic Energy and the Work-Energy Theorem total = 2 mA g R 2. Friction and Kinetic Energy 07:08. and passes the second and third ﬂoors with a constant velocity. ramp A is longer than the other four.Chapter 7. WB wheel = mB g R D wheel = mA g R 8. ﬁxed. Unable to determine without knowing the exact proﬁles of ramps C. Can frictional forces ever increase the kinetic energy of an object? 1. It moves upward. 8. W = 4 m g h 5. Same work for all ﬁve ramps. < 1 min. ﬁxed. WB wheel 9. Same work for ramps B. 3. WB = (m A + m B ) g R E Elevator Work Energy 07:08. Five Ramps 07:08. W = −3 m g h 3. Same work for the straight ramps A and B. WA total 5. and E. WA = 2 (m B − m A ) g R total = 2 (m A + m B ) g R 6. multiple choice. highSchool. section 8. multiple choice. less work for ramps C. D or E. Ramp E. 7. ramps B. < 1 min.

5 m.0◦ with the horizontal. A 50 kg diver steps oﬀ a diving board and drops straight down into the water.81 m/s2 .0◦ with the horizontal. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The coeﬃcient of kinetic friction is 0. An average frictional force of 4. One is a forward force of 1140 N provided by traction between the wheels and the road. A 2. 3 234 Holt SF 05C 05 07:08. numeric. The other is a 950 N resistive force due to various frictional forces. wordingvariable.0 N parallel to the incline. which makes an angle of 15. wordingvariable. highSchool. section 8.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. Holt SF 05C 01 07:08.0 kg crate is pulled up a rough incline with an initial speed of 1. Find the magnitude of the net force on the bobsled.8 m/s. In a circus performance. numeric. numeric. Part 2 of 5 b) Find the work done by the force of friction on the crate. a) Find the work done by Earth’s gravity on the crate. Part 1 of 5 A 10.81 m/s2 . What is the length of the driveway? Holt SF 05C 04 07:08. highSchool. numeric. its speed is 6.5 m. wordingvariable. highSchool. highSchool. wordingvariable. Part 4 of 5 d) Find the change in kinetic energy of the crate. highSchool. highSchool. Part 3 of 5 c) Find the work done by the puller on the crate. No. numeric. > 1 min.5 m/s. Part 5 of 5 e) Find the speed of the crate after it is pulled 7. Kinetic Energy and the Work-Energy Theorem 2. A 75 kg bobsled is pushed along a horizontal surface by two athletes. wordingvariable. > 1 min. A student wearing frictionless in-line skates on a horizontal surface is pushed by a friend with a constant force of 45 N.40 and the crate is pulled a distance of 7. highSchool. > 1 min. The pulling force is 100. The water provides an average net force of resistance of 1500 N to the diver’s fall. If the diver comes to rest 5 m below the water’s surface. normal. Holt SF 05Rev 21 07:08. numeric. starting from rest.0 m/s? Holt SF 05C 03 07:08. numeric. A 2. After the bobsled is pushed a distance of 4.1 × 103 kg car accelerates from rest at the top of a driveway that is sloped at an angle of 20.5 starting from rest.0 m/s. so that her ﬁnal kinetic energy is 352 J ? Holt SF 05C 02 07:08. > 1 min.0 × 103 N impedes the car’s motion so that the car’s speed at the bottom of the driveway is 3. How far must the car travel for its speed to reach 2. what is the total distance between the diving board and the diver’s stopping point underwater? Holt SF 05Rev 22 07:08. normal.Chapter 7. > 1 min.0 × 10 kg car accelerates from rest under the action of two forces. The acceleration of gravity is 9. a monkey on a sled . The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. How far must the student be pushed.

numeric. there is a spring that the block will compress.0 N.81 m/s2 .60 kg rubber ball has a speed of 2. ﬁnd a) the ﬁnal speed. Holt SF 05Rev 51 07:08. numeric.0 m. Part 2 of 2 b) the net horizontal force exerted on the car.81 m/s2 . If all frictional forces are neglected and the cart starts from rest. > 1 min. Part 2 of 2 b) Assuming that the frictional force is constant.0 m/s at point A and kinetic energy 7. wordingvariable. highSchool. wordingvariable. How far up the incline does the sled move? Holt SF 05Rev 38 07:08. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 kJ of work to move from rest to some ﬁnal speed. highSchool.0 N. Part 1 of 2 A 5. Find a) the ball’s kinetic energy at A. The combined mass of the monkey and the sled is 20. Neglecting friction. < 1 min.Chapter 7.0 m along an aisle by a shopper who exerts a constant horizontal force of 40. highSchool. After compressing the spring. a) Use work and energy considerations to ﬁnd the magnitude of the force that stops the bullet.5 J at point B. wordingvariable. what is the person’s speed at this point? Holt SF 05Rev 41 07:08. > 1 min. each arm exerts an upward force of 355 N on the torso. disregarding the weight of the arms. The acceleration of gravity if 9. Part 1 of 2 A 2.0 m/s penetrates a tree trunk to a depth of 4. after which it will again slide back down.0 kg.20. Part 1 of 3 A 0. If the upward movement starts from rest.0 N grocery cart is pushed 12. numeric. At the bottom of the plane.0 cm of the lift. During the ﬁrst 25. During this time.00 cm.00 g bullet moving at 600. Part 3 of 3 c) the total work done on the ball as it moves from A to B. hA . highSchool. > 1 min. A block is released from rest. Part 2 of 3 b) the ball’s speed at B. and the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the sled and the incline is 0.0 m/s up a 25◦ incline. the car moves 25. The acceleration of gravity is 9. determine how much time elapses between the moment the bullet enters the tree and the moment the bullets stops moving. numeric. and allowed to slide down an inclined plane. at a height h. 235 Holt SF 05Rev 49 07:08. A person doing a chin-up weighs 700. > 1 min. How much work is done on the block between its release at height h and its ascent to its next maximum height? 1.81 m/s2 . section 8. A 98. There is friction on the plane. wordingvariable. the block will slide up the plane to some maximum height. Inclined plane consv energy 07:08. Kinetic Energy and the Work-Energy Theorem is given an initial speed of 4. highSchool. mA g (h − hA ) . wordingvariable.50 × 103 kg car requires 5. numeric. what is the grocery cart’s ﬁnal speed? Holt SF 05Rev 45 07:08. > 1 min. multiple choice. ﬁxed. highSchool.

The cart comes to a rest after traveling 1 m. 4 m 6. > 1 min. 0. 2µ mA g hA 3.Chapter 7. 0 4. > 1 min. A block sliding on a horizontal surface has an initial speed of 0. < 1 min. How far would the cart travel if it were moving at 1 m/s when the air was turned oﬀ? 1.3. normal. 1 m 3. is released with a velocity of 2. < 1 min. Kinetic Energy and the Work-Energy Theorem 2. None of these Sliding a Box 0204 07:08. mA g (h − hA ) + 2µ mA g hA 4.5 m beyond the point where it was released. More information is needed. A cart on an air track is moving 0.3 m/s. ﬁnd the work done by the friction. 2m 3. sliding on a horizontal plane. multiple choice. A block of mass 4. 1m 2. 3 m 5. numeric.2 kg. horizontal ﬂoor with a constant applied horizontal force of 130 N. ﬁxed. impossible to determine 236 Work Done by Friction 02 07:08. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The block travels a distance of 1 m as it slows to a stop. more information is needed to answer the question .1? SWCT Work and Energy 07:08. section 8. 4m 5. highSchool. 3m 4.5 m/s when the air is turned oﬀ. Part 2 of 2 Find the the ﬁnal speed of the box. normal.5 m 2. highSchool. multiple choice. multiple choice. What distance would the block have traveled if its initial speed had been 1 m/s? 1. highSchool. Sliding Block 07:08. ﬁxed. 2 m 4.8 m/s2 . The block slides and stops at a distance of 1. 5. If the coeﬃcient of friction between box and ﬂoor is 0. How far would the block have slid if its initial velocity were increased by a factor of 2.5 m/s. Part 1 of 2 A 40 kg box initially at rest is pushed 5 m along a rough. highSchool.

Kinetic Friction Falling Paper 07:10. multiple choice. section 10. 5. Wnet = −m g H . 6. Wnet = (f − m g )H . The net work Wnet done on the paper is 1. 4. highSchool.Chapter 7. to the ﬂoor (height = 0). 237 . 3. The force of air friction has magnitude f . Wnet = (m g − f )H . Wnet = m g H . ﬁxed. A piece of paper of mass m is dropped from a height H . < 1 min. Wnet = f H . 2. Wnet = −f H .

Part 1 of 2 Georgie was pulling her brother (of mass 20 kg) in a 10 kg sled with a constant force of 25 N for one block (100 m). normal. highSchool. Part 2 of 2 If electricity costs 20 cents per kilowatt-hour.) How long do you have to walk to produce the same amount of energy as a 100 W lightbulb that is lit for 1 hour? Conceptual 08 14 07:11. (A calorie is the common unit of food energy. Normally the rate at which you expend energy during a brisk walk is 3. and you do not pay attention to the cost of electricity. How much work against gravity do you do when you climb a ﬂight of stairs 3 m high? Part 2 of 2 Consider the energy consumed by a 60 W light bulb in an hour.3 calories of energy per minute for your friend Ben.5 hp (horsepower) electric motor for 8 hours a day. numeric. highSchool.5 calories per minute. What energy is produced by a 100 W lightbulb lit for 2. A student weighing 700 N climbs at constant speed to the top of an 8 m vertical rope in 10 s. equal to 0. If the dorm (or your parents) charged you . You leave your 75 W portable color TV on for 6 hours during the day and evening.Chapter 7. normal. equal to 0. > 1 min. How much energy is consumed by the motor daily? 1 hp equals about 750 watts. numeric. What is the average power expended by the student to overcome gravity? Conceptual 08 01 07:11. numeric. The acceleration due to gravity is 9. numeric. wordingvariable. normal. < 1 min. > 1 min.239 Joules.) How long do you have to walk in order to produce the same amount of energy as in a candy bar (approximately 280 cal)? Conceptual 08 12 07:11. Normally the rate at which you expend energy during a brisk walk is 3. highSchool. How many calories are expended during a night’s sleep of 8 hours? Conceptual 08 15 07:11. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A small air compressor operates on a 1. numeric. numeric. How many ﬂights of stairs would you have to climb to equal the work of the lightbulb? Conceptual 08 04 07:11.239 J. Part 1 of 2 Assume your mass is 80 kg. highSchool. normal. how much does it cost to run the compressor each day? Conceptual 08 07 07:11. How much work did Georgie do? Part 2 of 2 238 How long would a 100 W lightbulb have to glow to produce the same amount of energy expended by Georgie? Conceptual 08 10 07:11. < 1 min. highSchool.5 calories per minute. < 1 min. highSchool. section 11. Power Climbing a Rope 02 07:11. normal. numeric. > 1 min. ﬁxed. normal. numeric. highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min. < 1 min. normal.8 m/s2 . (A calorie is the common unit of food energy. Sleeping consumes 1.5 hours? Conceptual 08 11 07:11. numeric.

highSchool. 2. > 1 min. what happens to the power supplied by the gravitational force? 1. one crane can lift that load 1 in the time it takes the other. < 1 min. As a freely falling object picks up downward speed. multiple choice. In order to lose 1 pound per week. multiple choice. Conceptual 08 Q03 07:11. 2 s 3.5 s. numeric. section 11. 1 3 239 per day. The power increases. 4. ﬁxed. However. Power for your electricity use and the cost was $0. 3. 3 2. How much energy will a stock tank heater rated at 1500 Watts use in a 24 hour period? 1. A sports car accelerates from zero to 30 mph in 1. 4. assuming the power of the engine to be independent of velocity and neglecting friction. 1. what would be your monthly (30 day) bill? Conceptual 08 Q02 07:11. Two construction cranes are each able to lift a maximum load of 20000 N to a height of 100 m. 1500 × 3600 Joules 4. Suppose that a lightbulb gives as much light as a 100-watt bulb. numeric. < 1 min.5 s . 1 9 3. 1500 × 24 × 60 Joules 3. multiple choice. how long will the bulb would have to operate to make up the diﬀerence in price? Energy 50 07:11. highSchool. 3 s 3. 9 3. The power stays the same. highSchool. < 1 min. If electricity costs 8 cents per kilowatt-hour. highSchool. multiple choice. Unable to determine. Energy-eﬃcient appliances are important in today’s economy.1 /kW · h. Conceptual 18 09 07:11. How long would you have to run in order to burn 500 Calories if you burn 7 cal/min? The Calories burned vary with the weight and intensity of the runner. normal. 1500 Joules 2. highSchool. > 1 min. normal. but consumes only 20 W while costing $2 more. 1 4. normal. Unable to determine Conceptual 12 04 07:11.Chapter 7. normal. ﬁxed. < 1 min. highSchool. The power decreases. 1500 × 24 × 3600 Joules Energy And Work2 07:11. you need to reduce your daily intake by 500 Calories 2. How long does it take for it to accelerate from zero to 60 mph. 3 How much more power does the faster crane have? 1.

force . wordingvariable. section 11. wordingvariable. highSchool. What is the average power developed by the car’s engine? Holt SF 05F 03 07:11. How much power is generated by the falling water? Kilowatt hours 07:11. highSchool. torque 4. numeric. < 1 min.50 × 10 kg car accelerates uniformly from rest to 10. A kilowatt-hour is a unit of 1. Power 4. highSchool. A constant frictional force of 4. work 5. Part 1 of 2 A 1.40 × 105 J of work? Holt SF 05Rev 36 07:11. highSchool. 6 s 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Note: One horsepower is equal to 746 watts.0 N during this time. numeric. > 1 min. How long would it take for a 2.00 m/s? Holt SF 05F 02 07:11. voltage 3.00 s. ﬁxed. wordingvariable. A car with a mass of 1. A 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Assume that the force of resistance remains constant at 400. highSchool. a) What is the work done on the car in this time interval? 3 Part 2 of 2 b) What is the power delivered by the engine in this time interval? Holt SF 05Rev 35 07:11. What minimum power must the motor deliver to lift the fully loaded elevator at a constant speed 3. numeric.66 × 107 kg of water vapor.00 km? Holt SF 05F 04 07:11.0 s.0 hp. An automobile engine delivers 50.50 × 103 kg starts from rest and accelerates to a speed of 18. wordingvariable. highSchool.0 × 103 N retards the elevator’s motion upward.0 × 103 kg elevator carries a maximum load of 800. numeric.81 m/s2 .0 m. > 1 min. > 1 min. > 1 min. numeric.81 m/s2 .8 × 107 J of work? 240 Holt SF 05F 05 07:11.00 kW pump to raise the same amount of water to the cloud’s altitude of 2. highSchool. wordingvariable. 9 s 6. wordingvariable.0 kg. multiple choice.2 × 106 kg/s and falls 50. A rain cloud contains 2. wordingvariable.Chapter 7. current 2. > 1 min.0 m/s in 12. 12 s Holt SF 05F 01 07:11.0 m/s in 3. numeric.81 m/s2 . highSchool. numeric. How much time will it take for the engine to do 6. The acceleration of gravity if 9. > 1 min. > 1 min. Water ﬂows over a section of Niagara Falls at the rate of 1. How long does it take a 19 kW steam engine to do 6.

> 1 min. highSchool. The lawn mower moves at a speed of 20 cm/sec (1/2mph). divided by distance. multiple choice. < 1 min. times distance. power. What is Rosie’s power output? Woman Push Lawn Mower 02 07:11. Rosie (mass 47 kg) pushes a box with a horizontal force of 140 N (31. 241 Power 03 07:11. power 7. < 1 min. None of these Output Power 07:11. 4. divided by weight. resistance. multiple choice. Watt. Power 04 07:11. highSchool. A woman pushes a lawn mower with a constant force of 112 Newtons at an angle of 37 degrees with respect to the horizontal. > 1 min. energy. 2. If you exert a force of 50 N to walk 4 m up a ﬂight of stairs in 4 seconds. ﬁxed. What is her power output? (1 hp = 746 Watts) .Chapter 7. > 1 min. 2. numeric. 2. highSchool. > 1 min. A woman pushes a lawn mower with a constant force of 112 N at an angle of 37 ◦ with respect to the horizontal. Joule. Power equals work 1.000365062 MW Power 01 07:11. What is the average output power? 1. numeric. highSchool. A hot rod of mass 1200 kg. 3. Power 6. highSchool. ﬁxed.0125581 MW 4. normal. normal. numeric. Coulomb.0657112 MW 5. multiple choice.13023 MW 4. normal. force. < 1 min. 1. highSchool. highSchool.472 lb) at a speed 15 m/min. What is her power output? (1 hp = 746 Watts) Woman Push Lawn Mower 07:11. 3. 0. how much power do you use? Power Output 07:11. The lawn mower moves at a speed of 20 cm/sec. normal. < 1 min. 3. 0. 4.2 s. ﬁxed. divided by time. Newton. highSchool. multiple choice. ﬁxed. 0. multiple choice. The unit of power is the 1. 2. 2.26047 MW 3. section 11. starting from rest reaches a speed of 180 m/s in only 17. The rate at which work is done is called 1. Power 02 07:11.

020 hp 2. section 11.Chapter 7. 0.040 hp 6. 0.034 hp 5. 0. 0.030 hp 4.044 hp 242 . 0. Power 1.024 hp 3. 0.

Chapter 7. numeric. How many kilometers per liter will a car reach if its engine is 35% eﬃcient and it encounters an average retarding force of 500 N at highway speed? (Assume that the energy content of gasoline is 50 MJ/L.) 243 . Energy and the Automobile Concept 07 59 07:13. > 1 min. normal. highSchool. section 13.

Chapter 7. multiple choice. as shown in the ﬁgure. You measure 200 electrons per second ﬂowing in wire A toward the junction and 300 electrons per second ﬂowing in wire B away from the junction. A water tank empties itelf by draining water out of the bottom through a pipe network. 100 electrons/s in wire C away from the junction. Consider three wires connected at a junction. Kinetic Energy at High Speeds Conceptual 18 Q08 07:14. All of the bulbs are identical. A . (A constriction is simply a location where the pipe diameter is smaller. 500 electrons/s in wire C away from the junction. highSchool. 4. < 1 min. highSchool.) 2. 500 electrons/s in wire C toward the junction. ﬁxed. < 1 min. The ﬁgure represents two possible ways to connect two lighbulbs to a battery. Conceptual 18 Q12 07:14. B 3. section 14. 100 electrons/s in wire C toward the junction. A B 244 B A Which tank will drain faster? 1. A C What is the electron ﬂow in wire C? 1. multiple choice. The ﬁgure shows two possible conﬁgurations of pipes leading out of the bottom. 3. < 1 min. highSchool. Conceptual 18 Q13 07:14. 2. In each case the pipe has the same diameter and there are two identical constrictions in the pipe. Both drain at the same rate. ﬁxed. normal. multiple choice.

Chapter 7. The ﬁgure represents two possible ways to connect two lighbulbs X and Y to a battery. highSchool. Bulb Y in A 245 B In which case will the total current running through the battery be greater? 1. multiple choice. Bulb X has less resistance than bulb Y . Bulb X in A 2. B 3. A 2. Bulb Y in B Y A X Y B Which bulb has the most current running through it? . section 14. Conceptual 18 Q14 07:14. Kinetic Energy at High Speeds 1. Bulb X in B 4. < 1 min. ﬁxed. The same current runs through the battery in both cases. X 3.

Part 1 of 3 Consider the following devices: I) a toothbrush. highSchool. ﬁxed. II and III 3. Part 1 of 2 A 500-N crate needs to be lifted 1 meter vertically in order to get it into the back of a pickup truck. II and III 3. IV) a chisel. I. ﬁxed. II and III 3. III and V 6. I and II 246 Conceptual 08 Q15 07:15. section 15. II and V 4. Simple and Compound Machines Conceptual 08 Q08 07:15. II) a pizza cutter with a circular disk. V) a pencil sharpener. Either 4. I 2. III and IV 6. III and VI 5. II) the inclined plane. > 1 min. highSchool. III) a saw. slide it up a frictionless inclined plane 3. I. less distance 3. In which of the devices is a lever present? 1. III and IV 5. I. I. I and II Part 3 of 3 In which of the devices is a wheel and axle present? 1. Unable to determine Part 2 of 2 What is the advantage of using the inclined plane? 1. I 2.Chapter 7. IV and V 5. II. highSchool. and III) the wheel and axle. What kind(s) of simple machine compo- . II and V 4. II. IV and V Part 2 of 3 In which of the devices is an inclined plane present? 1. II and V 4. ﬁxed. I. II. III. < 1 min. III. multiple choice. < 1 min. lift it straight up into the truck 2. II. less total energy 4. multiple choice. Part 1 of 4 Many everyday devices incorporate some of the following simple machines: I) the lever. I 2. I. What gives the crate a greater potential energy? 1. more power Conceptual 08 Q19 07:15. less force 2. multiple choice.

I only 2.5 percent. If a force of 2200 N is applied to the rope as the rope is pulled in 14 m. highSchool. I and II only 3. I only 5. numeric. > 1 min.0 m at constant velocity along a 15◦ incline. numeric. I and III only 5. I only 2. The pulleys are used to raise a mass of 78 kg to a height of 4. II and III only 4. section 15. Holt SF 08Rev 74 07:15.160.0 m. I and III only 1. A pulley system has an eﬃciency of 87. wordingvariable. I and II only 3. > 1 min. I. A crate is pulled 2. I and II only 3. numeric.46 m? Holt SF 08Rev 75 07:15. II and III Part 2 of 4 What kind(s) of simple machine components can be found in a pair of scissors? 1. II and III 2. I and III only 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. II and III only 247 Holt SF 08Rev 72 07:15. > 1 min. I and III only 5.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. Calculate the eﬃciency of this procedure. I only 2. How much of the rope must be pulled in if a force of 648 N is needed to lift a 150 kg desk 2.Chapter 7. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. > 1 min. highSchool. II and III Part 4 of 4 What kind(s) of simple machine components can be found in corkscrew? 1. I. What force is exerted on the rope of the pulley system if the rope is pulled for 24 m in order to raise the mass to the required height? Holt SF 08Rev 73 07:15. what is the eﬃciency of the machine? Assume the mass .81 m/s2 . A pulley system is used to lift a piano 3.0 m. Simple and Compound Machines nents can be found in a crowbar? 4. wordingvariable. II and III Part 3 of 4 What kind(s) of simple machine components can be found in a stapler? 1.81 m/s2 . I. highSchool. The eﬃciency of a pulley system is 64 percent. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. I and II only 3. highSchool. I. The coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the crate and the plane is 0. II and III only 4. II and III only 4.

4. < 1 min. ﬁxed. multiple choice. exerting a force of 375 N. measured in Newton-meters. highSchool. ﬁxed. Part 2 of 3 What is the mechanical advantage? Part 3 of 3 How eﬃcient is this system? 248 The fulcrum of which class lever is always between the eﬀort force and the resistance force? 1. numeric. > 1 min. An example of a compound machine is a 1. third 2. pair of pliers. pair of scissors.Chapter 7. broom 3. Levers 04 07:15. A fulcrum is 2. decreases distance. Paul pulls the rope a distance of 3. ﬁxed. multiplies distance. typewriter. 3. measured in Joules. multiple choice. baseball bat 4. ﬁrst Lifting Weights With Pulleys 07:15. highSchool. Simple and Compound Machines of the piano is 750 kg. < 1 min. ﬁxed. None of these 3. highSchool. The advantage of using a third-class lever is that it 1. 3. highSchool. Which of the following is not a third-class lever? 1. scissors 2. Machines 02 07:15. highSchool.9 m. What is the ideal mechanical advantage of the system? Machines 01 07:15. multiple choice. < 1 min. A simple machine that is a straight slanted . makes the resistance force smaller. ﬁxed. 2. 3. section 15. 4. Levers 01 07:15. a support for an inclined plane. hammer. multiple choice. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 A pulley system lifts a 1345 N weight a distance of 0. < 1 min.8 m/s2 . ﬁxed. highSchool. 4. < 1 min. multiple choice. multiplies eﬀort force. The acceleration of gravity is 9. normal. 4. Levers 02 07:15. < 1 min.975 m. the place where a lever is supported. second 1. 2. shovel Levers 03 07:15. multiple choice.

and C are true. < 1 min. multiple choice. B. 3. highSchool. B. < 1 min. Which property of a machine compares its work output with its work input? 1. ideal mechanical advantage 4. A. 6. a screw. 2. a pulley. multiple choice. multiple choice. 249 A machine with a(n) of two doubles the force applied to the machine. . mechanical advantage 3. ﬁxed. Which statement(s) is/are true? 1. 2. 3. < 1 min. highSchool. an inclined plane. section 15. 4. ﬁxed. If the eﬀort force is less than the resistance force. highSchool. a wedge. highSchool. Only B and C are true. highSchool. mechanical advantage 3. Only B is true. 5. an inclined plane. < 1 min. 3. Only A and C are true. ﬁxed. multiple choice. the mechanical advantage is less than 1. 4. mechanical eﬃciency 5. Only A is true. Simple and Compound Machines surface is 1. The mechanical eﬃciency of a machine is decreased by reducing friction within the machine. a pulley. A doorknob is a simple machine called 1. a lever. 2. a wedge. multiple choice. ﬁxed. a wheel and axle. A. ﬁxed. 5. C. A. Machines 07 07:15. Only C is true. < 1 min. energy 6. a screw. mechanical eﬃciency 4. Machines 04 07:15. 4. a lever. ideal mechanical advantage 5. Only A and B are true. Consider the following statements. Machines 06 07:15.Chapter 7. Windmills can be used to change mechanical energy into electric energy. energy Machines 05 07:15. a wheel and axle. 1. 5. 2. Consider the following statements. A third-class lever requires a larger eﬀort force for a given resistance force. Machines 03 07:15. 2.

9900 4. A. Which statement(s) is/are true? 1. Power is the rate at which work is done. 2. 7. multiple choice. < 1 min. 2. 5. A. 4.Chapter 7. 6. Only C is true. Work relates force and simple machines. multiple choice. A combination of complex machines is a compound machine. Only B and C are true. 0. 6. screw Machines 10 07:15. 4. 3. Only C is true. C. < 1 min. If you have to apply 30 N of force on a crowbar to lift an object that weighs 330 N. Only A and C are true. Only B is true. Only A and B are true. ﬁxed. 11 2. multiple choice. wheel and axle 3. 4. 2. A. 3. The mechanical eﬃciency of a machine is always less than 100 percent. highSchool. applying the force over a shorter distance. wedge 6. Simple and Compound Machines B. ﬁxed. applying the force over a greater distance. highSchool. lever 2. Only A and B are true. Only A and C are true. Consider the following statements. highSchool. inclined plane 5. Which statement(s) is/are true? 1.09 3. ﬁxed. 0. Machines 09 07:15. 250 A screwdriver being used to pry open a can of paint is an example of which type of simple machine? 1. pulley 4. Machines 08 07:15. B. < 1 min. 5. Only A is true. increasing the work. . Only B and C are true. < 1 min. An inclined plane reduces the eﬀort force by 1. what is the mechanical advantage of the crowbar? 1. reducing the work. and C are true.36 Machines 11 07:15. and C are true. Only A is true. highSchool. C. A machine that works with one movement is a simple machine. B. B. section 15. ﬁxed. 7. 3. multiple choice. Only B is true.

It has no moving parts. . multiplies the eﬀort force. < 1 min. Pulleys can 1. highSchool. ﬁxed. multiple choice. highSchool. highSchool. multiply force. < 1 min. change the direction of the force. 4. ﬁxed. 251 4. section 15. multiple choice. It is free of friction. 3. The mechanical advantage of a machine is the number of times it 1. 3. 2. 4. All of these 2. changes the direction of the eﬀort force. multiply distance. 4. highSchool. < 1 min. weight of the object being lifted. 3. Pulley 01 07:15. changes the direction of the resistance force. multiple choice.Chapter 7. How does an inclined plane diﬀer from other simple machines? 1. 2. length of the rope. It is not a lever. Pulley 02 07:15. 2. The mechanical advantage of a pulley system is equal to the 1. It uses gears. multiplies the resistance force. < 1 min. ﬁxed. number of rope segments pulling up on the load. multiple choice. distance the load has to be moved. 5. Mechanical Advantage 01 07:15. have a mechanical advantage of less than one. 3. Simple and Compound Machines Machines 12 07:15. ﬁxed.

The car which is twice as massive as the other will have twice potential energy. I. I. multiple choice. section 1. I. They have the same potential energies since they are lifted to the same elevation. ﬁxed. multiple choice. A car is lifted a vertical distance in a service station and therefore has potential energy relative to the ﬂoor.0 kg child is in a swing that is attached . Neither 2. wordingvariable. 4. Two cars are lifted to the same elevation in a service station. Both 252 Hewitt CP9 07 R09 08:01.Chapter 8. II and IV 4. < 1 min. If it were lifted twice as high. 3. > 1 min. I. II. ﬁxed. how do their potential energies compare? 1. III and IV Conceptual 08 Q17 08:01. II. II. Potential Energy 3. In which of the systems is potential energy present? 1. III and IV Part 2 of 2 In which of the systems is kinetic energy present? 1. II) a swinging pendulum. I and II 2. II and III 3. One half as much 4. Part 1 of 3 A 40. gravitational potential energy Conceptual 08 Q06 08:01. The car which is twice as massive as the other will have one half potential energy than the other car. multiple choice. Part 1 of 2 Consider the following systems: I) water behind a dam. 2. highSchool. III and IV 5. III) an apple on an apple tree. II. highSchool. highSchool. II and IV 4. What does the International Space Station possess? 1. numeric. III and IV 5. If one car is twice as massive as the other. Unable to determine Hewitt CP9 07 R10 08:01. highSchool. The same 2. highSchool. I and II 2. < 1 min. ﬁxed. how much potential energy would it have? 1. Twice as much 3. < 1 min. IV) the space shuttle in orbit. Unable to determine Holt SF 05D 03 08:01. multiple choice. II and III 3. ﬁxed. < 1 min. kinetic energy 4.

00 m long string. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Holt SF 05Rev 23 08:01.00 m. The acceleration of gravity is 9.00 kg ball is attached to a ceiling by a 1. highSchool. > 1 min. as in the ﬁgure. The height of the room is 3. Part 2 of 3 b) when the ropes make a 30.0◦ angle with the vertical. Find the gravitational potential energy associated with the child relative to the child’s lowest position under the following conditions: a) when the ropes are horizontal. section 1. highSchool. > 1 min. Holt SF 05Rev 24 08:01.Chapter 8.00 m.81 m/s2 . What is the gravitational potential energy associated with the ball relative to a) the ceiling? Part 2 of 3 b) the ﬂoor? Part 3 of 3 c) a point at the same elevation as the ball? 10 m a) Find the diﬀerence in gravitational potential energy associated with the skier at the points A and B if the zero level for gravitational potential energy is at point B.0 m vertically above the ﬁnal point B. . Part 2 of 3 b) Find the diﬀerence in potential energy if the zero level is at point A. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. 253 Part 1 of 3 A 2. Part 1 of 3 A 55 kg skier is at the top of a slope.00 m long. At the initial point A. the skier is 10. Part 3 of 3 c) Find the diﬀerence in potential energy if the zero level is midway down the slope. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 . Part 3 of 3 c) at the bottom of the circular arc. numeric. at a height of 5. numeric. Potential Energy to ropes 2.

115 m. > 1 min. Calculate the elastic potential energy stored in the spring. Holt SF 05D 02 08:02. Part 2 of 3 b) compressed 3. Spring Potential Energy Holt SF 05D 01 08:02. Part 1 of 3 A spring has a force constant of 500. wordingvariable. how much elastic potential energy is stored in the spring when its length is 0.00 cm from equilibrium.0 N/m. section 2.2 N/m has a relaxed length of 2. A spring with a force constant of 5. highSchool.00 cm from equilibrium. highSchool. > 1 min.Chapter 8. numeric. highSchool. When a mass is attached to the end of the spring and allowed to come to rest. the vertical length of the spring is 3. numeric. Part 3 of 3 c) unstretched. Find the potential energy stored in the spring when the spring is a) stretched 4.57 m.45 m. If the spring constant is 51. numeric.0 N/m. wordingvariable. The staples inside a stapler are kept in place by a spring with a relaxed length of 0. 254 . wordingvariable. > 1 min.150 m? Holt SF 05Rev 25 08:02.

III) change of KE in the ﬁrst meter of fall. III only 4. WA > WB = WC = WD 5. WA < WB < WC < WD . vA = vB = vC < vD 3. Let WA . IV) change of PE in the ﬁrst meter of fall. WB . vB . WA = WB = WC = WD 4. I only 2. WC and WD be the amount of work needed to push the cart up each ramp. None of these Pushing a Cart 08:04. one ball is dropped from rest while another identical ball is thrown downward. it is released and rolls back down to the left. II only 3. < 1 min. WA = WB = WC < WD 255 Part 2 of 2 Just as each cart reaches the top of each ramp. What will be the same for both balls? I) change of KE in the ﬁrst second of fall. IV only 5. multiple choice. Which of the following describes the relationship between the ﬁnal velocities in each case? A B C D Which of the following describes the relationship between the work required in each case? 1. III and IV only 6. vA > vB = vC = vD 5. Just as it reaches the ﬂoor. multiple choice. section 4.Chapter 8. vA = vB = vC = vD 4. From a rooftop. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. I and II only 7. its velocity on each ramp is vA . vA > vB > vC > vD 3. highSchool. vA < vB = vC = vD 6. vC and vD . Conservative Forces and Potential Energy 2. < 1 min. Part 1 of 2 Consider pushing a cart up each of the four frictionless ramps shown below. WA < WB = WC = WD 6. WA > WB > WC > WD Concept 07 37 08:04. II) change of PE in the ﬁrst second of fall. The cart begins at rest to the left of each ramp and then ends at rest at the top. vA < vB < vC < vD 2. highSchool. 1. 1.

For simplicity. normal. numeric. Consider a bungee cord of unstretched length L0 = 35 m. the cord folds instead of becoming compressed when the distance between its ends is less than the unstretched length: For L < L0 the cord has zero tension and zero elastic energy. > 1 min. at the lowest point 2. To test the cord’s reliability. The KE does not change. multiple choice. the cord works and the ball stops in the air before it hits the water — and then the cord pulls it back up. normal. < 1 min. To test the cord’s reliability. highSchool. For simplicity.8 m/s2 . > 1 min. < 1 min. one end is tied to a high bridge (height H = 168 m above the surface of a river) and the other end is tied to a steel ball of weight mg = 100 kg × 9.Chapter 8.8 m/s2 . normal. Calculate the ball’s height hbot at the lowest point of its trajectory. Calculate the ball’s height hbot at the lowest point of its trajectory. numeric. highSchool.8 m/s2 . neglects the cord’s own weight and inertia as well as the air drag on the ball and the cord. Part 1 of 2 Consider a bungee cord of unstretched length L0 = 35 m. the cord folds instead of becoming compressed when the distance between its ends is less than the unstretched length: For L < L0 the cord has zero tension and zero elastic energy. Consider a bungee cord of unstretched length L0 = 35 m. When the cord is stretched to L > L0 it behaves like a spring and its tension follows the Hooke’s law T = k (L − L0 ). ﬁxed. the cord works and the ball stops in the air before it hits the water — and then the cord pulls it back up. Concept 07 13 08:05. section 5. unlike a spring. Part 2 of 2 What is the upward acceleration of the ball at the lowest point? Bungee Jumping 03 08:05. . the cord works and the ball stops in the air 18 m above the water — and then the cord pulls it back up. Calculate the cord’s ‘spring’ constant k . Fortunately. When the cord is stretched to L > L0 it behaves like a spring and obeys Hooke’s law with the spring constant k = 24 N/m. But unlike a spring. neglects the cord’s own weight and inertia as well as the air drag on the ball and the cord. Part 1 of 3 At what point in its motion is the KE of a pendulum bob a maximum? 1. The ball is dropped oﬀ the bridge with zero initial speed. However. numeric. midway between the highest and lowest points 4. For simplicity. at the highest point 3. neglects 256 the cord’s own weight and inertia as well as the air drag on the ball and the cord. To test the cord’s reliability. the cord folds instead of becoming compressed when the distance between its ends is less than the unstretched length: For L < L0 the cord has zero tension and zero elastic energy. When the cord is stretched to L > L0 it behaves like a spring and obeys Hooke’s law with the spring constant k = 24 N/m. Conservation of Mechanical Energy Bungee Jumping 01 08:05. However. The ball is dropped oﬀ the bridge with zero initial speed. one end is tied to a high bridge (height H = 103 m above the surface of a river) and the other end is tied to a steel ball of weight mg = 100 kg × 9. The ball is dropped oﬀ the bridge with zero initial speed. Fortunately. Bungee Jumping 02 08:05. one end is tied to a high bridge (height H = 168 m above the surface of a river) and the other end is tied to a steel ball of weight mg = 100 kg × 9. Fortunately. unlike a spring. highSchool. highSchool.

its minimum value 2. the lowest point 2. the highest point 257 3. < 1 min. You are on a rooftop and you throw one ball straight down and another straight up. Concept 07 23 08:05. The second ball. Conservation of Mechanical Energy Part 2 of 3 At what point is its PE a maximum? 1. at the highest point 3. ﬁxed. falls and also strikes the ground below. after rising. KE is constant at all points. Part 1 of 2 Consider a ball thrown straight up in the air. highSchool. multiple choice. If air resistance can be neglected and if your downward and upward initial speeds are the same. the same as its PE at any other point. At what position is its kinetic energy a maximum? 1. Part 2 of 2 Where is its gravitational potential energy a maximum? 1. multiple choice. Potential energy is constant everywhere. midway between the highest and lowest points 4. What is the kinetic energy of the softball as soon as it leaves your hand? . highSchool. The PE does not change. 4. section 5. The speed of the second ball is smaller than that of the ﬁrst one. at the lowest point 2. > 1 min. numeric. < 1 min. More information is needed Conceptual 08 13 08:05. Part 1 of 4 You throw a softball (of mass 250 g) straight up into the air. What is the gravitational potential energy of the softball at its highest position? Assume the ball departed from and returned to ground level. half of its maximum value 1. ﬁxed. midway between the the lowest point and the highest point 4. midway between the the lowest point and the highest point 4.Chapter 8. its maximum value 3. The speed of the second ball is larger than that of the ﬁrst one. 4. how much PE does it have? 1. 3. highSchool. Concept 07 36 08:05. Part 2 of 4 Assume no energy is lost by the softball while it is in the air. Part 3 of 3 When its KE is half of its maximum value. the highest point 3. They have same speed. how will the speed of the balls compare upon striking the ground? 2. the lowest point 2. It reaches a maximum altitude of 15 m and then returns to you. normal.

< 1 min. −. decreasing Part 3 of 3 Where does the pendulum have the greatest kinetic energy? 1. multiple choice. 25 m above the bottom of the run.Chapter 8. Part 1 of 2 While skiing in Jackson. Part 1 of 3 A pendulum swings left to right in the ﬁgure. Wyoming. highSchool. B 3. multiple choice. C? 1. +. normal. decreasing 2. C 4. What is her ﬁnal kinetic energy at the bottom of the ski run? Part 2 of 2 What is her speed at the bottom? Conceptual 08 Q04 08:05. + Part 2 of 3 What is happening to the speed of the pendulum at the positions A. 258 A B C What kinds of work does the gravitational force do at the positions A. −. A 2. numeric. − 3. < 1 min. − 4. highSchool. normal. increasing 4. constant. increasing. Conceptual 08 Q05 08:05. 0. increasing. which is 85 m above the bottom. increasing. +. C? 1. B. increasing. 0. +. Same kinetic energy at all points. + 2. +. Part 1 of 2 Lora (of mass 50 kg) is an expert skier. highSchool. If he started at rest and converted all of his gravitational potential energy into kinetic energy. decreasing 3. constant. 0 4. She starts at 3 m/s at the top of the lynx run. constant. your friend Ben (of mass 65 kg) started his descent down the bunny run. decreasing. +. > 1 min. > 1 min. numeric. highSchool. what is Ben’s kinetic energy at the bottom of the bunny run? Part 2 of 2 What is his ﬁnal velocity? Conceptual 08 17 08:05. B. Conservation of Mechanical Energy Part 3 of 4 What is the kinetic energy of the softball when it returns to your hand? Part 4 of 4 What is the speed of the ball? Conceptual 08 16 08:05. . ﬁxed. +. section 5.

B 3. A(n) 100 g ball is dropped from a height of 60 cm above a spring of negligible mass. 4. < 1 min. 3. normal. C 4. The acceleration of gravity is 9. . B 3. it will decrease in an open system. No. Is the total amount of gravitational and kinetic energy conserved in an open system? 1. Falls on a Spring 08:05. Where is the gravitational force doing positive work? 1. highSchool. A 2. > 1 min. D 5. C 4. highSchool.8 m/s2 . multiple choice.Chapter 8. section 5. increased. The range of the cannonball will be 1. Figuring Physics 30 08:05. Yes. A B C D E 259 2. Conservation of Mechanical Energy ﬁxed. it is conserved only in a closed system. The ball compresses the spring to a maximum displacement of 4 cm. multiple choice. Part 1 of 2 Consider the following ﬁgure. No. D 5. ﬁxed. < 1 min. A 2. ﬁxed. highSchool. E h x Calculate the spring force constant k . it is conserved in any system. E Conceptual 08 Q18 08:05. Part 2 of 2 Where does the ball have the greatest gravitational potential energy? 1. numeric. No. it will increase in an open system. Suppose a cannon is propped against a massive tree to reduce recoil when it ﬁres.

5 m from the ground. numeric. highSchool. multiple choice. normal.81 m/s2 . Frictionless Ramp 08:05. highSchool. Holt SF 05E 04 08:05. decreased. normal.00 kg ﬁsh.5 m from the ground. To achieve a speed 2 v at the bottom. numeric.0 m/s over water when it accidentally drops a 2. > 1 min. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. > 1 min. If the altitude of the bird is 5. 5 m 3. what is the speed of the ﬁsh when it hits the water? Holt SF 05E 02 03 08:05.2 m/s. The acceleration of gravity is 9. A girl swings on a playground swing in such a way that at her highest point she is 3.Chapter 8. < 1 min. how h2 many times as high must a new ramp be? h1 Girl on Swing 03 08:05. What is the initial height of the bob? Holt SF 05Rev 33 08:05. numeric. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the diver’s speed just before striking the water.0 m above the water’s surface. wordingvariable. A child and sled with a combined mass of 50.81 m/s2 . a) Find the diver’s speed 5. highSchool. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. An Olympic runner leaps over a hurdle.40 m and air resistance is disregarded. The acceleration of gravity is 9. section 5. 3.9 m/s. 5 m 0. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. how much will the runner’s center of mass be raised during the jump? Holt SF 05E 05 08:05. while at her lowest point she is 0. wordingvariable.00 m above the water’s surface. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. 260 Part 1 of 3 A 755 N diver drops from a board 10. . highSchool. wordingvariable. numeric. If the runner’s initial vertical speed is 2. numeric.34 m high at an angle of 30 ◦ from horizontal. unchanged. > 1 min. A bird is ﬂying with a speed of 18. > 1 min. ﬁnd the diver’s speed when striking the water. 5 m What is her maximum speed? Holt SF 05E 01 08:05. If the sled starts from rest. Part 3 of 3 c) If the diver leaves the board with an initial upward speed of 2. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 .8 m/s2 . what is its speed at the bottom of the hill? Holt SF 05Rev 34 9. A block initially at rest is allowed to slide down a frictionless ramp and attains a speed v at the bottom.81 m/s2 . Conservation of Mechanical Energy 2. A pendulum bob is released from some initial height such that the speed of the bob at the bottom of the swing is 1.00 m/s. highSchool.0 kg slide down a frictionless hill that is 7.

whose total mass is 130. start their swing on a 5.250 kg block on a vertical spring with a spring constant of 5.0 ◦ with the vertical. What is the maximum height at which Tarzan can land on a branch after his swing continues? (Hint: Treat Tarzan’s and Jane’s energies as separate quantities. highSchool.100 m. If the vaulter’s horizontal component of velocity over the bar is 1. Tarzan and Jane. The acceleration of gravity is 9. At the bottom of the arc. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity if 9. numeric. numeric. > 1 min. numeric. whose mass is 50. A 0.0 m/s vaults over the bar. the block leaves the spring and travels upward vertically. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 . wordingvariable.Chapter 8.81 m/s2 . A 50.0 kg.0 m long vine initially inclined at an angle of 37. highSchool. wordingvariable.) Holt SF 05Rev 43 08:05. When released. How high does it rise above the point of release? Holt SF 05Rev 52 08:05. as shown in the ﬁgure The acceleration of gravity if 9.81 m/s2 .0 m above the ground on a frictionless track and ﬂies oﬀ the track at a 45. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 kg.0 cm. numeric.0◦ with the horizontal.00 m/s? Holt SF 05Rev 37 08:05. numeric.00 × 103 N/m is pushed downward. highSchool. Part 1 of 5 A 215 g particle is released from rest at point A inside a smooth hemispherical bowl of radius 30. wordingvariable. section 5. e) the kinetic energy at C. Part 3 of 5 c) the particle’s speed at B. highSchool. highSchool. Part 5 of 5 . numeric.0 m long vine when the vine is at an angle 30. compressing the spring 0.0◦ angle above A C R B 2 R 3 Calculate a) the gravitational potential energy at A relative to B. Part 2 of 5 b) the particle’s kinetic energy at B. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 An acrobat on skis starts from rest 50. how high is the jump? Holt SF 05Rev 42 08:05.81 m/s2 . What is his speed at the bottom of the swing if he a) starts from rest? Part 2 of 2 b) pushes oﬀ with a speed of 4. Part 1 of 2 Tarzan swings on a 30. Conservation of Mechanical Energy 08:05. > 1 min.0 kg pole vaulter running at 10. > 1 min. 261 Holt SF 05Rev 39 08:05.0 m/s and air resistance is disregarded. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Jane. releases the vine. Part 4 of 5 d) the potential energy at C. > 1 min. highSchool.81 m/s2 .

> 1 min.6 m a) At what height h above the ground is the block released? Part 2 of 3 b) What is the speed of the block when it leaves the track? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the speed of the block when it hits the ground? 9. striking the ground (as shown in the ﬁgure above). The acceleration of gravity is 9. 522 g 2. highSchool. numeric. Part 1 of 4 A 25 kg child on a 2. > 1 min.5 m 4. Part 3 of 4 c) What is the child’s total mechanical energy? Part 4 of 4 d) If the speed of the child at the lowest position is 2. what is the change in mechanical energy due to friction? Holt SF 05Rev 62 08:05. ﬁnd the child’s speed at the lowest position.81 m/s2 . wordingvariable.00 kg block is pressed against one end of the spring. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. ﬁnd the work done on the projectile by gravity.81 m/s2 .81 m/s2 . highSchool.00 m/s. section 5. a) For the instant before the projectile hits the surface.0 m. The acceleration of gravity is 9. It leaves the track horizontally.100 m. a) What is the skier’s speed when leaving the track? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the maximum height attained? Holt SF 05Rev 58 08:05. Part 1 of 3 A block starts at rest and slides down a frictionless track. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the change in kinetic energy since the projectile was ﬁred.Chapter 8. a) What is the maximum potential energy associated with the child? Part 2 of 4 b) Disregarding friction.81 m/s2 .81 m/s2 . Conservation of Mechanical Energy the horizontal and at a height of 10. > 1 min.250 m to the right before coming to rest. normal. h A light horizontal spring has a spring constant of 105 N/m. After the block is released. compressing the spring 0. Holt SF 05Rev 59 08:05. Part 1 of 3 A projectile of mass 5 kg kg is shot horizontally with an initial speed of 17 m/s from a height of 25 m above a ﬂat desert surface.0 m long swing is 262 released from rest when the swing supports make an angle of 30. wordingvariable. numeric. numeric. normal. A 2. highSchool. numeric. What is the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the horizontal surface and the block? Holt SF 05Rev 61 08:05.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. Disregard air resistance.0◦ with the vertical. the block moves 0. Part 3 of 3 c) Find the ﬁnal kinetic energy of the projectile. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool.

which is at a height of 3 R. KB = 6. The spring constant is 250 N/m and the mass is 0.5 cm.500 kg. KB = 8. > 1 min. multiple choice. Neglect: Friction between the block and the track is negligible. Part 2 of 2 b) Calculate the maximum acceleration of the mass-spring system. Consider a loop-the-loop system where the radius of the loop is R. KB = 10. > 1 min.Chapter 8. highSchool. Neglect: Friction between the block and the track is negligible. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A mass-spring system oscillates with an amplitude of 3. KB = 2. a) Calculate the mechanical energy of the mass-spring system. KB = . Loop a Loop 03 08:05. is given by R 3. which is at a height of 3 R. A small block (of mass m and negligible size) is released from rest at 7 the point P . KB = 5. A small block (of mass m and negligible size) is released from rest at 7 the point P . KB = 23 mgR 8 21 mgR 8 12 mgR 5 A The force NA with which the track is pushing up on the block at the point A. KB = 5 mgR 3 15 mgR 8 12 mgR 7 8 mgR 3 13 mgR 3 15 mgR 7 19 mgR 7 263 Loop a Loop 04 08:05. multiple choice. > 1 min. wordingvariable. KB = 7. Conservation of Mechanical Energy Holt SF 12Rev 53 08:05. 8 m P 4. wording-variable. numeric. section 5. KB = 9. which is at the bottom of the loop. Consider a loop-the-loop system where the radius of the loop is R. 8 m P 31 R 8 R B 31 R 8 The kinetic energy KB at B is given by 1. wording-variable. highSchool.

Consider a loop-the-loop system where the radius of the loop is R. NA = 2. A small block (of mass m and negligible size) is released from rest at the point P . NA = 8. vC = 5. which is at a height of 3 R. vC = 9. > 1 min. vC = 6. NA = 9. NA = 7. Consider a loop-the-loop system where the radius of the loop is R. 8 m P Loop a Loop 06 08:05. Neglect: Friction between the block and the track is negligible. highSchool. vC = 10. NA = 3. vC = 2. vC = 7. NA = 10. multiple choice. section 5. A small block (of mass m and negligible size) is released from rest at 7 the point P . Part 1 of 2 Neglect: Friction between the block and the track is negligible. vC = Loop a Loop 05 08:05. vC = 3. which is at a height of h. m P C 31 R 8 C R h R The tangential speed vC at C is given by What is the minimum speed vmin of the . multiple choice. wording-variable. wording-variable. NA = 35 mg 4 35 mg 3 21 mg 2 27 mg 4 79 mg 7 83 mg 7 19 mg 2 55 mg 7 29 mg 4 57 mg 5 15 gR 4 4 gR 3 16 gR 5 7 gR 4 5 gR 4 44 gR 7 31 gR 4 32 gR 5 9 gR 4 11 gR 2 264 1. Conservation of Mechanical Energy 1. vC = 8. vC = 4. NA = 6. NA = 5. highSchool. NA = 4.Chapter 8. > 1 min.

h = 2. vmin = g R 9. h = 3. hmin = 2 R √ 2 8. Consider a loop-the-loop system where the radius of the loop is R. hmin = 4 R 6. highSchool. h = 6. vmin = gR 2gR gR gR + mg gR − mg gR + 2mg gR − 2mg 265 Loop a Loop 07 08:05. > 1 min. multiple choice. 1. h = 4. vmin = 2 4. hmin = 6 R √ 7. vmin = 4 g R 10. A small block (of mass m and negligible size) is released from rest at the point P . hmin = R 3 √ 9. hmin = 2 R 5. h . hmin = 3 R √ 3 10. which is at a height of h. vmin = 3gR Part 2 of 2 What is the minimum height hmin of the block at P so that the block can pass by point C without falling oﬀ from the track? 1. section 5. h = 8. h = 7. vmin = 2. h = 23 R 8 11 R 2 13 R 5 43 R 8 36 R 7 33 R 7 13 R 4 24 R 7 4. hmin 5 = R 2 3 = R 2 1 = R 2 Given that the mass presses on the track at 3 C with a force of magnitude m g . ﬁnd the 4 initial height of the block. hmin 3. vmin = 5. hmin = R 2 . hmin 2. wording-variable. m P C h R 8.Chapter 8. vmin = 6. vmin = 7. Conservation of Mechanical Energy block at C so that the block can pass by this point without falling oﬀ from the track? 1. Neglect: Friction between the block and the track is negligible. vmin = 3. h = 5.

multiple choice. the second at some angle above the horizon- h C R Given that the mass’s velocity at C is 15 g R . h = 31 R 8 16 R 5 25 R 8 47 R 8 14 R 5 17 R 8 . h = Loop a Loop 08 08:05. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. Her initial speed is zero and her initial height above the ground is 1. < 1 min. highSchool. h = 3. h = 266 10. h = 7 7. m P Playground Swing 02 08:05. 2. At some later time her speed is 1 m/s and her height above the ground is 0. Consider a loop-the-loop system where the radius of the loop is R. highSchool. increases.4 m above the ground in its rest position.8 m/s2 . the sum of elastic potential energy of the spring and the gravitational potential energy of the object and Earth 1. Assume: There is friction. which is at a height of h. ﬁnd the initial height h of the 4 block. ﬁxed. A small block (of negligible size) is released from rest at the point P . h = 4. 3. Three identical balls are thrown from the top of a building. Three Identical Balls 08:05. Conservation of Mechanical Energy 9. The ﬁrst ball is thrown horizontally. h = 6. h = R 4 40 R 10. decreases. wordingvariable. She is sitting on a playground swing seat that hangs 0. all with the same initial speed. multiple choice. > 1 min. < 1 min. 1. Betty weighs 420 N . h = R 8 19 9. h = 2. > 1 min. When the object is pulled down. stays the same. h = 39 R 8 27 R 8 35 R 8 27 8. ﬁxed. wording-variable. highSchool. section 5. h = 5. An object hangs motionless from a spring.4 m . Neglect: Friction between the block and the track is negligible. 8 m .Chapter 8. multiple choice. numeric. What is the magnitude of the work done by friction durning this time? Potential Energy Sums 08:05.

1. and the dart reaches a maximum height of 24 m. How far up does the dart go this time. 3. from the slowest to the fastest. 1 5. 12 m 5. 2 6. but this time the spring is compressed only half as far before ﬁring. 2 3. 6 m 6. > 1 min. 1. highSchool. 3.Chapter 8. ﬁxed. rank the speeds of the balls as they reach the ground. A spring-loaded toy dart gun is used to shoot a dart straight up in the air. All three balls strike the ground with the same speed Toy Dart Gun 08:05. 2. and the third at some angle below the horizontal. Conservation of Mechanical Energy tal. Impossible to determine. The same dart is shot up a second time from the same gun. 3. 2. 2. 267 . 96 m 2. 24 m 4. 1 2. 48 m 3. section 5. 3. 3 m 7. 1. Neglecting air resistance. 3 4. neglecting friction and assuming an ideal spring? 1. multiple choice. 1.

A block is placed on the top of a ramp as shown in the ﬁgure below. ﬁxed. friction does work on the block causing it to slow down. 1. All else being equal. 4. The sum of the potential energy and the kinetic energy of the block at any point along the entire path of travel is conserved. while the total energy of the rock remains constant. Why is some energy missing? . multiple choice. ﬁxed. the same as its original KE 3. a ball thrown vertically upward with a certain initial KE will return to its original level with the same KE. but the potential energy continues to decrease as the rock falls toward the ground. 3. highSchool. < 1 min. Approximately as far 2. the rock eventually reaches terminal velocity. how much farther should it penetrate mud? 1. Now the kinetic energy is constant. gravity does work on the block causing it to speed up. More information is needed. more than its original KE 4. When the block reaches the bottom of the incline. Changes in Mechanical Energy Concept 07 35 08:06. In the absence of air resistance. < 1 min. h µk Which of the following statements about the energy and work of the system could NOT be correct? 1. 6. The block is released from rest on the frictionless incline. however. ﬁxed. highSchool. Thrice as far 3. < 1 min. Farther than before. 2. its kinetic energy reaches a maximum. less than its original KE 2. highSchool. When air resistance is a factor aﬀecting the ball. if it is dropped from thrice the height. but less than thrice as far 4. Along the incline. a falling rock gains kinetic energy and loses potential energy. multiple choice. In the absence of air resistance.Chapter 8. Concept 07 39 08:06. multiple choice. highSchool. < 1 min. section 6. Along the incline. Conceptual 08 Q12 08:06. multiple choice. wording-variable. In the presence of air resistance. 7. On the table. the potential energy of the system decreases from its initial value. More than thrice as far Concepts of Energy 08:06. When the block reaches the ﬂat portion of the table it begins to feel a 268 frictional force with the table characterized by a coeﬃcient of kinetic friction µk . The normal force from the incline does no work on the block. The block’s gravitational potential energy loss is equal to kinetic energy gain as it descends. A stone is dropped from a certain height and penetrates into mud. 5. compare its KE to its original KE when it returns to its original level.

> 1 min. 3. Part 1 of 3 Starting from rest. The acceleration of gravity is 9. At the bottom of the hill.5 m down a rough 30.0 kg suitcase slides . wordingvariable. calculate the change in the box’s kinetic energy. He slides so that his speed is zero just as he reaches the base. numeric. wordingvariable.2 N 2. 5 N 3.22. 0. Holt SF 05Rev 47 08:06.075. Part 1 of 2 A 70. highSchool. Energy And Work3 08:06.81 m/s2 . The coeﬃcient of friction between his clothes and Earth is 0. numeric. highSchool. wordingvariable. > 1 min. No energy is “missing” because the mass of the rock changes. Holt SF 05Rev 40 08:06. The “missing” energy is transferred to the air molecules because of the air resistance. The energy isn’t conserved in this system.0 m long.0 s. Part 2 of 3 b) the change in mechanical energy due to friction. Holt SF 05Rev 46 08:06. highSchool. 100 N 5. > 1 min. multiple choice. a 10. > 1 min. 50 N 4.81 m/s2 .81 m/s2 . 2.0◦ ramp by a force of 115 N that points along the ramp. The acceleration of gravity is 9. wordingvariable. a) How much mechanical energy is lost due to friction acting on the runner? Part 2 of 2 b) How far does he slide? Holt SF 05Rev 54 08:06. numeric.0 kg block slides 2.0◦ incline in 2.0 kg base runner begins his slide into second base while moving at a speed of 4.0 N box of clothes is pulled 20. the snow is level and the coeﬃcient of friction is unchanged.70. highSchool. how much force does the rock exert on the ground? 1. A skier starts from rest at the top of a hill that is inclined at 10. a 5.0 m/s. If the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the box and ramp is 0. > 1 min. How far does the skier move along the horizontal portion of the snow before coming to rest? Holt SF 05Rev 55 08:06. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . Find 269 a) the work done by the force of gravity. numeric. highSchool. Part 3 of 3 c) the work done by the normal force between the block and the incline.5◦ with the horizontal. Part 1 of 3 Starting from rest. and the coefﬁcient of friction between the snow and the skis is 0. Changes in Mechanical Energy 1. wordingvariable. highSchool. > 1 min. section 6. When it hits. Suppose you drop a 1 kg rock from a height of 5 m above the ground.Chapter 8. An 80.0 m up a 30. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9. ﬁxed. Can’t be determined. The hillside is 200.

numeric.81 m/s2 . highSchool. (Assume that the potential energy that the egg gains while the pad is being compressed is negligible.Chapter 8.00 cm thick foam pad stops it in 6.00 m down a frictionless ramp inclined at 30. 270 .50 cm in the pads of his feet.0 m above a sidewalk. An egg is dropped from a third-ﬂoor window and lands on a foam-rubber pad without breaking. Changes in Mechanical Energy 3. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the suitcase and the ﬂoor. Part 3 of 3 c) Find the change in mechanical energy due to friction.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9.00 m along the ﬂoor before coming to a stop. If a 56. > 1 min. highSchool.0 g egg falls 12. numeric. wordingvariable. the only cushion for his fall is approximately 0. a) Find the speed of the suitcase at the bottom of the ramp.81 m/s2 .0◦ from the ﬂoor.0 m from rest and the 5. wordingvariable. a) What is his speed just before his feet strike the pavement? Part 2 of 2 b) If the man jumps with his knees and ankles locked. > 1 min.) Holt SF 05Rev 57 08:06. Holt SF 05Rev 56 08:06. The suitcase then slides an additional 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. section 6. Part 1 of 2 A 75 kg man jumps from a window 1.25 ms. Calculate the magnitude of the average force exerted on him by the ground in this situation. The acceleration of gravity is 9. by how much is the pad compressed? Assume constant upward acceleration as the egg compresses the foam-rubber pad.

U xst xeq xst 8. wording-variable. U xst xeq xst 4. Which graph correctly represents the potential energy of the spring as a function of the position of the cart? 1. > 1 min. multiple choice. U xst xeq xst 2. section 8. Suppose the mechanical energy of the system is conserved. xeq xst U xst xst 7. highSchool. highSchool. U 3. xst xst xeq Complicated Potential 01 08:08. < 1 min. an air track cart attached to a spring rests on the track at the position xeq and the spring is relaxed. U xeq xst 5. In part (a) of the ﬁgure. xst xeq Use the potential energy vs. the cart is pulled to the position xst and released. U xst . A particle is released from point A and moves in the potential U (x). U xst xst xeq xst 271 In (b). multiple choice. v (a) m x (b) µ=0 v⊃ = 0 m 6.Chapter 8. Energy Diagrams and the Equilibrium of a System xeq Cart and Spring 01 08:08. It then oscillates about xeq . position plot shown below to answer the following question. ﬁxed.

Points T and Z . T K Z t At which position(s) will the kinetic energy of the particle have its maximum value? 1. ﬁxed. A V U (x) r h Which of the following diagrams best represents the kinetic energy of the bead versus time? 1. section 8. The bead is released from a height h from the bottom of the loop-the-loop which has a radius r. Use the potential energy vs. highSchool. T Z Energy of Ball on Track 08:08. Part 1 of 2 A bead slides without friction around a loop-the-loop. highSchool. > 1 min. Point V . 2. numeric. Suppose the mechanical energy of the system is conserved. 2. A particle is released from point A and moves in the potential U (x). 3. Energy Diagrams and the Equilibrium of a System U (x) x 3. 272 A V 5. Point Z . Complicated Potential 02 08:08. wordingvariable. 4. Point T . 4. position plot shown below to answer the following question. Point Z . 5. At which position(s) will the kinetic energy of the particle have its maximum value? 1. Point T . The particle remains stationary at point A. The particle remains stationary at point A. 3. Point V . > 1 min. multiple choice. K t x 2. . Points T and Z .Chapter 8.

Part 1 of 3 The ﬁgure is a graph of the gravitational potential energy and kinetic energy of a 75 g yo-yo as it moves up and down on its string. U Holt SF 05Rev 53 08:08. U t t 6. U t t 5. section 8. t Potential energy Kinetic energy Energy (mJ) 2. Energy Diagrams and the Equilibrium of a System K U 273 t t 4. K 6. K 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. K 4. > 1 min. U Mechanical energy 600 400 200 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t 3.81 m/s2 .Chapter 8. numeric. U t t Part 2 of 2 Which of the following could represent the gravitational potential energy of the bead versus time? 1. highSchool. wordingvariable. Time (s) .

> 1 min. normal.Chapter 8.0 s? Part 2 of 3 b) What is the speed of the yo-yo after 1. section 8. Assume that a constant frictional force stops the bullet. highSchool.5 s? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the maximum height of the yoyo? Tree Stops a Bullet 02 08:08. Calculate the magnitude of this frictional force. Hint: Try energy considerations. 274 . numeric. Energy Diagrams and the Equilibrium of a System a) By what amount does the mechanical energy of the yo-yo change after 6. A bullet with a mass of 5 g and a speed of 600 m/s penetrates a tree horizontally to a depth of 4 cm.

positive 3. 275 ω R You observe that the cylinder speeds up and then slows back down to its original speed. multiple choice. the occupants of a spinning cylinder are pinned against the wall and the ﬂoor is removed from beneath them. < 1 min. In this ride. section 9. Work Done on a System by an External Force Conceptual work 03 08:09. zero 2. What is the sign of the net work done on the occupants? Neglect nonconservative forces. yet they do not fall.Chapter 8. ﬁxed. 1. highSchool. negative . Suppose you observe the circular motion of the “hurricane” carnival ride.

2. Energy 02 08:10. < 1 min. < 1 min. holding together the nuclei of atoms. energy that bonds atoms or ions together. Potential energy and kinetic energy are forms of what kind of energy? 1. 3. Electromagnetic energy is associated with 1. motion. 2. < 1 min. 2. section 10. highSchool. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. motion. 4. energy that bonds atoms or ions together. contained in the nuclei of atoms. 2. 4. highSchool. highSchool. < 1 min. the motion of electric charges. multiple choice. 2. multiple choice. multiple choice. < 1 min. An example of stored chemical energy is 1. 3. 3. a result of the motion of electric charges. highSchool. the nuclei of atoms. highSchool. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. Chemical energy is Energy 07 08:10. Conservation of Energy in General Energy 01 08:10. 4. Nuclear energy is 1. the sun’s energy. an electric motor. Mechanical energy is associated with 276 1. light. 4. the internal motion of particles of matter. multiple choice. < 1 min. position or shape. highSchool. a result of the motion of electric charges. multiple choice. the nuclei of atoms. ﬁxed. highSchool. the motion of electric charges. Energy 06 08:10. 4. motion. Energy 03 08:10. a result of the internal motion of particles of matter. contained in the nuclei of atoms. ﬁxed. chemical reactions. 3. multiple choice. 2. 1. Energy 04 08:10. Energy 05 08:10. .Chapter 8. 3. mechanical 4. ﬁxed. 3. < 1 min. a result of the internal motion of particles of matter. multiple choice. chemical reactions. Heat energy is associated with 1. gasoline in an automobile.

heat 4. dams. highSchool. multiple choice. these materials are the result of photosynthesis.Chapter 8. ﬁxed. < 1 min. section 10. Geothermal power 4. A friend says the energy of oil and coal is actually a form of solar energy. Hewitt CP9 07 R35 08:10. Conservation of Energy in General 2. Correct. Rain 6. Note: Coal and oil are non-renewable resources. Water 5. Mistaken. multiple choice. the energy is actually geothermal. and windmills? 1. chemical 3. 2. < 1 min. What is the ultimate source of energies for the burning of fossil fuels. nuclear Hewitt CP9 07 R21 08:10. ﬁxed. highSchool. a physical-chemical process that incorporates the sun’s radiant energy into plant tissue. 3. Mistaken. The Sun 2. or mistaken? 1. electromagnetic 5. Nuclear energy 3. None of these 277 . Is your friend correct. the energy is actually nuclear.

Linear Momentum Concept 06 08 09:01. 2. how does its momentum compare to the momentum on Earth? 1. < 1 min. A stone is dropped from the top of a high cliﬀ with zero initial velocity. 1 2 1 4. multiple choice. the stone and the person who drops it 2. by what factor is its momentum changed? 1. Part 1 of 2 When the velocity of an object is doubled. The momentum of the falling apple is transferred to the Earth. 278 3. the stone itself 4. 4 1 7. < 1 min. None of these Concept 06 E15 09:01. 1 2 1 6. highSchool. The momentum of the apple after striking the ground is reversed. < 1 min. Concept 07 09 09:01. 2 3.Chapter 9. less than on Earth 3. 2 3. 4 4. 8 5. 4 7. wording-variable. When it travels this fast on the moon. 8 Conceptual 06 01 . section 1. ﬁxed. highSchool. < 1 min. 8 6. 1 2. the stone and the Earth 3. the same as on Earth 4. In which system is the net momentum zero as the stone falls freely? 1. multiple choice. 8 Part 2 of 2 When the velocity of an object is doubled. multiple choice. 4 1 5. ﬁxed. multiple choice. A lunar vehicle is tested on Earth at a speed of 10 km/h. highSchool. by what factor is its kinetic energy changed? 1. 1 2. ﬁxed. The speed of the apple is equal and opposite to the speed of the Earth. 4. When an apple falls from a tree and strikes the ground without bouncing. The momentum of the apple while falling is increasingly smaller. what happens to its momentum? 1. None of these Concept 06 31 09:01. highSchool. greater than on Earth 2.

wordingvariable. highSchool. > 1 min.1 m/s (a few miles per hour) have? Part 3 of 4 What momentum does a 70 kg person running 10 m/s (a fast sprint) have? Part 4 of 4 What momentum does a 10000 kg truck traveling 0. numeric. A baseball that is caught 2. Which of the following undergoes the greatest change in momentum if the baseballs have the same speed just before being caught and just before being thrown? 1. Part 1 of 4 Calculate the momentum for a 0. normal. highSchool. A 3000 kg truck moving at 0.Chapter 9. what mass in kilograms must be added to the train to slow it down to 20 m/s while at the same time keeping the momentum the same as in the second part? Conceptual 06 09 09:01. multiple choice. > 1 min. > 1 min. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 Two 1 kg balls move away from each other. A baseball that is thrown 3. What is the magnitude of the total momentum of the system? Part 2 of 2 Two 1000 kg cars drive east. Which object has a greater momentum? 1. section 1.01 m/s (a slow roll) have? Conceptual 06 03 09:01. numeric. highSchool.1 kg bullet traveling at 300 m/s. highSchool. multiple choice. What is the momentum of a two-particle system composed of a 1000 kg car moving east at 50 m/s and a second 1000 kg car moving west at 25 m/s? Let east be the positive direction. highSchool. highSchool. normal. wording-variable. Part 2 of 4 What momentum does a 1000 kg automobile traveling 0. < 1 min. 2. highSchool. one traveling 5 m/s to the right.01 m/s. the second at 40 m/s.2 kg riﬂe bullet traveling 300 m/s. normal. Part 1 of 3 A 20 metric ton train moves toward the south at 50 m/s. 3. but not a weight limit. numeric. Conceptual 06 10 09:01. Hewitt CP9 06 R14 09:01. A baseball that is caught and then thrown back Hewitt CP9 07 R32 09:01. Linear Momentum 09:01. What is the magnitude of the total momentum of the system? Conceptual 06 04 09:01. They are the same. the other 5 m/s to the left. At what speed must it travel to have two times its original momentum? Part 2 of 3 At what speed must it travel to have a momentum of 500000 kg · m/s? Part 3 of 3 279 If there were a speed limit for this train as it traveled through a city. multiple choice. A 0. Can momenta cancel? Can kinetic energies . ﬁxed. < 1 min. numeric. the ﬁrst moving at 20 m/s. < 1 min. ﬁxed.

98 × 1024 kg) moving with an orbital speed equal to 29800 m/s. Neither can cancel. highSchool. Both will double. Holt SF 06A 02 09:01. wordingvariable. kinetic energy will increase by four times.9 kg bike with a velocity of 4. highSchool. 4. Part 1 of 3 A 21 kg child is riding a 5. > 1 min. wording- . numeric. numeric. < 1 min. Linear Momentum cancel? 1. Hewitt CP9 07 R33 09:01. Part 2 of 4 b) a 1. Part 3 of 4 c) a 7. 5. 6. 3. Part 1 of 4 Calculate the magnitude of the linear momentum for each of the following cases a) a proton with mass 1. Find the momentum of the ostrich. how much more momentum does it have? How much more kinetic energy? 1. kinetic energy doubles. > 1 min. An ostrich with a mass of 146 kg is running to the right with a velocity of 17 m/s. Unable to determine Holt SF 06A 01 09:01. numeric. numeric. numeric. 3.148 kg baseball thrown with a velocity of 35 m/s toward home plate? Holt SF 06Rev 41 09:01. multiple choice. highSchool. normal. highSchool. Momenta can cancel. Momentum won’t change. If a moving object doubles its speed. Holt SF 06Rev 13 09:01. highSchool. highSchool. highSchool.67 × 10−27 kg moving with a velocity of 5 × 106 m/s. 4. < 1 min. kinetic energies can. < 1 min. > 1 min.5 kg sprinter running with a velocity of 10 m/s. Part 2 of 3 b) What is the momentum of the child? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the momentum of the bike? 280 a) What is the total momentum of the child and the bike together? Holt SF 06A 03 09:01. 2. < 1 min. Part 4 of 4 d) Earth (m = 5. normal. numeric. Momentum doubles. Momentum doubles. They both can cancel.5 m/s to the northwest. section 1. kinetic energy won’t change. What velocity must a car with a mass of 1210 kg have in order to have the same momentum as a 2250 kg pickup truck traveling at 25 m/s to the east? Holt SF 06Rev 12 09:01. ﬁxed. Momenta cannot cancel. wordingvariable. What is the momentum of a 0.5 g bullet moving with a speed of 300 m/s to the right. normal.Chapter 9. 2. Both will remain the same. kinetic energies cannot cancel.

10 kg ball of dough is thrown straight up into the air with an initial speed of 15 m/s.0 kg·m/s. numeric. Holt SF 06Rev 43 09:01. > 1 min. a) What is its momentum at its maximum height? Part 2 of 2 b) What is its momentum halfway to its maximum height on the way up? 281 . > 1 min. wordingvariable. what is its velocity? Holt SF 06Rev 42 09:01.17 kg·m/s as it is thrown from home to second base. highSchool.81 m/s2 .Chapter 9. Part 1 of 2 A moving object has a kinetic energy of 150 J and a momentum of 30. Linear Momentum variable. section 1. a) Find the speed of the object. The acceleration of gravity is 9.147 kg baseball has a momentum of 6. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 A 0. numeric. If a 0. highSchool. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the mass of the object.

The lighter gloves have more momentum. The heavier gloves are diﬃcult to use. Concept 06 P01 09:02. 5. vertically downward. again making an angle θ with respect to the horizontal. decreasing the force.5 kg hockey puck moving at 35 m/s hits a straw bale. Part 1 of 3 A 0. 4. Impulse and Momentum than 16-ounce gloves? Bouncing Rubber Ball 09:02. section 2. 4. 4. multiple choice. the total momentum change 2. 2. The breaking egg causes a larger impact time. highSchool. 2. The sheet is much slicker than the wall. numeric. but if you throw it with the same speed into a sagging sheet it won’t break. wordingvariable. < 1 min. None of these 4. 2. Concept 06 17 09:02. ﬁxed. The impact time when the egg strikes a sagging sheet is long. you’ll break it. normal. vertically upward. one can attack much quicker. Why? 1. Concept 06 10 09:02. at an angle θ with respect to the vertical. highSchool. multiple choice. Both of these Hewitt CP9 06 R02 . multiple choice. ﬁxed. thus less ability to extend the time of impact. With lighter gloves. < 1 min. ﬁxed. at an angle θ with respect to the horizontal. 3. What is the impulse needed to stop a 10 kg bowling ball moving at 6 m/s? Conceptual 06 05 09:02. the total momentum change per unit time 3. What impulse was imparted to the hockey puck? Part 2 of 3 What is the average net force exerted by the puck on the straw bale? Part 3 of 3 What is more important in determining the amount of damage an object sustains in a collision? 1. The velocity of the egg decreases faster in the sheet than on the wall. 3. so the impact force is small. Why do 6-ounce boxing gloves hit harder 282 1. > 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool. The lighter gloves have less padding. 3. horizontal. > 1 min. The direction of the impulse vector on the ball is 1. highSchool.Chapter 9. A rubber ball strikes a sidewalk at an angle θ with respect to the horizontal and bounces oﬀ the sidewalk. numeric. stopping in 1 s. If you throw a raw egg against a wall.

highSchool. 5. Force produces momentum. How does impulse diﬀer from force? 1.Chapter 9. 6. wordingvariable. The decrease of velocity of the wine glass in the carpet is less than that in the concrete. multiple choice. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 A 0. The acceleration due to gravity is 9. > 1 min. ﬁxed. Since the carpet is softer than the concrete and the force of impact is reduced by the extended time of impact. 4.0 m above the surface of the water and comes to rest 0. 4.50 kg football is thrown with a velocity of 15 m/s to the right. What is the force exerted on the receiver? Holt SF 06B 02 09:02. 3.00 N to the left is applied for 3. The decrease of velocity of the wine in the carpet is more than that in the concrete. Force is usually larger than momentum. numeric.55 s after reaching the water. Why might a wine glass survive a fall onto a carpeted ﬂoor but not onto a concrete ﬂoor? 1. The decrease of momentum of the wine glass in the carpet is less than that in the concrete. multiple choice. A 0. Momentum is larger than force. highSchool. numeric. 3. 2. 6. 283 A 0.00 N force to the right acts on the object during a time interval of 1. What force does the water exert on the man? Holt SF 06B 03 09:02. An 82 kg man drops from rest on a diving board 3. impulse produces change in momentum. > 1 min. numeric.020 s.81 m/s2 . None of these Hewitt CP9 06 R09 09:02. A 3. wordingvariable.50 kg object is at rest. highSchool.00 s. b) What is the velocity at the end of the 3. < 1 min. Force produces acceleration. a) What is the velocity of the object at the end of this time interval? Part 2 of 2 At the end of this interval. Force produces acceleration. a constant force of 4. A stationary receiver catches the ball and brings it to rest in 0. 5. < 1 min. highSchool. Impulse and Momentum 09:02. The decrease of momentum of the wine glass in the carpet is more than that in the concrete.00 s? . numeric. highSchool.50 s. section 2. The player strikes the ball and causes it to move in the opposite direction with a velocity of 22 m/s. impulse produces momentum. wordingvariable. 2. impulse produces acceleration. highSchool. None of these Holt SF 06B 01 09:02. wordingvariable.40 kg soccer ball approaches a player horizontally with a velocity of 18 m/s to the north. < 1 min. What impulse was delivered to the ball by the player? Holt SF 06B 04 09:02. < 1 min.

> 1 min.0 m/s slows down uniformly under a force of 8450 N to the east. highSchool. A 2. > 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable. numeric.15 kg baseball moving at +26 m/s is slowed to a stop by a catcher who exerts a constant force of −390 N. > 1 min. wordingvariable.5 s s? Part 3 of 3 c) How long does it take the car to come to a complete stop? Holt SF 06C 03 09:02. a) How much force would be required to cause the same acceleration on a car of mass 3250 kg? Part 2 of 2 b) How far would the car move before stop- 284 Holt SF 06Rev 14 09:02. Impulse and Momentum ping? Holt SF 06C 01 09:02. wordingvariable.25 s.25 s. numeric. what is the constant force exerted on the ball by the wall? Holt SF 06Rev 15 09:02. Part 1 of 3 A 2500 kg car traveling to the north is slowed down uniformly from an initial velocity of 20. highSchool. > 1 min. highSchool. highSchool.0 m/s. Part 1 of 2 A 2250 kg car traveling to the west at 20. highSchool. numeric. > 1 min.0 m/s in 0. > 1 min. numeric.5 m/s to the right. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 A 0.55 kg football from rest to a speed of 8. Assuming the force exerted on the ball by the window was constant. numeric. wordingvariable. > 1 min. A football punter accelerates a 0. If the ball is in contact with the wall for 0. wordingvariable.025 kg golf ball moving at 18. highSchool.Chapter 9.50 s? Part 2 of 3 b) How far does the car move during the 2. A 0. the ball continues in the same direction with a speed of 10.5 m/s to the left.0 m/s slows down uniformly. a) How long would it take the car to come to a stop if the force on the car is 8450 N to the east? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the car’s displacement during the time it takes to stop? Holt SF 06C 02 09:02.0 m/s crashes through the window of a house in 5. a) What is the car’s velocity after 2.5 kg ball strikes a wall with a velocity of 8. wordingvariable. After the crash. Part 1 of 2 A 2250 kg car traveling to the west at 20. The ball bounces oﬀ with a velocity of 7. What constant force does the punter exert on the ball? Holt SF 06Rev 16 09:02. highSchool. a) How long does it take this force to stop the ball? Part 2 of 2 b) How far does the ball travel before stopping? Holt SF 06Rev 47 09:02. numeric.0 m/s by a 6250 N braking force acting opposite the car’s motion. section 2.0× 10−4 s. what was the magnitude of this force? .

Holt SF 06Rev 56 09:02. highSchool. numeric. Part 1 of 2 A constant force of 2. Part 1 of 2 A 55 kg pole vaulter falls from rest from a height of 5. highSchool. a) Calculate the athlete’s velocity just before reaching the pad.5 kg mass for 0.5 N to the right acts on a 1.Chapter 9. numeric. Part 2 of 2 b) Calculate the constant force exerted on the pole vaulter due to the collision.0 m/s to the left.50 s. 285 . a) Find the ﬁnal velocity of the mass if it is initially at rest. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the ﬁnal velocity of the mass if it is initially moving along the x-axis with a velocity of 2. The pole vaulter comes to rest 0. wordingvariable. Impulse and Momentum Holt SF 06Rev 55 09:02. > 1 min. > 1 min.0 m onto a foam rubber pad. section 2.30 s after landing on the pad. wordingvariable.

who drops a bag of toys (of mass 5 kg) into the wagon. > 1 min. numeric. the wagon. but not twice as large. highSchool. 6. > 1 min. the total momentum of the system of blocks is not conserved. highSchool. The table is frictionless and the mass of the spring is zero.Chapter 9.net will be in the opposite direction and half as large as FB. and not zero. The mass of block A is twice that of block B . normal. 3. Momentum for any body is always conserved.net is equal in magnitude and opposite in direction to FB. gravity. 2.net will be in the opposite direction and half as large as FA. Part 1 of 4 Allison (of mass 30 kg) is coasting in her wagon (of mass 10 kg) at a constant velocity of 5 m/s . There is no net force on block A or block B. FA.g. Part 2 of 2 Which of the following best describes the situation after the blocks are released? 1. Immediately after release. Conceptual 06 02 09:03. What will happen to the speed of the wagon? 1.net larger than FA. compare the net force on block A to the net force on block B . The total momentum of the system is not conserved because there are external forces. The momentum of block A is conserved and the momentum of block B is conserved. remain the same 4. Conservation of Linear Momentum Blocks and Spring 09:03.net . The total momentum of the system of blocks is not conserved because there is an external velocity acting on the system. 4. multiple choice. 3. numeric. FA.net . FA. > 1 min.net .net are both directed toward the left with FA. Unable to determine Part 2 of 4 What is the initial momentum of Allison and the wagon before her mother drops the toys in? Part 3 of 4 What is the ﬁnal momentum of Allison. section 3. She passes her mother.net and FA. 1. speed up 3. FB. 5. highSchool.net is equal in magnitude and direction to FB. However. are connected by a compressed spring. A and B . and the toys? Part 4 of 4 What is the speed of the wagon after Allison’s mother drops the toys in? Conceptual 06 11 09:03. slow down 2. FA. 5. e. ﬁxed. 286 4. Part 1 of 3 Tony (of mass 60 kg) coasts on his bicycle . 6.net .net . Block A is pulling block B . The momentum of block A is conserved and the momentum of block B is conserved.. It follows that the total momentum of the system of blocks is also conserved. The total momentum of the system of blocks is conserved because there is no net external force. Part 1 of 2 Two blocks. 2. normal. and not zero.

wordingvariable. Tony throws his pack forward. numeric.0 m/s.0 kg astronaut is on a space walk when the tether line to the shuttle breaks. A boy on a 2. highSchool. Suppose two carts. > 1 min. highSchool.50 m/s throws a 0.Chapter 9. Part 2 of 2 A second skater initially at rest with a mass of 60. A 63.150 kg snowball to the right with a velocity of 32. highSchool. wordingvariable. propelling the astronaut back to the shuttle. the bicycle. wordingvariable. vheavy = 2 vlight 3. ﬁnd the ﬁnal speed of the astronaut after . > 1 min. 2. numeric.0 m/s relative to the ground. ﬁnd the boy’s mass. at 5 m/s relative to the speed of bicycle just before the throw. highSchool.0 kg skateboard initially at rest tosses a(n) 8.0 kg jug of water in the forward direction. ﬂy apart when the compressed spring that joins them is released. carrying a 5 kg pack. What is the velocity of the ice skater after throwing the snowball? Disregard the friction between the skates and the ice. 287 Holt SF 06D 02 09:03. < 1 min. If the velocity of the ﬁsherman is 4.0 m/s relative to the ground and the boy and skateboard move in the opposite direction at 0.0 kg ice skater moving to the right with a velocity of 2. Holt SF 06D 01 09:03. Assuming that the astronaut starts from rest. normal. The astronaut is able to throw a 10. vheavy = 1 vlight 3 5. Conservation of Linear Momentum (of mass 10 kg) at a constant speed of 5 m/s. > 1 min. and the pack)? Part 2 of 3 What is the momentum of the system immediately after the pack is thrown? Part 3 of 3 What is the bicycle speed immediately after the throw? Hewitt CP9 05 E17 09:03. vheavy = vlight 4. numeric. vheavy 1 = vlight 2 throwing the tank. numeric. Holt SF 06Rev 24 09:03. What is the velocity of the second skater after catching the snowball in a perfectly inelastic collision? Holt SF 06Rev 25 09:03. numeric. one twice as massive as the other. wordingvariable. > 1 min. highSchool. How fast does the heavier cart roll compared with the lighter cart? 1. Part 1 of 2 A 65. what is the ﬁnal velocity of the ﬁsherman and the boat? Holt SF 06D 04 09:03. A(n) 85 kg ﬁsherman jumps from a dock into a 135 kg rowboat at rest on the West side of the dock. section 3. ﬁxed.60 m/s.0 kg oxygen tank in a direction away from the shuttle with a speed of 12. All are wrong.0 kg catches the snowball.3 m/s to the West as he leaves the dock. multiple choice. What is the initial momentum of the system (Tony. > 1 min. If the jug has a speed of 3. Note: Take East as the positive direction. in the direction of his motion. highSchool.

Providing that he is always applying the same force to move his boat. ﬁxed. frictionless surface. How long does it take the astronaut to reach the ship? Holt SF 06Rev 57 09:03. section 3. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is −9. wordingvariable. highSchool. decrease. < 1 min. The only way to return to the ship without a thruster is to throw a wrench directly away from the ship. The astronaut turns away to look at Earth and several seconds later is 30. the speed of the boat will then 1. and the blocks are pushed together with the spring between them. VEarth = − → 288 m → v . The machine ﬁres a 0. What is the ﬁnal velocity of the machine? Holt SF 06Rev 53 09:03. wordingvariable. At this point his boat starts to ﬁll up with water. VEarth = − 6. > 1 min. A 85. < 1 min. Spring Between Blocks 02 09:03. M man 3. VEarth = + v man . > 1 min. → → → v man .500 kg. multiple choice. 4. and the astronaut throws the wrench with a speed of 20. A ﬁsherman is out at sea in his row boat when it starts raining. highSchool. VEarth = + m → v . > 1 min. multiple choice. ﬁxed. at rest relative to the spaceship. A 7.50 kg laundry bag is dropped from rest at an initial height of 3. v man . VEarth 8. The wrench has a mass of 0.00 m.057 kg tennis ball horizontally with a velocity of 36 m/s toward the north. Two blocks of masses M and 3 M are placed on a horizontal. highSchool. VEarth 7.Chapter 9. v man .81 m/s2 .0 m/s. M man 2. 2.0 kg astronaut is working on the engines of a spaceship that is drifting through space with a constant velocity. The earth (mass M ) then has velocity 1. VEarth = − v man . . Use the value 5. normal. 3. What is the speed of Earth toward the bag just before the bag hits the ground? Jump Up 09:03. numeric. Conservation of Linear Momentum A tennis player places a 55 kg ball machine on a frictionless surface. highSchool. increase.0 m behind the ship. Row Boat 09:03. VEarth M m M =+ m m =− M m =+ M → → v man . stay the same. highSchool. 5. A light spring is attached to one of them.98 × 1024 kg as the mass of Earth. numeric. Bill (mass m) plants both feet solidly on the ground and then jumps straight up with → velocity v .

0 m/s 6. ﬁxed. normal. frictionless surface. A light . < 1 min.Chapter 9. highSchool. highSchool. after which the block of mass 3M moves to the right with a speed of 2 m/s. Let P1 and P2 be the momenta after collision. numeric. What is the speed of the block of mass M? 1. Particle 1 with momentum P1 strikes particle 2 which is at rest. 1. after which the block of mass 3 M moves to the right with a speed of 8 m/s. multiple choice. The two blocks are at rest ﬁrst. If the collision is elastic.5 m/s 5. A light spring is attached to one of them. 0. impossible to determine SWCT Momentum 09:03. M Before (a) 3M v M After (b) 3M 3M A cord holding them together is burned. Two blocks of masses M and 3M are placed on a horizontal. 6 m/s 2. and the blocks are pushed together with the spring between them. Conservation of Linear Momentum 289 M Before (a) v M After (b) 3M spring is attached to one of them. frictionless surface. P1x = P1x + P2x 3. 4 m/s 4. then 1. What is the speed of the block of mass M? Spring Between Blocks 03 09:03. after which the block of mass 3M moves to the right with a speed of 2 m/s. Then the cord holding them together is burned. Two blocks of masses M and 3M are placed on a horizontal. What is the speed of the block of mass M? Spring Between Blocks 04 09:03. ﬁxed. and the blocks are pushed together with the spring between them. P1 = P2 2. highSchool. P1y = P2y A cord holding them together is burned. > 1 min.67 m/s M Before (a) v M After (b) 3M 3M 7. < 1 min. multiple choice. section 3. 2 m/s 3.

Chapter 9. section 3. 7. Which course will cause the least damage to you? . ﬁxed. Think fast! You’ve just driven around a curve in a narrow one-way street at 25 mph when you notice a car identical to yours coming straight toward you at 25 mph. multiple choice. 2. consult your lecture notes 290 Two Head on Collisions 09:03. < 1 min. 3. highSchool. P1y = P1y − P2y Two Blocks and a Spring 09:03. If the blocks are pushed together and then released after the spring has been compressed. 9. also head on. highSchool. hit the other car 2. Conservation of Linear Momentum 4. multiple choice. Two Blocks of masses M and 4 M are placed in a horizontal frictionless table and connected by a massless spring. P1x = P1x − P2x 5. 6. hit the wall 3. 5. 4. < 1 min.it makes no diﬀerence 4. You have only two options: hitting the other car head on or swerving into a massive concrete wall. 8. ﬁxed. vM v4M vM v4M vM v4M vM v4M vM v4M vM v4M vM v4M vM v4M vM v4M =4 =2 =1 = 16 =8 1 2 1 = 4 1 = 8 1 = 16 = 1. what will be the magnitude of the velocity of mass M if mass 4 M moves with velocity v ? 1. hit either one .

highSchool. v2 ≈ 144 m/s 9. v v 2 7. v3m 7. v2 180 m/s Head On Collision 02 09:04.Chapter 9. v3m 1 v 2 3 = v 2 2 = v 3 Estimate the approximate ﬁnal speed v2 of the golf ball.72958 m/s 7. v2 ≈ 9 m/s 8. v2 ≈ 56. numeric. (p1 )2 = p2 1 + (p 2 ) Elastic Head On Collision 04 09:04. < 1 min. > 1 min. p1x = p1x − p2x 5. and the golf ball is initially at rest. v3m = 2 v 18 m/s 7000 g 4g 3. v2 ≈ 180 m/s 10. m 3m Determine the ﬁnal speed of the heavier object. v2 ≈ 5. v2 ≈ 36 m/s . v2 ≈ 72 m/s 5. section 4. p1x = p1x + p2x 3. The initial velocity of the sledge hammer is 18 m/s . normal. 1. v2 ≈ 90 m/s 6. Elastic Collisions Colliding particles 09:04. which is at rest. Particle 1 with momentum p 1 strikes Particle 2. p1y = p2y 4. p 1 = p 2 2. 1. multiple choice. What relationship is true? 1.5487 m/s 4. p1y = p1y − p2y 6. v3m = 0 2. They undergo a headon elastic collision and rebound along the xaxis. v3m = 6. p2 1 = (p 1 ) + (p 2 ) 2 2 → → → 291 3. v3m = v 4. > 1 min. ﬁxed. v2 ≈ 18 m/s 2. The → → momenta after the collision are p 1 and p 2 . v3m = 3 v 5. highSchool. multiple choice. ﬁxed. Consider the elastic head-on collision between a sledge hammer with 7000 g mass and a golf ball with a 4 g mass. The particles move in diﬀerent directions after the collision. Two particles of masses m and 3 m are moving toward each other along the x-axis with the same speed v . highSchool.

Chapter 9, section 4, Elastic Collisions 8. v3m = 1 v 3

292

9. v3m = 4 v 10. v3m = ∞ Hewitt CP9 06 R22 09:04, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Railroad car A rolls at a certain speed and makes a perfectly elastic collision with car B of the same mass. After the collision, car A is observed to be at rest. How does the speed of car B compare with the initial speed of car A? 1. The speed of car B is more than the initial speed of car A. 2. The speed of car B is less than the initial speed of car A. 3. The speed of car B is the same as the initial speed of car A. 4. Cannot compare since energy is not conserved. Holt SF 06D 03 09:04, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 3 Each croquet ball in a set has a mass of 0.50 kg. The green ball, traveling at 12.0 m/s, strikes the blue ball, which is at rest. Assuming that the balls slide on a frictionless surface and all collisions are head-on, ﬁnd the ﬁnal speed of the blue ball in each of the following situations: a) The green ball stops moving after it strikes the blue ball. Part 2 of 3 b) The green ball continues moving after the collision at 2.4 m/s in the same direction.

Part 3 of 3 c) The green ball continues moving after the collision at 0.3 m/s in the same direction. Holt SF 06Rev 26 09:04, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 After being struck by a bowling ball, a 1.5 kg bowling pin sliding to the right at 3.0 m/s collides head-on with another 1.5 kg bowling pin initially at rest. Find the ﬁnal velocity of the second pin in the following situations: a) The ﬁrst pin moves to the right after the collision at 0.5 m/s. Part 2 of 2 b) The ﬁrst pin stops moving when it hits the second pin. Inertial Mass 01 09:04, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. You are given two carts, A and B. They look identical, and you are told that they are made of the same material. You place A at rest on an air track and give B a constant velocity directed to the right so that it collides elastically with A. After the collision, both carts move to the right, the velocity of B being smaller than what it was before the collision. What do you conclude? 1. Cart A is hollow 2. The two carts are identical 3. Cart B is hollow 4. need more information Inertial Mass 02 09:04, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed.

Chapter 9, section 4, Elastic Collisions You are given two carts, A and B. They look identical, and you are told that they are made of the same material. You place B at rest on an air track and give A a constant velocity directed to the right so that it collides elastically with B. After the collision, both carts move to the right, the velocity of A being smaller than what it was before the collision. What do you conclude? 1. Cart B is hollow 2. The two carts are identical 3. Cart A is hollow 4. need more information People Jumping 09:04, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Suppose the entire population of the world gathers in one spot and, at the sounding of a prearranged signal, everyone jumps up. While all the people jump up, does the Earth gain momentum in the opposite direction? 1. No. 4. need more information 2. Yes; because of its much larger inertial mass, however, the change in momentum of Earth is much less than that of all the jumping people. 3. Yes, the Earth recoils, like a riﬂe ﬁring a bullet, with a change in momentum equal to and opposite that of the people. 4. It depends. Silly Putty and Bowling Ball 09:04, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. A ball of silly putty hits and sticks to a bowling ball that was initially at rest. After

293

the collision, the total kinetic energy of the bowling ball and silly putty is 1. the same as the kinetic energy of the silly putty before the collision 2. more than the kinetic energy of the silly putty before the collision 3. less than the kinetic energy of the silly putty before the collision Two Balls and a Pin 09:04, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. A person attempts to knock down a large wooden bowling pin by throwing a ball at it. The person has two balls of equal size and mass, one made of rubber and the other of putty. The rubber ball bounces back, while the ball of putty sticks to the pin. Which ball is most likely to topple the bowling pin? 1. the rubber ball 2. the putty ball 3. makes no diﬀerence

Chapter 9, section 5, Inelastic Collisions Car and Truck 09:05, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. A compact car and a large truck collide head on and stick together. Which undergoes the larger momentum change? 1. car 2. truck 3. The momentum change is the same for both vehicles. 4. Can’t tell without knowing the ﬁnal velocity of the combined mass. Car Truck Collision 09:05, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. A car and a large truck traveling at the same speed collide head-on and stick together. Which vehicle experiences the larger change in the magnitude of its momentum? (Ignore the friction) 1. the car 2. the truck 3. the change in the magnitude of momentum is the same for both 4. impossible to determine

294

Chapter 9, section 6, One-Dimensional Collisions Elastic Head On Collision 02 09:06, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Consider the collision of two identical particles, with m1 = m2 = 10 g. The initial velocity of particle 1 is v1 and particle 2 is initially at rest, v2 = 0 m/s.. v1 1 2 1 v1 2

295

Estimate the approximate ﬁnal speed v2 of the golf ball. 1. v2 ≈ 2 v1 2. v2 ≈ v1 3. v2 ≈ 5 v1 4. v2 ≈ 10 v1 5. v2 ≈ 20 v1 6. v2 ≈ 50 v1 7. v2 ≈ 100 v1 8. v2 ≈ 200 v1 9. v2 ≈ 500 v1 10. v2 ≈ 1000 v1 Figuring Physics 09 09:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Whenever an interaction occurs in a system, forces occur in equal and opposite pairs.

After an elastic head-on collision, the ﬁnal velocity of particle 2 is v2 and given by 1. v2 = v1 2. v2 = 0 3. v2 = 4. v2 = 5. v2 = 6. v2 = 7. v2 = 8. v2 = 9. v2 = v1 4 v1 3 v1 2 2 v1 3 3 v1 4 4 v1 3 5 v1 3

10. v2 = 2 v1 Elastic Head On Collision 03 09:06, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Particle 1 is a sledge hammer with mass m1 = 10 kg, particle 2 by a golf ball with a mass m2 = 10 g. Consider the elastic head-on collision between the hammer and the ball. The initial velocity of the sledge hammer is v1 , the golf ball is initially at rest, v2 = 0 m/s.

Before V

After

Which of the following do not always occur

Chapter 9, section 6, One-Dimensional Collisions in equal and opposite pairs? 9. ptotal = 0 1. Impulses 2. Accelerations 3. Momentum Changes 4. But all of these occur in equal and opposite pairs. 3. None of these Head On Collision 03 09:06, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 Two particles of masses m and 4 m are moving toward each other along the x-axis with the same speed v . They undergo a headon elastic collision and rebound along the xaxis. v v 10. ptotal = ∞

296

Part 2 of 2 Determine the ﬁnal speed v4m of the heavier object. 1. v4m = 1 v 5

2. v4m = 2 v 3. v4m = v 4. v4m = 3 v 5. v4m = 6. v4m 7. v4m 3 v 2 2 = v 3 1 = v 3

8. v4m = 4 v 9. v4m = 0

m

4m

Determine the magnitude of the total momentum of the system ptotal at the instant when the two particles are touching each other; i.e., at the moment of collision. 1. ptotal = 3 m v 2. ptotal = m v 3. ptotal = 2 m v 4. ptotal = 4 m v 5. ptotal = 5 m v 6. ptotal = 6 m v 7. ptotal = 7 m v 8. ptotal = 8 m v

10. v4m = ∞ Head On Collision 04 09:06, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 Two particles of masses m and 3 m are moving toward each other along the x-axis with the same speed v . They undergo a headon elastic collision and rebound along the xaxis. v v

m

3m

Determine the magnitude of the momentum of the center of mass at the instant when the two particles are touching each other; i.e.,

Chapter 9, section 6, One-Dimensional Collisions at the moment of collision. 1. pcm = 2 m v 2. pcm = m v 3. pcm = 3 m v 4. pcm = 4 m v 1. 0 5. pcm = 5 m v 2. v/2 6. pcm = 6 m v 3. v 7. pcm = 7 m v 4. 2 v 8. pcm = 8 m v 5. 3 v 9. pcm = 0 6. v/3 10. pcm = ∞ Part 2 of 2 Determine the ﬁnal speed of the heavier object. 1. v3m = 0 2. v3m = 2 v 3. v3m = v 4. v3m = 3 v 5. v3m = 6. v3m 7. v3m 8. v3m 1 2 3 = 2 2 = 3 1 = 3 v v v v 7. v/4 ﬁxed.

297

An object of mass m moves to the right with a speed v . It collide head-on with an object of mass 3 m moving with speed v/3 in the OPPOSITE direction. If the two objects stick together, what is the speed of the combined object, of mass 4 m, after the collision?

Holt SF 06E 01 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A 1500 kg car traveling at 15.0 m/s to the south collides with a 4500 kg truck that is initially at rest at a stoplight. The car and truck stick together and move together after the collision. What is the ﬁnal velocity of the two-vehicle mass? Holt SF 06E 02 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A grocery shopper tosses a(n) 9.0 kg bag of rice into a stationary 18.0 kg grocery cart. The bag hits the cart with a horizontal speed of 5.5 m/s toward the front of the cart. What is the ﬁnal speed of the cart and bag? Holt SF 06E 03 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable.

9. v3m = 4 v 10. v3m = ∞ Head on Collision 09:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min,

Chapter 9, section 6, One-Dimensional Collisions A 1.50 × 104 kg railroad car moving at 7.00 m/s to the north collides with and sticks to another railroad car of the same mass that is moving in the same direction at 1.50 m/s. What is the velocity of the joined cars after the collision? Holt SF 06E 04 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A dry cleaner throws a 22 kg bag of laundry onto a stationary 9.0 kg cart. The cart and laundry bag begin moving at 3.0 m/s to the right. Find the velocity of the laundry bag before the collision. Holt SF 06E 05 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 A 47.4 kg student runs down the sidewalk and jumps with a horizontal speed of 4.20 m/s onto a stationary skateboard. The student and skateboard move down the sidewalk with a speed of 3.95 m/s. a) Find the mass of the skateboard. Part 2 of 2 b) How fast would the student have to jump to have a ﬁnal speed of 5.00 m/s? Holt SF 06Rev 31 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Two carts with masses of 4.0 kg and 3.0 kg move toward each other on a frictionless track with speeds of 5.0 m/s and 4.0 m/s, respectively. The carts stick together after colliding head-on. Find their ﬁnal speed. Holt SF 06Rev 32 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable.

298

A 1.20 kg skateboard is coasting along the pavement at a speed of 5.00 m/s when a 0.800 kg cat drops from a tree vertically downward onto the skateboard. What is the speed of the skateboard-cat combination? Holt SF 06Rev 33 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Two carts with masses of 10.0 kg and 2.5 kg move in opposite directions on a frictionless horizontal track with speeds of 6.0 m/s and 3.0 m/s, respectively. The carts stick together after colliding head-on. Find their ﬁnal speed. Holt SF 06Rev 37 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A billiard ball traveling at 4.0 m/s has an elastic head-on collision with a billiard ball of equal mass that is initially at rest. The ﬁrst ball is at rest after the collision. What is the speed of the second ball after the collision? Holt SF 06Rev 38 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A 25.0 g marble sliding to the right at 20.0 cm/s overtakes and collides elastically with a 10.0 g marble moving in the same direction at 15.0 cm/s. After the collision, the 10.0 g marble moves to the right at 22.1 cm/s. Find the velocity of the 25.0 g marble after the collision. Holt SF 06Rev 39 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. A 15 g toy car moving to the right at 20 cm/s has a head-on nearly elastic collision with a 20 g toy car moving in the opposite direction at 30 cm/s. After colliding, the 15 g

Chapter 9, section 6, One-Dimensional Collisions car moves with a velocity of 37 cm/s to the left. Find the speed of the second car after the collision. Holt SF 06Rev 40 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Two shuﬄeboard disks of equal mass, one orange and the other yellow, are involved in an elastic collision. The yellow disk is initially at rest and is struck by the orange disk moving initially to the right at 5.00 m/s. After the collision, the orange disk is at rest. What is the velocity of the yellow disk after the collision? Holt SF 06Rev 44 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A 3.00 kg mud ball has a perfectly inelastic collision with a second mud ball that is initially at rest. The composite system moves with a speed equal to one-third the original speed of the 3.00 kg mud ball. What is the mass of the second mud ball? Holt SF 06Rev 45 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A 5.5 g experimental dart is ﬁred into a block of wood with a mass of 22.6 g. The wood block is initially at rest on a 1.5 m tall post. After the collision, the wood block and dart land 2.5 m from the base of the post. Find the initial speed of the dart. Holt SF 06Rev 46 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A 730 N student stands in the middle of a frozen pond having a radius of 5.0 m. He is unable to get to the other side because of a lack of friction between his shoes and the ice. To overcome this diﬃculty, he throws his 2.6

299

kg physics textbook horizontally toward the north shore at a speed of 5.0 m/s. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . How long does it take him to reach the south shore? Holt SF 06Rev 48 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A 1550 kg car moving south at 10.0 m/s collides with a 2550 kg car moving north. The cars stick together and move as a unit after the collision at a velocity of 5.22 m/s to the north. Find the velocity of the 2550 kg car before the collision. Holt SF 06Rev 49 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 A 2150 kg car moving east at 10.0 m/s collides with a 3250 kg car moving east. The cars stick together and move east as a unit after the collision at a velocity of 5.22 m/s. a) What is the velocity of the 3250 kg car before the collision? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the decrease in kinetic energy during the collision? Holt SF 06Rev 50 09:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A 0.400 kg bead slides on a straight frictionless wire with a velocity of 3.50 cm/s to the right, as shown. The bead collides elastically with a larger 0.600 kg bead initially at rest. After the collision, the smaller bead moves to the left with a velocity of 0.70 cm/s. 3.5 cm/s 0.4 kg

0.6 kg Find the distance the larger bead moves

Chapter 9, section 6, One-Dimensional Collisions along the wire in the ﬁrst 5.0 s following the collision.

300

Chapter 9, section 8, The Center of Mass Abstract Sculpture 09:08, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, normal. An abstract sculpture consists of a ball (radius R = 75 cm) resting on top of a cube (each side L = 120 cm long). The ball and the cube are made of the same material of uniform density; there are no hollow spaces inside them. The bottom face of the cube rests on a horizontal ﬂoor. How high is the sculpture’s center of mass above the ﬂoor? Concept 08 09 09:08, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Rest two vertical sticks on the ﬂoor, with one against a wall, and the other in the middle of a perfectly smooth ﬂoor. How do the paths taken by their centers of mass compare when you allow them to fall? 1. a quarter-circle arc and a elliptical curve, respectively 2. a vertical straight line and an elliptical curve, respectively 3. a quarter-circle arc and a vertical straight line, respectively 4. an elliptical curve and a quarter-circle arc, respectively

301

3. The motion of a star is aﬀected by the gravity of planets. 4. The star is revolving about the center of mass of planets. Concept 08 28 09:08, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Sometimes a kicked football sails through the air without rotating, and at other times it tumbles end over end as it travels. With respect to the center of mass of the ball, how is it kicked in both cases? 1. in the middle; below the middle 2. in the middle; to the side of the middle 3. below the middle; in the middle 4. below the middle; to the side of the middle Concept 08 29 09:08, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. How can the three bricks

Concept 08 23 09:08, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Why is the wobbly motion of a single star an indication that the star has one or more planets orbiting around it? 1. Planets near the star distorted the timespace, which aﬀects the star. 2. The light emitted from the star is scattered by planets.

be stacked so that the top brick has maximum horizontal displacement from the bottom brick? (Start with the top brick and work down. At every interface the center of gravity of the bricks above must not extend beyond the end of the supporting brick.) 1. Both bricks overhang half of their lengths. 2. Top brick overhangs are one-fourth of its length; middle brick half of its length.

Chapter 9, section 8, The Center of Mass 3. Top brick overhangs half of its length; middle brick one-fourth of its length. 4. Top brick overhangs half of its length; middle brick one-third of its length. 5. Both bricks overhang one-third of their lengths. Concept 08 30 09:08, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Where is the center of mass of the Earth’s atmosphere? 1. at the center of the Earth 2. at the surface of the Earth 3. at points halfway between the surface of the Earth and the outer limits of the atmosphere 4. at the center of the Sun Conceptual 07 21 09:08, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Which location is most likely to be the center of mass of the dumbbell? A B C

302

You are standing on a swing set as shown below. Neither you nor the swing is in motion. Your hands do not touch the ropes which hold the seat. The weight of the swing is negligible compared to your own weight, so consider it to be zero. You prepare to jump towards the left from the seat of the swing as shown above.

There is an X marking the location directly beneath the location of the seat. Where will you land? 1. on the X ; conservation of momentum 2. to the left of the X ; conservation of momentum 3. to the left of the X ; conservation of energy 4. to the left of the X ; the horizontal force you exert on the center of mass 5. to the right of the X ; conservation of momentum 6. to the right of the X ; conservation of energy 7. to the right of the X ; the horizontal force you exert on the center of mass 8. on the X ; energy conservation 9. on the X ; momentum isn’t conserved. Rigid System Rotating 02 09:08, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, normal.

2m 1. Point A 2. Point B 3. Point C

m

4. None of the points, because the center of mass is not on the dumbbell. Conceptual centerofmass 09:08, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed.

The ﬁgure below shows a rigid 3-mass system which can rotate about an axis perpendicular to the system. Treat the masses as particles. so that the entire length is 2 L. Calculate the x-coordinate of the center of mass. 2M 4M 5M 3m L L x 3m 303 connecting rod is negligible. normal. 1. normal. so that the entire length is 2 (3 m). xcm = 7. xcm = 14 L 11 15 L 15 9 L 15 7 L 12 15 L 14 16 L 14 21 L 21 9 L 11 17 L 17 11 L 10 The masses are separated by rods of length 3 m. > 1 min. Part 2 of 2 Calculate the y -coordinate of the center of . xcm = 9. B has mass 59. 2 kg 4 kg 5 kg x Each mass is an integer multiple of mass M . xcm = 4. xcm = 2.Chapter 9. highSchool. Determine the x-coordinate of the center of mass for the three-mass system with respect to the origin. Three Masses 01 09:08.26 kg. The masses are separated by rods of length L. xcm = 3. A has mass 9. section 8. numeric. Three Masses in a Plane 10 9 8 y Distance (m) 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 2 B A C Rigid System Rotating 04 09:08. The x-axis is along the horizontal direction with the origin at the left-most mass 2 M . xcm = 8. numeric. xcm = 6. highSchool. The mass of each 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x Distance (m) Figure: Drawn to scale.3 kg. > 1 min. The x-axis is along the horizontal direction with the origin at the left-most mass 2 kg. Treat the masses as particles. xcm = 10. Part 1 of 2 Three spherical masses are located in a plane at the positions shown in the ﬁgure below. Determine the x-coordinate of the center of mass for the three-mass system with respect to the origin. and C has mass 27 kg. The mass of each connecting rod is negligible. The Center of Mass The ﬁgure below shows a rigid 3-mass system which can rotate about an axis perpendicular to the system. xcm = 5.

x y 304 3. where x2 = −2 m and y2 = −6 m. Part 1 of 2 Henry serves a volleyball. highSchool. multiple choice. y x Which of the following describes the motion of the center of the volleyball? 1. The Center of Mass mass. y1 ). where x1 = 3 m and y1 = 4 m and a m2 = 50 g particle is located at (x2 . highSchool. y x x 7. What must be the x coordinate of the m3 = 20 g particle so that the center of mass of the three-particle system is at the origin? Volleyball Hit 09:08. > 1 min. ﬁxed. striking the initially motionless ball a bit above the centerline with the horizontal FORCE shown in the diagram. section 8.Chapter 9. Three Particle 1 09:08. Three particles are placed in the xy plane. y x 6. normal. y2 ). 2. A m1 = 40 g particle is located at (x1 . < 1 min. numeric. . y x 4. y x y 5.

y x 3. y 6. section 8. y 5.Chapter 9. y x x Part 2 of 2 Henry had paint on his hand when he hit the ball. y x 8. y x 2. The Center of Mass y 305 y 4. x x 8. Which of the following describes the motion of the paint mark Henry left on the ball’s surface? 1. y x 7. y x x .

Center of mass of the system moves in the direction opposite to the direction of a fragment with the biggest mass.0 × 106 m/s.7603◦ above the negative x-axis 3.8801◦ below the positive x-axis 8. There is not enough information given.8801◦ above the negative x-axis 7. Motion of a System of Particles (Explosions) followed if there had been no explosion. Another particle. A projectile ﬁred into the air suddenly explodes into several fragments. moves along the positive x-axis with a speed of 4. 7. Part 2 of 2 b) At what angle does the third particle move? 1. moves along the positive y axis with a speed of 6. 20.0 × 106 m/s. Part 1 of 2 An unstable nucleus with a mass of 17. > 1 min. ﬁxed. 5. Holt SF 06Rev 59 09:10. 4. 41. numeric. 41. Center of mass does not move. ﬁxed. multiple choice.8801◦ above the positive x-axis 9. not enough information given 5. Center of mass of the system moves in the direction of the biggest fragment.7603◦ below the positive x-axis 4. Center of mass of the system moves in the direction opposite to the direction of a projectile just before it exploded. of mass 5. What can be said about the motion of the center of mass of the system made up of all the fragments after the explosion? 1. g 2. 8. highSchool. > 1 min. 20. Three balls are thrown into the air simultaneously. < 1 min. g 3 4. 3g 3. 3.7603◦ above the positive x-axis 5.4 × 10−27 kg.Chapter 9. highSchool. multiple choice.7603◦ below the negative x-axis 2. Three Balls 09:10. One of the particles. 20.8801◦ below the negative x-axis 6.0 × 10−27 kg. section 10. 41. Center of mass of the system follows the same parabolic path the projectile would have 306 2. 41. Center of mass of the system moves in the direction opposite to the direction of the biggest fragment.0 × 10−27 kg initially at rest disintegrates into three particles. None of these Projectile Explosion 09:10. Center of mass of the system moves in the direction of a fragment with the biggest mass. wordingvariable. 20. a) Find the speed of the third particle. 0 . What is the magnitude of the acceleration of their center of mass while they are in motion? 1. of mass 8. 6. highSchool.

E is conserved during this motion. Let E = K + U = mechanical energy m1 m2 If m = 1. Neither E nor p is conserved during this motion. 4. < 1 min. 2. > 1 min. Part 1 of 3 Given: Two masses (M1 and M2 ) are a system. and m2 = 3m. Both E and p are conserved in the collision. ﬁxed. the masses m1 and m2 slide together up the ramp and come to a rest. E is conserved in the collision. What is conserved during this motion? 1. Part 1 of 2 The coeﬃcient of friction is µ from A to B.Chapter 9. P = momentum . 4. Again. p is conserved during this motion. p is conserved in the collision. Both E and p are conserved during this motion. numeric. E is conserved during this motion. Block m1 is pushed down the ramp and released at A with velocity v1 and is accelerating down. 2v0 v0 307 v m12 What is conserved during this motion? 1. 3. Two masses undergo a front-to-back collision. 2. ﬁxed. with initial velocity v0 . and B to E is frictionless. The masses are m1 = m. m1 v1 m2 What is conserved in the collision? 1. Neither E nor p is conserved during this motion. 4. > 1 min. Conservation of What 09:11. ﬁnd the magnitude of the loss in kinetic energy after the collision. Let E = K + U be the total mechanical energy of the system and p be the total momentum of this system. p is conserved during this motion. with initial velocity 2v0 . Conservation on the Track SW 01 09:11. A mass m1 slides on a frictionless horizontal plane and collides and sticks to a mass m2 that is at the bottom of a frictionless ramp. 2. Part 2 of 3 After the collision. 3. multiple choice. section 11. masses m1 and m2 slide together up the curved ramp and come to a rest. highSchool. multiple choice. highSchool.5 kg and v0 = 6 m/s. forming a compound system. 3. Energy of a System of Particles Collision of Masses 03 09:11. normal. Neither E nor p is conserved in the collision. Both E and p are conserved during this motion. highSchool. Due to the collision. Part 3 of 3 Now suppose there is friction between the masses and the curved ramp. they stick together.

Neither E nor P Part 3 of 3 What is conserved as the masses m1 + m2 slide together from D to E? 1. section 11. E 2. E 2. Neither E nor P Part 2 of 2 What is conserved as the masses m1 + m2 slide together from D to E? 1. Both E and P 4. highSchool. Both E and P 4.Chapter 9. Neither E nor P Part 2 of 3 What is conserved in a completely inelastic collision of m1 with m2 ? 1. P 3. Both E and P 4. Both E and P 4. Let What is conserved as m1 goes from A to B? 1. P 3. P 3. multiple choice. > 1 min. E 2. and B to E is frictionless. P 3. ﬁxed. Energy of a System of Particles A 308 m1 A ¡ m1 E E ¡ ¡ B m2 C D B ¡ m2 C D ¡ What is conserved as m1 goes from A to B? 1. Neither E nor P Conservation on the Track SW 09:11. Both E and P 4. E 2. < 1 min. Block m1 is pushed down the ramp and released at A with velocity v1 and is accelerating down. highSchool. E 2. Part 1 of 2 P = momentum . P 3. multiple choice. ﬁxed. Neither E nor P E = K + U = mechanical energy Football Hitting a Cart 09:11. Part 1 of 3 The coeﬃcient of friction is µ from A to B.

5 m/s to the south into a 0. where the cart stops. > 1 min. highSchool. Energy of a System of Particles A football is thrown hard horizontally and it hits and sticks in a cart that is on a track at position A in the diagram. B football A 309 mass? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the decrease in kinetic energy during the collision? Holt SF 06F 02 09:11. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A 56 kg ice skater traveling at 4. > 1 min.0 m/s in the opposite direction as they pass.Chapter 9.00 × 104 kg moving at 3. The cart with the football in it then moves along the hilly frictionless track to position B.0 m/s to the north suddenly grabs the hand of a 65 kg skater traveling at 12.25 kg arrow with a velocity of 12 m/s to the west strikes and pierces the center of a 6. wordingvariable. numeric. more information is needed to answer Holt SF 06F 01 09:11.40 kg soccer ball with a velocity of 8. mechanical energy and momentum 2.00 m/s collides and joins with two railroad cars already joined together. section 11. a student kicks a 0. a) What is the ﬁnal velocity of the combined mass? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the decrease in kinetic energy during the collision? Holt SF 06F 03 09:11. momentum only 4. mechanical energy only 3. wordingvariable.15 kg bucket lying on its side. numeric. The bucket travels with the ball after the collision. neither mechanical energy nor momentum 5. highSchool. neither mechanical energy nor momentum 5. the two skaters continue skating together with joined hands. numeric. Part 1 of 2 A railroad car with a mass of 2. a) What is the ﬁnal velocity of the two skaters? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the decrease in kinetic energy during the collision? Holt SF 06Rev 34 09:11. Part 1 of 2 A 0. Without rotating. a) What is the ﬁnal velocity of the combined . mechanical energy and momentum 2. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 During practice. mechanical energy only 3. each What is conserved in the collision of the football with the cart at position A? 1.8 kg target. more information is needed to answer Part 2 of 2 What is conserved as the cart with the football in it moves from position A to position B? 1. momentum only 4. > 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable. > 1 min. highSchool.

numeric.50 m before friction causes them to stop.0 m/s is tackled by a 97 kg opponent running west at 3. and the collision is perfectly inelastic.0 g coin moves to the left at 12. Assume that the negative acceleration is constant and that all wheels on both cars lock at the time of impact. numeric. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A 5.0 g coin that is initially at rest. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 An 88 kg fullback moving east with a speed of 5. Part 2 of 2 b) How much kinetic energy is transferred to the 15. > 1 min. numeric. > 1 min. Determine the coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the cars and the road. a) What is the ﬁnal speed of the three joined cars after the collision? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the decrease in kinetic energy during the collision? Holt SF 06Rev 35 09:11. The cars stick together and 310 move 2. the 5.0 m/s collides with a 2750 kg car that is initially at rest at a stoplight. a) What is the velocity of the players immediately after the tackle? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the decrease in kinetic energy during the collision? Holt SF 06Rev 36 09:11.81 m/s2 .0 m/s.0 g coin sliding to the right at 25.0 g coin? Holt SF 06Rev 54 09:11.20 m/s.0 cm/s makes an elastic head-on collision with a 15.5 cm/s. section 11. highSchool.Chapter 9. Energy of a System of Particles with the same mass as the single car and initially moving in the same direction at 1. wordingvariable. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. After the collision. wordingvariable. . wordingvariable. a) Find the ﬁnal velocity of the other coin. A 2250 kg car traveling at 10.

Part 3 of 3 Denote vbullet to be the initial velocity. pf = mblock 9. pf = (mbullet + mblock ) vbullet 1 (mbullet + mblock ) vbullet 2 √ 5. ﬁxed. normal. pf = mblock vbullet 3. > 1 min. pf = Will the bird be able to make the container leave the ground and sustain it in ﬂight? 1. pf = gh 1 (mbullet + mblock ) g h 2 √ 10. Yes. No. multiple choice. . Assume: The entire track is frictionless. as shown. 6. No. Yes. conservation of momentum 2. pf = mbullet + mblock vbullet 4. > 1 min. 5. ﬁnd the momentum of the compound system immediately after the collision. Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions Ballistic Block 09:12. numeric.Chapter 9. Conservation of Momentum 09:12. > 1 min. conservation of energy 3. the bird exerts a torque which will cause the container to rotate. The compound system of the block plus the bullet rises to a height of 5 cm along a circular arc with a 9 cm radius. the bird exerts a net force up on the container. Part 2 of 3 Taking the same parameter values as those in Part 1. Yes. highSchool. 6. conservation of angular momentum 4.4 kg 5 cm The bird attempts to escape by ﬂying into the ceiling of the container. section 12. as shown above. highSchool.8 m/s2 . pf = mbullet + mblock g h Conceptual momentum 09:12. determine the initial velocity of the bullet. pf = (mbullet + mblock ) g h 8. pf = mbullet vbullet 2. The acceleration of gravity is 9. No. ﬁxed. pf = mbullet gh 311 7.4 kg mass. 1. Part 1 of 3 Assume: The bullet penetrates into the block and stops due to its friction with the block. A ﬂying bird is trapped in an airtight container sitting on the ground. multiple choice. highSchool. Calculate the total energy of the composite system at any time after the collision. A bullet with a m1 = 30 g mass is ﬁred horizontally into a block of wood with m2 = 5. the impulse provided by the bird should lift the container. 9 cm vbullet 30 g 5.

a) Find the velocity of the second marble after the collision. v1 = 2 v0 4. Part 2 of 3 b) What is the total kinetic energy before the collision? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the total kinetic energy after the collision? Holt SF 06G 03 09:12. v1 = 3 v0 6. wordingvariable. v1 = −v0 2. After the collision. The ﬁrst ball stops after the collision. wordingvariable. the ﬁrst marble moves to the left at 18. What is the velocity v1 of block m1 after the collision? 1. Part 1 of 3 A 4.0 kg bowling ball initially at rest. the raft moves to the left at 22.e.7 m/s.Chapter 9. Part 1 of 3 A 0. Part 1 of 3 A 25. v1 = −3 v0 3 v0 2 3 8. highSchool. numeric.0 kg car moves at 4. highSchool.5 cm/s on a frictionless surface makes an elastic head-on collision with a 0.0 cm/s. section 12.0 kg bumper car slows to 1. After the collision. .0 cm/s. v1 = v0 3. numeric. wordingvariable. Disregard any eﬀects of the water. 312 Part 1 of 3 A 16. > 1 min. traveling to the left). v1 = Holt SF 06G 01 09:12. the 25. > 1 min. and the 35.0 kg bumper car moving to the right at 5. highSchool. a) Find the velocity of the second ball after the collision. Part 2 of 3 b) What is the total kinetic energy before the collision? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the total kinetic energy after the collision? Holt SF 06G 04 09:12. After the collision.00 m/s overtakes and collides elastically with a 35.015 kg marble sliding to the right at 22.0 kg raft moving to the right at 6.015 kg marble moving to the left at 18. highSchool. wordingvariable. a) Find the velocity of the canoe after the collision.00 m/s has an elastic head-on collision with another 4.50 m/s to the right. > 1 min.0 kg bumper car moving to the right. v1 = −2 v0 5. > 1 min. v1 = − v0 2 7. Part 2 of 3 b) What is the total kinetic energy before the collision? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the total kinetic energy after the collision? Holt SF 06G 02 09:12. Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions Block m1 of mass 2 m and velocity v0 is traveling to the right (+x) and makes an elastic head-on collision with block m2 of mass m and velocity −2 v0 (i. numeric.0 m/s..0 kg canoe moving to the left at 12 m/s makes an elastic head-on collision with a 4.0 kg bowling ball sliding to the right at 8. numeric.50 m/s to the right.

2 kg 90◦ 8 cm v1 3. each ball had a speed of 22 cm/s.1 kg 3.9 m . highSchool.81 m/s2 . section 12.0 kg bumper car before the collision.1 kg masses. multiple choice. The two masses are stuck together as a result of the collision. > 1 min.9 m . normal. wordingvariable. The swing and bird are originally at rest. > 1 min. The compound system then swings to the right and rises to the horizontal level. wordingvariable.0 g. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. What was the initial speed of the bullet? Holt SF 06Rev 52 09:12. highSchool. Part 2 of 3 b) What is the total kinetic energy before the collision? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the total kinetic energy after the collision? Holt SF 06Rev 51 09:12.5 kg pendulum bob initially at rest and becomes embedded in it. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the velocity of the billiard ball initially moving to the left immediately after the collision. The pendulum rises a vertical distance of 6.81 m/s2 .1 kg Find the kinetic energy of the compound system immediately after the collision. Part 2 of 2 What is v1 . then the bird takes oﬀ horizontally at 2. ﬁxed. numeric. Holt SF 06Rev 58 09:12. and the base of the swing has a mass of 153 g.8 m/s2 . numeric.00 m/s. highSchool. O 6. > 1 min. normal. > 1 min. numeric. which is suspended by a string of length 0. Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions a) Find the velocity of the 35.0 g bullet is ﬁred into a 2. A(n) 8. highSchool. How high will the base of the swing rise above its original level? Disregard friction. The ﬁrst mass is moving with a velocity v1 immediately before colliding with the second mass. 313 Part 1 of 2 Two billiard balls with identical masses and sliding in opposite directions have an elastic head-on collision. the speed of m1 immediately before the collision? Linear Collision 01 09:12. Part 1 of 2 Given two identical 3. The acceleration of gravity is 9.Chapter 9.0 cm. a) Find the velocity of the billiard ball initially moving to the right immediately after the collision. A bird perched on a swing like the one below has a mass of 52. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. 0. Inelastic Collision 11 09:12. > 1 min. Before the collision.

v1 = +2 v1 5. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. v1 = −v1 4. when m1 m2 . 0 < v1 < +v1 9. what is the ﬁnal velocity v1 of the ball m1 ? 1. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. what is the ﬁnal velocity v2 of the ball m2 ? 1. v2 = +2 v1 4. v1 = +v1 4. v1 = 0 3. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 2 of 6 If m1 = m2 . v2 = 0 2. section 12. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. what is the ﬁnal velocity v2 of the ball m2 ? 1. v1 = +v1 3. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 314 Part 3 of 6 In the limit. when m1 m2 . v1 = 0 2. v1 = +2 v1 5. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. Ball m1 has an initial velocity v1 > 0 (left-to-right is the positive direction. v2 = −v1 5. what is the ﬁnal velocity v1 of the ball m1 ? 1. 0 < v1 < +v1 m1 m2 If m1 = m2 . 0 < v1 < +v1 9. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. along a line joining the two balls). v1 6.Chapter 9. v2 = +v1 2. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ . v1 = −v1 2. Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions Part 1 of 6 Two balls have masses m1 and m2 . v2 = +v1 4. v2 = 0 3. Balls m1 and m2 make a head-on elastic collision with each other. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 4 of 6 In the limit. v2 = +2 v1 3. v2 = −v1 5. Ball m2 is at rest. as shown in the ﬁgure below. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6.

v1 = −v1 3. v2 = −v1 5. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Linear Collision 02 09:12. v1 = +v1 3. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. −v1 < v1 < +v1 5. v2 = +v1 4. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 5 of 6 In the limit. v1 = −v1 4. Ball m2 is at rest. when m1 m2 . +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. +2 v1 < v1 <≤ ∞ . what is the ﬁnal velocity v1 of the ball m1 ? 1. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. section 12. what is the ﬁnal velocity v1 of the ball m1 ? 1. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. multiple choice. m1 m2 315 Part 1 of 4 Two balls have masses m1 and m2 . v1 = +2 v1 4. what is the ﬁnal velocity v2 of the ball m2 ? 1. v1 = 0 2. v1 If m1 = m2 . Ball m1 has an initial velocity v1 > 0 (left-to-right is the positive direction. v2 = +2 v1 2. highSchool. v2 = −v1 5. v2 = +v1 2. Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions ﬁxed. > 1 min. −v1 < v2 < +v1 3. 9. along a line joining the two balls). v1 = +v1 2. v1 = +2 v1 5. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 6 of 6 In the limit. +2 v1 < v2 ≤ ∞ 6. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. Balls m1 and m2 make a head-on elastic collision with each other. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. v2 = +2 v1 4. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. v2 = 0 3. as shown in the ﬁgure below. what is the ﬁnal velocity v2 of the ball m2 ? 1. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 2 of 4 If m1 = m2 .Chapter 9. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. when m1 m2 .

section 12. Part 1 of 2 Two balls have masses m1 and m2 . +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 2 of 2 If m1 = m2 . v2 = +v1 4. as shown in the ﬁgure below. when m1 m2 . highSchool. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. when m1 m2 . v2 = +v1 2. v2 = 0 2. ﬁxed. along a line joining the two balls). −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. v2 = −v1 5. v1 = −v1 4. v2 = +2 v1 3. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. Ball m2 is at rest. −v1 < v1 < 0 m1 m2 8. what is the ﬁnal velocity v1 of the ball m1 ? 1. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. v1 = −v1 2. > 1 min. Ball m1 has an initial velocity v1 > 0 (left-to-right is the positive direction. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. +2 v1 < v1 <≤ ∞ 6. v2 = 0 . +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 316 Linear Collision 03 09:12. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions 6. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. what is the ﬁnal velocity v2 of the ball m2 ? 1. v1 = +2 v1 5. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. multiple choice. v1 = +2 v1 5. what is the ﬁnal velocity v2 of the ball m2 ? 1. v1 = +v1 3.Chapter 9. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 4 of 4 In the limit. what is the ﬁnal velocity v1 of the ball m1 ? 1. v1 = 0 3. v1 = +v1 4. Balls m1 and m2 make a head-on elastic collision with each other. v1 = 0 2. v1 If m1 = m2 . +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 3 of 4 In the limit.

+2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions 3. −v1 < v1 < 0 . along a line joining the two balls).Chapter 9. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. v2 = −v1 5. Part 1 of 4 Two balls have masses m1 and m2 . v1 8. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. v2 = −v1 5. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. as shown in the ﬁgure below. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 317 Part 2 of 4 In the limit. −v1 < v1 < +v1 5. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Linear Collision 04 09:12. v2 = +2 v1 3. Ball m1 has an initial velocity v1 > 0 (left-to-right is the positive direction. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. highSchool. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 3 of 4 In the limit. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. +2 v1 < v1 ≤ +∞ 6. v1 = +2 v1 4. multiple choice. v2 = +2 v1 4. v1 = 0 3. Balls m1 and m2 make a head-on elastic collision with each other. what is the ﬁnal velocity v2 of the ball m2 ? 1. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. v1 = −v1 3. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. v2 = 0 2. when m1 m2 . v2 = +v1 4. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Part 4 of 4 m1 m2 In the limit. when m1 m2 . > 1 min. section 12. when m1 m2 . −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. v1 = +2 v1 5. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. v1 = +v1 2. v1 = +v1 4. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. what is the ﬁnal velocity v1 of the ball m1 ? 1. v1 = −v1 2. ﬁxed. Ball m2 is at rest. what is the ﬁnal velocity v1 of the ball m1 ? 1.

along a line joining the two balls). > 1 min. section 12. +2 v1 < v2 ≤ ∞ 6. v2 = −v1 5. wordingvariable. −v1 < v1 < 0 8. what is the ﬁnal velocity v2 of the ball m2 ? 1. when m1 m2 . The 41 kg ball has an initial velocity 66 m/s > 0 (left-to-right is the positive direction. v2 = +v1 4. 0 < v1 < +v1 9. −∞ ≤ v1 < −v1 7. Energy and Momentum Conservation in Collisions In the limit. 66 m/s 0 m /s 318 41 kg 29 kg What is the ﬁnal velocity of the 41 kg ball? Part 2 of 2 What is the ﬁnal velocity of the 29 kg ball? . +v1 < v1 < +2 v1 Linear Collision 06 09:12.Chapter 9. The two balls make a head-on elastic collision with each other. The 29 kg ball is at rest. as shown in the ﬁgure below. v2 = +2 v1 2. numeric. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 Two balls have masses of 41 kg and 29 kg. −v1 < v2 < +v1 3.

normal. Assuming no water resistance to the boat’s motion. A 80 kg man sits on the stern of a 5 m long boat. Two air blocks with masses 300 g and 200 g are equipped with identical springs (k = 3000 N/m) . numeric. numeric. V cm ≡ 5. Two balls of masses m1 and m2 are moving along a line on frictionless surface with velocities v1 and v2 . Air Cars With Springs 02 09:13. normal. V cm ≡ 3. . V cm ≡ 7. highSchool. The prow of the boat touches the pier. The blocks move toward each other with identical speeds of 3 m/s on a horizontal air track and collide. stands up and walks to the boat’s prow. it’s moved 2. Center of Mass SW 09:13. compressing the springs. but the boat isn’t tied. normal. < 1 min.Chapter 9. section 13. V cm ≡ m2 v2 − m 1 v1 m2 − m 1 2. V cm ≡ 8. highSchool. highSchool. Mass m1 collides elastically with m2 . What is the center of mass velocity V cm of this system of two balls after collision? 1. > 1 min. highSchool. 3 m /s 3 m /s 3000 N/m 3000 N/m 300 g 200 g Find the maximum compression of the spring attached to the 300 g mass. V cm ≡ 4. The blocks move toward each other with identical speeds of 3 m/s on a horizontal air track and collide. V cm ≡ 10. Center of Mass Reference Frame Air Cars With Springs 01 09:13. but by the time he reaches the prow. V cm ≡ 9. multiple choice. V cm ≡ m1 v1 − m 2 v2 m1 + m 2 m2 v2 − m 1 v1 m1 + m 2 m1 v1 + m 2 v2 m1 − m 2 m1 v1 − m 2 v2 m1 − m 2 m2 v2 − m 1 v1 m1 − m 2 m1 v1 + m 2 v2 m2 − m 1 m1 v1 − m 2 v2 m2 − m 1 m1 v1 + m 2 v2 m1 + m 2 m2 v1 + m 1 v2 m1 + m 2 319 Man in a Boat 02 09:13. numeric. Two air blocks with masses 200 g and 200 g are equipped with identical springs (k = 3000 N/m) . calculate the boat’s mass (not counting the man). V cm ≡ 6. < 1 min. > 1 min. ﬁxed. compressing the springs. 3 m /s 3 m /s 3000 N/m 3000 N/m 200 g 200 g Find the maximum compression of the spring attached to the 200 g mass.5 m away from the pier. The man notices his mistake.

Chapter 10.0 s interval. During a 3. Holt SF 07B 01 10:01. In what time interval will the tire rotate 3. highSchool. < 1 min. > 1 min. < 1 min. What is the value of a? Part 2 of 4 What is the value of b? Part 3 of 4 What is the value of c? Part 4 of 4 What is the value of d? Part 1 of 4 Consider the following values 320 ωavg a +0. How long does the ﬂy take to move through 2. A ﬁgure skater begins spinning counterclockwise at an angular speed of 4. < 1 min. numeric. no change 4. The plane’s average angular speed is 2. numeric. she slowly pulls her arms inward and ﬁnally spins at 8. highSchool.2 s? Holt SF 07C 03 10:01.0 rad/s. A car tire rotates with an average angular speed of 29 rad/s. increase 2.3 rad? Holt SF 07B 04 10:01. > 1 min.4 rad/s in 5. decrease 3. < 1 min. numeric. The value of g at the Earth’s surface is about 10 m/s2 . wordingvariable.75 rev/s c +2. How would this value change if the Earth rotated faster about its axis? 1. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 3 Consider the following values . It depends on the latitude. Angular Position. numeric. Velocity and Acceleration Concept 08 35 10:01. highSchool.2 s d Holt SF 07C 01 10:01.5 rad/s to 15. highSchool.0 π rad/s. ﬁxed. highSchool.0 π rad/s ∆θ +2.2 turns +1.050 s 1.2 rad/s. numeric. highSchool.5 times? Holt SF 07B 02 10:01. > 1 min.0 s 0. highSchool. wordingvariable. multiple choice. In what time interval will the plane move through an angular displacement of 3. numeric. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. wordingvariable.5 π rad ∆t 10. section 1. A girl ties a toy airplane to the end of a string and swings it around her head. < 1 min. What is her average angular acceleration during this time interval? Holt SF 07C 02 10:01. What angular acceleration is necessary to increase the angular speed of a fan blade from 8.0 π rad/s. wordingvariable. numeric.3 rad b −1. highSchool. The average angular speed of a ﬂy moving in a circle is 7.3 rad? Holt SF 07B 03 10:01.

Velocity and Acceleration αavg a +0. numeric. what is its average angular acceleration? Holt SF 07Rev 41 10:01. impossible to determine . twice Isaac’s 2. < 1 min. numeric.25 days.Chapter 10. How long does it take the second hand of a clock to move through 4. section 1. When the merry-go-round is rotating at a constant angular speed. What is the record’s average angular acceleration during this time interval? Holt SF 07Rev 09 10:01. Feng rides on a horse at the outer rim of the circular platform.2 turns/s ∆t 7. Earth orbits the sun once every 365. Find the average angular speed of Earth about the sun.75 rad/s2 c ∆ω +121. 2 s 321 What is the value of a? Part 2 of 3 What is the value of b? Part 3 of 3 What is the value of c? Holt SF 07Rev 07 10:01.050 s 1. A phonograph record has an initial angular speed of 33 rev/min. what is Feng’s angular speed? 1.0 s. < 1 min. highSchool. highSchool. twice as far from the center of the circular platform as Isaac. The record slows to 11 rev/min in 2. < 1 min. highSchool. wordingvariable.9 s. wordingvariable. multiple choice. Merry Go Round 02 10:01. < 1 min.7 rad/s in 1. If a ﬂywheel increases its average angular speed by 2. highSchool. < 1 min. half of Isaac’s 4. 0 s 0. wordingvariable. Angular Position. ﬁxed.5 rad/s b −1. numeric. ﬁxed. the same as Isaac’s 3. who rides on an inner horse. highSchool. numeric. Feng and Isaac are riding on a merry-goround.00 rad? Holt SF 07Rev 08 10:01.

The ﬁsh has an initial angular speed of 1.0 rad in 5. A diver performing a double somersault spins at an angular speed of 4. numeric.20 rev/s in 30. When a rolling yo-yo falls to the bottom of its cord. same rotation due to the rebound Holt SF 07D 01 10:02.0 rad/s? Holt SF 07D 02 10:02. > 1 min. wordingvariable. What is the wheel’s angular acceleration if its initial angular speed is 2. reversed rotation due to inertia 2. After 3. wordingvariable. The wheel on an upside-down bicycle moves through 18.4 rad/s2 . If the wheel begins with an angular speed of 10. ﬁxed. highSchool. section 2. wordingvariable.5 rad/s.0 s. wordingvariable. the ﬁsh’s angular speed is 14.2 s before reaching its ﬁnal angular speed. < 1 min. what is its rotation as it climbs back up the cord? 1. < 1 min. < 1 min.Chapter 10. numeric. Part 2 of 2 Find the angle through which the drill rotates during this period. highSchool. multiple choice. highSchool. If the water in the whirlpool accelerates at a constant rate. what is the diver’s angular acceleration during the double somersault? Holt SF 07D 03 10:02. numeric.20 s of constant angular acceleration. Part 1 of 2 A drill starts from rest. what is its angular acceleration in rad/s2 ? Holt SF 07Rev 11 10:02. Holt SF 07Rev 12 10:02. same rotation due to inertia 3.7 rev in 1. the drill turns at a rate of 2628 rad/s.0 rad/s.8 rad/s. Assuming the diver begins with zero initial angular speed and accelerates at a constant rate. highSchool. A potter’s wheel moves from rest to an angular speed of 0. A ﬁsh swimming behind an oil tanker gets caught in a whirlpool created by the ship’s propellers. highSchool. highSchool. Assuming constant angular acceleration. wordingvariable. numeric. Assuming that the angular acceleration of . numeric. After 4. what is the wheel’s angular speed after exactly four full turns? Part 2 of 2 How long does the wheel take to make the four turns? Holt SF 07Rev 10 10:02.00 s. A tire placed on a balancing machine in a service station starts from rest and turns through 4. > 1 min. < 1 min. highSchool. wordingvariable.50 s after leaving the platform. numeric. > 1 min.5 s. reversed rotation due to the rebound 4. what is the angular accelera- 322 Holt SF 07D 04 05 10:02.0 π rad/s precisely 0. wordingvariable. numeric. Kinematic Equations for Uniformly Accelerated Rotational tion? Concept 08 07 10:02. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A remote-controlled car’s wheel accelerates at 22. Find the drill’s angular acceleration. highSchool.

50 rad/s2 .00 min before reaching a ﬁnal angular speed.0 s. The turntable starts from rest and rotates with a constant angular acceleration of 0. calculate the wheel’s angular acceleration. numeric. A copper block rests 30.81 m/s2 . wordingvariable. A car traveling at 30. numeric. and a safety switch turns oﬀ the washer. The coin starts out with an initial angular speed of 18.53. A mass attached to a 50.00 m/s2 when the brakes are applied.300 m.0 m/s undergoes a constant deceleration of 2. wordingvariable. Holt SF 07Rev 42 10:02. wordingvariable. highSchool.0 cm from the center of a steel turntable. highSchool. The coeﬃcient of static friction between the block and the surface is 0.0 cm string starts from rest and is rotated in a circular path 323 exactly 40 times in 1. numeric. how far does the coin roll before coming to rest? Holt SF 07Rev 46 10:02.00 min? Holt SF 07Rev 51 10:02. wordingvariable.0 s. > 1 min. Kinematic Equations for Uniformly Accelerated Rotational the wheel is constant.Chapter 10. > 1 min. A coin with a diameter of 2. Holt SF 07Rev 45 10:02. highSchool. the lid is opened. > 1 min. starting from rest and reaching an angular speed of 11 π rad/s in 8. > 1 min. After what time interval will the block start to slip on the turntable? The acceleration of gravity is 9. Through how many revolutions does the tub turn? Assume constant angular acceleration while the machine is starting and stopping. Holt SF 07Rev 44 10:02. numeric. At this point. > 1 min. highSchool. numeric. If the rotation slows with an angular deceleration of 1.0 rad/s and rolls in a straight line without slipping. highSchool.90 rad/s2 . . wordingvariable. The tub within a washer goes into its spin cycle. What is the angular speed of the mass after 1. section 2. How many revolutions does each tire make before the car comes to a stop? Assume that the car does not skid and that each tire has a radius of 0.40 cm is dropped onto a horizontal surface. The tub slows to rest in 12.

ﬁxed.Chapter 10. highSchool. Relationships Between Angular and Linear Quantities Concept 08 01 10:04. ﬁxed. Sue’s tires 3. < 1 min. are used. The rotational speeds are the same. Concept 08 06 10:04. If larger wheels. wording-variable. 4. 3. Harry’s tires 2. 2. multiple choice. highSchool. Higher Concept 08 02 10:04. 3. The smaller wheel has four times the ro- . The smaller wheel has twice the rotational speed and twice the tangential speed as the larger wheel. < 1 min. An automobile speedometer is conﬁgured to read speed proportional to the rotational speed of its wheels. < 1 min. 324 tational speed and the same tangential speed as the larger wheel. A large wheel is coupled to a wheel with half the diameter as shown. highSchool. It depends on the speed. No diﬀerent 4. what will be the eﬀect on the speedometer reading? Concept 08 04 10:04. highSchool. highSchool. 2 2 2. It depends on the speed. multiple choice. 2v 3. < 1 min. Harry and Sue cycle at the same speed. such as those of snow tires. multiple choice. < 1 min. section 4. The tires on Harry’s bike have a larger diameter than those on Sue’s bike. Unlike a phonograph record that has a con- r 2r How does the rotational speed of the smaller wheel compare with that of the larger wheel? How do the tangential speeds at the rims compare (assuming the belt doesn’t slip)? 1. A ladybug traveling with tangential velocity v sits halfway between the axis and the edge of a phonograph record. multiple choice. Lower 4. The smaller wheel has twice the rotational speed and the same tangential speed as the larger wheel. 4v 2. what will happen to its tangential speed if it crawls out to the edge? v v 1. 2v 1. multiple choice. Concept 08 03 10:04. The smaller wheel has half the rotational speed and half the tangential speed as the larger wheel. ﬁxed. 4. v . . Which tires have the greater rotational speed? 1. What will happen to its tangential speed if the RPM rate is doubled? At this doubled rate. ﬁxed. 2v . 2v .

wordingvariable. wordingvariable. numeric. wordingvariable. < 1 min. wordingvariable.Chapter 10. A young boy swings a yo-yo horizontally above his head at an angular acceleration of 0. What is a tire’s angular acceleration if the tangential acceleration at a radius of 0. Holt SF 07E 04 10:04.18 m/s2 . varying angular speed Holt SF 07E 01 10:04. numeric. highSchool. If the merry-go-round’s angular acceleration is 1. highSchool. numeric. A softball pitcher throws a ball with a tangential speed of 6. wordingvariable. highSchool. > 1 min.5 rad/s b 1. < 1 min. < 1 min. highSchool. what is the door’s angular speed? Holt SF 07E 02 10:04. Part 1 of 4 Consider the following table: Part 2 of 4 b) What is the value of b? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the value of c? Part 4 of 4 d) What is the value of d? vt a 0. constant angular speed a) What is the value of a? 2. Does the CD rotate at a constant or varying angular speed? 1. section 4. wordingvariable.0300 m 0.5 π rad/s 325 r 0.8 m/s. highSchool.35 rad/s2 . < 1 min. highSchool. numeric.15 m is 9. highSchool. Relationships Between Angular and Linear Quantities stant angular speed.75 m from the athlete’s axis of rotation.5 m/s2 linear acceleration. If she is 0. numeric. how long is the string? Holt SF 07F 03 10:04.2 turns/s 1.93 m/s. highSchool. < 1 min.4 × 10−2 m/s2 ? Holt SF 07Rev 21 10:04. numeric. A dog on a merry-go-round undergoes a 1. wordingvariable. An athlete spins in a circle before releasing a discus with a tangential speed of 9. numeric.75 m/s c 2.0 m/s.0 π m/s ω 121. < 1 min.8 m d Holt SF 07F 01 10:04. how far is the dog from the axis of rotation? Holt SF 07F 02 10:04. numeric. what is the angular speed of the ball before the pitcher releases it? Holt SF 07E 03 10:04. wordingvariable.0 rad/s2 . A woman passes through a revolving door with a tangential speed of 1.80 m from the center of the door. . What is the angular speed of the spinning athlete? Assume the discus is 0. If the pitcher’s arm is 0.660 m long. If the tangential acceleration of the yo-yo at the end of the string is 0. < 1 min.050 m 3. a CD scans information at a constant linear speed (130 cm/s).

< 1 min. wordingvariable. Washington. numeric.8 rad/s2 and the shade accelerates upward at 0. highSchool. If the pebble’s tangential speed is 49 m/s. section 4.5 rad/s2 . a lever is released and the shaft that the shade is wound around spins. The Emerald Suite is a revolving restaurant at the top of the Space Needle in Seattle. numeric.18 × 10−2 m/s. < 1 min. wordingvariable. what is the radius of the wheel? Holt SF 07Rev 24 10:04. what is the radius of the shaft? 326 . highSchool. < 1 min.Chapter 10. When a string is pulled in the correct direction on a window shade. If a point on its rim has a tangential acceleration of 48 cm/s2 . what is the angular speed of the restaurant? Holt SF 07Rev 23 10:04.086 m/s2 . Relationships Between Angular and Linear Quantities A small pebble breaks loose from the treads of a tire with a radius of 32 cm. A bicycle wheel has an angular acceleration of 1. If a customer sitting 12 m from the restaurant’s center has a tangential speed of 2. what is the tire’s angular speed? Holt SF 07Rev 22 10:04. If the shaft’s angular acceleration is 3. numeric. highSchool. wordingvariable.

> 1 min.81 m/s2 . The hollow ball. highSchool. highSchool. as shown.81 m/s2 . highSchool. > 1 min.8 m high. > 1 min. numeric. What is the translational speed of the cylinder when it leaves the incline? Holt SF 08E 01ball 10:05. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. wordingvariable.0◦ slope. Both will roll to the same height. The coin starts with an initial angular speed of 45.0◦ inclined plane.81 m/s2 .0 kg hoop . wordingvariable.10 kg and a radius of 0. > 1 min. What is the translational speed of the tire when it reaches the bottom of the hill? (Assume that the tire is a hoop with I = mr 2 . a large 4. section 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9. 327 A 1.10 kg and a radius of 0. Holt SF 08E 01 10:05. wordingvariable.00 m and rolls down a 30. How long will it take a basketball starting from rest to roll without slipping 4.) Holt SF 08E 03 10:05. wordingvariable.0 m down an incline that makes an angle of 30. Two balls of equal mass at the bottom of an incline are rolled upward without slipping at the same initial velocity. Which rolls higher up the incline before coming to a stop? 1. What is the moment of inertia of the propeller? Holt SF 08Rev 52 10:05. highSchool. > 1 min. A solid cylinder with a mass of 4.00 m and rolls down a 30. highSchool. highSchool. A 0. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 J. multiple choice. > 1 min.0◦ slope. ﬁxed. numeric. 3. In a circus performance.050 m starts from rest at a height of 2. 4. The solid ball.0200 m diameter coin rolls up a 15. 2. wordingvariable. How much vertical distance does it gain before it stops rolling? Holt SF 08Rev 53 10:05.050 m starts from rest at a height of 2.81 m/s2 . wordingvariable. numeric. > 1 min.0 rad/s and rolls in a straight line without slipping. Rotational Kinetic Energy Figuring Physics 34 10:05.81 m/s2 . A solid ball with a mass of 4. highSchool.0◦ with the horizontal? Holt SF 08Rev 49 10:05.Chapter 10. numeric. One ball is solid and the other is a thinwalled hollow ball.5 kg bicycle tire of radius 0. as shown. > 1 min. A regulation basketball has a 25 cm diameter and may be approximated as a thin spherical shell. The net work done in accelerating a propeller from rest to an angular speed of 220 rad/s is 3000. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool.33 m starts from rest and rolls down from the top of a hill that is 14. numeric. Depends on the relative diameters of the balls. What is the translational speed of the ball when it leaves the incline? Holt SF 08E 02 10:05.

0 rad/s while rolling on the horizontal and is allowed to roll up a ramp inclined at 15◦ with the horizontal. > 1 min. a 5. 1 4 1 2. multiple choice. 1 6.0 rad/s and rolls in a straight line without slipping. is brought into contact coaxially with a ﬂywheel with inertia I2 = 2 I1 .Chapter 10. section 5. As part of a kinetic sculpture. smooth surface at a constant linear speed without slipping. highSchool. None of these 328 SWCT Rotational KE 10:05. 7.0◦ inclined plane. rotating at 800 rpm. A solid sphere rolls along a horizontal.0 m rolls without slipping. 2 5 3 2. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 m rolls without slipping.0◦ with the horizontal. > 1 min. numeric.37 cm rolls up a 30. 3 7 6. numeric. The coin starts with an initial angular speed of 60. wordingvariable. highSchool. how far (measured along the incline) does the hoop roll? Holt SF 08Rev 59 10:05. If the hoop is given an angular speed of 3. 2 2 4. 3 . A ﬂywheel with inertia I1 . Rotational Kinetic Energy with a radius of 2. how far does the hoop roll along the incline? Holt SF 08Rev 62 10:05. 3 5. > 1 min. A coin with a diameter of 4. The acceleration of gravity is 9. What is the ratio of ﬁnal to initial kinetic energy? 1.81 m/s2 .81 m/s2 .0 kg hoop with a radius of 3. ﬁxed. If the hoop is given an angular speed of 6. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. < 1 min. ﬁxed. wordingvariable. What is the ratio between the rotational kinetic energy about the center of the sphere and the sphere’s total kinetic energy? 1. highSchool. numeric. 5 2 3. 2 4. 3 1 3. How far does it roll up the inclined plane? Holt SF 08Rev 63 10:05.81 m/s2 . 7 3 7 5 5.0 rad/s while rolling on the horizontal and then rolls up a ramp inclined at 20.

numeric. Part 1 of 4 Consider the following table: ∆θ a +0. highSchool. < 1 min. what is the radius of the Ferris wheel? . < 1 min. linear momentum 2. If the car moves through an arc length of 12 m. What is the Ferris wheel’s radius? Holt SF 07A 04 10:06. wordingvariable. Assuming that the wheel turns clockwise. rotational inertia 3. wordingvariable. The pole lowers the center of gravity. Holt SF 07A 01 10:06. ﬁxed. < 1 min. wordingvariable. highSchool. multiple choice. < 1 min.25 m b −4. The pole makes the walker heavier. multiple choice.2 m +2. wordingvariable.10 m 8. > 1 min.Chapter 10. The pole contributes more momemtum. numeric. < 1 min. wordingvariable. What physics concept plays a role here? 1. the beetle’s angular displacement is π rad. conservation of energy Concept 08 22 10:06. how far is she from the center of the merry-go-round? Holt SF 07A 02 10:06.8 m.6 m r 0. If the girl’s angular displacement is 1.2 m. highSchool.34 rad. numeric. A car on a Ferris wheel has an angular displacement of 0. 2. 4. kinetic energy 4. which corresponds to an arc length of 29. < 1 min. numeric. Calculation of Moments of Inertia Concept 08 11 10:06.5 m 0. highSchool. 3. ﬁxed. highSchool. highSchool. The pole allows the walker not to rotate. which corresponds to an arc length of 1.67 rad. A girl sitting on a merry-go-round moves counterclockwise through an arc length of 2. Why is a long pole more beneﬁcial to a tightrope walker if the pole droops? 1. Moving the front wheels far out in front of a racing vehicle helps to keep the vehicle from nosing upward when it accelerates. numeric.75 m d a) What is the value of a? Part 2 of 4 b) What is the value of b? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the value of c? Part 4 of 4 d) What is the value of d? Holt SF 07Rev 05 10:06. section 6. A car on a Ferris wheel has an angular displacement of π 4 rad. What is the wheel’s radius? Holt SF 07A 03 10:06. highSchool.75 rad c +135◦ ∆s +0. A beetle sits at the top of a bicycle 329 wheel and ﬂies away just before it would be squashed.50 m.

section 6. highSchool. M = 2 kg. M R2 4 7 3. Three spherical masses are located in a plane at the positions shown in the ﬁgure below. mass. e. where R = the radius. < 1 min. 5 M R2 4 3 2.. and C has mass 27 kg. < 1 min. Assume: The masses are point particles. The which 1. wordingvariable. the same point travels through arc lengths of 143 m and 9. neglect the contribution due to moments of inertia about their center of mass. A has mass 9. numeric.Chapter 10. Three Masses in a Plane C 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 L M 0 x 3M A What is the moment of inertia about an axis perpendicular to the paper and through the center of mass? SWCT Inertia 10:06. multiple choice.2 m. > 1 min.0 × 102 m. ﬁgure below shows a rigid system can rotate. When a wheel is rotated through an angle of 35◦ . M R2 4 3 4. . When the wheel is rotated through angles of 35 rad and 35 rev. Calculate the moment of inertia (of the three masses) with respect to the z -axis perpendicular to the xy plane and passing through the origin. B has mass 59.5 m. normal. 3 M R2 330 Three Masses 03 10:06. A particular ﬂywheel that rotates about its center of mass has a moment of inertia 3 I = M R2 . L = and the connecting rod as negligible Treat the masses as point particles. a point on the circumference travels through an arc length of 2. respectively.g. highSchool. Calculation of Moments of Inertia Holt SF 07Rev 06 10:06. highSchool. M R2 2 B -7 -7 -6 -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 x Distance (m) Figure: Drawn to scale. highSchool. y Distance (m) 5. numeric. numeric. wordingvariable. What is 4 the moment of inertia if the ﬂywheel is rotated about a point on its rim? 1. What is the radius of the wheel? Rigid System Rotating 05 10:06.26 kg. > 1 min.3 kg. ﬁxed.

multiple choice. 1. The net torque decreases. horizontal position 2. A friend incorrectly says that a body cannot rotate when the net torque acting on it is zero. A body’s rotation cannot change if the net torque acting on it is zero. highSchool. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. is maximum torque produced when the pedal sprocket arms are in the horizontal position. < 1 min. < 1 min. Concept 08 18 10:07. In which of the four orientations shown. ¡ 2. There is suﬃ- . 5. Once a body starts rotating the net torque is zero. All torques are the same. diagonal position 4. does the box tip over? 331 2. < 1 min. ﬁxed. 3. ﬁxed. highSchool. or in the diagonal position? 3. The net torque remains the same. Concept 08 19 10:07. Concept 08 20 10:07. 3. None of the orientations will cause the box to top over. What is the correct statement? 1. Concept 08 17 10:07. Torque Box on an Incline 10:07. A box. 4. multiple choice. with its center-of-mass oﬀ-center as indicated by the dot. The original statement is actually correct. multiple choice. £ 4. A spool (similar to a yo-yo) is pulled in three ways. section 7.Chapter 10. 4. 1. multiple choice. if any. ﬁxed. highSchool. < 1 min. A body can rotate only when a non-zero net torque acts on it. as shown below. < 1 min. highSchool. highSchool. It depends on the mass. How does the net torque change when a partner on a seesaw stands or hangs from her end instead of sitting? 1. ¢ 2. vertical position 3. in the vertical position. multiple choice. When you pedal a bicycle with a constant downward force. The net toque increases. is placed on an inclined plane.

spool c)? 1. left 3. The rough nature of the ride has nothing to do with position relative to the center of mass. < 1 min. rightmost. Concept 08 21 10:07. right. multiple choice. rightmost 5. Truck 1 2. leftmost. Which of the following is true about the most comfortable ride in a bus traveling on a bumpy road. rightmost.Chapter 10. 6. section 7. right. The centers of gravity of the three trucks parked on a hill are shown by the mark . middle. middle. rightmost. Consider the three objects shown in the ﬁgure. Concept 08 32 10:07. left. spool b. Concept 08 33 10:07. Which truck(s) will tip over? 1. leftmost 6. < 1 min. Torque cient friction for rotation. highSchool. 1. ﬁxed. right 2. left. middle. < 1 min. left 5. right. Objects closer to the center of mass experience smaller movement. Truck 3 4. 3. middle. Objects farther from the center of mass experience smaller movement. right. rightmost 2. Trucks 1 and 3 . leftmost. They are equally stable. in a ship in a choppy sea. None of these is correct. ﬁxed. right 4. rightmost. a b c 332 In what direction will each spool move (in the order spool a. Truck 2 3. ﬁxed. right. leftmost 4. multiple choice. right. Trucks 1 and 2 5. right List the stabilities in order from least stable to most stable. 2. highSchool. multiple choice. leftmost. middle 7. middle 3. leftmost. or in an airplane in turbulent air? 1. left. highSchool. right.

Holt SF 08A 01 10:07. the students drops the spool. 90◦ . At any angle. 4. < 1 min. 6. > 1 min. numeric. 4. A student holds a piece of thread partially unwound from a spool. None of the trucks Conceptual 07 02 10:07. this maximizes the eﬀective Choose the best statement. 180◦ . and creates a torque about the center of the spool. wordingvariable. The thread exerts a force in the vertical direction on the spool. highSchool. 3. 333 thread ﬁxed. and creates a torque about the center of the spool. The thread exerts no force on the spool. the torque is zero under all situations. 7. The thread exerts no force on the spool. The thread exerts a force slanted to the left on the spool. Trucks 2 and 3 7. 180◦ . Holding the end of the . and both of these remain the same.Chapter 10. The thread exerts neither force nor torque about the center of the spool since the spool is falling. multiple choice. as shown 1. but creates a counter-clockwise torque about the center of the spool. At any angle. but creates no torque about the center of the spool. a steel pry bar. 90◦ . Torque 6. When you push on an object such as a wrench. 0◦ . 7. force. but creates a clockwise torque about the center of the spool. this maximizes the eﬀective length of the lever arm. this maximizes the eﬀective length of the lever arm. Find the magnitude of the torque produced Dropping a Spool 10:07. section 7. 3. 2. this maximizes the eﬀective length of the lever arm. All three trucks 8. so the torque is constant. 5. and creates a torque about the center of the spool. The thread exerts a force slanted to the right on the spool. you produce a torque equal to the force applied times the lever arm. or even the outer edge of a door. 8. highSchool. 8. The thread exerts a force in the vertical direction on the spool. > 1 min. 2. 5. At what angle to the lever arm should a force be applied to produce maximum torque and why? 1. 6. the torque equals the force times the lever arm. the force would be parallel to the lever arm. 0◦ . ﬁxed. highSchool. this maximizes the eﬀective force. ﬁxed. The thread exerts a force slanted to the right on the spool. but creates no torque about the center of the spool. multiple choice.

050 m radius stationary cylinder. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. Assume that the maximum load the crane can handle is limited by the amount of torque the load produces around the base of the arm. a) Calculate the magnitude of the torque (due to the force of gravity) around this pivot point when the string makes a 5. > 1 min. highSchool.0 kg point mass hanging at the end of a 2. A mechanic jacks up a car to an angle of 334 8. The rear wheels are 0. wordingvariable.0 N · m. highSchool. highSchool. highSchool. numeric. Part 1 of 2 A simple pendulum consists of a 3.12 m from the front end. what force must be exerted at the .05 m long and has a mass of 1130 kg.075 m. > 1 min.0◦ with the horizontal. Its center of mass is located 1. Part 1 of 2 The arm of a crane at a construction site is 15. > 1 min. > 1 min. Holt SF 08Rev 11 10:07. If the cylinder does not rotate and the bucket hangs straight down.Chapter 10. Part 2 of 2 b) Repeat this calculation for an angle of 15. Holt SF 08A 02 10:07. Torque by a 3. The acceleration of gravity is 9.25 m is attached to the end of the cylinder. wordingvariable. section 7. wordingvariable.0◦ with the horizontal in order to change the front tires.0 m long light string that is connected to a pivot point. and it makes an angle of 20. numeric. What minimum force directed perpendicularly to the crank handle is required to raise the bucket? Holt SF 08Rev 46 10:07.81 m/s2 . The car is 3. A crank with a turning radius of 0. highSchool.81 m/s2 . numeric. numeric. numeric. what minimum force must be exerted by a mechanic at the end of a 30.0 N force applied to a door at a perpendicular distance of 0.0 m long. > 1 min. wordingvariable.400 m from the back end. > 1 min. numeric. > 1 min. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. a) What is the magnitude of the maximum torque the crane can withstand if the maximum load the crane can handle is 450 N? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the maximum load for this crane at an angle of 40. Calculate the torque exerted by the car around the back wheels.0 cm wrench to loosen the nut? Holt SF 08Rev 09 10:07. wordingvariable. what is the magnitude of the torque the bucket produces around the center of the cylinder? Holt SF 08Rev 10 10:07. Holt SF 08A 03 10:07. A wooden bucket ﬁlled with water has a mass of 75 kg and is attached to a rope that is wound around a cylinder with a radius of 0. If the torque required to loosen a nut that holds a wheel on a car has a magnitude of 58 N · m. wordingvariable. If the torque required to loosen a nut on the wheel of a car has a magnitude of 40. The acceleration of gravity is 9.25 m from the hinge.81 m/s2 .0◦ with the horizontal? Holt SF 08Rev 45 10:07. wordingvariable.0◦ .0◦ angle with the vertical. A bucket ﬁlled with water has a mass of 54 kg and is hanging from a rope that is wound around a 0.81 m/s2 .

wordingvariable. what force do you have to exert to achieve the same torque? Second Time 10:07. The acceleration of gravity is 9. ◦ 11 10 9 12 1 2 3 8 7 6 4 5 Calculate the magnitude of the torque around the center of the clock due to the weight of these hands indicating 3 hr and 41 min. normal.. > 1 min. Torque end of a 0. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9.5 m and 3 m long and have masses of 85 kg and 60 kg . highSchool. In a canyon between two mountains. highSchool. the hour hand is precisely 90◦ from vertical.12 m from the front end. you push with a force of 80 N at the end of a wrench handle that is 0.05 m long and has a mass of 1130 kg. Part 1 of 2 Hint: At 3:00 o’clock. Part 2 of 2 The torque is 1. . respectively. Problems 08 06 10:07. Assume: The clock hands can be modeled as uniform thin rods. The force is applied at an angle of 53. counter-clockwise. numeric. i.e. normal.4 m is just set in motion by a force of 1600 N.81 m/s2 . Cannot be determined from given information. Its center of mass is located 1. The car is 3. 2. highSchool.Chapter 10.1 m from the bolt. What torque are you exerting? Part 2 of 2 If you move your hand inward to be only 0.81 m/s2 . Calculate the torque exerted by the car around the back wheels.25 m from the axis of the bolt.35 m lug wrench to loosen the nut when the angle is 56◦ ? Holt SF 08Rev 47 10:07. The hour and minute hands of the clock in the famous Parliament Clock Tower in London are 1. numeric. clockwise. > 1 min. The rear wheels are 0. numeric. 335 3. A mechanic jacks up a car to an angle of 8 with the horizontal in order to change the front tires. numeric. highSchool. a spherical boulder with a radius of 1. Part 1 of 2 To tighten a bolt. wordingvariable. What is the magnitude of the torque on the boulder? Holt SF 08Rev 61 10:07.5◦ measured with respect to the radius of the boulder. section 7. < 1 min. 3 : 41 o’clock.4 m from the back end.

wordingvariable.0 cm. a) What is the angular acceleration of the spool? Part 2 of 2 b) How fast will the spool be rotating after all of the string has unwound? Holt SF 08Rev 27 10:08.14 rad/s in 2.7 rad/s. The potter can stop the wheel in 6. > 1 min. highSchool.0 kg uniform solid cylinder has a radius of 0. Holt SF 08Rev 56 . A 350 kg merry-go-round in the shape of a horizontal disk with a radius of 1. How large a torque would have to be exerted to bring the merry-go-round from rest to an angular speed of 3.0 s by pressing a wet rag against the rim. Part 3 of 3 c) Find the angular speed of the wheel 2. numeric. > 1 min.180 m. The acceleration of the mass down the frictionless incline is measured to be 2. wordingvariable. numeric. as shown. Relationship Between Torque and Angular Acceleration Holt SF 08C 01 10:08.33 m and mass 1.81 m/s2 . Part 2 of 3 b) Find the moment of inertia of the wheel. wordingvariable.30 × 10−2 rad/s2 as it rotates about an axis through its center.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. causing the string to unwind from the spool. how large is the torque acting on the cylinder? Holt SF 08Rev 28 10:08. highSchool. numeric.0 rev/min.0 s after it begins rotating. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 A 12 kg mass is attached to a cord that is wrapped around a wheel with a radius of 10. a) What is the angular acceleration of the wheel? Part 2 of 2 b) How much torque does the potter apply to the wheel? Holt SF 08C 02 10:08. Assume the axle of the wheel to be frictionless.00 kg mass is then attached to the free end of the string.50 m and mass 100. > 1 min. wordingvariable.5 kg is rotating at 98. Part 1 of 2 A potter’s wheel of radius 0. > 1 min. wordingvariable. highSchool.5 m is set in motion by wrapping a rope about the rim of the disk and pulling on the rope. 10 cm 2 /s 2m kg 12 37 ◦ Note: Figure is not drawn to scale a) Find the force in the rope.0 s? Holt SF 08C 03 10:08. If the cylinder accelerates at 2. highSchool. section 8.0750 m and a mass of 0.Chapter 10. wordingvariable. A 5. 336 A 30. > 1 min.500 kg. Part 1 of 2 A light string 4. numeric.00 s? Holt SF 08Rev 54 10:08.00 m long is wrapped around a solid cylindrical spool with a radius of 0.0 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. numeric. > 1 min.0 kg is freely rotating at 50. A bicycle tire of radius 0. What torque is necessary to stop the tire in 2. starting from rest. highSchool.

Part 3 of 3 c) Find the force in the cord supporting the larger mass. numeric.81 m. Holt SF 08Rev 57 10:08. a) What is the linear acceleration of the falling bucket? Part 2 of 3 b) How far does it drop? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the angular acceleration of the cylindrical pulley? Holt SF 08Rev 68 10:08. Relationship Between Torque and Angular Acceleration 10:08.00 s. numeric.00 kg bucket into a well.5 m . wordingvariable.0 N. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the amount of line that unwinds from the reel in 0. The bucket starts from rest and falls for 4.600 m is used to lower a 3.50 s. the axle is frictionless. > 1 min. A cord is wrapped over the pulley and attached to a hanging object on either end. numeric. numeric. Part 1 of 3 A cylindrical 5. numeric. determine the magnitude of the angular acceleration of the pulley. and the reel begins to spin with an angular acceleration of 66 rad/s2 . Part 2 of 3 b) Find the force in the cord supporting the smaller mass.0 N. The force on one side is 120.1 kg and a radius of 0. Assume the cord does not slip.Chapter 10. Part 1 of 2 A cylindrical ﬁshing reel has a mass of 0.81 m/s2 . a) What is the moment of inertia of the wheel? Part 2 of 3 The applied force is then removed. Part 1 of 3 The combination of an applied force and a frictional force produces a constant torque of 36 N · m on a wheel rotating about a ﬁxed axis. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9. wordingvariable. Holt SF 08Rev 60 10:08. > 1 min. > 1 min. A friction clutch in the reel exerts a restraining torque of 1.81 m/s2 . . and the two hanging objects have masses of 2 kg and 5 kg . a) Find the force of the ﬁsh on the line. A cable passes over a pulley. Because of the friction. The applied force acts for 6. and the force on the other side is 100.0 cm. highSchool. wordingvariable. > 1 min. highSchool. > 1 min. > 1 min. highSchool. and the wheel comes to rest in 65 s. Holt SF 08Rev 69 10:08. Part 1 of 3 A pulley has a moment of inertia of 5 kg m2 and a radius of 0. highSchool. during which time the angular speed of the wheel increases from 0 to 12 rad/s.3 N · m if a ﬁsh pulls on the line. The ﬁsherman gets a bite. a) Find the acceleration of each mass. normal.85 kg and a radius of 4. Assuming that the pulley is a uniform disk 337 with a mass of 2. numeric. section 8. highSchool.00 kg pulley with a radius of 0. highSchool. the force in the cable is not the same on opposite sides of the pulley. b) What is the frictional torque? Part 3 of 3 c) How many revolutions does the wheel make during the entire 71 s interval? Holt SF 08Rev 58 10:08. wordingvariable. wordingvariable.0 s.

> 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. 7. A string is wrapped around the disk and exerts a constant force 1 M g tangential to the disk. The pulley rotates about a frictionless axle and has a moment of inertia of 0. section 8. or respective radii R1 = 0. < 1 min.0 kg mass on a smooth surface as shown. highSchool. Wheel and Axle 01 10:08. 1. Mass m1 = 36 kg is attached to a cord wrapped around the ﬁrst wheel. Its moment of inertia with respect to the z -axis is I = 1 m r2 . 4 ¡ ¡ F1 4 kg Note: Figure is not drawn to scale Assume that the cord does not slip on the pulley. A pulley that has a moment of inertia 3 M R2 and radius R rotates about an axis 4 through its center. numeric. 3 8. Two pulley wheels.05 m. The ﬁgure below shows the value of an applied torque as a function of time. wordingvariable.0 kg mass is connected by a light cord to a 3. 2 g g 3 g 9. highSchool.6 kg and its radius 2 is 0. 3 kg R F2 338 3g 2 2g 6. Find the tan2 gential acceleration of a point on the rim of the disk. Torque ( N m ) 3 ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 2 ¡ ¡ 1 ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 0 ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 time ( s ) ∆t Calculate the kinetic energy K of the cylinder when it reaches 10 s. Torque vs Time 10:08.30 m. and another mass m2 = 15 kg is attached to another cord −1 ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ 0 .Chapter 10. g g 2 4g 3.25 m and R2 = 1 m are mounted rigidly on a common axle and clamped together. > 1 min. 3 3g 4.81 m/s2 . where its mass is 0. 4 2g 10. a) What is the acceleration of the two masses? Part 2 of 3 b) What is the magnitude of the force F1 ? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the magnitude of the force F2 ? Torque on Pulley 10:08. ﬁxed. numeric. Relationship Between Torque and Angular Acceleration Part 1 of 3 A 4. The combined moment of inertia of the two wheels is I + 3 kg m2 . highSchool. A cylindrical ﬂywheel is initially at rest and is free to pivot with negligible friction about the z -axis of the cylinder. 5 5. normal. multiple choice.50 kg · m2 and a radius of 0. 4 2.

8 m/s2 . Relationship Between Torque and Angular Acceleration wrapped around the second wheel: R2 R1 339 m1 m2 The acceleration of gravity is 9. section 8.Chapter 10. Take clockwise direction as positive. Find the angular acceleration of the system. .

1 m. Atwood Machine 01 10:09. K. K. 10. The masses are m1 and m2 with m1 being heavier than m2 . numeric. and the acceleration be 1. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 An Atwood machine is constructed using a disk of moment if inertia of I . 1. 4. 9. Y . Work.5 kg. I . > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. J . 2.5 kg and the mass on the right be 3. Y . I . K. R ω T1 m1 I T2 Y . and Z . > 1 min. and Energy in Rotational Motion tion. highSchool. the wheel slows down (because of friction) to 7 rev/hr in 20 s. and A and B A B C Z . 3. J . A motor keep a Ferris wheel (moment of inertia I = 3 × 107 kg m2 ) rotating at 10 rev/hr. numeric. 7. and X . I . and X . The radius of the pulley is 0. < 1 min.8 m/s2 . normal. A horizontal 800. 8. Let the mass on the left be 5. multiple choice. section 9. wordingvariable. Ferris Wheel Motor 02 10:09. When the motor is terned oﬀ.Chapter 10. and Z .5 m is started from rest by a constant horizontal force of 50. I : m 1 g − T1 = m1 a J : T1 − m1 g = m1 a K : T1 = m1 a X : m 2 g − T2 = m2 a Y : T2 − m2 g = m2 a Z : T 2 = m2 a a A : (T 2 − T 1 ) R = I R a B : (T 1 − T 2 ) R = I R C : (T 2 − T 1 ) R = I a D : (T 1 − T 2 ) R = I a Choose the correct set of equations of mo- a . highSchool. Power. and X . and B A B C D 340 6.0 N applied a Consider the following set of equations. What was the power of the motor that kept the wheel rotating at 10 rev/hr despite friction? Holt SF 08Rev 64 10:09.0 N merry-go-round with a radius of 1.30667 m/s2 . 5. I . and m2 Consider the free body diagrams T1 T2 m1 m1 g m2 m2 g Part 2 of 2 Note: The moment of inertia is not given. normal. I . and X . All variables are positive. Determine the magnitude of the torque exerted on the pulley.

> 1 min. section 9. If the string does not slip while it is wound around the peg. highSchool.00 m and a mass of 500. 3. Before a trip. 6666 N at the left and 3333 N at the right.0 s.Chapter 10. A top has a moment of inertia of 4. Find the kinetic energy of the merry-goround after 3. Calculate the additional reaction forces 341 that are supplied at the supports on both ends of the bridge. A string around a peg along the axis of the top is pulled. 7500 N at the left and 2500 N at the right. a) Find the kinetic energy stored in the ﬂywheel. A 10.000 N vehicle is stalled one-quarter the way across the bridge. 1. 9000 N at the left and 1000 N at the right. wordingvariable. Assume it is a solid cylinder.0 rev/min.57 N in the string. < 1 min.0 cm of string has been pulled oﬀ the peg? Holt SF 08Rev 70 10:09. ﬁnd the length of time the car can run before the ﬂywheel has to be brought back up to speed again.0 kg. 8000 N at the left and 2000 N at the right. . Power. maintaining a constant tension of 5. wordingvariable. 2. Holt SF 08Rev 65 10:09. Work. It is free to rotate about a vertical stationary axis. numeric. multiple choice. Part 1 of 2 A car is designed to get its energy from a rotating ﬂywheel with a radius of 2. ﬁxed. Part 2 of 2 b) If the ﬂywheel is to supply as much energy to the car as a 7457 W motor would. Problems 08 04 10:09. what is the angular speed of the top after 80. the disk-shaped ﬂywheel is attached to an electric motor. and Energy in Rotational Motion tangentially to the merry-go-round. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. > 1 min. numeric. highSchool. 4.00 × −4 10 kg · m2 and is initially at rest.81 m/s2 . which brings the ﬂywheel’s rotational speed up to 1000.

< 1 min. mass Concept 08 15 11:01. highSchool. 1N 4. < 1 min. no diﬀerence 4. multiple choice. the can of ice Concept 08 14 11:01. Which will roll down an incline faster: a can of water or a can of ice? 1. section 1. 3. highSchool. > 1 min. 2N 5.25N 2. 4. mass 5. ﬁxed. rotational inertia 3. the bowling ball. ﬁxed. each having a mass of 1kg. multiple choice. It depends on the temperature. < 1 min. one solid and the other hollow? 1. Launch them and compare their trajectories. 0. highSchool. 0. highSchool. Rotational Plus Translational Motion: Rolling 2. the bowling ball. the can of water 3. 4N . What technique would help you to distinguish between two identical-looking spheres of the same weight. ﬁxed. Concept 08 16 11:01. so that the rotational inertia is I = m R2 .Chapter 11. Plunge them into water and compare their densities. the volleyball. 342 Two wheels with ﬁxed hubs 11:01. and forces are applies as shown. start from rest. multiple choice. same speeds 4. ﬁxed. rotational inertia 2. multiple choice. In order to impart identical angular accelerations.5N 3. and why? 1. the volleyball. Which will have the greater acceleration rolling down an incline: a bowling ball or a volleyball. how large must F2 be? F2 =? F1 = 1N m = 1kg m = 1kg ¡ R = 0. Two wheels with ﬁxed hubs.5m R = 1m 1. 2. Assume the hubs and spokes are massless. Roll them down an incline and compare their speeds. Hit them and compare their reﬂective sounds.

conservation of energy. its wheels have bigger moment of inertia. The same speed. Consider two bicycle riders. conservation of (linear) momentum. 9. A 35 kg bowling ball with a radius of 13 cm starts from rest at the top of an incline 3. and all the wheels roll on the ground without slipping. > 1 min.0 m down a ramp that is inclined at 37◦ with the horizontal. A solid 240 N ball with a radius of 0. Bike A. ﬁxed. (Assume that the ball is a uniform solid sphere. its wheels have smaller moment of inertia.Chapter 11. its wheels have bigger moment of inertia. Find the translational speed of the bowling ball after it has rolled to the bottom of the incline. The two cyclists travel at the same speed on level ground. At the top of the hill. > 1 min. Holt SF 08Rev 37 11:02. conservation of angular momentum. 6. MA = MB . numeric.81 m/s2 . 2. the wheels of the two bicycles have equal wheel wheel masses MA = MB and equal radii wheel wheel but diﬀerent mass distribu= RB RA tions: the wheels of bike A have most of their masses at the rims. Bike B . They approach a low hill and decide to coast up instead of hard pedalling. Bike B . . 3. A and B. The acceleration of gravity is 9. while the wheels of bike B have their masses ‘spread’ evenly over the whole wheel area. multiple choice. section 2. what is the angular speed of the ball at the bottom of the ramp? Holt SF 08Rev 44 11:02. 4. Two spheres look identical and have the same mass. Bike A. 7. < 1 min. wordingvariable. If the ball starts from rest at the top of the ramp. One is hollow and the other is solid. highSchool. 1. The same speed. Wheel A.) Holt SF 08Rev 38 11:02. highSchool. which of the two bikes will have a larger speed? Assume no friction nor air resistance. < 1 min. The masses are necessary to answer this.200 m rolls 6.5 m in height. The rider rider two riders have equal masses MA = MB and their respective bicycles also have simframe frame ilar frames. Which method would determine which is which? Wheel B. The Kinetic Energy of Rolling Conceptual rotation 01 11:02. wordingvariable. 343 5. Finally. The height and the angle of the hill must be known. multiple choice. The acceleration of gravity is 9. ﬁxed. highSchool. The same speed. numeric. highSchool.81 m/s2 . 8. its wheels have smaller moment of inertia.

2. 4. 3.Chapter 11. Drop them from the same height. Roll them down an incline. The Kinetic Energy of Rolling 1. section 2. Weigh them on a scale. None of these 344 .

The linear inertia of your body has changed. linear inertia 4. angular momentum 3. 2. 3. When a car drives oﬀ a cliﬀ. Why does a car nose up when accelerating. which physics concept explains why it rotates forward as it falls? 1. A basketball player wishes to balance a ball on his ﬁngertip. . center of mass Concept 08 27 11:06. multiple choice. the spinning ball. multiple choice. section 6. < 1 min. and nose down when braking? 1. angular velocity 3. 2. highSchool. Angular momentum has decreased. The center of gravity has shifted. angular momentum 3. Inertia has changed. the stationary ball. ﬁxed. 4.Chapter 11. < 1 min. multiple choice. angular momentum 4. What physics concept explains why a ball rolls down a hill? 1. Angular Momentum of a Particle Concept 08 08 11:06. torque 2. conservation of energy 4. highSchool. 2. ﬁxed. inertia Concept 08 12 11:06. ﬁxed. < 1 min. friction 2. < 1 min. momentum 3. the spinning ball. ﬁxed. gravity 4. highSchool. the stationary ball. Why must you bend forward when carrying a heavy load on your back? 1. ﬁxed. highSchool. Why is it easier to carry the same amount of water in two buckets. The center of gravity is in the center of the body. multiple choice. center of gravity Concept 08 25 11:06. inertia 345 Concept 08 24 11:06. 4. than in a single bucket? 1. Angular momentum has decreased. ﬁxed. Angular speed has increased. < 1 min. Will he be more successful with a spinning ball or a stationary ball? What physical principle supports your answer? 1. one in each hand. multiple choice. torque 2. 3. < 1 min. highSchool. The gravitational force has decreased. conservation of momentum Concept 08 13 11:06. highSchool. multiple choice.

A person spins a tennis ball on a string in a horizontal circle (so that the axis of rotation is vertical). This saves more iron. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. Why is it dangerous to roll open the top drawers of a fully loaded ﬁle cabinet that is not secured to the ﬂoor? 1. Holt SF 08Rev 66 11:06. because of the center of gravity of the cabinet Conceptual 07 04 11:06. +x direction 2. highSchool. Why was the invention of riﬂing in a long gun or cannon barrel so important? (Riﬂing is a series of screw-like grooves etched into the inteior of a riﬂe barrel that imparts a spin to the bullet. 4. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 a) Calculate the angular momentum of 1. ﬁxed. multiple choice. This cools the barrel by decreasing friction.5 × 1011 m. stabilizing the trajectory. < 1 min.) 1. highSchool. thus decreasing the damage to the target. -y direction 346 Earth that arises from its spinning motion 2 on its axis IE = 0. highSchool. This causes a change in angular momentum ∆L in the z L y x . This gives the bullet an angular momentum. because of the angular momentum of the cabinet 2.Chapter 11. Part 2 of 2 b) Calculate the average angular momentum of Earth that arises from its orbital motion about the sun. highSchool. the ball is given a sharp blow in forward direction. ﬁxed. Earth-sun distance is 1. because of the angular velocity produced 4. Angular Momentum of a Particle Concept 08 31 11:06. < 1 min. 5. section 6. 2. 6. < 1 min. This slows the bullet. < 1 min. This makes the barrel more durable. +z direction 4.) Tennis Ball on a String 11:06. At the point indicated below. numeric.331ME RE . 3.8 × 108 m. highSchool. multiple choice. numeric. This slows the bullet. and Earth-moon distance is 3. multiple choice. because of the inertia of the cabinet 3. How much greater is the angular momentum of the Earth orbiting about the sun than the moon orbiting about the Earth? (Mass of Earth is 6 × 1024 kg. +y direction 3. mass of moon is 7. > 1 min. -x direction 5.4 × 1022 kg. stabilizing the accuracy. Problems 08 10 11:06.

-z direction 347 .Chapter 11. section 6. Angular Momentum of a Particle 6.

multiple choice. Torque of a System Disk and Spool over Pulley 01 11:07. on a frictionless axis.Chapter 11. Both disks will reach the ﬂoor at the same time. section 7. ﬁxed. > 1 min. 2. 348 ¡ A B Describe the outcome when the disks are simultaneously released from rest at the same height above the ﬂoor. 2 Two uniform disks with the same mass are connected by a light inextensible string supported by a massless pulley. 3. Disk A (on the left) will reach the ﬂoor ﬁrst. General Motion: Angular Momentum. highSchool. . Disk B (on the right) will reach the ﬂoor ﬁrst. 4. Hint: The moment of inertia for a uniform 1 disk is I = m r2 . The string is attached to a point on the circumference of disk A (on the left). Both disks will remain stationary. The string is wound around disk B (on the right) so that the disk will rotate like a yo-yo when dropped. 1.

< 1 min. multiple choice. III and V only 6. I. III and IV only 3. at an initial height. < 1 min. Mechanical energy of the ball must be conserved. with an initial angle of 32◦ . the masses move away from each other. III and IV only 4. or remain unchanged. Ignore loss to friction and air resistance. 2m m Does the track tip clockwise. decrease. highSchool. I and V only 10. angular frequency Concept 08 43 11:10. does the rate of the rotation increase. conservation of momentum 2. increases. Linear momentum of the ball must be conserved. The ball will keep traveling upward until it reaches its initial height. ﬁxed. A sizable quantity of soil is washed down the Mississippi River and deposited in the Gulf of Mexico each year. II and V only 8. decreases. Angular momentum of the ball must be conserved. What eﬀect does this tend to have on the length of a day? . Conservation of Angular Momentum Ball Flying Oﬀ Slide 11:10. highSchool. highSchool. II. II and IV only 7. The ball starts from rest. decreases. increases. or remain in balance as the masses move outward? Why? 1. section 10. V. center of gravity 3. conservation of momentum 3. III and V only 5. II. and why? 1. III. II. conservation of energy 2. When the spring is released. ﬁxed. < 1 min. ﬁxed. I. conservation of energy 4. I. A child takes a ball and places it at the top of a slide. remain in balance.Chapter 11. tip counterclockwise. tip clockwise. < 1 min. The ball will travel up to a maximum height less than its initial height. A long track balanced like a seesaw supports a mass m and another of mass 2m with 349 a compressed spring between them. II. You sit at the middle of a large turntable at an amusement park as it is set spinning and then allowed to spin freely. III and V only 2. highSchool. multiple choice. multiple choice. angular inertia 4. remain in balance. I and IV only 9. ﬁxed. conservation of momentum Concept 08 44 11:10. multiple choice. 1. Which statements are true throughout the ball’s motion? I. IV. When you crawl toward the edge of the turntable. II and IV only Concept 08 34 11:10. rolls without slipping down the slide and ﬂies oﬀ the end into the air. tip counterclockwise.

We believe our galaxy was formed from a huge cloud of gas. The original cloud was far larger than the present size of the galaxy. How does the wheel respond when the train moves clockwise? When the train backs up? Does the angular momentum of the wheeltrain system change during these maneuvers? 1. clockwise. highSchool. lengthen the day 1. no change 1. highSchool. section 10. If the polar ice caps of the Earth were to melt. shorten. Counterclockwise. conservation of kinetic energy 2. multiple choice. ﬁxed. conservation of inertia 4. what eﬀect would this have on the length of the day? 1. multiple choice. as more and more skyscrapers are built on the surface of the Earth. lengthen. no Concept 08 50 11:10. does the falling of autumn leaves tend to lengthen or shorten the 24-hour day? What physical principle supports your answers? 1. Slower 3. conservation of angular momentum 3. ﬁxed. . shorten. multiple choice. yes 3. No change 4. does the day tend to become longer or shorter? And strictly speaking.Chapter 11. ﬁxed. < 1 min. counterclockwise. Impossible to determine Concept 08 45 11:10. longer 2. clockwise. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. < 1 min. was more or less spherical. Counterclockwise. Concept 08 47 350 11:10. highSchool. no 4. shorten. What eﬀect would this have on the Earth’s rotation? 1. Faster 2. It depends on the mass involved. No change 4. A toy train is initially at rest on a track fastened to a bicycle wheel. Strictly speaking. Conservation of Angular Momentum 1. and was rotating very much more slowly than the galaxy is now. lengthen. < 1 min. lengthen. no 2. shorten. highSchool. < 1 min. lengthen. counterclockwise. Clockwise. multiple choice. multiple choice. shorter 3. Concept 08 48 11:10. < 1 min. shorten the day 2. It depends on mass. which is free to rotate. Clockwise. conservation of angular torque Concept 08 46 11:10. highSchool. If the world’s populations move to the north and south poles. the oceans would be deeper by about 30 m.

2. 3. 3. 2. 4. < 1 min. section 10. highSchool. The rotating pedal has a angular momentum. The rolling wheels have angular momentum. 5. 4. Because of conservation of entropy. 1. Explain how the law of gravitation and conservation of angular momentum contribute to the galaxy’s present shape and why it rotates faster now than when it was a larger. 1 4. Why does a helicopter have a tail rotor? 1. highSchool. multiple choice. 3. ﬁxed.75 Ii . None of these Conceptual 07 06 11:10. < 1 min. Because of angular momentum conservation. The rolling wheels have angular momentum. Part 1 of 2 A ﬁgure skater rotating on one spot with both arms and one leg extended has moment of inertia Ii . What is the ratio of her ﬁnal to initial kinetic energy? 1. which helps stabilize a moving bike. multiple choice. spherical cloud. 5. 16/9 3. This increases safety if any of the rotors breaks down. The bike plus the people on the bike have an angular momentum. This makes the helicopter move faster.Chapter 11. 9/16 2. reducing her moment of inertia to 0. with no external torque applied. Because of special relativity. . 1/2 5. She then pulls in her arms and the extended leg. 4/3 original cloud of gas In this sketch we see a representation of the original cloud and the galaxy as it is now (seen edgewise). conservation of angular momentum stabalizes a moving bike. ﬁxed. the bike is more stable. multiple choice. This keeps the helicopter from spinning out of control. 2 6. The tail rotor is just for decoration. 351 How does conservation of angular momentum aﬀect the stability of a bike? present galaxy 1. 4. which makes the bike more stable when it is moving. 3/4 7. Conservation of Angular Momentum ﬁxed. Conceptual 07 05 11:10. < 1 min. Figure Skater 11:10. The rider’s sense of balance stabilizes the bike. Because of energy conservation. 2. highSchool.

5. Figure Skater Spin 11:10. 2. highSchool. I and II 4. Her angular speed increases because her angular momentum is the same but her moment of inertia decreases. Her angular speed increases because she is undergoing uniformly accelerated angular motion. ﬁxed. I. The kinetic energy changed because of energy dissipation due to friction. Her angular speed increases because by pulling in her arms she creates a net torque in the direction of rotation. 6. 3/8 9. II. I. II. highSchool. 3. multiple choice. III Figure Skater Spin 01 11:10. choose the best statement below: 1. her rotational kinetic energy is conserved and therefore stays the same. ﬁxed. IV 5. 3. Her rotation rate changed in response to a torque exerted by pulling in her arms and leg. Her angular speed increases because her potential energy increases as her arms come in. IV. Her angular speed increases because her angular momentum is the same but her moment of inertia decreases. Her angular speed increases because air friction is reduced as her arms come in. I 2. Her angular speed increases because her angular momentum increases. Choose the best statement below: 1. Choose the best statement below: 1. Her angular speed increases because by pulling in her arms she creates a net torque in the direction of rotation. multiple choice. Her angular speed increases because she 352 is undergoing uniformly accelerated angular motion. 4. When she pulls in her arms. 4. Part 1 of 2 A ﬁgure skater on ice spins on one foot. Her angular speed increases because air friction is reduced as her arms come in. 8/3 Part 2 of 2 Consider the following statements for the ﬁgure skater: I. < 1 min. . III. She pulls in her arms and her rotational speed increases. Part 2 of 2 And again.Chapter 11. Mechanical energy was conserved. II. II 3. She pulls in her arms and her rotational speed increases. Which is the correct combination of statements? 1. Her angular speed increases because her angular momentum increases. Angular momentum was conserved. Her angular speed increases because her potential energy increases as her arms come in. 6. 5. < 1 min. 2. Conservation of Angular Momentum 8. A ﬁgure skater on ice spins on one foot. section 10.

0 m from the center? Assume that the merry-go-round is a solid 6. Her angular speed is unrelated to her arms. Her angular speed increases because her potential energy increases as her arms come in.0 kg bicycle wheel with a radius of 0. Figure Skater Spins 11:10. When she pulls in her arms. wordingvariable. Her angular speed increases because her angular momentum remains the same but her moment of inertia decreases. highSchool. > 1 min. her moment of inertia is conserved. When she pulls in her arms.25 m from the axle? Holt SF 08D 03 11:10. She pulls in her arms and her angular speed increases. > 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. < 1 min. wordingvariable. Holt SF 08D 02 11:10. highSchool.0 kg man standing at a point 2. her rotational potential energy increases as her arms approach the center. Her angular speed increases because air friction is reduced as her arms come in.19 m from the axle. Holt SF 08D 01 11:10. > 1 min. highSchool.00 rad/s about a ﬁxed vertical axis through its center. numeric. When she pulls in her arms. 6. highSchool. A 2. 1. her angular momentum decreases so as to conserve energy. 4. When she pulls in her arms. Choose the best statement below. Her angular speed increases because she is undergoing uniformly accelerated angular motion. Conservation of Angular Momentum 2. A ﬁgure skater on ice spins on one foot. A solid.Chapter 11. > 1 min.0 kg and a radius of 2. 4. 3. 3. section 10.0 m from the axis of rotation. She pulls them in at the same time as she speeds up her spin because it looks better this way. What is the ﬁnal angular speed of the system? Holt SF 08D 04 11:10. Her angular speed increases because her angular momentum increases.30 kg reﬂector is at a distance of 0. 353 7.30 m turns at a constant angular speed of 25 rad/s when a(n) 0.250 kg piece of putty is dropped vertically at a point 1.00 m rotates with an angular speed of 7. A 0. A merry-go-round rotates at the rate of 0. What is the new angular speed when the man walks to a point 1. numeric.00 m. her rotational kinetic energy must decrease because of the decrease in her moment of inertia.50 × 102 kg cylinder with a radius of 2. ﬁxed. Her angular speed increases because by pulling in her arms she creates a net torque in the direction of rotation.00 m from the cylinder’s center of rotation and sticks to the cylinder. highSchool.30 rad/s with a(n) 80. What is the angular speed of the wheel when the reﬂector slides to a distance of 0. numeric. 6. 5. . 2. multiple choice. the work she performs on them turns into increased rotational kinetic energy. 5. When she pulls in her arms. vertical cylinder with a mass of 10.

its distance from the sun changes dramatically.5 × 10−2 kg marble begins rolling in a large circular orbit around the funnel’s rim at 0. Conservation of Angular Momentum As Halley’s comet orbits the sun.0 rad/s with his arms outstretched. numeric. The angular speed of the turntable and dry ice is initially 0. and the turntable is free to rotate about a frictionless vertical axle 354 through its center.75 rad/s. If it continues moving in a roughly circular path.4 × 104 m/s and angular momentum is conserved. What is the angular speed of the turntable once all the dry ice has evaporated? Holt SF 08Rev 36 11:10. wordingvariable. normal. the funnel’s neck narrows to an internal radius of 0. He lowers his arms. A 65 kg woman stands at the rim of a horizontal turntable with a moment of inertia of 1.040 m. wordingvariable. what will the marble’s angular speed be as it passes through the neck of the funnel? (Consider only the eﬀects of conservation of angular momentum.) Holt SF 08Rev 35 11:10. > 1 min.00 kg. decreasing his moment of inertia from 41 kg · m2 to 36 kg · m2 . Part 1 of 2 A skater spins with an angular speed of 12. what is its speed when it is 5. highSchool. > 1 min. Part 2 of 2 b) Calculate his ﬁnal rotational kinetic energy. numeric. A 2. At the bottom. wordingvariable.35 rev/s. but it increases as the dry ice evaporates. highSchool. highSchool. > 1 min. wordingvariable. The internal radius of the funnel at the top is 0. The system is initially at rest.2 × 1012 m from the sun? Holt SF 08D 05 11:10. section 10. highSchool. The marbles circle around the wall of the funnel. A 15. If the comet’s speed at a distance of 8. numeric. The ﬁgure shows a system of four m = 7 kg point masses that rotates at an angular speed of 2 rev/s . numeric. highSchool.75 rad/s relative to Earth.0 m. With what angular speed does the turntable rotate? Holt SF 08Rev 67 11:10. numeric. eventually spiraling down into the neck of the funnel.0 kg turntable with a radius of 25 cm is covered with a uniform layer of dry ice that has a mass of 9. > 1 min. Holt SF 08Rev 71 11:10.8 × 10 10 m from the sun is 5. > 1 min. The entrance of a science museum features a funnel into which marbles are rolled one at a time. y m 8m m m 2 rev/s 5m x 2 rev/s m = 7 kg What is the new angular speed if each of the spokes are shortened by 50 % ? An eﬀect similar to this ocurred in the early . ﬂexible spokes of 5 m and 8 m length that can be elongated or shortened.5 × 103 kg · m2 and a radius of 2.54 m. The woman then starts walking clockwise (when viewed from above) around the rim at a constant speed of 0. The masses are connected by light.Chapter 11. a) Calculate his initial rotational kinetic energy.

clockwise 2. highSchool. 3 rotations per second. counterclockwise . If a trapeze artist rotates once each second while sailing through the air. multiple choice. as in (b). and contracts to reduce her rotational inertia to one third of what it was. As the massive cloud of gas and dust contracted. 3. highSchool. 1/3 rotations per second. 355 before rotation after rotation (a) ( b) From this. As it rotates. > 1 min. Spinning Flywheel in a Suitcase 11:10. rotates 1. 1/9 rotations per second. Conservation of Angular Momentum stages of the formation of our galaxy. < 1 min. we can conclude that the ﬂywheel as seen from the side of the suitcase as in (a). 9 rotations per second. an initially small rotation increased with time. ﬁxed. the bottom of the suitcase moves out and up. multiple choice. 2. section 10. 4. Problems 08 09 11:10. ﬁxed.Chapter 11. A suitcase containing a spinning ﬂywheel is rotated about the vertical axis as shown in (a). how many rotations per second will result? 1.

8 m/s2 .Chapter 11. A professor holds a bicycle wheel rotating at 300 rev/min by a string attached to a weightless axle 15 cm from the wheel. Precession: Gyroscopes and Tops Professor and Wheel 11:11. highSchool. section 11. normal. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. If all 4 kg of the wheel can be considered to be at its 45 cm radius. numeric. at what frequency (in rpm) does it precess? 356 .

curve away to her right. ﬁxed. ﬂy directly toward her. 4. Answer cannot be determined.Chapter 11. < 1 min. ﬁxed. curve away to her left. The cannonball travels faster than the speed of sound. 2. ﬂy directly toward her. highSchool. 3. . why does it land west of its intended longitude? 1. 6 rad/s A B At time t1 . The Earth rotates under the motion. Answer cannot be determined. The Earth’s angular momentum is changed. Coriolis Catch 357 Part 2 of 2 At time t2 . multiple choice. 3. 4. multiple choice. student A throws the ball directly at student B . Student A will see the ball 1. 3. highSchool. 2. The Earth’s center of gravity is shifted by the cannonball. Student A stands in the center of the merry-go-round and student B stands near the edge. Student B will see the ball 1. section 13. < 1 min. Coriolis Eﬀect 4. 2. curve away to her right. They are facing each other. Concept 08 36 11:13. Part 1 of 2 Two students decide to play a game of catch on a merry-go-round which is rotating counterclockwise. as viewed from above. When a long-range cannonball is ﬁred toward the equator from a northern (or southern) latitude. curve away to her left. student B throws the ball directly at student A. Coriolis Catch 11:13.

highSchool. Explain how this is done. Another is moderately stable (for short distances). When rolled along the track. so he fashions a seesaw as shown so he can play by himself. Why does a typical helicopter with a single main rotor have a second small rotor on its tail? 1. ﬁxed. 4. highSchool. section 1. 4. multiple choice. The angular velocity of the boy is cancelled with that of the board. Figuring Physics 04 12:01. . multiple choice. < 1 min. 1. and C) a pair of cups fastened at their wide ends. 358 A) a cylinder. Which roller has the best stability? (Think about the wheels on a railroad car. highSchool. The small rotor provides a lifting force. The small rotor stops the rotation of the helicopter body. ﬁxed. 2. The Conditions for Equilibrium of a Rigid Object Concept 08 26 12:01. 3. The weight of the boy is balanced with an unknown heavy metal.) 2. < 1 min. The weight of the boy is balanced by the weight of the board. The other is very stable and centers itself on the track. 1. The small rotor provides nothing. Nobody at the playground wants to play with an obnoxious boy. multiple choice. Consider three types of rollers on a pair of parallel tracks: 3. 3. < 1 min. Concept 08 49 12:01. one is very unstable and rolls oﬀ the edge. ﬁxed. 2. The small rotor acts as a rudder to steer.Chapter 12. B) a pair of cups fastened at their narrow ends. The fulcrum is very far from the boy.

Part 2 of 3 b) Find the horizontal force exerted on the beam by the pole. Part 1 of 3 A 1200. and a 545 N person is standing 1. highSchool. ﬁnd the force FT in the cable.0◦ with the beam is attached to the pole to help support the ﬂoodlight. wordingvariable. The boom is pivoted at the bottom. the cable is attached 3 a distance from the pivot. section 2. FT 25◦ 2000 N 65◦ Note: Figure is not drawn to scale a) Find the force FT applied by the supporting cable.81 m/s2 .00 m long horizontal beam that weighs 315 N is attached to a wall by a pin connection that allows the beam to rotate. Assume the mass of the beam is negligible when compared with the mass of the ﬂoodlight.Chapter 12. numeric. Holt SF 08Rev 22 12:02. a) Assuming that the axis of rotation passes through the beam’s center of mass. numeric. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the magnitude of the force R exerted on the beam by the wall if the beam is in equilibrium. . as shown. numeric. Part 3 of 3 c) Find the vertical force exerted on the beam by the pole.0 N uniform boom of length is supported by a cable. R 53◦ 1. Part 1 of 3 A ﬂoodlight with a mass of 20. Its far end is supported by a cable that makes an angle of 53◦ with the horizontal. A cable that makes an angle of 30. wordingvariable. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min. 5 m 545 N 315 N FT 30◦ 359 20 kg Note: Figure is not drawn to scale a) Find the force FT provided by the cable. Part 1 of 2 A uniform 5. > 1 min.0 N 4 weight hangs from the boom’s top. as shown.50 m from the pin. highSchool. wordingvariable. Solving Statics Problems Holt SF 08B 01 12:02. 5m Note: Figure is not drawn to scale. highSchool. > 1 min. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the horizontal component of the reaction force on the bottom of the boom.0 kg is used to illuminate the parking lot in front of a library. The ﬂoodlight is supported at the end of a horizontal beam that is hinged to a vertical pole. and a 2000. Holt SF 08Rev 21 12:02.

wordingvariable. numeric. Holt SF 08Rev 55 12:02. > 1 min.Chapter 12. The ladder slips when it makes a 60.81 m/s2 . Part 2 of 2 b) Find the point where the mass attaches to the stick. Part 1 of 2 A person is standing on tiptoe. normal. > 1 min. > 1 min. wordingvariable.0 N.0 m tall aluminum ladder is leaning against a frictionless vertical wall.1 in the cord that is required to hold the frame in this position.2 ◦ 15 R T Fn 18 cm 25 cm Note: Figure is not drawn to scale a) Find the value of T . A 0.2 30 cm 15 cm P 10 N Note: Figure is not drawn to scale a) Find the force FT. ◦ 21. Part 1 of 3 A uniform 10. The acceleration of gravity is 9. section 2. and the person’s total weight is supported by the force on the toe. Part 3 of 3 c) Find the magnitude of the horizontal force at P that is required to hold the frame in this position. The ladder has a weight of 250 N. Holt SF 08Rev 23 12:02. where T is the force in the Achilles tendon and R is the force on the foot due to the tibia. highSchool. numeric. Holt SF 08Rev 48 12:02. wordingvariable.2 in the cord that is required to hold the frame in this position. numeric.0◦ angle with the . A uniform 6.1 50◦ F 360 A 0.0 N picture frame is supported as shown. The force applied by the string attaching the meterstick to the ceiling is 19. Assume the total weight is 700.0 cm screwdriver is used to pry open a can of paint.3 N is exerted at the end of the screwdriver’s handle. highSchool. a) Find the value of the unknown mass. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the value of R.1 kg meterstick is supported at its 40 cm mark by a string attached to the ceiling. > 1 min. A mass is attached somewhere on the meterstick to keep it horizontal and in both rotational and translational equilibrium. Part 1 of 2 FT.7 kg mass hangs vertically from the 5 cm mark. what force is applied to the lid? Holt SF 08Rev 50 12:02. A mechanical model for the situation is shown. > 1 min. highSchool. A 23. highSchool. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the force FT. numeric. wordingvariable. If the axis of rotation is 2.00 cm from the end of the screwdriver blade and a force of 84. Holt SF 08Rev 76 12:02.6 N. highSchool. Solving Statics Problems Part 3 of 3 c) Find the vertical component of the reaction force on the bottom of the boom. numeric. FT.

0 N rests against a frictionless wall. 0. section 2. highSchool. making an angle of 60. ﬁxed. Neglect the weight of the meterstick and consider only two weights hanging from its ends. normal.25 kg 2. A rock has a mass of 1 kg and hangs from the 0 cm end of a meter stick. One is a 1 kg mass the other has mass of 3 kg. 0. Determine the coeﬃcient of static friction between the ladder and the ﬂoor. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the vertical force exerted on the base of the ladder by Earth when an 800. < 1 min. multiple choice.75 kg 4. highSchool. < 1 min.00 m from the bottom of the ladder.0◦ with the horizontal.00 m up. Solving Statics Problems horizontal ﬂoor. what is the coeﬃcient of static friction between the ladder and the ground? Problems 08 03 12:02.5 kg 3. > 1 min.Chapter 12. 0. 1 kg 5. 4 kg 361 . What is the mass of the measuring stick if it is balanced by a support force at the one-quarter mark? 1. wordingvariable. 2 kg 6. 3 kg 7.0 N ﬁreﬁghter is 4. Holt SF 08Rev 77 12:02. Part 1 of 3 A ladder with a length of 15. numeric.00 m from the bottom of the ladder. numeric. Part 3 of 3 c) If the ladder is just on the verge of slipping when the ﬁreﬁghter is 9. a) Find the horizontal force exerted on the base of the ladder by Earth when an 800. highSchool.0 N ﬁreﬁghter is 4.0 m and a weight of 520. How far from the end with the 1 kg mass is the center of mass of this system? Problems 08 05 12:02.

Chapter 12. 20 m g 20 m 362 x Find x for two blocks. Your rotational inertia is decreased. > 1 min. If you walk along the top of a fence. Tipping a Block 02 12:03. Your rotational inertia is increased. highSchool. normal. normal. Concept 08 10 12:03. Part 1 of 2 A uniform brick of length 20 m is placed over the edge of a horizontal surface with the maximum overhang x possible without falling. .85 m Bricks on the Brink 04 12:03. > 1 min. Stability and Balance: Center of Gravity Bricks on the Brink 03 12:03. numeric. two identical uniform bricks of length 20 m are stacked over the edge of a horizontal surface with the maximum overhang x possible without falling. A uniform brick of length 20 m is placed over the edge of a horizontal surface with the maximum overhang of x = 10 m possible without the brick falling. Part 2 of 2 Two identical uniform bricks of length 20 m are stacked over the edge of a horizontal surface with the maximum overhang x possible without falling. highSchool. numeric. 2. numeric. ﬁxed. multiple choice. Your momentum is increased. < 1 min. 20 m g x Find x for a single block. Your momentum is decreased. 4. why does holding your arms out help you to balance? 1. Walking on a Beam oﬀ a Cliﬀ Now. highSchool. normal. F 0. ﬁnd the tension in the string required to start to tip the block over. highSchool. A string provides a horizontal force which acts on a 445 N rectangular block at top righthand corner as shown in the ﬁgure below. > 1 min. section 3. g x Find x for two blocks. 3. 20 m g x 1m 445 N If the block slides with constant speed.

How far from the edge of the ledge can the beam extend? . section 3. A student of mass 70 kg wants to walk beyond the edge of a cliﬀ on a heavy beam of mass 280 kg and length 8 m. normal. highSchool. Stability and Balance: Center of Gravity 12:03. with one end sticking out beyond the cliﬀ’s edge: 363 d The students want to position the beam so it sticks out as far as possible beyond the edge.Chapter 12. it simply lays on the horizontal surface of the cliﬀtop. numeric. but he also wants to make sure he can walk to the beam’s end without falling down. < 1 min. The beam is not attached to the cliﬀ in any way.

SA WD WP 3. multiple choice. highSchool. WD A 5 kg rock is suspended by a massless string from one end of a 8 m measuring stick. multiple choice. > 1 min. normal. highSchool. section 4. A person (weight WP ) stands on the end of a diving board (weight WD ) that has two supports A and B that exert vertical forces SA and SB : 4. SB 5 kg What is the weight of the measuring stick if it is balanced by a support force at the 1 m mark? Diving Board 01 12:04. The acceleration of gravity is 9. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 364 A B What is the free body diagram for the diving board? 1 kg What is the mass of the measuring stick if it is balanced by a support force at the 1 m mark? Balancing Rock 02 12:04.Chapter 12. SA SB W D WP . 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 WP 1. multiple choice. < 1 min. A 1 kg rock is suspended by a massless string from one end of a 6 m measuring stick. SA SB 2. < 1 min.81 m/s2 . ﬁxed. normal. highSchool. Levers and Pulleys Balancing Rock 01 12:04.

W1 .Chapter 12. highSchool. > 1 min.0 m long seesaw.0 N child. How far from the 400. W2 6m 10 N Find the weight of W3 . multiple choice.0 N child sit on either end of a 2. highSchool. > 1 min. Levers and Pulleys SA 365 5m 7m SB W D WP 6m 5m W3 9m Holt SF 08B 04 12:04. Part 1 of 2 A 400.200 m from the 400. How far from the pivot must a 325 N child sit to maintain rotational equilibrium? Mobile 12:04. wordingvariable. numeric. Part 2 of 2 Suppose a 225 N child sits 0. wording-variable. section 4.0 N child and a 300. A mobile consisting of four weights hanging on three rods of negligible mass.0 N child should the pivot be placed to ensure rotational equilibrium? Disregard the mass of the seesaw.

a) What is the force on the farther rope? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the force on the closer rope? Holt SF 08Rev 20 12:05. a) What is the force on the rope farther from the worker? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the force on the closer rope? 366 .00 m long.00 m from one end of the scaﬀold.0 N window washer is standing on a uniform scaﬀold supported by a vertical rope at each end. The scaﬀold weighs 205 N and is 3. a) How much force does the pillar closer to the car exert? Part 2 of 2 b) How much force does the pillar farther from the car exert? Holt SF 08B 03 12:05.00 m long.00×105 N is supported by two pillars located 3. > 1 min. > 1 min. numeric. section 5. Part 1 of 2 A uniform bridge 20. Part 1 of 2 A window washer is standing on a scaﬀold supported by a vertical rope at each end. > 1 min. Assume the window washer stands 1. The scaﬀold weighs 200. numeric. Bridges and Scaﬀolding Holt SF 08B 02 12:05.00 m from one end. wordingvariable. Assume the 675 N worker stands 1. highSchool.00 m from each end. wordingvariable.0 m long and weighing 4. highSchool. wordingvariable.0 N and is 3. A 1. Part 1 of 2 A 700.Chapter 12. highSchool.00 m from one end of the bridge. numeric.96 × 104 N car is parked 8.

section 8. The coeﬃcient of static friction between the ladder and the ground is 0. Other Objects in Static Equilibrium Holt SF 08Rev 51 12:08.0 N rests against a smooth wall. and the ladder makes a 50.600. highSchool.0◦ angle with the ground. How far up the ladder can an 800. numeric.Chapter 12. > 1 min.0 N person climb before the ladder begins to slip? 367 .00 m long and weighing 200. A uniform ladder 8. wordingvariable.

in the top 2. middle. in the middle 3. or bottom of the slab? 1. Suppose you’re making a balcony that extends beyond the main frame of your house. highSchool. ﬁxed.Chapter 12. < 1 min. multiple choice. It cannot be determined. In a concrete overhanging slab. section 11. 368 . should steel reinforcing rods be embedded in the top. in the bottom 4. Fracturing Hewitt CP9 12 E13 12:11.

< 1 min.Chapter 13.0 rad/s 5. multiple choice. any stable equilibrium point. ﬁxed. provided the forces exerted on it obey Hooke’s law. multiple choice. highSchool. highSchool. 5. An oscillator is described by x(t) 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 t (sec) What is the angular frequency ω ? 1.0 rad/s 3. 4. An object can oscillate ONLY around 1.2 rad/s Oscillating Object 13:01. any point. 4.6 rad/s 2. any point 369 . 3.1 rad/s 4. 2. 1. section 1. any equilibrium point. 6. certain stable equilibrium points. Simple Harmonic Motion Angular Frequency SW 13:01. ﬁxed. 2. 3. < 1 min.

> 1 min. Four people riding in the car have a combined mass of 255 kg. What is the spring constant of the spring? Holt SF 12C 02 13:02.00 × 104 N/m. numeric.8 × 102 N/m is attached to a 1. What is the period of vibration of the car? Holt SF 12C 05 13:02.56 s when hanging from a spring. Part 1 of 6 A spring with a spring constant of 30. it makes 20 complete vibrations in 4. When driven over a pothole in the road. numeric. What is the spring constant of the spring? Holt SF 12C 03 13:02.81 m/s2 . The spring con- 370 stant of a single spring is 2. > 1 min.9 kg? Part 6 of 6 What is its frequency? Holt SF 12Rev 22 13:02. section 2. numeric.3 kg? Part 2 of 6 What is its frequency? Part 3 of 6 What is the period for a mass of 15 g? Part 4 of 6 What is its frequency? Part 5 of 6 What is the period for a mass of 1. The body of a 1275 kg car is supported on a frame by four springs. What is the spring constant of the spring? The acceleration of gravity is 9. the frame vibrates and for the ﬁrst few seconds the vibration approximates simple harmonic motion.0 s. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 A weight suspended from a spring is seen to bob up and down over a distance of 20 cm twice each second.30 kg is attached to a spring and is set into vibration with a period of 0. and the system is set in motion.Chapter 13. > 1 min. When a mass of 25 g is attached to a certain spring. wordingvariable. highSchool. highSchool. Holt SF 12C 04 13:02.24 s. Part 1 of 2 A spring with a spring constant of 1. A mass of 0. < 1 min. normal. wordingvariable. numeric. > 1 min. wordingvariable. highSchool. > 1 min. wordingvariable. Mass Attached to a Spring Concept 19 04 13:02.5 kg mass and then set in motion. highSchool. What is its period for a mass of 2. > 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable. A 125 N object vibrates with a period of 3. What is its frequency? Part 2 of 3 What is its period? Part 3 of 3 What is its amplitude? Holt SF 12C 01 13:02. highSchool. highSchool. numeric. wordingvariable. What is the period of the mass-spring system? Part 2 of 2 What is the frequency of the vibration? . numeric.0 N/m is attached to diﬀerent masses.

4 s. wordingvariable.8 m/s2 and the period is 0. And when the ball is out of equilibrium. Forces in Simple Harmonic Motion Ball on a Spring 13:03. it oscillates up and down with a period T . > 1 min. the spring’s equilibrium length increases by ∆Le . section 3. numeric.Chapter 13. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. When a metal ball of unknown mass M is suspended from a spring of unknown force constant k . 371 . Find ∆Le .

8. 372 3. If almost any system in stable equilibrium is slightly disturbed. < 1 min. A mass is placed on a spring and oscillates with a period of 1 second. 4. the force on a system in unstable equilibrium is zero. 3. the change in potential energy is proportional to the cube of the displacement from the equilibrium position. momentum and mechanical energy are both conserved. 2. the force on a system in stable equilibrium is zero. Energy in Simple Harmonic Motion harmonic motion because Concept Harmonic Motion 02 13:04. mechanical energy is conserved. the momentum of a system in stable equilibrium is zero. the force on a system in unstable equilibrium is zero. highSchool. ﬁxed. the kinetic energy on a system in stable equilibrium is zero. 6. momentum is conserved. 5. highSchool. 10. it will then exhibit simple harmonic motion because 1. the change in potential energy is proportional to the square of the displacement from the equilibrium position. 10. momentum is conserved. 6. ﬁxed. highSchool. Now a heavier mass is placed on the same spring. 8. 9. 5. Modiﬁed Mass on Spring 13:04. multiple choice. Which statements are true? . 9. > 1 min. it will then exhibit simple 1. momentum and mechanical energy are both conserved. the change in potential energy is proportional to the displacement from the equilibrium position. the momentum of a system in stable equilibrium is zero. If almost any system in stable equilibrium is slightly disturbed. the potential energy of a system near a state of static equilibrium is linearly proportional to the displacement from the equilibrium position. section 4. mechanical energy is conserved. 2. 7.Chapter 13. the kinetic energy on a system in stable equilibrium is zero. 4. 7. Concept Harmonic Motion 13:04. ﬁxed. multiple choice. the force on a system in stable equilibrium is zero. the potential energy of a system near a state of static equilibrium is proportional to the cube of the displacement from the equilibrium position. multiple choice. the potential energy of a system near a state of static equilibrium is proportional to the square of the displacement from the equilibrium position. > 1 min.

The heavier mass oscillates with a longer period because of its greater inertia. is in equilibrium while connected to a light spring of constant k = 100 N/m that is fastened to a wall (see a). any equilibrium point. III and VI only 2. m2 = 7 kg. I and IV only Oscillations 13:04. The heavier mass must have less mechanical energy than the ﬁrst because it moves more slowly.Chapter 13. The heavier mass oscillates with a shorter period because the gravitational force on it is greater. An object with a potential energy U (x) can oscillate around 1. Two Masses on a Spring 02 13:04. II and IV only (c) (b) k m1 m2 A k v m1 m2 k v m2 D 373 3. > 1 min. ﬁxed. 5. normal. < 1 min. II. m1 = 9 kg. III and IV only 4. 2. multiple choice. certain stable equilibrium points. compressing the spring by the amount Ai = 0. The heavier mass must have greater mechanical energy than the ﬁrst because it is heavier. 6. The system is then released. any stable equilibrium point. A mass. III. any unstable equilibrium point. II and V only 6. causing both masses to start moving to the right on the frictionless surface. I and V only 9. is slowly pushed up against mass m1 . I and VI only 8. (d) m1 Determine the value of vmax . IV. numeric. The heavier mass oscillates with the same period because gravitational acceleration is constant. any point provided that the restoring force exerted on the object is given by Hooke’s law. (a) k m1 7. highSchool. highSchool. V. II and VI only 5. m2 loses contact with m1 (see c) and moves to the right with speed vmax . section 4. III and V only 3. 1. any point. Energy in Simple Harmonic Motion I. When m1 is at the equilibrium point.2 m (see b). 4. VI. A second mass. . One cannot reach any conclusion about mechanical energy without knowing the amplitude of motion in each case.

highSchool. ﬁxed. You are designing a pendulum clock to have a period of 1. Jim 3.81 m/s2 . 3. Gina Part 2 of 2 What. highSchool. numeric. will take less time to swing back and forth? 1. No change to the periods Holt SF 12B 01 13:05. Part 1 of 6 Consider a pendulum of length 3. The visitor ties a spool of thread to a small rock to make a simple pendulum. > 1 min. if anything. numeric. Indonesia. < 1 min. wordingvariable.782 m/s2 ? Part 6 of 6 f) What is its frequency? Holt SF 12Rev 19 13:05. where g = 9. Jim’s period will decrease.81 m/s2 . wordingvariable. numeric. highSchool. will change if Jim swings while standing on the seat of his swing? 1. wordingvariable. 2. numeric. wordingvariable. > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool.8 s. numeric. a) What is its period at the North Pole? Part 3 of 6 c) What is its period in Chicago. The Simple Pendulum Conceptual 14 Q01 13:05. Find the length of a pendulum that oscillates with a frequency of 0. Calculate the length of the cables supporting the trapeze. section 5. Same for both 2.0 s. Part 2 of 6 b) What is its frequency? 374 A trapeze artist swings in simple harmonic motion with a period of 3. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 Jim and Gina are swinging on adjacent. > 1 min. highSchool. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Holt SF 12Rev 20 13:05. ﬁxed. > 1 min. > 1 min. highSchool. Jim weights about twice as much as Gina Who. You need to know the height of a tower. You note that a pendulum extending from the ceiling almost touches the ﬂoor and that its period is 24 s. The acceleration of gravity is 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 .81 m/s2 .832 m/s2 .16 Hz. then hangs the pendulum .803 m/s2 ? Part 4 of 6 d) What is its frequency? Part 5 of 6 e) What is its period in Jakarta.500 m. Gina’s period will decrease. How tall is the tower? Holt SF 12B 02 13:05. wordingvariable. but darkness obscures the ceiling. How long should the pendulum be? Holt SF 12B 03 13:05. where g = 9. if either. numeric. Holt SF 12B 04 13:05. > 1 min. equal length swings at the school playground. A visitor to a lighthouse wishes to determine the height of the tower.Chapter 13.

81 m/s2 6. Part 1 of 3 A pendulum that moves through its equilibrium position once every 1. normal. numeric.79651 m/s2 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. multiple choice. England. Part 1 of 3 A certain pendulum clock that works perfectly on Earth is taken to the moon. 9. 9. Japan.000 s 3. 9. 9.79756 m/s2 3.81236 m/s2 2. 9.000 s 2. 9. highSchool.63 m/s2 . None of these Part 2 of 3 In Cambridge.00 min? Holt SF 12Rev 58 13:05.9927 m long. 1. > 1 min. b) What is the free-fall acceleration in Cambridge? 1. a seconds pendulum is 0. > 1 min. > 1 min. and runs for 24 h. section 5. The clock is started at 12:00:00 A. a) What will be the reading for the hours? Part 2 of 3 b) What will be the reading for the minutes? Part 3 of 3 c) What will be the reading for the seconds? . 2.000 s 4. 4.” a) What is the period of any seconds pendulum? 1.81 m/s2 6.Chapter 13. wordingvariable. None of these Part 3 of 3 In Tokyo. 9. The acceleration of gravity is 9. What is the free-fall acceleration in a location where the period of a 0. What is the height of the tower? Holt SF 12Rev 21 13:05. highSchool.79651 m/s2 5.M. The acceleration of gravity is 9. 0.81 m/s2 .000 s is sometimes called a “seconds pendulum. The Simple Pendulum down a spiral staircase in the center of the tower. 375 c) What is the free-fall acceleration in Tokyo? 1. highSchool.85 m long pendulum is 1. where g = 1. A simple 2. a seconds pendulum is 0. wordingvariable. highSchool.8 m/s2 . None of these Holt SF 12Rev 52 13:05. 0.500 s 5. 9. 9.86 s s? Holt SF 12Rev 54 13:05.81 m/s2 .81341 m/s2 4. 9.250 s 6.81236 m/s2 3. numeric. How many complete oscillations does this pendulum make in 5.49 s.79756 m/s2 2.00 m long pendulum oscillates. wording-variable. numeric. The period of oscillation is 9.9942 m long. > 1 min.81341 m/s2 4.

section 5. highSchool. What is its length? 376 . normal. A simple pendulum has a period of 2. < 1 min. increases 2. stays the same 4.8 m/s2 . A child in a swing oscillates with a certain frequency of oscillation (the child is sitting still). more information is needed Pendulum of Fun 13:05. Another child sits next to the ﬁrst child. How does the swing’s frequency of oscillation change when the second child sits next to the ﬁrst child? 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9.5 s. highSchool. multiple choice. numeric. < 1 min. The Simple Pendulum Oscillations in a swing 13:05.Chapter 13. ﬁxed. decreases 3.

numeric. Conceptual 05 Q23 14:01. wording-variable. 81. multiple choice. g is inversely proportional to the square of the radius of the Earth. 3. c and d 8. < 1 min. If our Sun were four times as massive as it is. If so. normal. > 1 min. multiple choice. the Earth has been shrinking as it gradually cools. b and c 7. highSchool. c and d 9. a distant galaxy exert(s) a gravitational force on you? 1. . highSchool. b. Another combination 377 Part 2 of 2 What is it on the Moon? Conceptual 05 Q12 14:01. respectively. the mass of the Earth remained the same. the Earth’s radius is decreasing. highSchool. b. section 1. Conceptual 05 07 14:01. Part 1 of 2 Compare the gravitational force on a 1 kg mass at the surface of the Earth (with radius 6.Chapter 14. a and b 6. a and d 5. It would not change. It would decrease. ﬁxed.4 × 106 m and mass 6 × 1024 kg) with that on the surface of the Moon with mass 1 ME and radius 0. c and d 10.3 What is the force on the Earth? Which of the objects a. What is the ratio F1 : F2 of the gravitational forces exerted on the star by the two planets? Part 2 of 3 What is the ratio v1 : v2 of the speeds of the two planets? Part 3 of 3 What is the ratio T1 : T2 of the orbital periods of the two planets? Conceptual 05 Q14 14:01. orbiting the same star in circular orbits. 2. Newton’s Law of Gravity ﬁxed. a book b. numeric. wordingvariable. b 3. The more massive planet is 2 times as far from the star as the less massive one. < 1 min. the Sun d. c 4. > 1 min. a 2. how many times faster or slower should the Earth move in order to remain in the same orbit? Conceptual 05 Q2 14:01. how would g have changed over geological time? 1.27 RE . the nearest star c. a. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 Consider two planets of mass m and 2 m. It would increase. a. multiple choice. According to some nineteenth-century geological theories (now largely discredited). < 1 min. highSchool.

How does the force of gravity between two bodies change when the distance between them doubles? 1. and equally spaced points “r apart” are shown in the ﬁgure. The combination of all forces on a planet directed along its path 4. each with a mass of 0. > 1 min. What did Newton discover about gravity? 2. 5. All objects near the Earth free fall with the same acceleration. highSchool. ﬁxed. wording-variable.92 × 10−11 N on each other. doubles 3. How far apart are the balls? The value of the universal gravitational constant is 6. drops to one quarter of its original value 1. < 1 min. The union of terrestrial laws and cosmic laws 2. Hewitt CP9 09 R09 14:01. halves 6. ﬁxed. highSchool. and moon move in divine circles. planets. remains the same At which location would the net gravitational force on an object due to these two spheres be a minimum? 1.673 × 10−11 N m2 /kg2 . > 1 min. Newton’s Law of Gravity Conceptual 05 Q4 Q5 14:01. B 3. 2. multiple choice. Gravity only happens on Earth. multiple choice. quadruples 4. numeric. E 5. The stars. the mass is Holt SF 07I 01 14:01. Gravity is universal. < 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool. multiple choice.Chapter 14. . Any force on a planet would be directed along its path. Hewitt CP9 09 R02 14:01. D Hewitt CP9 09 R01 14:01. C 4. which means it is not a phenomenon unique to Earth. A 2. All objects near the Earth free-fall with the same acceleration. highSchool. wordingvariable. 5. section 1. 4. The combination of forces on each planet directed towards the Sun 3. needed. Two balls. Two iron spheres of mass m and 2 m. exert a gravitational force of 8. 5.800 kg. respectively. Unable to determine. multiple choice. 3. Gravity only happens on Earth. ﬁxed. A r m r B r C r D r 2m r E What is the Newtonian synthesis? 378 1.

Earth (of mass 5. section 1.37 × 106 m. highSchool. with a mass of 1. > 1 min. numeric. If one student has a mass of 50 kg and the other has a mass of 60 kg. normal.32 × 1022 kg and a radius of 1. Holt SF 07Rev 40 14:01. Planet X has four times the diameter and nine times the mass of the earth. highSchool.67 × 10−27 kg) in a hydrogen atom is 1 × 10−47 N. how far apart are the two particles? The universal gravitational constant is 6. < 1 min. how far apart are the students sitting? The universal gravitational constant is 6. the moon (of mass 7. ﬁxed.673 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 . Holt SF 07Rev 49 14:01. numeric. and Sun (of mass 1.673 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 .98 × 1024 kg). with a mass of 6.34 × 1023 kg and a radius of 3.36 × 1022 kg). highSchool. > 1 min.99 × 1030 kg) lie on the same line. how far apart are Mars and Phobos? The value of the universal gravitational constant is 6.Chapter 14.673 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 . highSchool. Mars has a mass of about 6. the Earth-moon distance is 3. ge gx 3.15 × 106 m. Part 1 of 3 Find the magnitude of the gravitational force a 67.4 × 1023 kg. What gravitational force is exerted on the moon by the Sun? The universal gravitational constant is 6. multiple choice.43 × 106 m. > 1 min. Part 2 of 3 What gravitational force is exerted on the moon by Earth? Part 3 of 3 What gravitational force is exerted on Earth by the Sun? New Planet 01 14:01. gx ge gx 2. If the magnitude of the gravitational force between the two bodies is 4.5 kg person would experience while standing on the surface of Earth with a mass of 5. normal.2 × 10−8 N. > 1 min.98 × 1024 kg and a radius of 6. highSchool. The gravitational force of attraction between two students sitting at their desks in physics class is 3.6 × 1015 kg. and the Earth-Sun distance is 1. The universal gravitational constant is 6. If the gravitational force between the electron (of mass 9. normal. > 1 min.673 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 . and its moon Phobos has a mass of about 9. normal.84 × 108 m.6 × 1015 N.673 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 . with the moon between Earth and the Sun. ge gx 4. Part 2 of 3 Find the magnitude of the gravitational force on Mars. numeric. numeric. numeric. Holt SF 07I 03 14:01. Holt SF 07Rev 39 14:01. ge 9 16 7 = 4 1 = 16 7 = 81 = . What is the ratio gX : ge of gravitational acceleration at the surface of planet X to the gravitational acceleration at the surface of the Earth? 1.11 × 10−31 kg) and the proton 379 (of mass 1. wording-variable.496 × 1011 m. highSchool. Part 3 of 3 Find the magnitude of the gravitational force on Pluto. Newton’s Law of Gravity Holt SF 07I 02 14:01. Part 1 of 3 During a solar eclipse.

Chapter 14. wordingvariable. gx ge gx ge gx ge gx ge gx ge gx ge = = = = = = 1 32 1 12 4 9 9 25 7 64 2 9 380 New Planet 02 14:01. > 1 min. Planet X has four times the diameter and nine times the mass of the earth. 9. 8. numeric. 10. 6. section 1. What is the ratio gX : ge of gravitational acceleration at the surface of planet X to the gravitational acceleration at the surface of the Earth? . highSchool. Newton’s Law of Gravity 5. 7.

Chapter 14, section 2, Gravitational Force Due to a System of Particles Conceptual 05 Q3 14:02, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Two planets with the same diameter are close to each other, as shown. One planet has twice the mass as the other planet. A m B C 2m D

381

At which locations would both planets’ gravitational force pull on you in the same direction? From among these four locations, where would you stand so that the force of gravity on you is a maximum; i.e., at which point would you weigh the most? 1. B; D 2. C; A 3. D; D 4. B and C; D 5. A and D; D 6. A and D; A 7. B and C; C 8. A and B; D 9. None of these

Chapter 14, section 3, Free Fall Acceleration and the Gravitational Force variable. Astronauts 14:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. On the way from a planet to a moon, astronauts reach a point where that moon’s gravitational pull is stronger than that of the planet. The masses of the planet and the moon are, respectively, 5.98 × 1024 kg and 7.36 × 1022 kg. The distance from the center of the planet to the center of the moon is 3.84 × 108 m. Determine the distance of this point from the center of the planet. The value of the universal gravitational constant is 6.67259 × 10−11 N·m2 /kg2 . Concept 09 12 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. The Earth and the moon are attracted to each other by gravitational force. The more massive Earth attracts the less massive moon with a force that is (greater than, less than, the same as) the force with which the moon attracts the Earth. 1. less than 2. greater than 3. the same as 4. Unable to determine Concept 09 55 14:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. The mass of a certain neutron star is 6 × 1030 kg (3 solar masses) and its radius is 3000 m. What is the acceleration of gravity at the surface of this condensed, burned-out star? The value of the universal gravitational constant is 6.67 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 . Conceptual 05 03 14:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wording-

382

You weigh 800 N. What would you weigh if the Earth were four times as massive as it is and its radius were two times its present value? Conceptual 05 05 14:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Part 1 of 2 You weigh 150 lb. How much would you weigh if you were standing on a mountain 200 km tall (equivalent to standing still at about the altitude of a space shuttle orbit)? 4.45 N = 1 lb, the gravitational constant is 6.67 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 , the radius of the Earth is 6.4 × 106 m, and the mass of the Earth is 6 × 1024 kg. Part 2 of 2 How much does this diﬀer from your weight on the surface of the Earth? Conceptual 05 06 14:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 4 Calculate the force of gravity on a 65 kg person at the surface of the Earth. The acceleration of gravity is 9.8 m/s2 . Part 2 of 4 What force of gravity exists at two times the Earth’s radius? Part 3 of 4 What force of gravity exists at four times the Earth’s radius? Part 4 of 4 What is the relationship exhibited on a gravitational force vs distance graph? 1. inverse square 2. direct

Chapter 14, section 3, Free Fall Acceleration and the Gravitational Force 3. exponential 4. quadratic Conceptual 05 08 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. How much less would you weigh on the top of Mount Everest (elevation 8850 m) than at sea level? The value of the universal gravitational constant is 6.67 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 . 1. 0.5% 2. 52610.2 m 2. 0.3% 3. 1488.73 m 3. 4% 4. 3455.22 m 4. 2% 5. 26548.7 m 5. 3% 6. 26305.1 m 6. 5% 7. 105220.4 m 7. 0.2% 8. 46587.2 m 8. 0.4% 9. 0.1% 10. 1% Conceptual 05 09 14:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 Calculate the weight of a solid rocket booster of the space shuttle with mass 590000 kg on Earth. The Earth has a mass of 6 × 1024 kg and a radius of 6.4 × 106 m. Part 2 of 2 What would this weight be on Mars, with mass 0.11 mE and radius 0.53 RE ? The value of the universal gravitational constant is 6.67 × 10−11 N · m2 /kg2 .

383

Conceptual 05 15 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, wording-variable. The height of a mountain is limited by the ability of the atoms at the bottom to sustain the weight of the materials above them. Assuming that the tallest mountains on Earth (at about 8850 m) are near this limit, how tall could that mountain be on Mars, with mass 0.11 Me , and radius 0.53 Re ? 1. 22667.9 m

Conceptual 05 Q6 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. If you moved to a planet that has the same mass as the Earth but twice the diameter, how would your weight be aﬀected? 1. 2 times as much 2. 1 as much 4

3. the same 4. 1 as much 2

5. 4 times as much 6. 8 times as much

Chapter 14, section 3, Free Fall Acceleration and the Gravitational Force 7. 1 as much 6 Earth, but it is not actually weightless.

384

8. None of these Conceptual 05 Q7 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. If you moved to a planet that has twice the mass of the Earth and also twice the diameter, how would your weight be aﬀected? 1. 2 times as much 2. 1 as much 4

Figuring Physics 11 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, wording-variable. When at rest on the launching pad, the force of gravity on the space shuttle is quite huge. When in orbit, some 200 km above Earth’s surface, what is the force of gravity on the shuttle? Neglect changes in the weight of the fuel carried by the shuttle.

3. the same 4. 1 as much 2 1. nearly as much 2. about half as much 3. nearly zero (micro-gravity) 4. zero Figuring Physics 20 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Consider a giant ﬂat plate that touches the Earth at one point and extends out into space. Suppose you slide an iron block along the plane, where it makes contact with the Earth. Suppose also, that the plate is perfectly frictionless, air drag is absent, and vo < vescape .

5. 4 times as much 6. 8 times as much 1 7. as much 6 Conceptual 05 Q9 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. The environment in a satellite or space station orbiting the Earth is often referred to as weightless environment; however, we have deﬁned weight as the force of gravity on an object. In this sense, what statement is not correct concerning an object on board an orbiting satellite? 1. There is a force of gravity on the object. 2. The object is weightless. 3. The weight of an object in orbit is only a few percent less than it is on the Earth. 4. We refer to the object in orbit as weightless because it is accelerating toward the

The block will 1. continue at constant velocity, according

Chapter 14, section 3, Free Fall Acceleration and the Gravitational Force to the law of inertia. 2. increase in speed as the force of gravity weakens with distance. 3. decrease in speed due to the pull of gravity. 4. oscillate to and fro. Hewitt CP9 09 R03 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. In what sense does the moon “fall”? 1. The moon moves in a straight line toward the Earth. 2. The moon falls away from the straight line it would follow if there were no forces acting on it. 3. Some stones on the moon drop from it toward the Earth. Hewitt CP9 09 R07 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. What do we call the gravitational force between the earth and your body? 1. weight 2. mass 3. Newton 4. gravitation 5. velocity Two Satellites 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Two satellites A and B with the same mass orbit the Earth in concentric orbits. The B 6m r A m 3r

385

distance of satellite B from the earth’s center is four times that of satellite A. What is the ratio of the tangential speed of satellite B to that of satellite A? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA 1 2 1 = 64 1 = 16 1 = 4 = =2 =4 = 16 = 64

Two Satellites in Orbit 01 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 Two satellites A and B orbit the Earth in the same plane. Their masses are m and 6 m, respectively, and their radii r and 3 r, respectively.

What is the ratio of the orbital speeds? 1. vB 1 =√ vA 3

Chapter 14, section 3, Free Fall Acceleration and the Gravitational Force 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA vB vA =9 1 9 1 = 2 1 = 3 = =3 1 =√ 2 √ = 2 √ = 3 =2 7r 3r B 7m A 4m wording-variable.

386

Part 1 of 2 Two satellites A and B orbit the Earth in the same plane. Their masses are 4 m and 7 m, respectively, and their radii 3 r and 7 r, respectively.

Part 2 of 2 Let 10 RE be the distance of the satellite A from the center of the Earth, where RE is the radius of the Earth. What is the gravitational acceleration due to the Earth at satellite A? g is the gravitational acceleration at the surface of the Earth. 1. gA = g 100 g 2. gA = 121 3. gA = g 4. gA = 5. gA = 6. gA = 7. gA = 8. gA = 9. gA = 10. gA = g 10 g √ 10 g 11 g √ 11 g 81 g 9 g 3

What is the ratio of their orbital speeds? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA 3 7 7 3 7 4 4 7 49 12 12 49 4 3 3 4

9. None of these Part 2 of 2 Let the distance of the satellite A from the center of the Earth be 10 RE , where RE is the radius of the Earth.

Two Satellites in Orbit 03 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min,

Chapter 14, section 3, Free Fall Acceleration and the Gravitational Force What is the gravitational acceleration due to the Earth at satellite A? Denote the gravitational acceleration at the surface of the Earth by g . 1. gA = g 121 g 10 g √ 10 g 100 g 11 g √ 11 g 81 g 9 g 3 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA vB = vA 4 5 5 4 6 5 5 6 3 2 2 3 25 24 24 25

387

2. gA = g 3. gA = 4. gA = 5. gA = 6. gA = 7. gA = 8. gA = 9. gA = 10. gA =

9. None of these

Two Satellites in Orbit 04 14:03, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, wording-variable. Two satellites A and B orbit the Earth in the same plane. Their masses are 5 m and 6 m, respectively, and their radii 4 r and 5 r, respectively.

5r 4r B 6m A 5m

What is the ratio of their orbital speeds?

Chapter 14, section 4, Gravitation Inside the Earth Concept 09 38 14:04, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. If the earth were of uniform density, what would be the value of g inside the earth at half its radius? (The value of g at the surface of earth is 9.8 m/s2 .) 1. 4.9 m/s2 2. 9.8 m/s2 3. 19.6 m/s2 4. 39.2 m/s2

388

Chapter 14, section 5, Kepler’s Laws: Planetary and Satellite Motion Conceptual 03 07 14:05, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. The eccentricity of an ellipse is a measure of how elongated (or oval) it is. It is deﬁned for a planet’s orbit as the distance between the two foci divided by twice the average distance to the sun, which resides at one of the foci.

389

14:05, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Consider the orbit of a typical comet around the sun, which is marked at ﬁve different positions, X , S , Z , P , and U . U S P Sun b a Z

b a Sun focus

The eccentricity of a planetary orbit is deﬁned as the ratio of the distance between the foci and twice the average distance to the sun. A perfect circle has an eccentricity of zero since the two foci are in the same position. The eccentricities for several solar system objects are shown in the table below. All data are in terms of the average distance of the Earth from the Sun, called the astronomical unit (AU). Object f 1 + f2 Average (AU) Distance Earth 0.017 1.0 Mars 0.14 1.52 Pluto 9.8 39.5 Halley’s comet 17.4 17.9 Which object has the most nearly elliptical orbit? 1. Halley’s Comet 2. Mars 3. Pluto 4. Earth Conceptual 03 09

X Using Kepler’s second law of planetary motion, rank those positions in order of their relative speeds, with the position for the fastest speed ﬁrst. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. P Z U X Z U S X S Z P X U U P P S S X S Z S X P Z P X U U Z

Conceptual 03 11 14:05, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. The four Galilean moons of Jupiter are Io, Europa, Ganymede, and Callisto. Their average distances from Jupitor and orbital periods are listed below in terms of Io’s values. Moon Relative Relative average distance obital period Io 1.00 1.00 Europa 1.59 2.00 Ganymede 2.54 4.05 Callisto 4.46 9.42

Chapter 14, section 5, Kepler’s Laws: Planetary and Satellite Motion After plotting the square of the relative orbital period versus the cube of the relative average distance for each moon and identifying the pattern you ﬁnd in your graph, do you agree or disagree that Kepler’s third law (as applied to the moons of Jupiter) holds for Jupiter’s four Galilean moons? 1. In agreement with Kepler’s third law. 2. Cannot be determined from given data. 3. Not in agreement with Kepler’s third law. 4. Kepler’s third law does not require experimental veriﬁcation since time cannot be related to distance. Conceptual 05 04 14:05, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. How long would our year be if our Sun were half its present mass and the radius of the Earth’s orbit were two times its present value? Conceptual 05 Q15 14:05, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. When Galileo ﬁrst observed the four largest moons orbiting the planet Jupiter, he quickly determined the time it took for each moon to complete one orbit but didn’t determine the masses of the moons. Which statement is false? 1. He couldn’t determine the masses of the moons because the orbital period of satellite depends on the mass of the planet or star it is orbiting, not on the satellite’s mass. 2. If we knew the distance from Jupiter to one of its moons and the orbital period of that moon, we could determine the mass of Jupiter.

390

3. We can determine the mass of Jupiter without knowing the orbital period of its moons. Conceptual 05 Q17 14:05, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. How is Newton’s law of gravitation related to Kepler’s third law of planetary motion? 1. Newton’s law of gravitation contains more information than Kepler’s third law. 2. Kepler’s third law contains more information than Newton’s law of gravitation. 3. The two laws contain exactly the same information. 4. There is no relationship. Conceptual gravity 14:05, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. 4 π2 , G Ms where Ms is the mass of the Sun. Suppose that the gravitational force law between two massive objects is k= Fg = G m 1 m2 , r2+ Given:

where is a small number. Which of the following would be the relationship between the period T and radius r of a planet in circular orbit? 1. T 2 = k r 3+2 2. T 2 = k r 3+ 3. T 2 = k r 3− 4. T 2 = k r 3−2 5. T 2 = k r 3+2/

**Chapter 14, section 5, Kepler’s Laws: Planetary and Satellite Motion 6. T 2 = k r 3/ 7. T 2 = k r 2+3 8. T 2 = k r 2−3 9. T 2 = k r 3 10. T = k r
**

2 3

391

Hewitt CP9 10 E17 14:05, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Which planets have a period of rotation around the Sun greater than 1 Earth year? 1. Those closer to the sun 2. Those farther from the sun

Hewitt CP9 10 E15 14:05, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Since the moon is gravitationally attracted to the Earth, why doesn’t it simply crash into the Earth? 1. When the moon moves close to the Earth, the air on the Earth repels it. 2. The moon does not have enough speed to crash into the Earth. 3. The moon’s tangential velocity keeps the moon coasting around the Earth rather than crashing into it. 4. The Sun attracts the moon so that the moon cannot move closer the Earth. Hewitt CP9 10 E16 14:05, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. When the space shuttle coasts in a circular orbit at constant speed about the Earth, is it accelerating? If so, in what direction? 1. No acceleration 2. Yes; toward the Earth’s center. 3. Yes; in a direction from the Earth to the moon. 4. Yes; in a direction from the moon to the Sun.

3. Additional information is needed. 4. It depends on the planet’s mass. Hewitt CP9 10 E23 14:05, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Would the speed of a satellite in close circular orbit about Jupiter be greater than, equal to, or less than 8 km/s? 1. greater than 2. equal to 3. less than 4. Cannot be determined Hewitt CP9 10 E27 14:05, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Two planets are never seen at midnight. Which two? 1. Jupiter and Mars 2. Neptune and Pluto 3. Saturn and Jupiter 4. Neptune and Mercury 5. Venus and Mercury Hewitt CP9 10 E32

Chapter 14. multiple choice. The Sun is in the shadow of the Earth. Kepler’s Laws: Planetary and Satellite Motion 14:05. Singapore 3. Sidney 2. ﬁxed. highSchool. 7 days 5. San Francisco 2. multiple choice. highSchool. ﬁxed. The satellites are not attracted by the Earth. 365 days 4. hyperbola 4. highSchool. then. ellipse Hewitt CP9 10 E33 14:05. multiple choice. < 1 min. If the Space Shuttle circled the Earth at a distance equal to the Earth-moon distance. parabola 3. highSchool. The moon attracts the satellites at the same time. rectangle 2. how long would it take for it to make a complete orbit? 1. Why. The satellites’ orbital period coincides with the daily rotation of the Earth. Hewitt CP9 10 E36 14:05. section 5. don’t the communications satellites that hover motionless above the same spot on Earth crash into the Earth? 1. 4. A “geosynchronous” Earth satellite can remain directly overhead in which of the following cities? 1. What is the shape of the orbit when the velocity of the satellite is everywhere perpendicular to the force of gravity? 1. London 5. it would simply crash into the Earth. 4. The Earth is behind the Sun. highSchool. There is no power on the satellites. < 1 min. < 1 min. 3. None of these Part 2 of 2 What astronomical event would be seen by observers on the moon at the time the Earth was seeing a solar eclipse? . Part 1 of 2 What astronomical event would be seen by observers on the moon at the time the Earth was seeing a lunar eclipse? 1. < 1 min. If you stopped an Earth satellite dead in its tracks. 35 days 3. 3. 2. < 1 min. multiple choice. 24 hours 4. ﬁxed. 28 days 2. The observer is in the middle of the Earth and the Sun. Hewitt CP9 26 E26 14:05. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. circle 5. Moscow 392 Hewitt CP9 10 E42 14:05. multiple choice.

which statement is correct? 1. C and E 6. and Mars in a planetary system. Mars and Mercury go around the Earth. The Sun only goes around the Earth during daylight. The Earth only goes around the Sun during daylight. 3. ﬁxed. Earth. section 5. multiple choice. which statement is correct? 1. 1. B. 6. ﬁxed. B and E Solar System 01 14:05. A and E 7. B and D 5. Solar System 02 14:05. 2. and C 2. They were obtained ﬁrst by Tycho Brahe. C and D 3. multiple choice. multiple choice. 4. They were obtained by Kepler from Brahe’s observations combined with Newton’s second law. The Earth is ﬁxed and the Sun goes around it. multiple choice. D. Kepler 14:05. The Earth is behind the Sun. They were derived by Newton from his gravitational and second laws. < 1 min. A and D 4. Kepler’s Laws: Planetary and Satellite Motion 1. They were deduced by Kepler from Brahe’s observations. B. Which are the correct statements regarding Kepler’s laws? A. highSchool. Neither the Earth nor the Sun go around one another. At night the Sun stops until morning and then goes around the Earth during daytime only. highSchool. 3. 393 2. Mars. 5. Mercury.Chapter 14. . ﬁxed. E. When considering only the Sun. The Sun is in the shadow of the Earth. At night the Earth stops until morning and then goes around the Sun during daytime only. The Sun is ﬁxed and the Earth goes around it. 4. 3. highSchool. > 1 min. 6. Earth. < 1 min. The observer is in the middle of the Earth and the Sun. Mercury. 4. They were derived by Newton using his gravitational and second law together with Brahe’s data. None of these is correct. > 1 min. None of the above is correct. 2. The Sun. C. Mars goes around the Sun in the opposite angular direction from Mercury. and Mercury all go around each other with the same angular momentum. 5. Mars goes around the Earth but Mercury doesn’t go around the Earth since its orbit is smaller. A. highSchool. ﬁxed. and Mars in a planetary system. Solar System 03 14:05. When considering only the Sun. Earth.

RM ars = 7. A coordinate transform from the upper diagram to the Earth’s frame of reference so the lower diagram is a physical description of this solar system. REarth = 5 .Chapter 14. This diagram was proposed by Galileo Galilei (an Italian scientist 1564-1642).93700526 ≈ 8 . The Sun is ﬁxed and the Earth goes around it so the lower diagram is an imaginary artist conception of the Earth at the center of the universe and is an unphysical description of this solar system. For convenience let us assume an imaginary solar system and choose orbits for the planets whose periods are integral multiples of each other. 2. The upper diagram shows a Sun concentric diagram of a solar system. The Sun only goes around the Earth during daylight so the lower diagram is an unphysical description of this solar system. for example RM ercury = 1. 5. 4. TM ercury = TEarth TEarth = TM ars REarth RM ercury RM ars REarth 3 3 394 T 2 ∝ R3 . = 4. 3. . section 5. Neither the Earth nor the Sun go around one another so the lower diagram is an unphysical description of this solar system.9842511315 ≈ 2 . = 2.e. Kepler’s Laws: Planetary and Satellite Motion Kepler’s third law states that the orbital period squared T 2 is propotional to the semimajor axis cubed R3 . i. The Earth only goes around the Sun during daylight so the lower diagram is an unphysical description of this solar system. The Earth is ﬁxed and the Sun goes around it so the lower diagram is a physical description of this solar system.. 6. What is the lower diagram? 1.

< 1 min. The density becomes larger. ﬁxed. The matter becomes more compact. 2. section 6. The star rotates faster. multiple choice. The Gravitational Field Concept 36 14 14:06.Chapter 14. Why will the gravitational ﬁeld intensity increase on the surface of a shrinking star? 1. 395 . 3. highSchool. The matter increases. 4.

multiple choice. Uo = −mgh and U∞ = − RE + h mGME 3. we must give a reference value for the potential. when we talk about potential. g is the free fall acceleration at Earth’s surface. RE is the mean radius of the Earth. highSchool. Uo = mgh and U∞ = −m GME h RE mGME 2. therefore.Chapter 14. U∞ (h) − U∞ (h = 0) = Uo (h) 2. Gravitational Potential Energy Potentials of 2 Reference Pnts 14:07. let U∞ be the gravitational potential energy set equal to zero inﬁnitely far from the earth. section 7. only changes in potential energy are meaningful. Very near the Earth’s surface. Let Uo be the gravitational potential energy set equal to zero at the surface of the Earth. Since potential energy is deﬁned only up to an arbitrary constant. the gravitational attraction of the Earth on a body of mass m can be stated in terms of either g or G. Uo increases with h. Which of the following statements are correct for h RE . 1+ 1. Which of the following correctly state the values of Uo and U∞ at an altitude h above the Earth’s surface? 1. the derivatives 0) are diﬀerent dU∞ dUo (h = 0) and (h = dh dh . U∞ (h) − U∞ (h = 0) = GME m h RE 396 Part 2 of 2 Consider Uo and U∞ . > 1 min. ﬁxed. ME is the mass of the Earth. Part 1 of 2 G is the universal gravitational constant. Uo = mgh and U∞ = −m 2 h RE 4. 1 Hint: ≈ 1 − for 1. but U∞ decreases with h 3. Uo = mgh and U∞ = − RE + h GME 4.

Hint: The escape speed must be the speed of light. Hawaii is composed of small islands. greater 2. Hawaii is the warmest place in the US. There is not any strong cold wind in Hawaii. Suppose a mass approximately the size of the Earth’s mass 5. Hawaii has a greater tangential speed about the polar axis. The universal gravitational constant G = 6. highSchool. Hewitt CP9 10 E48 14:08.99792 × 108 m/s . multiple choice. multiple choice. why is Hawaii the most eﬃcient launching site for non-polar satellites? 1. less energy is needed. how would the 1. ﬁxed. launch failures can easily go into the sea instead of damaging residential areas. Cannot be determined 397 . > 1 min. Hewitt CP9 10 E26 14:08. ﬁxed. normal. < 1 min. Escape Velocity escape velocity from its surface change? Estimate a Black Hole 01 14:08. 4. highSchool. smaller 3. If the Earth shrank in size.98 × 1024 kg is packed into a small uniform sphere of radius r. numeric. Of all the United States. < 1 min. 3. 2. Since no light can escape from it. highSchool.Chapter 14. it appears black. A black hole is an object so heavy that neither matter nor even light can escape the inﬂuence of its gravitational ﬁeld. determine the limiting radius r0 when this mass (approximately the size of the Earth’s mass) becomes a black hole. Use: The speed of light c = 2. the same 4. section 8.67259 × 10−11 N m2 /kg2 . with all other factors remaining the same. Based on Newtonian mechanics.

> 1 min. the projectile rises to a maximal height h above the ground. v0 is less than the planet’s escape velocity ve . Unfortunately. Calculate the ratio h/R of the projectile’s maximal height to the planet’s radius. Unable to escape the planet’s gravitational pull. then falls back to the ground.Chapter 14. An electromagnetic launcher standing on the surface of this planet shoots a projectile with initial velocity v0 directed straight up. 398 .5 ve . normal. Consider an airless. Speciﬁcally. section 9. highSchool. non-rotating planet of mass M and radius R. v0 = 0. due to some error. numeric. Energy: Planetary and Satellite Motion Rise to a Maximum Height 14:09.

Those in 10 grams of ice 2. The aluminum is attracted to the object to be coated and forms a thin aluminum ﬁlm on its surface. oxygen consists of O2 molecules and hydrogen consists of H2 molecules. 3 liter 4. what accounts for the vastly diﬀerent properties of graphite and diamond? 1. 0. numeric. ﬁxed. highSchool. highSchool. Suppose ammonia is separated into nitrogen (N2 ) gas 399 and hydrogen (H2 ) gas. < 1 min. what mass of oxygen gas is produced? Assume a mass of 27 atomic mass units (amu) for each aluminum atom and 16 amu for each oxygen atom. > 1 min. Conceptual 09 Q16 15:01. 0. normal. 4 liters 4. ﬁxed.Chapter 15. If 1 liter of nitrogen is produced. < 1 min. multiple choice. 1 liter 2. gaseous hydrogen consisted of H atoms. highSchool. ﬁxed. multiple choice. < 1 min.5 liter 5. Suppose that instead of H2 molecules. diﬀerent shapes 2. Diamond and graphite are both solids composed of only carbon atoms. highSchool. 1 liter 2. Those in 10 grams of steam 3. An electric current breaks up these molecules into oxygen gas and aluminum atoms. 1. ﬁxed. highSchool. In gaseous form. Since all carbon atoms are chemically identical. multiple choice. 2 liter 3. They have the same average kinetic energy. The object is submerged in a liquid solution containing Al2 O3 molecules. If this were the case. diﬀerent ordering of atoms 3. section 1. multiple choice. 2 liters 3. If a car bumper needs to be plated with 300 g of aluminum using this electroplating process. what volume of hydrogen is produced? 1. Conceptual 09 Q11 15:01. Which molecules have more average kinetic energy? 1. < 1 min. how much hydrogen gas would be produced for each liter of oxygen gas when water (H2 O) is separated by an electric current? 1. < 1 min. Aluminum electroplating is a process by which aluminum is coated onto a metal object.5 liter Conceptual 09 Q12 15:01. Ammonia is a liquid that consists of molecules of (NH3 ) (one nitrogen atom with three hydrogen atoms attached). States of Matter Conceptual 09 02 15:01. Why does crushed ice melt so much faster . diﬀerent movement of atoms Conceptual 09 Q13 15:01. multiple choice. normal.5 liter Conceptual 09 03 15:01. highSchool.

section 1. 3. Crushed ice is smaller. 2. States of Matter than an equal mass of ice cubes? 1. 400 .Chapter 15. The crushing process raised the temperature of the crushed ice. Crushed ice has more exposed surface.

4. multiple choice. Ice cubes are lighter than water. They couldn’t separate from each other. They form a new substance which has a diﬀerent property from oil and vinegar. Ice cubes are less dense than water. which would you expect to end up on top? 1. 2. If you mixed oil and vinegar in one container. ﬁxed. 401 . < 1 min. Conceptual 10 Q07 15:02. highSchool. Ice cubes are in a solid state. ﬁxed. multiple choice. < 1 min. section 2. oil 3. Density and Speciﬁc Gravity Conceptual 10 Q06 15:02.Chapter 15. vinegar 2. 3. Why do ice cubes ﬂoat? 1. highSchool.

The pressure is actually less. Part 1 of 2 How much pressure is applied to the ground by a 104 kg man who is standing on square stilts that measure 0. < 1 min. numeric. normal. Conceptual 09 04 15:03. Why is the gas pressure inside an inﬂated balloon always greater than the air pressure outside? 1. Warmer air is inside the balloon. 3. multiple choice. Part 1 of 2 You blow up an ordinary party balloon with air until it has a diameter of 6 inches. while helium gas consists of He atoms. Pressure Concept 14 32 15:03.03 m2 area that is bleeding. normal. 3. highSchool. that’s why inﬂated balloons rise. normal. Your friend blows up another balloon with helium gas until it has a diameter of 12 inches. numeric. What is the ratio the number of helium atoms to the total number of O2 and N2 molecules? Part 2 of 2 Air is about 80% nitrogen and 20% oxygen. 2. The balloon is made of stretchy rubber that pushes inward on the gas. section 3. > 1 min.Chapter 15. numeric.05 m on each edge? Part 2 of 2 What is this pressure in pounds per square inch? . 4. The stretched rubber supplies an inward force (and pressure). Cooler air is inside the balloon. highSchool. 402 Why does the pressure of a gas double (provided the temperature and volume of the container remain the same) if the number of gas atoms in container is doubled? 1. What pressure did she apply? Part 2 of 2 What is this pressure in pounds per square inch? Conceptual 10 07 15:03. 2. Calculate the mass. highSchool. < 1 min. Assume the pressure in each balloon is the same. numeric. Conceptual 09 Q15 15:03. of this amount of helium. < 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min. The attraction among the molecules doubles when the number of molecules doubles. What is the ratio of the weight of the helium balloon to the weight of the air-ﬁlled balloon? (Hint: Imagine that there are 80 helium atoms in the helium balloon. ﬁxed. Air consists mostly of O2 and N2 molecules. normal. The frequency of the molecular collisions doubles when the number of molecules doubles. and then compare it to the mass of the corresponding number of oxygen and nitrogen molecules. in atomic mass units. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 A medic applies a force of 85 N to a 0. How much force does the air exert on 100 in2 ? Conceptual 10 06 15:03. highSchool. multiple choice. highSchool. The speed of the molecules doubles when the number of molecules doubles.) Conceptual 09 Q14 15:03. Atmospheric pressure is approximately 15 lb/in2 . > 1 min.

highSchool. highSchool. compressed air exerts a force on a piston with a radius of 5 cm. a width of 21 cm. 2. A 70 kg man sits in a 5 kg chair so that his weight is evenly distributed on the legs of the chair. The four tires of an automobile are inﬂated to an absolute pressure of 200000 Pa. Find the pressure that the water bed exerts on the ﬂoor.5 m wide by 2. normal. numeric. normal. > 1 min. Holt SF 09B 02 15:03. 3.Chapter 15. > 1 min.024 m2 in contact with the ground. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. Your bare foot was stepped on by a 130-lb woman wearing high heels. Pressure Conceptual 10 Q16 15:03. how much force must the gum be able to withstand? Holt SF 09Rev 32 15:03.00 km2 of land at sea level? Holt SF 09Rev 33 15:03. numeric. Holt SF 09Rev 16 15:03. Part 3 of 3 Find the pressure that the physics book exerts on the surface of a desktop when the book is balanced on its spine. > 1 min. This pressure is transmitted to a second piston with a radius of 15 cm. 403 Holt SF 09Rev 17 15:03.5 m long water bed weighs 1025 N. How large a force must the compressed air exert to lift a 13300 N car? Part 2 of 2 What pressure produces this force? Neglect the weight of the pistons.Assume that each leg makes contact with the ﬂoor over a circular area with a radius of 1 cm. highSchool. > 1 min. > 1 min. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 A physics book has a height of 26 cm. section 3. A pipe contains water at 500000 Pa above atmospheric pressure.5 cm. How much force does the atmosphere exert on 1. > 1 min. What is the density of the physics book if it weighs 19 N? Part 2 of 3 Find the pressure that the physics book exerts on a desktop when the book lies face up. Assume that the entire lower surface of the bed makes contact with the ﬂoor. If you patch a 4 mm diameter hole in the pipe with a piece of bubble gum.81 m/s2 . numeric. wordingvariable. and a thickness of 3. Determine the weight of the automobile. Either 4. What is the pressure exerted on the ﬂoor by each leg? Holt SF 09Rev 47 15:03. Unable to determine Holt SF 09B 01 15:03. Part 1 of 2 In a car lift. A 1. Each tire has an area of 0. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Your bare foot was stepped on by a 270-lb man wearing ﬂat-soled loafer. numeric. . > 1 min. multiple choice. highSchool. numeric. < 1 min. highSchool.81 m/s2 . normal. highSchool. normal. wordingvariable. numeric. Which situation is likely to hurt you more? 1. ﬁxed. highSchool. normal.

each moving at a supersonic speed of 400. section 3. wordingvariable.Chapter 15. In testing a new material for shielding spacecraft.00 min interval. 150 small ball bearings. numeric. what pressure is exerted on the material? 404 . > 1 min.0 m/s.0 g and the area of the tested material is 0.75 m2 . If the bearings each have a mass of 8. collide head-on and elastically with the material during a 1. Pressure Holt SF 09Rev 67 15:03. highSchool.

highSchool. ﬁxed. < 1 min. Where would it be the most diﬃcult to draw soda through a straw? 1. The elevation makes no diﬀerence at all. the bottom of a deep mine 4. The bottom of the barge is 3. at a level above the heart 405 Concept 13 E01 15:04. Part 1 of 2 A loaded ﬂatbottom barge ﬂoats in fresh water. highSchool. > 1 min. highSchool. section 4. multiple choice. at a level below the heart 4.) Concept 13 7 15:04. numeric. as low as possible 3. What is the diﬀerence between the pressure on the bottom of the loaded barge and the pressure at the water line? Part 2 of 2 If the surface area of the bottom of the barge is 300 m2 what is the weight of the load in the barge? Concept 13 19 15:04. What is the water pressure at a depth of 220 m? The weight density of water is 9800 N/m3 . You want a blood pressure reading as close as possible to that of your heart. ﬁxed. normal. When the barge is empty the barge’s bottom is only 2. ﬁxed. highSchool. highSchool. numeric.5 m below the water line. multiple choice. at the same level as your heart 2. 1. sea level 3. Concept 14 5 15:04. normal.Chapter 15. The density of water is 1000 kg/m3 . > 1 min. anywhere the cuﬀ will ﬁt 3. as high as possible 4. Put the following heights in the order of air density with the most dense point ﬁrst: A) Earth surface B) low atmosphere (just above high mountains) C) high atmosphere (way above jet ﬂights) D) deep mine E) the bottom of an imaginary hole drilled to the center of the Earth . as far from your heart as possible at any level Concept 13 1a 15:04. A water pool is 220 m deep. multiple choice. Concept 14 21 15:04. at a level even with the heart 2. highSchool. numeric. < 1 min. < 1 min. > 1 min. Fluids at Rest: Variation of Pressure with Depth Where should you place the cuﬀ? Barge in Fresh Water 15:04. highSchool.5 m below the water line. ﬁxed. What is the pressure at the base of the pool? (Neglect the pressure due to atmosphere. multiple choice. < 1 min. At what level (vertically) should you hold a cut ﬁnger to reduce bleeding? 1. normal. The depth of water behind the Hoover Dam in Nevada is 220 m. the top of a very high mountain 2.

Density doesn’t change. mass and density decrease. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 A column of water has a diameter of 2 m and a depth of 10 m. section 4. Volume doesn’t change. The pressure in a 3-foot-deep hot tub 2 meters in diameter is P2 .Chapter 15. > 1 min. a whale is appreciably compressed by the pressure of the surrounding water. Conceptual 10 08 15:04. mass and volume decrease. Density doesn’t change. multiple choice. highSchool. highSchool. Unable to determine Hewitt CP9 12 E05 15:04. DACEB 5. EDABC 4. ﬁxed. the pressures would be the same. < 1 min. 4. 7. Mass doesn’t change. What happens to the whale’s density? 6. numeric. P1 > P2 2. volume decreases and density increases. multiple choice. ABDEC 2. 3. ﬁxed. No. the pressure at the bottom will be less. highSchool. DACBE 6. mass and 4. The pressure in a 3-foot-deep lake is P1 . ﬁxed. ABDCE 3. What relationship would P1 and P2 have? 1. multiple choice. what happens to its mass. < 1 min. Yes. normal. volume increases and density decreases. Fluids at Rest: Variation of Pressure with Depth 1. 2. In a deep dive. highSchool. volume. 406 What is the weight of this column of water? Part 3 of 3 What would be the pressure if the column had a radius of 8 m and the same depth? Conceptual 10 Q10 15:04. ﬁxed. 2. < 1 min. desnisty increase. < 1 min. mass and volume increase. and density? 1. the pressure at the bottom will be greater. How much pressure is at the bottom of the column? Part 2 of 3 . P1 = P2 4. All three are conserved. 3. Mass doesn’t change. 5. When an air bubble rises in water. Yes. It depends on the brand of motor oil. P1 < P2 3. multiple choice. Would the pressure at the bottom of a 3foot holding tank be diﬀerent if the tank held motor oil instead of water? 1. Conceptual 10 Q12 15:04. DAEBC Concept 14 7 15:04. Volume doesn’t change.

Assume that the density of sea water is 1025 kg/m3 and the atmospheric pressure is 101000 Pa . Part 1 of 2 A container is ﬁlled with water to a depth of 20 cm. It is ﬁlled with water to a depth of 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9. It cannot be determined. Part 1 of 2 A circular swimming pool at sea level has a ﬂat bottom and a 6 m diameter. section 4. in the Paciﬁc Ocean. highSchool. highSchool.81 m/s2 . What is the net pressure on the inner ear at the top of the mountain? Part 2 of 2 What is the magnitude of the net force on each eardrum? Holt SF 09C 01 15:04. Its density increases. The radius of each eardrum is 0. The pressure of the atmosphere drops from 101000 Pa at the bottom of the lift to 99800 Pa at the top. What is the absolute pressure at the bot- . The acceleration of gravity is 9. Holt SF 09Rev 37 15:04. ﬁxed. 4. Calculate the depth in the ocean at which the pressure is three times atmospheric pressure. normal. but the person’s ears fail to “pop”. What is the absolute pressure at the surface of the water? 407 Part 2 of 2 What is the absolute pressure at the bottom of the container? Holt SF 09C 03 15:04. normal. > 1 min. numeric. that is the pressure of the inner ear does not equalize with the outside atmosphere. normal.Chapter 15. numeric. 3.4 cm. how much pressure would a submarine need to be able to withstand to reach this depth? Holt SF 09C 02 15:04. Its density decreases. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. numeric. A beaker containing mercury is placed inside a vacuum chamber in a laboratory. highSchool. > 1 min. 2. Part 1 of 2 A person rides up a lift to a mountain top. numeric.81 m/s2 . highSchool. Holt SF 09Rev 19 15:04. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A submarine is at an ocean depth of 250 m. What is the height of the mercury in the beaker? Holt SF 09C 04 15:04. Fluids at Rest: Variation of Pressure with Depth 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9. highSchool. highSchool. normal. numeric. > 1 min. The Mariana Trench. ﬁxed. > 1 min. Part 2 of 2 Calculate the magnitude of the force exerted by the water at this depth on a circular submarine window with a diameter of 30 cm. normal. numeric.81 m/s2 .5 m. If atmospheric pressure at sea level is 101000 Pa and the density of sea water is 1025 kg/m3 . Calculate the absolute pressure at this depth. Its density remains the same as before. Holt SF 09B 03 15:04. The pressure at the bottom of the beaker is 27000 Pa. The acceleration of gravity is 9. On top of the water ﬂoats a 30 cm thick layer of oil with a density of 700 kg/m3 . > 1 min. is about 11 km deep.81 m/s2 .

81 m/s2 . cannot be determined H = 2h #1 left #2 right h Scale Scale What is the relationship between the force exerted by the water on the bottom surface of the containers? 1. W lef t = 6. highSchool. W lef t = 2 W right 3. #1 on the left and #2 on the right. W lef t = 7. D = 2d D = 2d d 408 What is the relationship between the weights exerted by the ﬂasks on the scales supporting the containers? 1. What is the resulting increase in the average absolute pressure at the bottom? Pressure vs Depth 15:04. as shown below. with equal base area A are placed on two scales. W lef t = 5. Fluids at Rest: Variation of Pressure with Depth tom? The acceleration of gravity is 9. W lef t = 9. F lef t > F right 2. F lef t = F right 3. section 4. < 1 min. Both containers are ﬁlled with water to the same height H . The #2 container on the right has an lower diameter twice that of its upper diameter and the height of its lower (larger) diameter is half that of its water height.Chapter 15. W lef t = 3 2 4 3 5 3 7 4 8 5 7 5 6 5 W right W right W right W right W right W right W right 10. ﬁxed. cannot be determined Part 2 of 2 . multiple choice. W lef t = 8. W lef t = W right 2. W lef t = 4. Part 2 of 2 Two people with a combined mass of 150 kg ﬂoat in the pool. Part 1 of 2 Two open-top containers. F lef t < F right 4.

If a liquid only half as dense as mercury were used in a barometer. Pressure Measurements (Atmospheric. 38 cm 3. If the barometer is taken to an altitude 11.6 km. ﬁxed. what will the reading be? 1. 76 cm 4. < 1 min. 152 cm 5. the height of the mercury column is 380 mm. highSchool. 760 mm 2. how high would its level be on a day of normal atmospheric pressure (when the mercury barometer reads 76 cm)? 1. 380 mm 3. highSchool. 304 cm Concept 14 59 15:05. When it is carried to an altitude of 5.2 km. less than 760 mm. zero 4. but more than zero 409 . ﬁxed. multiple choice. Gauge) Concept 14 17 15:05. section 5. multiple choice. 19 cm 2. A mercury barometer reads 760 mm at sea level. < 1 min.Chapter 15. less than 380 mm. but more than 380 mm 5.

The acceleration of gravity is 9.75 cm2 . A piston A has a diameter of 0. and the area of the piston in the brake cylinder is 1. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 .5 Master cylinder How large is the frictional force between the brake shoe and the wheel drum when a force of 44 N is exerted on the pedal? In the absence of friction. section 6. A hydraulic brake system is shown. A second piston B has a diameter of 3. > 1 min. as shown. numeric. wordingvariable. highSchool. > 1 min.6 × 103 kg/m3 ) and ﬁnds that the weight of the sample is 4.5 N.40 cm2 . An engineer weighs a sample of mercury (ρ = 13. > 1 min.64 cm. Pascal’s Principle (Hydraulics) Holt SF 09Rev 18 15:06. numeric. Holt SF 09Rev 31 15:06. The area of the piston in the master cylinder is 6. determine the force F necessary to support the 500. highSchool. . What is the sample’s volume? Holt SF 09Rev 50 15:06. highSchool. The coeﬃcient of kinetic friction between the brake shoe and the wheel drum is 0. numeric.Chapter 15. wordingvariable.8 cm. 500 N B A F 410 Wheel drum Pedal Brake shoe Brake cylinder µ k = 0 .500.0 N weight.

highSchool. But when the same ax and the same piston are weighed in air. larger 2. highSchool. ﬁxed. Note: Helium is lighter than air. < 1 min. normal. Concept 13 11 15:07. the same amount of) water than the aluminum block does. 2. The balloon moves backward. Brick A is just beneath the surface of the water. The balloon’s position does not change. The lead will displace (more. 411 Bricks Under Water 15:07. It cannot be determined without a direct measurement. the longer object weighs more than the other. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle An Ax and a Piston 15:07. Imagine you are on a bus with a helium balloon tied on a string tied to the seat in front of you. Concept 13 10 15:07. What happens to the balloon in relation to the bus? Hint: Try it! 1. A block of aluminum with a volume of 1 cm3 is placed in a beaker of water ﬁlled to the brim and sinks. < 1 min. the piston is heavier than the ax. The balloon pops. smaller than the force required to hold brick A in place. section 7. A block of aluminum with a mass of 1 kg is placed in a beaker of water ﬁlled to the brim and sinks. highSchool. 1. less. The same . they again have equal weights. while brick B is at a greater depth. but both are heavier than they are in water. Balloon trick 15:07. The same happens in another beaker with a 1 cm3 block of lead. they again have equal weights. highSchool. Water overﬂows. multiple choice. < 1 min. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. 3. Imagine holding two identical bricks under water.Chapter 15. more 2. the ax and the piston have the same apparent weight. The bus stops short to avoid running over a rabbit and you are thrown forward.) When weighed in water. multiple choice. less 3. but both are lighter than they are in water. 5. multiple choice. the wider object weighs more than the other. 4. (Note that steel is denser than aluminum. Water overﬂows. the same 4. multiple choice. normal. the same as 3. 3. the ax is heavier than the piston. multiple choice. 1.) 1. highSchool. What is the force needed to hold brick B in place? (Assume the density of water doesn’t change with height. The balloon moves forward. 6. 2. Consider a steel ax and an aluminum piston. > 1 min. 4. < 1 min.

1. would there be a buoyant force on an object submerged in the liquid? 1. until we start ﬂoating we “sink” onto the stones. When you exhale. and III only 412 Concept 13 18 15:07. multiple choice. the same 4. highSchool. more 2. the buoyant force increases as we go deeper. Concept 13 20 15:07. buoyant force is the result of diﬀerences in pressure. 6. less 3. 7. I. If liquid pressure were the same at all depths. The stones hurt more in the water. but it will be very small. II) Your mass decreases as you let the air out of your lungs making it easier for you to sink. highSchool. II. It feels exactly the same. directed down 3. II and IV only 10. I and IV only 8. Yes. the same amount of) water than the aluminum block does. our mass doesn’t change. ﬁxed. > 1 min. II only 3. No. Concept 13 21 15:07. III only 4. it is determined by the volume of the submerged object. I and III only 5. highSchool. so we press down on our feet in the same way. Yes. 2. < 1 min. . 1. less. section 7. What is a possible explanation of the sinking eﬀect? I) Your volume decreases and so does the buoyant force. III) Your overall density decreases. highSchool. multiple choice. it pushes an object out of liquid. I and II only 4. I only 2. Yes. ﬁxed. The lead will displace (more. multiple choice. but once we start ﬂoating the displaced water lifts us up. Assume you are ﬂoating in water with your lungs full of air. 2. < 1 min. ﬁxed. It cannot be determined without a direct measurement. multiple choice. ﬁxed. Concept 13 13 15:07. 3. As you enter the water they hurt more at ﬁrst and then less. Yes. the buoyant force lifts us up. IV) Your overall density increases. 1. Do the stones hurt your feet less or more in the water than on the stony beach? Explain. 4. The stones hurt less in the water.Chapter 15. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle happens in another beaker with a 1 kg block of lead. you sink lower in the water. IV only 5. II and III only 9. > 1 min.

4. 2. Regular soda has fewer gas bubbles. There is a critical mass for each material that determines whether or not it will ﬂoat. Concept 13 28 15:07. because there is a buoyant force acting on the iron now. would a ship loaded with a cargo of Styrofoam sink deeper or rise in the water? 1. Diet soda is less dense than a regular soda. 413 3. It depends on the weight of the Styrofoam. lower. section 7. the ship sinks deeper. highSchool. > 1 min. highSchool. Most heavy objects sink. 3. It would ﬂoat at the same level. It depends on the amount of iron. fall or remain unchanged? 1. 3. because the iron displaces a little water and the overall water level rises. Concept 13 27 15:07. Since Styrofoam is less dense than water. ﬁxed. highSchool. Concept 13 30 15:07. Since Styrofoam pushes down on the ship with its weight. 3. It falls. 5. Concept 13 26 15:07. It remains unchanged. It rises. 4. highSchool. < 1 min. the ship rises. Compared to an empty ship. Do light objects tend to sink or ﬂoat? Can something similar be concluded about heavy objects? 1. 2. Deﬁnitely lower. It would ﬂoat only slightly lower. because the iron is under the wood. All light objects ﬂoat. ﬁxed. 2. 5. Part 1 of 2 A barge ﬁlled with scrap iron is in a canal lock. Weight is not the critical factor. > 1 min. < 1 min. If the iron is thrown overboard. 4. while a can of regular soda sinks? 1. 2. would the wood ﬂoat at the same level. Sugar is heavier than a sugar substitute. does the water level rise. multiple choice. Higher. multiple choice. A piece of iron is sitting on a block of wood ﬂoating in water.Chapter 15. ﬁxed. 4. 2. If the iron were instead suspended beneath the wood. 4. ﬁxed. 3. it also depends on volume. multiple choice. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle Why does a can of diet drink ﬂoat in water. Part 2 of 2 . The ship will ﬂoat at the same level because its density hasn’t changed. It depends on the ratio of iron and wood volumes. Diet soda cans are slightly smaller. multiple choice. It depends on the brand and the actual ingredients. or higher? 1.

4. The information provided says nothing about the weight of the brain ﬂuid. A ship sailing from the ocean into a fresh water harbor sinks slightly deeper into the water. multiple choice.Chapter 15. A body does not have to sink as far in a denser ﬂuid to displace a weight of ﬂuid equal to its own weight. It increases slightly. It would fall. highSchool. multiple choice. How does the buoyant force on it change? 1. multiple choice. 2. > 1 min. Concept 13 37 15:07. 3. ﬁxed. 3. The ﬂuid weighs 14. It depends on how deep it was pushed beneath the surface. The weight of the human brain is about 15 N. It will sink. A smaller volume of the displaced denser ﬂuid is able to match the weight of the ﬂoating body. 4. 2. 2. Concept 13 35 15:07. < 1 min. Concept 13 34 15:07. A balloon is weighted so that it is barely able to ﬂoat in water.5 N. 414 4.5 N. 3. ﬁxed. The ﬂuid weighs less than 14. highSchool.5 N. It decreases slightly. What will happen if it is pushed beneath the surface? 1. Concept 13 32 15:07. ﬁxed. It would rise. 3.5 N. The ﬂuid weighs at least 14. 2. It decreases a lot. highSchool. The ﬂuid weighs less than 0. It increases a lot. 5. A body ﬂoats higher in a denser ﬂuid. It would depend on its mass. The ﬂuid weighs 0. It will stay at the depth to which it is pushed.5 N. Bodies ﬂoat higher in salt water than in fresh water. highSchool.5 N. The ﬂuid weighs at least 0. 5. Concept 13 38 . It will come back up. 6. The buoyant force supplied by the ﬂuid surrounding the brain is about 14. multiple choice. 5. It doesn’t change at all. ﬁxed. What can you conclude about the weight of ﬂuid surrounding the brain? 1. 7. Fresh water is denser than salt water. 4. > 1 min. It depends on the speed it was pushed beneath the surface. 2. It would remain unchanged. Which of the following is incorrect? 1. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle If the barge were to sink what would happen to the water level? 1.5 N. 3. section 7. 4. > 1 min.

sink to the bottom Concept 13 E02 15:07. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle 15:07. < 1 min. 3. or stay at the same depth if the gravitational ﬁeld of the Earth increased? 1. < 1 min. ﬁxed. What is its density? Concept 13 E03 . highSchool. numeric. The ﬁsh would collapse or explode.8 respectively. How does the water level in a glass change when a ﬂoating ice cube melts? 1. It depends on the size of the piece of ice. It depends on how many air bubbles were trapped inside of the ice cube. multiple choice. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. The relative densities of water. < 1 min. Decreases in both cases. Would a ﬁsh ﬂoat to the surface. It rises. and alcohol are 1. sink 3. In a drink that is predominantly alcohol ice cubes will ﬂoat the highest.9. < 1 min. It falls. highSchool. ﬂoat in the water as you do on Earth 2. ﬂoat 2. but not as high as they would in water. Which of the following is true about ice cubes ﬂoating in a mixed alcoholic drink? 1. 3.0. It remains unchanged. ice. highSchool. Neither. A 6 kg piece of metal displaces 1 L of water when submerged. highSchool. highSchool. < 1 min. 0. Ice cubes will ﬂoat in a mixed drink. 2. 2. ﬂoat lower than you would on Earth 3. Increases if the bucket does not overﬂow. Increases in both cases. Concept 13 43 15:07. 5. remains the same otherwise. Concept 13 40 15:07. ﬁxed. 4. < 1 min. Which of the following would you experience when swimming in water in an orbiting space habitat where simulated gravity is half that of our gravity? 1. ﬂoat higher than you would on Earth 4. and 0. ﬁxed. normal. 2. stay at the same level 4. multiple choice. decreases otherwise. multiple choice. How will the scale reading change if a ﬁsh is placed in the bucket? 1. sink to half of the depth of the “space pool” 5. 4. Increases if the bucket does not overﬂow. 415 Concept 13 42 15:07.Chapter 15. Ice cubes will sink to the bottom of a mixed drink. highSchool. 3. A bucket of water is on a spring scale. sink. multiple choice. Concept 13 39 15:07. section 7. multiple choice.

ﬁxed. assuming the air is not compressed. How much deeper will it ﬂoat when loaded with a 400 kg horse? Part 2 of 2 If the barge can only be pushed 27 cm deeper into the water before water overﬂows to sink it. You lower a 1 kg solid gold statue into a container of water and measure the volume of displaced water. What it the container’s average density? Concept 13 E10 15:07. < 1 min. two 2. an empty bag weighs more because the air inside tries to rise.Chapter 15. six 6. If you shave oﬀ the 1 cm above the water. and ﬂoats in water. < 1 min. seven 7. Water density is 1000 kg/m3 . > 1 min. normal. numeric. A salvage ship is able to raise a container ﬁlled with unknown material from the ocean ﬂoor to the water surface. wording-variable. < 1 min. None of these Concept 14 24 15:07. An ice cube measures 10 cm on the side. highSchool. highSchool. Yes. The ship captain knows that the overall density of the container is 5 times the density of water. numeric. 2. how many cm of the remaining ice would extend above water level? Concept 13 E09 15:07. but cannot raise it 416 above the water. highSchool. an empty bag weighs less because air inside would contribute to its weight. or whether he will need the help of more than one additional ship. 4. Will the readings diﬀer? 1. highSchool. highSchool. On a sensitive balance. What volume will verify that it is pure gold if the density of gold is 19. It depends on the type of plastic. ﬁve 5. 5. Then weigh the bag when air is in it. No. Yes. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle 15:07. One cm extends above the water level. normal. weigh an empty ﬂat thin plastic bag. How many ships with equal lifting capacity will be required to lift the container? 1. Concept 14 28 . > 1 min. normal. numeric. how many 400 kg horses can it carry? Concept 13 E05 15:07. one 8. section 7. multiple choice. 3. It depends on how much air is in the bag. four 4. normal. three 3. Part 1 of 2 A rectangular barge 5 m long and 2 m wide ﬂoats in fresh water. The density of the ocean water is 1025 kg/m3 . A partially ﬁlled plastic container ﬂoats in the ocean with 90% of its volume below the surface. and he wonders whether one other ship with a crane of equal capacity will be enough to help him lift the container above the water.3 g/cm3 ? Concept 13 E07 15:07. highSchool. numeric. multiple choice. > 1 min.

multiple choice. Yes. 2. Will a steel tank rise if ﬁlled with helium? 5. 5. the remaining balloon will rise. B. A balloon’s size doesn’t change when helium in the balloon is replaced with less dense hydrogen. the remaining balloon will drop. B. B) a glass bottle ﬁlled with helium at atmospheric pressure. Yes. 2. Yes. but the density of helium should be much less than that in the balloon. Yes. B 3. Concept 14 34 15:07. No. Two identical balloons of the same volume are pumped up with air to more than atmospheric pressure and suspended on opposite ends of a stick that is horizontally balanced. highSchool. ﬁxed. Yes. No. A 4. multiple choice. Concept 14 30 15:07. multiple choice. 4. because the volume is still the same. > 1 min. < 1 min. highSchool. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle 15:07. because the air inside of the balloon weighs as much as the displaced air. > 1 min. B. A. 4. A balloon ﬁlled with helium rises in the air. highSchool. ﬁxed. One of the balloons is then punched. 1. if the amount of helium is the same as that in the balloon. B 6. 3. < 1 min. there is nothing you can ﬁll the tank with that will make it rise. It’s impossible to tell without a measurement. C) an empty glass bottle (vacuum inside). A) a glass bottle ﬁlled with air at atmospheric pressure. C. C. C. ﬁxed. Put the following objects in order by their weights with the heaviest ﬁrst. Two balloons with the same weight and volume are ﬁlled with equal amounts of helium. if the tank has the same volume as the balloon. but at the same time the buoyant force is smaller on it. C 2. 6. ﬁxed. Yes. to make the tank rise a diﬀerent gas should be used. 4. < 1 min. ﬁxed. No. A Concept 14 29 15:07. because the balloon is now lighter. Concept 14 33 15:07. 417 1. Will the balance stick be upset? 1. C. Yes. No. section 7. 2. A. 3. . A. because the punched balloon is lighter. Yes.Chapter 15. highSchool. multiple choice. because the buoyant force depends on the density. Does the buoyant force on the balloon change? 1. but it will take a lot more helium. 3. C 5. multiple choice. No. B. No. because the balloons weigh the same with or without air. A. highSchool.

remains the same 4. 4000 kg/m3 5. increases at ﬁrst. The volume of the displaced air is 30. 2. the expandable one 3. 5. The air displaced by the balloon weighs 30. Which of the following is correct? 1. Concept 14 57 15:07. 4. The density of water is 1000 kg/m3 . highSchool. The balloon displaces 30. 125 kg/m3 4. The same reason that makes planes ﬂy in the sky. then decreases . Iron ships have large air pockets inside them. numeric. what happens to the balloon’s density? 1. ﬁxed.000 liters times the density of air. < 1 min. They will rise to the same level. Conceptual 10 Q13 15:07. because air is not a liquid. If you submerge a ﬂexible air-ﬁlled balloon under water. making them less dense than water and thus able to ﬂoat. highSchool. Conceptual 10 Q17 15:07. What is the density of this piece of wood? 1. ﬁxed. highSchool. A piece of wood from a nearby construction site ﬂoats near the shore of a lake. the rigid one 2. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle One is rigid and the other is free to expand as the pressure outside decreases. < 1 min. highSchool. A dense plastic toy of mass 3 kg is ﬂoating just beneath the surface of a pond. It’s impossible to predict. The balloon displaces no air. multiple choice.000 N. 500 kg/m3 2. The total weight of the balloon (including its load) is 30. multiple choice. 3. 3. 2000 kg/m3 3.000 cubic meters. More information is needed. You are hovering at low altitude in a hotair balloon.000 liters of air. 2. normal. < 1 min. < 1 min. ﬁxed. wording-variable. decreases 3. multiple choice. Conceptual 10 09 15:07. section 7. increases 2. They are composed of diﬀerent types of iron. It ﬂoats in 418 very calm water with half of its volume just above the surface. 4. Why do some iron objects such as ships ﬂoat when placed in water while other iron objects such as nails sink? 1. highSchool. The air displaced by the balloon weighs 30.000 N. neither accelerating upward nor downward. multiple choice. Which one will rise higher when released? 1.Chapter 15. < 1 min. What is the buoyant force on it? Conceptual 10 10 15:07.

decreases at ﬁrst. (Of course. volleyball A 2. increases at ﬁrst. < 1 min. being denser than water. then increases 6. multiple choice. ﬁxed. multiple choice. bowling ball B B Which feels a greater buoyant force? 1. Unable to determine Conceptual 10 Q20 15:07. increases 2. volleyball A 2. multiple choice. A ﬂexible helium-ﬁlled party balloon is released in the atmosphere. increases at ﬁrst. What happens to the buoyant force on the balloon as it gains altitude? 1. Unable to determine Conceptual 10 Q18 15:07. 419 Suppose that a volleyball A and a bowling ball B are completely submerged in water and have the same volume. Which feels a greater buoyant force? 1. < 1 min. highSchool. remains the same 4. increases 2. then increases 6. < 1 min. A helium-ﬁlled party balloon is released in the atmosphere. highSchool. Unable to determine A B ﬁxed. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle 5. you would have to hold the volleyball beneath the water to keep it from popping up to the surface. Assume they have the same volume. They feel the same buoyant force. As it gains altitude. as in the ﬁgure. ﬁxed. what happens to the density of the balloon? 1. then decreases 5. is completely submerged in water. section 7. < 1 min. decreases 3. 4. bowling ball B 3.) Conceptual 10 Q21 15:07. so that its volume cannot change. multiple choice. Imagine that the balloon is rigid. decreases at ﬁrst. A . remains the same 4. then increases 6. Unable to determine Conceptual 10 Q19 15:07. then decreases 5. and a bowling ball B. ﬁxed. highSchool.Chapter 15. decreases at ﬁrst. highSchool. Suppose that a volleyball A ﬂoats on the water. decreases 3.

Unable to determine 420 Where would it be easiest to ﬂoat. decreases 3. < 1 min. Helga. ﬁxed. it is possible to walk on a sea of mercury. 2. multiple choice. < 1 min. ﬁxed. A wedge-shaped piece of wood ﬂoats in water with the widest part on the bottom and the narrowest part on top. decreases 3. highSchool. too. highSchool. a fresh-water lake 3. ﬁxed. Helga. 4.Chapter 15. a very salty sea Conceptual 10 Q22 15:07. You’ll sink in the mercury. multiple choice. Helga says that although it’s impossible to walk on a sea of water. 3. Unable to determine Part 2 of 2 How does the reading on scale B change? 1. < 1 min. you will only sink enough so that about half of your calf muscles is submerged. remains the same 4. remains the same 4. ﬁxed. section 7. Unable to determine Conceptual 10 Q25 15:07. B 1. water and mercury have similar properties. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A 20-N rock hangs from a spring scale. mercury is much denser than water. 4. Unable to determine 1. multiple choice. There is no diﬀerence. multiple choice. but is not allowed to touch the bottom of the beaker. How does the reading on the scale A change? A 2. < 1 min. Ali. Ali disagrees with her statement. mercury is a kind of metal but water is not. a very salty sea or a fresh-water lake? Conceptual 10 Q30 15:07. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle 3. water If we want the wood to displace the least . increases 2. The rock is lowered into a beaker of water that sits on another spring scale. highSchool. increases 2. Who is right and why? 1. Conceptual 10 Q32 15:07. They feel the same buoyant force. She claims that if you step into a pool of mercury.

> 1 min.ho . shows an increase. highSchool.7 m below the surface of the water. When you gently push down on the pan of the scale. normal. If the density of the cork is 200 kg/m3 and the volume of the cork is 3 cm3 . 3. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle amount of water. normal. 2. numeric. doesn’t change. Likewise if you do the same on the rim of a beaker full of water. 1. 4. highSchool. > 1 min.352 N Cube in Liquid and Oil e1 15:07. .02352 N 2.01176 N 4. the display show an increase in force. 3. scale However. 0. multiple choice. > 1 min. then what is the tension in the string? g = 9. The actual depth of the cork is 0. A cube of wood whose edge is 12 mm is in equlibrium just submerged in a liquid with a layer of oil on top of the liquid as shown in the picture. A cork is held at the bottom of a bucket of water by a piece of string. Figuring Physics 10 15:07. 0. The density of wood is 1000 kg/m3 .2352 N 3. what if you immerse you ﬁnger in the water. Determine the thickness. It doesn’t matter. Leave it as is.8 m/s2 . ﬁxed. and that of the oil is 606 kg/m3 . numeric.Chapter 15. 0. what should we do? 1. Turn it over. 2. Assme the density of water is 1000 kg/m3 . 0. Cork in water 15:07. highSchool. without touching the beaker? Then the scale reading 1. section 7. Rotate it 90◦ . of the layer of oil. 7 m h 12 mm ho Wood liquid air oil 421 The cube of wood has one of its faces parallel to the liquid surface. that of the liquid is 1296 kg/m3 . shows a decrease. 2.

Consider a solid brass cube and a solid brass sphere that have equal surface areas. Part 1 of 2 A piece of metal weighs 50.8 kg rectangular air mattress is 2. A piece of solid iron sinks in a container of molten iron. Floats in Water Sinks in Oil 15:07. ﬁxed. numeric. lower 4. Not enough information given Figuring Physics 29 15:07. Holt SF 09A 01 15:07. < 1 min. What is wrong? 1. highSchool. > 1 min. highSchool. A 2.100 m thick. cube. > 1 min. wordingvariable. ﬁxed. and 0. more information on the density of the object and ﬂuids is needed. highSchool. A piece of solid copper sinks in a container of molten copper. 2. upset and the stick rotates clockwise. the balance of the stick is 1. 3. 3. wordingvariable. A pair of identical balloons are inﬂated with air and suspended on the ends of a stick that is horizontally balanced. the one experiencing the greater buoyant force is the 1. highSchool. 4. multiple choice.0 N in an unknown liquid. multiple choice. numeric. 422 ject until the oil completely covers the object. When the object ﬂoats in water. half of the object is submerged. Both the same 4.500 m wide. What mass can it support in water before . Holt SF 09A 02 15:07. 3. 0. unchanged. a) Find the density of the metal. If oil is poured slowly onto the top of the ob- Hewitt CP9 15 E43 15:07. ﬁxed. stay at the same position 3. When the balloon on the left is punctured.0 N in air. When both are completely submerged in water. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the density of the unknown liquid. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle Figuring Physics 26 15:07.Chapter 15. A piece of solid aluminum sinks in a container of molten aluminum. 36. highSchool. ﬁxed. A piece of ice sinks in a container of molten water. 2.00 m long. upset and the stick rotates counterclockwise. Consider an object that ﬂoats in water but sinks in oil. multiple choice. rise 2. and 41. 2.0 N in water. multiple choice. section 7. < 1 min. < 1 min. highSchool. sphere. the object will 1. > 1 min.

it weighs 265 N. When it is immersed in oil. numeric. highSchool. as shown. What is the weight of the truck? Holt SF 09A 04 15:07. > 1 min. Estimate the cross-sectional area of the ship at water level. > 1 min. > 1 min. > 1 min. highSchool.0 N in air and 200. A sample of an unknown material weighs If the bowl has a radius of 6 cm and negligible mass.700 × 103 kg/m3 .0 × 106 N is placed on a battleship. Holt SF 09Rev 09 15:07. highSchool. A frog in a hemispherical bowl. the ship sinks only 2. highSchool. what is the mass of the frog? Holt SF 09Rev 41 15:07.81 m/s2 . What is the magnitude of the buoyant force acting on the balloon? Part 2 of 2 What is the magnitude of the net force acting on the balloon? Holt SF 09Rev 08 15:07. numeric. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 . the boat sinks 4. The ﬁlled balloon has a radius of 0. When a load of 1. normal. The balloon is ﬁlled with helium at 0◦ C. ¡ 423 300. numeric. numeric. numeric. it weighs 269 N.Chapter 15.1 kg beaker containing 2 kg of oil with a density of 916 kg/m3 rests on a scale. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the density of the oil. and immersed in water. as shown. > 1 min. > 1 min. just ﬂoats in a ﬂuid with a density of 1350 kg/m3 . a) Find the density of the object. A ferry boat is 4 m m wide and 6 m m long. wordingvariable. When tied to a string.81 m/s2 . Part 1 of 2 A 1. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle sinking? Holt SF 09A 03 15:07. and a density of 0.5 cm in sea water. A 2 kg block of iron with a density of 7860 kg/m3 is suspended from a spring scale and completely submerged in the oil. section 7. When a truck pulls onto it. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. Part 1 of 2 An empty rubber balloon has a mass of 0. What is the density of the material? Holt SF 09Rev 36 15:07. The acceleration of gravity is 9. . normal. highSchool. numeric.0120 kg. The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 N when submerged in an alcohol solution with a density of 0. Holt SF 09Rev 43 15:07.00 cm in the water. wordingvariable.179 kg/m3 . wordingvariable. highSchool. highSchool. The acceleration of gravity is 9. connected to a balance. 1 atm pressure. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 An object weighs 315 N in air.500 m. numeric.

> 1 min. A light spring with a spring constant of 90. A block of wood weighs 50. A 2. > 1 min. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle surface of the oil? 424 Holt SF 09Rev 53 15:07. wordingvariable. The oil completely covers the block. When the raft is placed in fresh water having a density of 1. A sinker is hanging from the block.0 kg/m3 is added and ﬂoats on top of the water. highSchool. What is the depth of the oil layer when the top of the soap is just level with the upper . The magnitude of the force within the spring that pulls it back toward its unstretched position is equal to k ∆x. numeric. wordingvariable. Holt SF 09Rev 59 15:07. A rectangular block of wood 4. How far below the interface between the two liquids is the bottom of the block? Holt SF 09Rev 54 15:07. wordingvariable. wordingvariable.00 g balloon is ﬁlled with helium (0 ◦C and 1 atm pressure) to a volume of 5. Part 2 of 2 Find the equilibrium reading of the lower scale. A raft is constructed of wood having a density of 600. Bath oil with a density of 899. as shown. > 1 min. numeric.0 × 103 kg/m3 .600 m3 .0 N. A 2. highSchool. numeric. When the wood-sinker combination is completely immersed. Find the density of the block. 2 kg Find the equilibrium reading of the spring scale (the upper scale). and the volume of the raft is 0.Chapter 15.0 N/m rests vertically on a table.81 m/s2 . > 1 min.00 m3 and connected to the spring. numeric.0 N when the sinker alone is immersed in water. and the weight of the wood-sinker combination is 200. the weight is 140. The acceleration of gravity is 9. > 1 min.7 m2 . section 7. Holt SF 09Rev 44 15:07. causing the spring to stretch. highSchool.00 cm high and with a density of 960 kg/m3 ﬂoats partly in the oil and partly in the water. highSchool. The surface area of the bottom of the raft is 5. numeric.900 cm of the bar underwater.0 cm thick bar of soap is ﬂoating in water.0 N in air.0 kg/m3 . how deep is the bottom of the raft below water level? Holt SF 09Rev 52 15:07. highSchool. wordingvariable. with 1. Oil having a density of 930 kg/m3 ﬂoats on water.

0 kg hollow ball with a radius of 0. numeric. Determine its initial acceleration. A small ball 0. highSchool. highSchool.200 m is ﬁlled with helium at 0 ◦ C and 1 atm pressure. spherical shell with a mass of 4. numeric.00 kg and diameter of 0. > 1 min. section 7. normal. The magnitude of the force pulling the spring back to its unstretched position equals k ∆x.Chapter 15. > 1 min.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9. ﬁxed. Disregard any energy transferred to the water during impact and sinking. Holt SF 09Rev 69 15:07. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . The acceleration of gravity is 9.0 ◦ C and 1. Part 2 of 2 b) How long will it take for the top of the shell to reach the surface? Disregard frictional eﬀects. > 1 min. highSchool. A 1. Disregard the air resistance on the balloon. highSchool.00 × 10−3 kg block of wood with a density of 650. A light spring with a spring constant of 16. as shown in (b). highSchool.6 times as dense as water is dropped from a height of 10 m m above the surface of a smooth lake. . a) Determine the upward acceleration of the shell. It is then released from rest on the bottom of a pool of water that is 4. and the mass-spring system is allowed to come to static equilibrium. How much does the spring stretch? Submerged Ping Pong Ball 02 15:07. m ∆x k k (a) (b) ∆x k (a) k (b) How much does the spring stretch when the system is in equilibrium? Holt SF 09Rev 63 15:07.0 kg/m3 is connected to the spring. Holt SF 09Rev 65 15:07. > 1 min. numeric. numeric. highSchool. A 5. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Holt SF 09Rev 64 15:07. > 1 min. How high above the water does the ball rise? Disregard friction and the ball’s motion when it is only partially submerged.0 N/m rests vertically on the bottom of a large beaker of water. rigid.81 m/s2 . wordingvariable.0 m deep pool of water. A light balloon is ﬁlled with helium at 0. wordingvariable. numeric. wordingvariable. Determine the maximum depth to which the ball will sink.00 m deep. Part 1 of 2 A thin. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle 425 Holt SF 09Rev 68 15:07.0 atm and then released from the ground.10 m is ﬁlled with air and is released from rest at the bottom of a 2. > 1 min. as shown in (a). numeric. wordingvariable.81 m/s2 .

All eggs have the same volume. One of the two glasses has some ice cubes ﬂoating in it.8 cm and average density of 0. < 1 min. multiple choice. Not enough information is given. Buoyant Forces and Archimedes’ Principle A Ping-Pong ball has a diameter of 3. What is the assumption behind this recipe? 1. in which glass is the level of the water higher? 1. > 1 min. 2. When pickling cucumbers or other vegetables. 3.8 m/s2 and 4 the volume of a ball is V = πR3 . 4.084 g/cm3 . section 7. 2. What force would be required to hold it completely submerged under water? Testing Brine with an Egg 02 15:07. The acceleration of gravity is 9. Two identical glasses are ﬁlled to the same level with water. highSchool. All eggs have the same weight. Two Glasses 15:07. All eggs have the same density. The glass without ice cubes. The glass without ice cubes. highSchool. 2. 5. When the ice cubes melt. multiple choice. One of the two glasses has ice cubes ﬂoating in it. 4. 3. The glass with ice cubes. ﬁxed. They weigh the same. An old recipe recommends putting an egg into the pickling solution and making sure it neither sinks nor ﬂoats: A sinking egg indicates too little salt while an egg that ﬂoats on the surface indicates too much salt. where R is 3 the radius of the ball. multiple choice.Chapter 15. highSchool. < 1 min. it’s very important to use the right amount of salt. Which glass weighs more? 1. The glass with ice cubes. It is the same in both. 3. ﬁxed. 426 Which Level is Higher 15:07. The salt tends to neutralize the cholesterol in the egg. Two identical glasses are ﬁlled to the same level with water. . All eggs have the same shape. ﬁxed.

Which of the following explains why correctly? 1. A child sits in a car at a traﬃc light holding a helium-ﬁlled balloon. 3. highSchool. But the balloon is pushed forward by the air inside of the car that is accelerating with the car. 5. the girl’s head tends to stay where it was and pitches backwards. When the light turn green and the car accelerates forward. 427 . her head pitches backward but the balloon pitches forward. multiple choice. Fluid Dynamics Concept 14 27 15:08. Inertia acts on the girl’s head but a pressure diﬀerence acts on the balloon. so it reacts more severely to the acceleration. ﬁxed. When the car accelerates forward. but in opposite directions. section 8. Buoyant forces act on both the girl’s head and the balloon. > 1 min. The windows are up and the car is relatively airtight. The law of inertia acts on both the girl’s head and the balloon.Chapter 15. 2. The girl’s head is much denser than the balloon. but they act in opposite directions. 4.

< 1 min. What is the the ﬂow speed of the gas? Holt SF 09Rev 60 15:09. > 1 min. highSchool. highSchool. > 1 min. A 4 meter long hose of 2 cm diameter is connected to a faucet. Holt SF 09Rev 51 15:09. > 1 min.5 m long. The average ﬂow speed is about 1. 2.5 m/s. estimate the number of capillaries in the circulatory system.55 m3 of gas per second. highSchool. At the open end of the hose.0 cm. highSchool.0 m/s in the aorta and 1. He uses a hose having a diameter of 2. numeric.0 × 103 cm2 . ﬁxed.0 cm2 . the 20 mm hose. The wide part 3. blood flow 428 The approximate inside diameter of the aorta is 1.Chapter 15. Through which hose is the velocity of water v faster? 1.0 g/cm3 in the aorta if the ﬂow speed is 42 cm/s. and a 3 meter long Through which part of the artery is the ﬂux (mass of blood per unit time) largest? 1. Two Hoses Connected 15:09. Part 2 of 2 Assume that the aorta branches to form a large number of capillaries with a combined cross-sectional area of 3. > 1 min. A cowboy at a ranch ﬁlls a water trough that is 1.0 × 10−6 m. multiple choice. If all the blood in the aorta eventually ﬂows through the capillaries. . section 9. and 45 cm deep.250 m delivers 1.6 cm. wordingvariable. the other 15 mm in diameter are connected one behind the other to a faucet. Holt SF 09Rev 62 15:09. 65 cm wide. How long does it take the cowboy to ﬁll the trough? Two Hoses 02 15:09. 4. the answer depends on which of the two hoses comes ﬁrst in the ﬂow. Blood ﬂows through a coronary artery that is partially blocked by deposits along the artery wall. The ﬂux is the same in both parts. the 15 mm hose. wordingvariable. A natural-gas pipeline with a diameter of 0. wordingvariable. The narrow part 2. and that of a capillary is 1. < 1 min. highSchool. Streamlines and the Equation of Continuity Blood ﬂow 15:09. numeric. Two hoses. ﬁxed. multiple choice. the velocity of water is the same in both cases. Calculate the ﬂow rate (in grams per second) of blood of 1. multiple choice. numeric. one 20 mm in diameter. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 The aorta in an average adult has a crosssectional area of 2.0 cm/s in the capillaries. numeric. highSchool. What is the ﬂow speed in the capillaries? Holt SF 09Rev 61 15:09. the ﬂow of water measures 10 liters per minute. ﬁxed. and the water emerges from the hose at 1. 3. > 1 min. wordingvariable.

1 5. 8 429 . 1/2 4. which has a diameter of 4 cm diameter.Chapter 15.5 liters/minute. 1/4 3. The open end of the second hose is 2 meters higher than the faucet. 3/2 6. At the open end of the second hose water ﬂows out at a rate of 2. 1/8 2. Streamlines and the Equation of Continuity hose. section 9. 2 7. 4 8. is connected to the end of the ﬁrst hose. What is the ratio of the speed of the water in the second hose to the speed of the water ﬂowing in the ﬁrst hose? 1.

highSchool. multiple choice. wording-variable. potential energy 5. Px = Pu . u. The pipe diameter increases and then remains constant. not enough information available. 4.Chapter 15. 430 4. 2. not enough information available. 3. x. at locations i = y . Pw = Py . vu = vy . 4. kinetic energy Bernoulli Principle 15:10. total mechanical energy 6. not enough information available. Pw < Py . The relationship between the magnitude of the velocity v ≡ v at position y and u is 1. vu < vy . multiple choice. Px > Pu . Pw > Py . 2. Pu > Py . Part 4 of 4 The relationship between the pressure P at position y and u is x w 1. indeterminable. section 10. < 1 min. linear momentum 3. Px < Pu . 4. 3. < 1 min. angular momentum 4. Pu = Py . 2. Pi is the pressure and vi is the speed of the ﬂuid. 3. Part 2 of 4 The relationship between the pressure P at position u and x is 1. indeterminable. Part 1 of 4 Assume: The ﬂuid is incompressible and non-viscous. Figuring Physics 19 15:10. . Pu < Py . ﬁxed. Bernoulli’s Equation Bernoulli Derivation 02 15:10. Part 3 of 4 The relationship between the pressure P at position y and w is 1. Bernoulli’s equation can be derived from conservation of: 1. Shown below is a cross-section of a vertical view of a pipe discharging a ﬂuid into the atmosphere at its highest elevation. > 1 min. indeterminable. indeterminable. multiple choice. pressure 2. 3. highSchool. y u 2. vu > vy . not enough information available. highSchool. and w.

The rate of ﬂow of water from the leak is 2. determine the pressure drop in the constriction. When a person inhales. section 10. normal. numeric. . open to the atmosphere at the top and ﬁlled with water. numeric. The acceleration of gravity is 9. numeric. 2. = Ppump − Patm = 43. develops a small hole in its side at a point 16 m below the water level. The acceleration of gravity is 9. You note that the fabric top puﬀs up. numeric.Chapter 15. (abs) Calculate the speed of the water jet emerging from the nozzle. 3.81 m/s2 . The average ﬂow speed of the air doubles when passing through a constriction in the bronchus. what is the speed of the water as it leaves the hole? Assume that the trough is large enough that the relocity of the water at the top is zero. highSchool.81 m/s2 .30 m below the level of the water that is in the tank. highSchool.2 PSI = 297. Holt SF 09D 01 15:10. wordingvariable. Holt SF 09Rev 23 15:10. Assuming the air inside the house is relatively stagnant. Assuming incompressible ﬂow. wordingvariable.854 kPa. A dairy farmer notices that a circular water trough near the barn has become rusty and now has a hole near the base. The acceleration of gravity is 9. what is the pressure diﬀerence at the roof between the inside air and the outside air? Part 2 of 2 What net force does this pressure diﬀerence produce on a roof having an area of 175 m2 ? Holt SF 09Rev 39 15:10. Both Fireman and Hose 02 15:10. Bernoulli’s Equation ﬁxed. To explain this interesting phenomenon it is easiest to invoke 1. highSchool. highSchool. highSchool. Holt SF 09Rev 38 15:10. air moves down the windpipe at 15 cm/s. wordingvariable.0 m/s over the roof of your house. If the top of the trough is open to the atmosphere. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A large storage tank. Determine the speed at which the water leaves the hole. Bernoulli’s principle. Part 2 of 2 Determine the diameter of the hole. > 1 min. The lower end of the hose (10 m below the nozzle) is connected to the pump outlet of diameter 3 inch. > 1 min. Newton’s laws. wordingvariable.8 m/s2 . > 1 min. > 1 min. A ﬁreman standing on a 10 m high ladder operates a water hose with a round nozzle of diameter 2 inch. > 1 min. You’re driving in a convertible car with the top up and the windows closed. wordingvariable. The gauge pressure of the water at the pump is Ppump (gauge) 431 Holt SF 09D 03 15:10. numeric. numeric.5 × 10−3 m3 /min. Part 1 of 2 The wind blows with a speed of 30. Assume that water is incompressible liquid of density 1000 kg/m3 and negligible viscosity. The hole is 0. > 1 min.

Water ﬂows through a 0. normal.600 m lower. positioned 0.81 m/s2 . > 1 min. The acceleration of gravity is 9. and the acceleration of gravity is 9. How much greater is the blood pressure at the patient’s arm than it would be if the bag were at the same height as the arm? Assume there is no change in drip speed at the diﬀerent heights. The pressure in the pipe is atmospheric.81 m/s2 . section 10. numeric.150 m. > 1 min.200 m3 /s.00 m higher than the level of a patient’s arm.300 m radius pipe at the rate of 0. Holt SF 09Rev 56 15:10. What is the gauge pressure in the lower pipe? . The pipe slants downhill and feeds into a second pipe with a radius of 0. Bernoulli’s Equation A bag of blood with a density of 1050 kg/m3 is raised 1. what is the maximum height ∆ymax (above the opening of the spigot) attained by the water stream coming out of the discharge spigot (at B)? Holt SF 09Rev 58 15:10. A 432 9. Assume the cross-sectional area at A is very large compared with that at B. numeric. highSchool.Chapter 15. wordingvariable. A water tank with a valve at the bottom is shown. The acceleration of gravity is 9.5 m value B 6 m 45 ∆ymax ◦ If this valve is opened.81 m/s2 . highSchool.

< 1 min. Conceptual 10 Q08 15:12. highSchool. 2. multiple choice. this will create a larger upward force. Bernoulli eﬀect 3. normal. Let the density of the liquid be 750 kg/m3 and the diameter of the tube be 7. 2.. normal. ﬁxed. numeric. Conceptual 10 Q09 15:12. Archimedes’ principles 2. Is there an angle beyond which it becomes detrimental to the lift? 1. section 12. A plane usually extends ﬂaps from its wings during takeoﬀ and landing. The ideal gas law Siphon 02 15:12. multiple choice. but it is always able to support the weight of the plane. 4. the vertical distance between the surface of the liquid to the point at the top of the siphon. Part 1 of 2 A siphon consists of a ﬂexible tube with the same cross section throughout the tube. multiple choice. the upward lift may be insuﬃcient to maintain altitude and the plane may stall. < 1 min. highSchool.e. 3. the upward lift will change to downward force. for this siphon to work? 4. 433 4. 3. It is used to drain a special liquid from a tank. < 1 min.5 cm . ﬁxed. ﬁxed. Conceptual 10 Q26 15:12. > 1 min.Chapter 15. No. Yes.5 m . highSchool. The appearance of the plane would be great. From the Bernoulli eﬀect. h 7. highSchool.5 cm What is the maximum height h. No.8 m/s2 and Patm = 101300 N/m2 . How much lift is exerted on the wings of an airplane that have a total surface area of 100 m2 when the diﬀerence in air pressure below and above the wings is 4% of atmospheric pressure? Normal atmospheric pressure is 100000 N/m2 . This is a safety precaution and has nothing to do with the lift on takeoﬀ. Let the siphon discharge a distance 4. the upward lift won’t change as the attack increases. Yes.5 m below the surface of the liquid. the angle of attack (the angle that a wing makes with the ground) increases. From Archimedes’ principle. The acceleration of gravity is 9. i. Newton’s third law 4. multiple choice. highSchool. the upward lift may change. Other Applications of Fluid Dynamics Concept 14 E10 15:12. < 1 min. if the angle is more than 60◦ . this will create more buoyant force. What explains why a baseball pitcher could throw a curve ball? 1. As a plane climbs. What is a reasonable explanation? 1.

highSchool.5 m . A siphon (a ﬂexible tube with a circular cross section) is used to drain water from a tank. > 1 min. the water cannot sustain a negative pressure. Other Applications of Fluid Dynamics Part 2 of 2 Consider the operation for the siphon where the height h = 0. the vertical distance between the surface of the liquid to the point at the top of the siphon. y B yB A h b C yC 0 What is the maximum vertical distance h between the top of the bend B and the exit end C . A siphon consists of a ﬂexible tube with the same cross section throughout the tube. 434 3. multiple choice. 2. a steady ﬂow within the tube. section 12.5 m below the surface of the liquid. no friction for the water. h = yA h 7. beyond which water ﬂow is not possible? Patm +b ρg Patm 2.Chapter 15. ﬁxed.. h = ρg 1. Siphon 03 15:12. h = b − ρg Patm −b 3. i. for this siphon to work? Siphon 04 15:12. less than the maximum as deﬁned in Part 1. highSchool. Assume: 1.8 m/s2 and Patm = 101300 N/m2 . at least from the water surface through the bend to the exit end.e. Let the density of the liquid be 750 kg/m3 and the diameter of the tube be 7. > 1 min. Let the siphon discharge a distance 4. normal. The acceleration of gravity is 9. It is used to drain a special liquid from a tank. h = ρg Patm 4. 4. multiple choice.5 cm What is the maximum height h. Find the speed of liquid ﬂow at the exit of the siphon tube.5 cm .75 m .

highSchool. Two waves have the same speed. normal. Compare the wavelength of the two waves. Wave Characteristics and Propagation Concept 19 01 16:01. . Yes. < 1 min. Using this raft as a measuring tool. What is the period that corresponds to frequency 0. highSchool. multiple choice. normal. Andrea asked her brother to take a 6 ft ﬂoating raft out of the water near the waveswept shore.2 Hz? Concept 19 02 16:01. How many waves hit the beach in 15 s? Conceptual 14 03 16:01. numeric. numeric.5 minutes you make 45 pushes. multiple choice. Radio waves travel at the speed of light: 300000 km/s. ﬁxed. Conceptual 14 Q04 16:01. What form will waves have in the water if a stone is tossed into smoothly ﬂowing water? 1. highSchool. Andrea was watching her brother in the ocean and noticed that the waves were coming into the beach at a frequency of 0. highSchool. section 1. > 1 min. < 1 min. ﬁxed. normal. < 1 min. Not enough information is provided. Plane waves will form and travel downstream. < 1 min. < 1 min.1 MHz on your FM radio dial? Concept 20 01 16:01. 2. normal. normal. Part 1 of 2 If an ocean wave passes a stationary point every 3 s and has a velocity of 12 m/s. 2. highSchool. 3. How fast are these surface ocean waves if 1 the frequency remains Hz? 3 Conceptual 14 04 16:01. Elliptical waves will form and will travel downstream.Chapter 16. Toss a stone in still water and concentric circles are formed. < 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min. The moving water will have no eﬀect on the concentric circles. What is the frequency of your swing? Conceptual 14 02 16:01. 4. elliptical waves will be 435 You push your little sister on a swing and in 1. the amplitude can be calculated from this information. highSchool. numeric. The ﬁrst has twice the frequency of the second. The same circles will form and travel downstream. What is the wavelength of radio waves received at 100. what is the wavelength of the wave? Part 2 of 2 Can the amplitude be determined? 1. multiple choice. The ﬁrst has half the wavelength of the Conceptual 14 01 16:01. < 1 min. highSchool. 5. Standing formed. she estimated that the wavelengths of these particular ocean waves were about 9 ft. numeric. What is the frequency corresponding to a period of 5 s? Concept 19 05 16:01. multiple choice. 1. normal. normal. numeric.933333 Hz. highSchool.

Wave Characteristics and Propagation second. Why do waves break as they approach the shore? 1. 2. highSchool. 2. highSchool. multiple choice. The second has half the wavelength of the ﬁrst. Energy is transferred by the longitudinal motion of the wave. highSchool. Cannot be determined Part 2 of 2 How is energy transferred by a wave? 1. multiple choice. They have the same wavelength. 2. 5. the speed of the object and its location 2. 3 3. ﬁxed. < 1 min. 3. numeric. multiple choice. 5 2. wording-variable. < 1 min. 3. 4. ﬁxed. 2. How many nodes are in the standing wave pattern shown? 1. the speed of the object 3. 2 6. It moves in the direction the waves are moving. The ﬁrst has one third the wavelength of the second. Conceptual 14 Q06 16:01. The second has one third the wavelength of the ﬁrst. The wave speed increases as the water gets shallow. the top of the wave gets ahead of 436 the bottom of the wave. 2. 4 5. It will move up and down as a result of the waves. Conceptual 14 Q14 16:01. 7 Conceptual 14 Q16 16:01. the location of the object Conceptual 14 Q18 16:01. Energy is transferred by the up and down motion of the wave. < 1 min. highSchool. What type of unique information might a Doppler radar give you that ordinary radar would not? 1. The wave speed decreases as the water gets shallow.Chapter 16. 6 4. the bottom of the wave gets ahead of the top of the wave causing it to break. ﬁxed. Cannot be determined Conceptual 14 Q09 16:01. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 What happens to a piece of driftwood in a lake with waves? 1. If the speed of a wave doubles while the . causing it to break. < 1 min. numeric. < 1 min. section 1. highSchool.

highSchool. highSchool.00 × 108 m/s. > 1 min. The frequency reduces by half. > 1 min. numeric. What requires a physical medium in which to travel? 1. light 3. ﬁxed. a) What value does this give for the speed of sound in air? Part 2 of 2 b) What would be the wavelength of the wave produced by this tuning fork in water in which sound travels at 1500 m/s? Holt SF 12Rev 36 16:01.00 × 109 Hz. Wave Characteristics and Propagation wavelength remains the same.Chapter 16. ﬁxed. > 1 min. Microwaves travel at the speed of light.0 × 1012 MHz? Holt SF 12D 03 16:01. Part 1 of 3 The speed of all electromagnetic waves in empty space is 3. numeric. < 1 min. 2. > 1 min. Find the frequency of the laser light. Part 1 of 2 A tuning fork produces a sound with a frequency of 256 Hz and a wavelength in air of 1. ﬁxed. multiple choice. Neither sound nor light Holt SF 12D 01 16:01. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 A piano emits frequencies that range from a low of about 28 Hz to a high of about 4200 Hz. Cannot be determined Hewitt CP9 26 E10 16:01.20 × 10−7 . Holt SF 12D 04 16:01. numeric. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the minimum wavelength in air attained by this instrument.00 × 108 m/s. section 1. The red light emitted by a He-Ne laser has a wavelength of 633 nm in air and travels at 3. Both sound and light 4. 437 a) What is the wavelength of radio waves emitted at 88. highSchool. wordingvariable. > 1 min. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 Green light has a wavelength of 5. what is their wavelength? Holt SF 12Rev 48 16:01. The frequency doubles. 3. sound 2. When the frequency of microwaves is 9. a) Find the maximum wavelength in air attained by this instrument when the speed of sound in air is 340 m/s. numeric. 3. 4. highSchool. The frequency remains the same. Holt SF 12D 02 16:01.35 m. wordingvariable.0 × 108 MHz? Part 3 of 3 c) What is the wavelength of X rays emitted at 3. highSchool. > 1 min. highSchool.0 MHz? Part 2 of 3 b) What is the wavelength of visible light emitted at 6. numeric.00 × 108 m/s. numeric. what happens to the frequency? 1. wordingvariable.

15 m. wordingvariable. A harmonic wave is traveling along a rope. numeric.0 s. highSchool. Part 2 of 2 Calculate the period of green light waves with this wavelength. Holt SF 12Rev 49 16:01. highSchool. < 1 min. wordingvariable. wordingvariable. True 2. True 2.0 vibrations in 30. 1. Holt SF 12Rev 55 16:01. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 3 You dip your ﬁnger into a pan of water twice each second. Eight crests pass a given point along the direction of travel every 12. ﬁxed. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the minimum wavelength produced by this instrument. wordingvariable. Part 1 of 2 A ray always intersects its wave front at a right angle. Holt SF 12Rev 51 16:01.81 × 10−7 m (381 nm). What is the wavelength? Wave Fronts 16:01.97 × 108 m/s. The distance between two successive crests of a certain transverse wave is 1. > 1 min. numeric. a) Find the maximum wavelength in air produced by this instrument when the speed of sound in air is 340 m/s. Calculate the wave speed. numeric. > 1 min. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 The notes produced by a violin range in frequency from approximately 196 Hz to 2637 Hz. A given crest of the wave travels 425 cm along the rope in a time period of 10. producing waves with crests that are separated by 0. 1. False Part 2 of 2 Wave fronts are closer together where the wave length is smaller. > 1 min. multiple choice. highSchool. Wave Characteristics and Propagation m and travels through the air at a speed of 3. Determine the frequency of these water waves. 438 What is the frequency of the yellow light in the glass block? Holt SF 12Rev 57 16:01. highSchool.20 m. Calculate the frequency of green light waves with this wavelength. highSchool. numeric. The oscillator that generates the wave completes 40. The wavelength of the light in this particular type of glass is 3. numeric.0 s. Part 3 of 3 Determine the speed of these water waves. highSchool. Part 2 of 3 Determine the period of these water waves. Holt SF 12Rev 59 16:01. > 1 min. False .Chapter 16.0 s. Yellow light travels through a certain glass block at a speed of 1. section 1.00 × 108 m/s.

location: repeated measurements of the event from the same location. such as in the ground during earthquakes. location: measurements from two diﬀerent locations. Cannot be determined from the information. section 2. distance: the diﬀerence in time of the waves as they arrive. < 1 min. 4. how could the distance to the disturbance be determined? How could the location of the disturbance be determined? 1. ﬁxed. 2. Transverse wave. distance: the diﬀerence in frequency of the waves as they arrive. 3. 2. Longitudinal wave. If a single disturbance some unknown distance away sends out both transverse and longitudinal waves that travel with distinctly diﬀerent speeds in the medium. multiple choice. What type of wave is this? 1. ﬁxed. < 1 min. 2. distance: the diﬀerence in wavelength of the waves as they arrive. Transverse and Longitudinal Waves Concept 20 26 16:02. 439 . highSchool. location: measurements from three diﬀerent locations. location: measurements from two diﬀerent locations. highSchool. Conceptual 14 Q07 16:02. “Doing the wave” is a common activity in large football stadiums. distance: the diﬀerence in time of the waves as they arrive. multiple choice.Chapter 16.

Speed of a Traveling Wave Holt SF 12Rev 50 16:03. section 3. numeric. A sound wave traveling at 343 m/s is emitted by the foghorn of a tugboat. How far away is the reﬂecting object? 440 .Chapter 16. highSchool.60 s later. wordingvariable. An echo is heard 2. > 1 min.

One-Dimensional Traveling Waves Moving Pulse Wave 16:05. Which graph correctly shows the relation between the displacement s of point P and time t? v P 1. as illustrated. A wave is moving. s t 441 . section 5. ﬁxed. t s 2. t s 4. s t 3.Chapter 16. multiple choice. < 1 min. with uniform speed v along a rope. highSchool.

on a string. > 1 min. normal.Chapter 16. the wave f1 (x) is moving to the right at v1 = +1 m/s and the wave f2 (x) is moving to the left at v2 = −1 m/s. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance (meter) What is the shape of the wave on the string after 3 s? 3 2 1 1. As the problem begins. multiple choice. section 7. a transverse wave that moves to the right f1 (x) and a transverse wave that moves to the left f2 (x). 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 5. Superposition and Interference of Waves Superposition 01 16:07. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 2. You are given two waves. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 6. Amplitude (centimeter) 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 v1 v2 3 2 1 3. highSchool. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 . 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 442 9 10 3 2 1 4.

0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 2. on a string. highSchool. normal. Superposition and Interference of Waves 3 2 1 7. section 7. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance (meter) What is the shape of the wave on the string after 2. As the problem begins. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 10. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 Superposition 02 . You are given two waves. multiple choice. Amplitude (centimeter) 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 v1 v2 3 2 1 8. a transverse wave that moves to the right f1 (x) and a transverse wave that moves to the left f2 (x). 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 443 16:07. the wave f1 (x) is moving to the right at v1 = +1 m/s and the wave f2 (x) is moving to the left at v2 = −1 m/s. 0 -1 -2 -3 3 2 1 9.Chapter 16.5 s? 3 2 1 1. > 1 min.

0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 Superposition 03 . section 7. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 Chapter 16. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 5. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 6. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 9. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 10. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 8. 0 -1 -2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 444 9 10 3 2 1 4. Superposition and Interference of Waves 3 2 1 7.3 2 1 3.

0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 . 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 9 10 3 2 1 5. 1 You are given two waves. Superposition and Interference of Waves 3 16:07. 0 that moves to the right f1 (x) and a transverse -1 wave that moves to the left f2 (x). highSchool.Amplitude (centimeter) Chapter 16. > 1 min. 2 normal. section 7. on a string. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 6. As the problem begins. multiple choice. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 v1 v2 Distance (meter) 3 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 2 1 4. a transverse wave 3. the wave f1 (x) is mov-2 ing to the right at v1 = +1 m/s and the wave -3 f2 (x) is moving to the left at v2 = −1 m/s. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 445 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance (meter) What is the shape of the wave on the string after 3 s? 3 2 1 1. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 2.

0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 446 16:07. on a string. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance (meter) What is the shape of the wave on the string after 2 s? 3 2 1 1. > 1 min. section 7. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 10. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 Superposition 04 . Amplitude (centimeter) 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 v1 v2 3 2 1 8. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 2. normal. the wave f1 (x) is moving to the right at v1 = +1 m/s and the wave f2 (x) is moving to the left at v2 = −1 m/s. highSchool. Superposition and Interference of Waves 3 2 1 7. You are given two waves. As the problem begins. 0 -1 -2 -3 3 2 1 9.Chapter 16. multiple choice. a transverse wave that moves to the right f1 (x) and a transverse wave that moves to the left f2 (x).

0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 8. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 Chapter 16. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 10. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 9. Superposition and Interference of Waves 3 2 1 7. section 7. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 . 0 -1 -2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 447 9 10 3 2 1 4. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 5.3 2 1 3. 0 -1 -2 -3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 6.

There is no special reason to do so. < 1 min. looser. highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool. Copper has density 8920 kg/m3 . and more massive 2. and more massive 3. 1. shorter. Part 1 of 2 A harmonic wave in a wire has amplitude 5 mm. section 8. normal. > 1 min. (b) the tension of the string. What is the tension of the wire? Wave in a Copper Wire 16:08. Determine the wire’s tension. or (c) the thickness or the mass of the string. numeric. longer. tighter. looser.5 mm at speed 50 m/s. < 1 min. multiple choice. Why should guitars be played before they are brought on stage for a concert? 1. highSchool. What is the propagation speed of the wave? Part 2 of 2 The wire has linear mass density of 10 g/m. 448 Sine Wave in a Wire 16:08. and lighter 4. ﬁxed. looser. shorter. so they should be tuned while warm. The Speed of Waves on Strings Concept 21 03 16:08. What is the tension of the wire? . 2. tighter. frequency 300 Hz and wavelength 2 m. numeric. wavelength 1 m. Strings warm up and expand during play. and lighter 5. numeric.Chapter 16. 3. The guitarist should practice before the concert. Guitars have softer sound after preplaying. The wave has amplitude 1 cm. A sinusoidal transverse wave travels along a wire of linear density 5 g/m. longer. 4. Explain how you can lower the pitch of a tone on a guitar by altering (a) the length of the string. Harmonic Wave in a Wire 16:08. normal. A transverse wave runs along a copper wire of radius 0. and more massive Concept 21 04 16:08. normal. longer. multiple choice. and frequency 500 Hz. highSchool. < 1 min. ﬁxed. highSchool.

ﬁxed. 1 m/s A 1m Which of the following shows how the string would look soon after 2 seconds? A 449 Reﬂection 01 16:09. A . A 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance (meter) Consider the image of the wave reﬂected about the FIXED point x = 5 m in the following diagram. Amplitude (centimeter) 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 v 1. At point A. A 5. Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves Fixed End Pulse Reﬂection 16:09.Chapter 16. traveling to the right. the wave is moving to the right at v = 1 m/s. A 3. A pulse moves on a string at 1 m/s. multiple choice. < 1 min. Amplitude (centimeter) 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 v v 4. 2. section 9. As the problem begins. normal. A 8. highSchool. You are given f1 (x). a transverse wave that moves on a string that ends and is FIXED in place at x = 5 m. multiple choice. A 6. > 1 min. highSchool. the string is tightly clamped and cannot move. A 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance (meter) What is the shape of the wave on the string after 3 s? 7. The image will be moving to the left at v = −1 m/s (in the opposite direction from the real wave).

0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 . section 9. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 3. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 8.3 2 1 1. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 Chapter 16. Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves 3 2 1 5. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 6. 0 −1 −2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 450 9 10 3 2 1 2. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 4. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 7.

a transverse wave that moves on a string that ends and is FIXED in place at x = 5 m. section 9. multiple choice. . the wave is moving to the right at v = 1 m/s. You are given f1 (x). > 1 min. highSchool. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance (meter) Consider the image of the wave reﬂected about the FIXED point x = 5 m in the following diagram. Amplitude (centimeter) 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 v 3 2 1 2. normal. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 3. As the problem begins. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Distance (meter) What is the shape of the wave on the string after 3 s? 3 2 1 1. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 Amplitude (centimeter) 2 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 v v 451 3 2 1 10.Chapter 16. Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves 3 1 9. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 Reﬂection 02 16:09. The image will be moving to the left at v = −1 m/s (in the opposite direction from the real wave).

Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves 3 3 2 1 4. multiple choice.Chapter 16. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 9. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 2 1 8. the wave is moving to the right at v = 1 m/s. . normal. 0 −1 −2 −3 9 10 3 2 1 6. a transverse wave that moves on a string that ends and is FIXED in place at x = 5 m. section 9. > 1 min. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 Reﬂection 03 16:09. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 9 10 3 2 1 10. 0 −1 −2 −3 9 10 3 2 1 7. You are given f1 (x). As the problem begins. highSchool. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Distance (meter) 452 9 10 3 2 1 5.

Chapter 16. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 . 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 453 2 3 4 5 Distance (meter) What is the shape of the wave on the string after 5 s? 3 2 1 1. Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves Amplitude (centimeter) 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 v 3 2 1 4. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 3 2 1 3. section 9. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 3 2 1 6. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 5 3 2 1 5. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 3 2 1 7. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 3 2 1 2.

0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 . 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 3 2 1 10. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 2 3 4 5 Distance (meter) What is the shape of the wave on the string after 5 s? 3 2 1 1. the wave is moving to the right at v = 1 m/s. multiple choice. You are given f1 (x). highSchool. normal. Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves 3 1 8. > 1 min. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 Amplitude (centimeter) 2 3 2 1 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 v 454 3 2 1 9. a transverse wave that moves on a string that ends and is FIXED in place at x = 5 m. section 9.Chapter 16. 3 2 1 3. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 Reﬂection 04 16:09. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 3 2 1 2. As the problem begins.

Let the x axis run from one end of the string to the other end. This sets pulses travelling in both directions. numeric. at the ends of the string. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 3 2 1 9. the pulses are reﬂected back. Part 1 of 2 Consider a guitar string of length L = 630 mm. highSchool. 0 −1 −2 −3 5 3 2 1 7. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 455 5 3 2 1 5.Chapter 16. Suppose you pluck the string by sharply pulling it up at point x0 and letting go. Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves 3 3 2 1 4. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 2 1 8. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 3 2 1 10. 0 −1 −2 −3 0 1 2 3 4 Distance (meter) 5 Wave on a Guitar String 02 16:09. 0 −1 −2 −3 5 3 2 1 6. < 1 min. thus 0 ≤ x ≤ L. section 9. and eventually they meet again at point x . . normal.

the wave is reﬂected from the wall. multiple choice. After some time. v 2. section 9. Above 3. v 456 Select the wave pattern for the reﬂected wave. > 1 min. v 3. At rest (The pulses cancel. is the string above or below its relaxed position? 1. It depends on the x0 . wording-variable. . The ﬁgure below shows a complex wave pattern on a string moving towards a rigid hook at the wall on the right. v 1.Chapter 16. calculate x . v 4. Reﬂection and Transmission of Waves Given x0 = 180 mm. highSchool. Wave Reﬂection 16:09. 5.) 4. Part 2 of 2 When the pulses meet and superpose. Below 2.

3. there is a change in its frequency. Refraction always occurs. and other conditions? Defend your answer. 457 . highSchool. so even if the speed of sound were unaﬀected by some conditions. Refraction of Waves Concept 20 19 16:10. even if the speed of sound were aﬀected by some conditions. when sound travels into diﬀerent mediums. refraction would not occur. refraction would still occur. 2. Would the refraction of sound be possible if the speed of sound were unaﬀected by wind. Refraction is the result of changing wave frequencies. section 10. If the speed of sound were unaﬀected by some conditions. multiple choice.Chapter 16. refraction would not occur. < 1 min. 1. ﬁxed. temperature. Refraction is the result of changing wave frequencies. 4.

A harmonic wave y = A sin[k x − φ] .2 m. wavelength 2 m and frequency 2 Hz. normal.5 m and frequency 2 Hz. wavelength 0.2 m. a traveling wave of amplitude 0. highSchool.5 Hz. < 1 min. wavelength 0. < 1 min.14 Hz. a standing wave of maximal amplitude 1m = 0.1 m travels with a speed of 1 m/s on a string. Find the angular frequency. a traveling wave of amplitude 0.2 m) sin 2 π (2 m−1 ) x − (2 s−1 ) t where x and y are in meters and t is in seconds. Initially. a standing wave of maximal amplitude 0.28 Hz. a standing wave of maximal amplitude 2 m. 3. multiple choice. 9.Chapter 16. wavelength 0. 6.2 m and frequency 2 Hz. wavelength 0.25 m and frequency 2π Hz = 3.5 m and frequency 2 Hz.5 m. +1 A (meters) −1 x (meters) 82 m 164 m 246 m .2 m and frequency 4π Hz = 6. a traveling wave of amplitude 0. This wave is 1. numeric.2 m. Part 2 of 3 Find the angular wave number.4 m. > 1 min. 8. A transverse wave has a wave function y = (0. 5. a traveling wave of amplitude 0. A transverse wave in a wire with linear density 5 g/m has the form y (x. Part 3 of 3 What is the maximum speed of any point on the string? Wave Form 16:12.4 m and frequency 60 Hz. wavelength 4π m = 12. wavelength 0. normal. Wave Length 03 16:12.5 m and frequency 0.08 m and fre0.28 Hz. 10. the left end of the string is at the origin and the wave moves from left to right. Sinusoidal Waves Sine Wave in a Wire 02 16:12. 7. a traveling wave of amplitude 2 m. > 1 min. 2. a traveling wave of amplitude 0. highSchool. highSchool. 458 4. highSchool. a standing wave of maximal amplitude 0. wavelength 4π quency 2 Hz. wording-variable. where A = 1 meter. ﬁxed.5 m and frequency 2π Hz = 6. k has units of m−1 .2 m. Part 1 of 3 A sinusoidal wave of wavelength 2 m and amplitude 0. is plotted in the diagram below. wavelength 0. numeric. and φ has units of radians. t) = (1 cm) sin (5 m−1 ) x − (3000 s−1 ) t What is its tension? Sinusoidal Wave on a String 02 16:12.2 m. wavelength 0.2 m. section 12. multiple choice.

λ = 33 m 7. λ = 15 m 5. Sinusoidal Waves Which wavelength corresponds best to the diagram? 1. λ = 39 m 3. λ = 57 m 9. λ = 123 m 2. λ = 93 m 10. λ = 9 m 4. λ = 51 m 8.Chapter 16. section 12. λ = 69 m 459 . λ = 21 m 6.

> 1 min. Energy Transmitted by Waves on Strings Waves on a Rope 03 16:13. P = 4 P0 1 P0 2 1 5. A transverse wave is being generated on a rope under constant tension. multiple choice. P = P0 4 4. 1.Chapter 16. P = 460 . section 13. P = P0 3. ﬁxed. highSchool. P = 2 P0 2. The power transmitted by the wave is increased or decreased by what factor if the rope is replaced by an identical rope twice as long? Assume the mass density and all other properties of the rope and wave are unchanged.

multiple choice. Why does a telephone not do a very good job of transmitting music? 1. The density of air increases and then decreases as the sound wave passes. ﬁxed. Conceptual 15 Q02 461 4. 2. highSchool.000 Hz. < 1 min. highSchool. section 1. ﬁxed. None of these 3. highSchool.Chapter 17. II) Both carry energy in the form of vibration. ﬁxed. A telephone cuts oﬀ the lower-frequency overtones of music that contribute to its quality. 3. the wavelength is independent of frequency.000 Hz. cats 2. Which hears the sound of shorter wavelengths? 1. They make a buzzing noise to communicate with each other. Cats can hear sound frequencies up to 70. multiple choice. 4. Why do ﬂying bees buzz? 1. Concept 20 09 17:01. > 1 min. Neither. < 1 min. A telephone speaker has a bad quality. multiple choice. When a sound wave moves past a point in air. Characteristics of Sound Waves Concept 20 02 17:01. Concept 20 03 17:01. Bats send and receive ultrahighfrequency squeaks up to 120. < 1 min. The frequency range for a telephone is between 500 and 4000 Hz. bats 3. 2. ﬁxed. The small speaker cannot produce good music. multiple choice. II only 3. highSchool. They move their wings at audible frequencies. multiple choice. The buzz comes from their heads. They have special wings that make sounds. 2. I only 2. There is no change in the density of air. In what ways are sound waves similar to water waves? I) Both carry energy in the form of an oscillating medium. Special earpieces can be used to allow you to enjoy music. Concept 21 29 17:01. A telephone cuts oﬀ the higher-frequency overtones of music that contribute to its quality. The air is compressed after the sound wave passes. < 1 min. I and II . 1. 4. 3. There is no air after the sound wave passes. what happens to the density of air at this point? 1. Conceptual 15 Q01 17:01. ﬁxed. highSchool. 5.

None of these Conceptual 15 Q09 17:01. 5. the amplitude of vibrations does not aﬀect the frequency as long as the amplitude is not too high. Why does this fact makes the construction and use of musical instruments possible? 1. What physical features make an echo lake produce echos? 1. You just have to strike the key. The sound must travel beyond the lake and back. 4. < 1 min. The sound must travel across the lake and back. ﬁxed. Characteristics of Sound Waves 17:01. ﬁxed.Chapter 17. What kind of wave is created if a tree falls in a forest? 1. The sound must travel beyond the lake. 3. 4. 3. highSchool. highSchool. You have to strike the key very hard. You have to strike the key very softly. None of these Conceptual 15 Q14 17:01. < 1 min. You have to strike the key with precisely the right force. multiple choice. 2. multiple choice. ﬁxed. The sound must travel across the lake. polarized wave 5. transverse wave 4. sound wave 2. multiple choice. section 1. highSchool. 2. 5. < 1 min. None of these 462 . electromagnetic wave 3. For most vibrating systems.

3. Concept 20 17 17:02. Both speed and wavelength will double. 1. Its speed will halve. < 1 min. 3. In warm air the air molecules travel faster. Longer. ﬁxed. 2. 2. multiple choice. Concept 20 16 17:02. Shorter. highSchool. The farther a listener is from the music source. 2. 5. ﬁxed. the more jumbled the sound would be. the speed of sound is greater in water than in air. Sound from Source A has twice the frequency of sound from Source B. and its wavelength will not change. < 1 min. the more jumbled the sound would be. highSchool. The closer a listener is to the music source. √The wavelength of sound from Source A is 2 times the wavelength of sound from Source B. how will its speed change? How will its wavelength change? 1. Speed of Sound Waves Concept 19 08 17:02. Its speed will double. If the frequency of sound is doubled. < 1 min. Middle C has a speed of 1500 m/s in water and 340 m/s in air. A listener could still enjoy a concert at any distance. 4. There will be no change in its speed and wavelength. Longer. section 2. water is denser than air. The wavelength of sound from Source A is half the wavelength of sound from Source B. and its wavelength will halve. multiple choice. Why does sound travel faster in warm air? 1. multiple choice. highSchool. In warm air the frequency of sound is higher. 4. highSchool. Shorter. . The wavelength of sound from Source B is half the wavelength of sound from Source A. water is denser than air. The wavelength of sound from Source B is the same as the wavelength of sound from Source A. would you enjoy a concert from the second balcony? 1. ﬁxed. < 1 min. 3. Compare the wavelengths of sound from the two sources. 463 If the speed of sound depended on its frequency. Concept 20 15 17:02. multiple choice. Does it have a longer or shorter wavelength in water than in air and why? 1. < 1 min. multiple choice. ﬁxed. 4. 2. Concept 20 05 17:02. Its speed will not change. and its wavelength will double. ﬁxed. 3. the speed of sound is greater in water than in air. The music would be even better. 2. 4.Chapter 17. highSchool.

< 1 min. In warm air the wavelength of sound is shorter. highSchool. < 1 min. water vapor molecules have a greater average kinetic energy than oxygen and nitrogen molecules. They have diﬃculty in hearing the sound of a band. normal. What is the wavelength of a typical T-wave whose frequency is 7 Hz? The speed of sound is seawater is 1530 m/s . For years. The amplitude of the sound is bigger in the solid ground than in air. 4. numeric. numeric. Sound traveling in moist air experiences no refraction and no deﬂection. They hear a delayed sound. 3. Why will marchers at the end of a long parade following a band be out of step with marchers near the front? 1. < 1 min. How. Concept 20 20 17:02. marine scientists were mystiﬁed by sound waves picked up by underwater microphones in the Paciﬁc Ocean. 2. multiple choice. 4. Why can the tremor of the ground from a distant explosion be felt before the sound of the explosion can be heard? 1. water vapor molecules have the same average kinetic energy as the heavier nitrogen and oxygen molecules in the air. do the average speeds of H2 O molecules compare with those of N2 and O2 molecules?) 1. 2. The frequency of the sound is higher in the solid ground than in air. Just before going to sleep . The more massive water vapor molecules travel faster than the less massive nitrogen and oxygen molecules in the air. multiple choice. They cannot see the marchers near the front. < 1 min. 3. Concept 20 P02 17:02. highSchool. They are likely to loose their attention. section 2. highSchool. Concept 20 P06 17:02. 3. 2. then. What is the wavelength of a 34000 Hz tone in air? THe sped of sound in air is 340 m/s. highSchool. Imagine a Rip-van-Winkle type who lives in the mountains. < 1 min. These socalled T-waves were among the purest sounds in nature. 4. The less massive water vapor molecules travel faster than the more massive nitrogen and oxygen molecules in the air. Concept 20 18 17:02. ﬁxed. Concept 20 P01 17:02. normal. ﬁxed. Why does sound travel faster in moist air? (Hint: At the same temperature. At the same temperature. 5. 3. Sound travels faster in solid ground than 464 Concept 20 27 17:02. Usually the least experienced marchers are at the end of a parade. multiple choice. numeric. highSchool.Chapter 17. < 1 min. highSchool. ﬁxed. wordingvariable. The wavelength of the sound is smaller in the ground than in air. Speed of Sound Waves in air. Eventually they traced the source to underwater volcanoes whose rising columns of bubbles resonated like organ pipes.

A helium molecule has a greater kinetic energy. A helium molecule has a small mass. Part 1 of 5 Rosa and Jon were asked by their physical science teacher to determine the speed of sound. Why does sound travel faster in helium? 1. 5. Anna was on vacation and came across an echo lake. which Rosa and Jon heard a moment later as an echo. highSchool. They knew that they could not measure the brief time for a single clap to return. The echo bounced oﬀ a building that was 300 ft away. Speed of Sound Waves he yells ”WAKE UP” and the sound echoes oﬀ the nearest mountain and returns 12 hours later. Jon clapped his hands. numeric. A person who talks after inhaling helium gas has a high-pitched voice.) Part 2 of 2 What is the wavelength for the lowest sounds we can hear. highSchool. numeric. 465 Conceptual 15 02 03 17:02. about 20 Hz? Concept 21 27 17:02. so they walked an additional 100 ft away from the wall. Rosa counted 56 of Jon’s claps in one half minute. Sound travels faster in a pure gas. normal. 3.Chapter 17. section 2. Wanting to know how far she had to swim to get across the lake to the other side. where the speed of sound is 1500 m/s? Concept 21 02 17:02. normal. ﬁxed. Jon clapped and then started to clap as soon as he heard the echo. < 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min. A helium molecule has a small number of electrons which reduce the speed of sound. A grunting porpoise emits a scund of 57 Hz sound. What is the frequency of Jon’s clapping? Part 2 of 5 What is the speed of sound as determined by Rosa and Jon? Part 3 of 5 Rosa and Jon decided to test their results. Part 1 of 2 The highest frequencies humans can hear is about 20000 Hz. numeric. highSchool. How far away is that mountain? The speed of sound is 340 m/s. While walking to their dormitories after class. multiple choice. A helium molecule has a smaller size than other gases. highSchool. and he then continued this synchronized clapping so that Rosa could measure the frequency. > 1 min. she yelled across “Hello!” How wide is the lake if 5 seconds later she heard her own echo? Assume that the tem- . One of the reasons for this is the higher speed of sound in helium than in air. 4. so they had a brillant idea. ﬁxed. What is the wave length of sound in air at this frequency? (The speed of sound is 340 m/s. < 1 min. What is the wavelength of this sound in water. normal. What is the new clapping frequency? Part 4 of 5 What is the new time between successive claps? Part 5 of 5 How many claps will Jon have to make in one half minute? Conceptual 15 05 17:02. < 1 min. numeric. Concept 20 P09 17:02. 2.

numeric. 3 × 108 m 5. wordingvariable.3 m and is tuned so that a wave travels along the string at 120 m/s. numeric. 2. ﬁxed. 9. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 Why does sound move faster in water or rock than in air? 1.000 Hz. 34 m 3. What is the string’s fundamental frequency at this length and wave speed? Conceptual 15 Q03 17:02.Chapter 17. 3. 1. < 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min.5 min 5. Atoms and molecules are farther apart in water or rock. numeric. ﬁxed. multiple choice. normal. < 1 min. highSchool. Atoms and molecules are packed closer together in water and rock. About how long would the starting line have to be to have a one-second delay between the sound of the starting gun reaching the closet runner and the farthest runner from the gun? The speed of sound is about 340 m/s. highSchool. We would not hear anything. All of these 5. A stringed instrument has a maximum string length of 0. What wavelength corresponds to the upper cut oﬀ point of the sounds at 20◦ C? Conceptual 15 12 17:02.8 m 4. More heat generated in water or rock helps sound to move faster than in air. Speed of Sound Waves perature is 20 ◦ C and the speed of sound is 344 m/s. how long would it be until we heard the explosion here on Earth? 1. The generated heat excites the electrons . Conceptual 15 06a 06b 17:02. section 2. highSchool. None of these Conceptual 15 Q04 17:02. < 1 min. 466 Runners line up side by side at the starting line of a road race. < 1 min. If an atomic bomb was detonated on the surface of the Moon. Assume that the speed of a sound wave produced by an elephant at 20◦ C is 344 m/s and its frequency is 25 Hz. 2. < 1 min. 3. What is the wavelength of this wave? Conceptual 15 08 17:02. highSchool. multiple choice. 8 min 2. A dog can hear sounds in the range from 15 to 50. multiple choice. None of these Part 2 of 2 What might be happening at a molecular level that accounts for this? 1. 0. It takes less time for the vibration of one atom to vibrate a neighboring atom. highSchool. 340 m 2. 16 min 4. 4. normal. 1 m Conceptual 15 Q06 17:02.

the bulk modulus. 0 = x + y . choose the correct set of equations. Conceptual 15 Q08 17:02. of L and of T . Warmer temperatures excite the electrons.Chapter 17. allowing sound to move faster. Why does sound travel faster in warmer temperature? 1. Speed of Sound Waves in the atoms. IV) does not aﬀect the tune. The atomic bonds prevents the atoms from moving. I and III only 2. slower at high altitude 2. ﬁxed. III) changes the speed of sound. 4. where is the fractional change V V of the volume. IV only Dimensional Analysis 1 17:02. highSchool. faster in outer space than on earth 7. and ρ. A guitar and a ﬂute are in tune with each other. II) changes the length of instruments. highSchool. How could a change in temperature aﬀect this situation? I) changes the speed of sound. 1. multiple choice. < 1 min. highSchool. The powers of x and y may be determined based on a dimensional analysis by equating the powers of M . < 1 min. multiple choice. multiple choice. Part 1 of 2 The velocity v of a sound wave traveling in the air depends on B . ﬁxed. All of these 5. III only 6. section 2. > 1 min. 3. highSchool. 4. faster at high altitude 3. multiple choice. ﬁxed. slower in outer space than on earth 3. Molecules are more loosely packed at warmer temperatures. 1 = −x + 3 y and −1 = −2 x . II and III only 3. None of these 467 Conceptual 15 Q12 17:02. I and II only 2. II only 5. Part 1 of 2 How does sound travel at very high altitudes compared to sea level? 1. If v = B x ρy . 3. 0 = x + y . The bulk modulus is deﬁned by the variation of pressure ∆P = ∆V ∆V −B . 1. ﬁxed. 1 = −x − 3 y and −1 = −2 x 2. < 1 min. Sound does not travel in outer space. 2. the density of the air. same in both Part 2 of 2 How would sound travel in outer space? 1. None of these Conceptual 15 Q07 17:02. allowing sound travel easier. Molecules bump into each other more frequently at warmer temperatures. I only 4.

1 = x + 3 y and 1 = −2 x 8. the density of the air. ﬁxed. 0 = x − y . 0 = x − 3 y and 1 = −2 x Part 2 of 2 What are the values of x and y ? 1 1 1. 0 = x − y . 1 = x − 3 y and 1 = −2 x 9. y = 0 1 1 10. 0 = x − 3 y and 1 = −2 x Holt SF 13Rev 45 17:02. y = 2 2 4. 1 = x + y . > 1 min. 1 = −x + 3 y and −1 = −2 x 3. x = −1. 0 = x − y . 1 = x − 3 y and 1 = −2 x 9. x = 1. 0 = x − y . −1 = x − 3 y and −1 = −2 x 5. the bulk modulus. Part 2 of 2 b) Find the wavelength for 20000 Hz when the speed of sound in air is equal to 343 m/s. 0 = x + y . wordingvariable. 1 = x − 3 y and 1 = −2 x 6. 0 = x + y . 1 = x − 3 y and 1 = −2 x 6. y = −1 6. 0 = x + y . 1 = x + y . Part 1 of 2 The range of human hearing extends from approximately 20 Hz to 20000 Hz. and ρ. 1 = x + 3 y and 1 = −2 x 7. of L and of T . > 1 min. 0 = x − 3 y and 1 = −2 x 10. x = 1. The bulk modulus is deﬁned by the variation of pressure ∆P = −B 468 ∆V ∆V . x = − . 0 = x − y . 0 = x − y . section 2. 2 = x + 3 y and −1 = −2 x 4. 0 = x − y . x = −1. 0 = x + y . If v = B x ρy . x = 1. numeric. wordingvariable. 1 = x + 3 y and 1 = −2 x 7. 1 = −x − 3 y and −1 = −2 x 2. 0 = x − 3 y and 1 = −2 x 10. highSchool. y = 2 2 Dimensional Analysis 4 17:02. highSchool. Speed of Sound Waves 3. > 1 min. 0 = x + y . y = −1 5. 2 = x + 3 y and −1 = −2 x 4. −1 = x − 3 y and −1 = −2 x 5. A dolphin in 25◦ C sea water emits a sound directed toward the bottom of the ocean 150 m below. x = 0. 0 = x + y . a) Find the wavelength for 20 Hz when the speed of sound in air is equal to 343 m/s. 0 = x + y . highSchool. x = − . . x = . 0 = x + y . 0 = x − y . where is the fractional change V V of the volume. y = 1 9. choose the correct set of equations. x = . The powers of x and y may be determined based on a dimensional analysis by equating the powers of M . y = − 2 2 1 1 3. The velocity v of a sound wave traveling in the air depends on B . multiple choice. y = 1 7.Chapter 17. numeric. 1 = x + 3 y and 1 = −2 x 8. y = − 2 2 1 1 2. 1. Holt SF 13Rev 46 17:02. y = 1 8.

normal. numeric.0 × 1010 Hz. highSchool. numeric. What is the bulk modulus of this liquid? 469 .5 s before it reaches you through the air. > 1 min. highSchool. Holt SF 13Rev 48 17:02. numeric. Speed of Sound Waves How much time passes before it hears an echo? The speed of sound in sea water is 1530 m/s. Some studies indicate that the upper frequency limit of hearing is determined by the diameter of the eardrum. You hear the sound in the water 4. highSchool. Holt SF 13Rev 53 17:02. which has a temperature of 20◦ C. If this is so. The velocity of sound in air is 343 m/s and in saltwater 1533 m/s. highSchool. The greatest value ever achieved for the speed of sound in air is about 1. wordingvariable. normal.Chapter 17. section 2. Find the wavelength of this wave. and the highest frequency ever produced is about 2. < 1 min. You are watching a pier being constructed on the far shore of a saltwater inlet when some blasting occurs. Pier Construction 17:02.0 × 104 Hz? Assume 340 m/s is the speed of sound in the ear. Sound waves travel through a liquid of density 1000 kg/m3 at a speed of 1500 m/s. < 1 min. < 1 min. The wavelength of the sound wave and the diameter of the eardrum are approximately equal at this upper limit.0 × 104 m/s. How wide is the inlet? Sound in a Liquid 17:02. what is the diameter of the eardrum of a person capable of hearing 2. numeric. wordingvariable.

multiple choice. A low pressure region 3. < 1 min. highSchool. A high pressure region 2. Low-high-low pressure 5. At the instant that a high-pressure region is created just outside the prongs of a vibrating tuning fork. Periodic Sound Waves Concept 20 10 17:03. what is being created between the prongs? 1. ﬁxed. section 3. No change in pressure 4.Chapter 17. High-low-high pressure 470 .

Concept 21 01 17:04. The temperature decreases after a snowfall. < 1 min. 4. The moon always apears at night. yet don’t exceed the regulated intensities. The sound of commercials is concentrated at the low-frequency region of audible sound frequencies. ﬁxed. < 1 min. ﬁxed. the monitored sound intensities of television commercials are louder than the sound from regular programming. 3. highSchool. There is no life in the moon. Concept 20 21 17:04. 4. The echo has a shorter wavelength than the original sound due to the reﬂection. The echo has a higher frequency than the original sound due to the reﬂection. Similarly. . highSchool. Sound from the moon cannot be heard on the earth. 4. < 1 min. multiple choice. Consequently. 2. ﬁxed. highSchool. There are few cars out there after a snowfall. highSchool. Our ears become insensitive to sound after a snow fall. Why is an echo weaker than the original sound? 1. Energy and Intensity of Sound Waves Concept 20 11 17:04. What kinds of wind conditions would make sound more easily heard at long distances? 1. The wind travels in the opposite direction the sound travels. ﬁxed. Why is it so quiet after a snowfall? 1. At what frequencies do advertisers concentrate the commercial’s sound? 1. The temperature increases after a snowfall. 2. multiple choice. 3. 4. The waves are bent upward. The echo has a longer wavelength than the original sound due to the reﬂection. The moon has no atmosphere to transmit sounds. multiple choice. The wind traveling toward the listener at elevations above ground level travels faster than wind near the ground. ﬁxed. 5. section 4. Concept 20 13 17:04. The moon orbits without sound. Concept 20 23 17:04. 5. multiple choice. 471 2. The wind travels in the same direction the sound travels. 3. 2. multiple choice. 3. highSchool. a 100-watt street light emits light that is better seen at night. Snow is a good absorber of sound. The yellow-green light emitted by street lights matches the yellow-green color to which the human eye is most sensitive. < 1 min.Chapter 17. The echo has a smaller amplitude than the original sound because sound spreads and its intensity decreases with distance. < 1 min. Why is the moon described as the “silent planet?” 1.

the frequency of oscillation only 2. multiple choice. The sound of commercials is concentrated at the high-frequency region of audible sound frequencies. ﬁxed. normal. > 1 min. 20 db 3. the frequency of oscillation and the kinetic energy of oscillation 5. One person has a threshold of hearing of 5 dB. A loudspeaker produces a musical sound by means of the oscillation of a diaphragm. Energy and Intensity of Sound Waves 2. numeric. the kinetic energy of oscillation only 4. 3. the frequency of oscillation and the amplitude of oscillation 6. The one who can hear 10 dB. 3. What would be the decibel level of four men shouting at the top of their (equally powerful) lungs from the same distance away from you ear? Assume that there is no interference from superposed waves and round oﬀ your answer to the nearest integer. How much more intense is sound at 40 dB than at 0 dB? Concept 21 P02 17:04. On what does the loudness of produced sound depend? 1. The sound of commercials is concentrated at the frequency of 60 Hz. multiple choice. 4. Concept 21 20 17:04. The one who can hear 5 dB. normal. and another of 10 dB. 472 Concept 21 24 17:04. highSchool. 60 db 9. the amplitude of oscillation only 3. multiple choice. highSchool. 26 db 2. How much more intense is a sound at 40 dB than a sound 30 dB? Four Shouts 17:04. highSchool. the frequency of oscillation. 80 db 7. highSchool. the amplitude of oscillation. the amplitude of oscillation and the kinetic energy of oscillation 7. Which person has the more acute hearing? 1.Chapter 17. 1. numeric. < 1 min. highSchool. ﬁxed. 14 db 4. ﬁxed. 160 db 6. The sound of a man shouting at the top of his lungs from a rather large distance away from your ear has loudness of only 20 decibels. 2. and the kinetic energy of oscillation Concept 21 23 17:04. < 1 min. < 1 min. 6 db 8. The sound of commercials is concentrated at frequencies to which the ear is most sensitive. < 1 min. 10 db . More information is needed. section 4. 40 db 5.

90 dB 2. the power output of a 75-piece orchestra radiated as sound is 70. wordingvariable. > 1 min.0 meters away. multiple choice. wordingvariable.6 × 10−3 W/m2 at a distance of 15 m? Holt SF 13A 05 17:04. < 1 min. Part 2 of 3 b) Find the intensity of the sound waves when the ampliﬁer’s power output is 0. 75 dB Holt SF 13A 01 17:04. numeric. Energy and Intensity of Sound Waves 10. numeric. highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool. numeric. highSchool. . At what distance is the sound intensity of the tuba 1. numeric. 70 dB 8. wordingvariable.1 × 10−3 W.0 W. wordingvariable. numeric.0 W. If the intensity of a person’s voice is 4. a) Find the intensity of its sound waves when its power output is 0. If the sound power produced by the coach is 3. How much power is radiated as sound from a band whose intensity is 1. Holt SF 13A 02 17:04. wordingvariable.2 × 10−3 W/m2 ? Holt SF 13Rev 27 17:04. section 4. Sustained sound intensity levels on the order of can cause permanent hearing loss. < 1 min.0 m from the orchestra? Holt SF 13A 03 17:04. wordingvariable. 40 dB 5. 60 dB 7. The power output of a tuba is 0. highSchool. highSchool. wordingvariable. < 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min.35 W.Chapter 17. > 1 min. A stereo speaker represented by P in the ﬁgure emits sound waves with a power output of 100. 473 At a maximum level of loudness. numeric. how much sound power does that person generate? Holt SF 13A 04 17:04.25 W. 1.0 m. highSchool. Part 3 of 3 c) Find the intensity of the sound waves when the ampliﬁer’s power output is 2.0 W. numeric. highSchool.6 × 10−7 W/m2 at a distance of 2. < 1 min. A baseball coach shouts loudly at an umpire standing 5.50 W. 5 db Hearing Loss 17:04. what is the intensity of the sound when it reaches the umpire? Holt SF 13Rev 28 17:04. 50 dB 6. 55 dB 9. ﬁxed. 20 dB 3.0 m. Part 1 of 3 An electric guitar’s ampliﬁer is at a distance of 5. 30 dB 4. What is the intensity of these sound waves to a listener who is sitting 25.

< 1 min. What is its corresponding sound intensity I1 ? Part 2 of 2 If the frequency and maximum amplitude of the sound wave are both tripled. wordingvariable. t) = sm cos(kx − ωt) . normal. numeric. A rock group is playing in a club.5 kHz and the displacement amplitude is doubled. k = 500 m−1 . and ω = 170000 s−1 . How many buzzing mosquitoes will produce a sound intensity equal to that of normal conversation? Holt SF 13Rev 54 17:04. normal. What is the speed of this wave? Part 2 of 2 What is the intensity of this wave? Sound level 17:04. 10. Holt SF 13Rev 52 17:04. normal.Chapter 17.7 × 10−2 m). β1 = 100 dB. Energy and Intensity of Sound Waves 474 b) How much sound power would strike the eardrum of an airport worker 20. Sinusoidal Sound Wave 02 17:04. Part 1 of 2 The decibel level of the noise from a jet aircraft is 130 dB when measured 20. > 1 min. highSchool. and normal conversation is approximately 50 dB. Calculate the intensity if the frequency is reduced to 0. numeric. > 1 min. what is the intensity. wordingvariable. a) How much sound power does the jet aircraft emit? Part 2 of 2 2. > 1 min. A typical decibel level for a buzzing mosquito is 40 dB. highSchool. I2 .5 kHz is 0. Part 1 of 2 A sinusoidal sound wave in a gas of density 1. multiple choice. numeric. I1 ? 1.0 m from the door. highSchool. highSchool.0 m away? Holt SF 13Rev 50 17:04. The intensity of a sound wave at a ﬁxed distance from a speaker vibrating at 1. ﬁxed. section 4. highSchool. where sm = 2 µm. < 1 min.0 m from the aircraft? (Assume the diameter of the worker’s eardrum is 1. P 10 m x Intensity of a Sound Wave 02 17:04. I2 = 54 I1 .2 kg3 /m has molecular displacement s(x. Sound emerging outdoors from an open door spreads uniformly in all directions.6 W/m2 .0 m from the aircraft. highSchool. numeric. < 1 min. at what distance is the music just barely audible to a person with a normal threshold of hearing? Disregard absorption. I2 = 81 I1 What is the intensity of the sound waves at point x. If the decibel level is 60 dB at a distance of 1. numeric. of this new sound wave in terms of the original intensity. Part 1 of 2 Given an harmonic sound wave which has a sound level.

normal. > 1 min. numeric. I2 = 27I1 4. and calculate the ratio and δP2 δP1 max δP2 max δP1 475 of the two pressure amplitudes. I2 = 2 I1 10. I2 = 9 I1 7. normal. numeric. highSchool. I2 = I1 Two Bells 17:04. section 4. I2 = 12 I1 6. Energy and Intensity of Sound Waves 3. I2 = 3 I1 9. highSchool. I2 = 24 I1 5. < 1 min. Two Sound Sources 02 17:04. Two sources have sound levels of 75 dB and 80 dB. What is their combined intensity? . Assume each bell produces a harmonic sound wave or respective pressure amplitudes max max . I2 = 6 I1 8.Chapter 17. Consider two loud bells: The sound intensity of the ﬁrst bell is β1 = 90 db (loud!) and the sound intensity of the second bell β2 = 110 db (even louder!).

standing near a straight road. undetermined. denoted by the curves “K ”. less than that in trial Y . greater than that in trial K . When the car is behind the train what frequency does an occupant of the car observe for the train whistle? Concept 21 P05 17:05. 2. numeric. A cello string 0. highSchool. “Y ”. Part 1 of 5 A student. Part 3 of 5 The car’s speed in trial D is 1. section 5. trial K . < 1 min. trial D. ﬁxed. 5. numeric. The wind is blowing 150 mph due west.Chapter 17. 4. trial Y . 4. 3. . equal to that in trial K . 3. If the engine of the leading jet has a frequency of 2650 Hz. 2. “D”. A train is moving parallel and adjacent to a highway with a constant speed of 20 m/s. trial G. The speed of sound is 343 m/s. normal.4 times the speed of sound. Frequency of a Supersonic Jet 17:05. The trailing jet is ﬂying at 420 mph (Both relative to the ground). 3. The recorded frequency (as a function of the car’s position along the road) is plotted in the ﬁgure below. The leading jet is ﬂying at 1.75 m long has a 220 Hz fundamental frequency. highSchool. The four results are plotted below. greater than that in trial Y . less than that in trial K . The speed of sound is 620 mph at this altitude. The Doppler Eﬀect Car Horn and Train Whistle 01 17:05. equal to that in trial Y . normal. Part 4 of 5 A car far away. undetermined. The same car made four trial runs along the road. > 1 min. and “G”. > 1 min. A car is traveling in the same direction as the train at 40 m/s. > 1 min. The train’s whistle sounds at 320 Hz. undetermined. Each trial was made with the car traveling at a constant speed. wording-variable. multiple choice. 1000 Observed Frequency (Hz) 950 G 900 850 D Y G K 476 Y D K 800 −100−75 −50 −25 0 25 50 75 100 Car’s position along the road (m) The car’s lowest speed is in 1. highSchool. records the sound of a car’s horn. before it gets to the student. Two jet airplanes are ﬂying due east. What frequency is heard by the pilot of the trailing jet? Frequency Variation 17:05. Part 2 of 5 The car’s speed in trial Y is 1. 2. highSchool. 4. numeric. Find the wave speed along the vibrating string.

Which picture represents a source moving at a speed bigger than zero but less than the speed of sound? 1. E. B. D. C. E) Both can be moving in the same direction. B. E. The Doppler Eﬀect has a Doppler shifted frequency (as heard by the student) which is higher than the normal horn’s frequency. greater than the horn’s frequency when the car is at rest. A. but in opposite directions. E 6. B. John is listening to a horn. A. B) Both can be moving and have diﬀerent speeds. F 5. A. A. B. 477 C) John is moving towards the horn at rest. If John hears the horn’s pitch at 477 Hz. > 1 min.Chapter 17. multiple choice. F) Both can be moving. D. B. A. highSchool. E 9. D. equal to the horn’s frequency when the car is at rest. A. C. The average of these two frequencies is 1. section 5. B. 4. B. A. F 8. what must be true? A) Both can be moving and have the same speed. A car far away. 2. C. D. E. C. 2. C. C. has a Doppler shifted frequency which is lower than the normal horn’s frequency. F Moving Source 17:05. B. F 3. trial G 5. The four ﬁgures below represent sound waves emitted by a moving source. E. C. undetermined Horn Sound 17:05. normal. less than the horn’s frequency when the car is at rest. multiple choice. C. D. trial Y 2. < 1 min. after passing the student. 1. trial K 3. undetermined Part 5 of 5 In the diﬀerent trials the distance of the student from the road (the path of the car) sometimes varied. C. F 4. ﬁxed. D) The distance between John and the horn is increasing with time. F 10. During which trial did the student stand closest to the road? 1. E. He knows the frequency of the horn is 444 Hz when both he and the horn are at rest. C. F 7. F 2. A. D. trial D 4. highSchool. . 3.

heard by an observer in the moving truck? Police Siren and a Truck 02 17:05. . vt . wording-variable. to the left. A police car is traveling at a speed. ft = 6. The speed of sound in air is va . 4. ft = 2. A wind is blowing in the same direction as that of the truck with a speed. to the left. section 5. ft = 7. ft = 3. vc . to the left. vt . highSchool. ft . vc . ft = 5. A truck is traveling at a speed. ft . ft = 8. > 1 min. vw . multiple choice. highSchool. > 1 min. vc vt wind vw Police Truck What is the frequency.Chapter 17. Part 2 of 2 A police car is traveling at a speed. The frequency of the siren on the police car is fc . A truck is traveling at a speed. the police car. The Doppler Eﬀect va − v t va + v c va − v t 2. The frequency of the siren on the police car is fc . ft = va − v c va + v t 3. to the right. ft = fc fc fc fc 478 3. to the right. A truck is traveling at a speed. ft = va + v c va + v t 4. vc . ft = va + v t − v w va − v c − v w va + v t − v w va + v c + v w va + v t + v w va − v c − v w va + v t + v w va + v c + v w va − v t − v w va − v c − v w va − v t − v w va + v c + v w va − v t + v w va − v c − v w va − v t + v w va + v c + v w fc fc fc fc fc fc fc fc What is the frequency. wording-variable. ft = va − v c 1. vc vt Police Truck 1. Part 1 of 2 A police car is traveling at a speed. Let vt be the speed of the observer in the truck. and vc be the speed of the source. to the right. The speed of sound in air is va . heard by an observer in the moving truck? Police Siren and a Truck 01 17:05. vt . ft = 4. multiple choice.

The frequency of the siren on the police car is fc . multiple choice. The speed of sound in air is va . > 1 min. and vc be the speed of the source. vc vt wind vw Police Truck What is the frequency. wording-variable. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 The ”red shift” of radiation from a distant galaxy consists of the light known to have a wavelength of 434 nm when observed in the laboratory. highSchool. The ambulance driver hears his siren with a wavelength of 0. receding 3. the police car. highSchool. A wind is blowing in the same direction as that of the truck with a speed.51 m . A police car is traveling at a speed. appearing to have a wavelength of 462 nm . normal. ft = 6. ft = What is the frequency. approaching 2. ft = 4. and vc be the speed of the source. numeric. vc vt Police Truck 3. vw . An ambulance is traveling east at 50 m/s . Police Siren and a Truck 03 17:05. vt . The Doppler Eﬀect to the right. cannot be determined Wavelength Measurements 17:05.Chapter 17. ft = fc fc fc fc 8. normal. ft = va − v c − v w 1. The speed of sound in air is va . Part 1 of 2 The velocity of sound in air is 343 m/s . ft = va + v c va + v t 3. Behind it there is a car traveling along the same direction at 30 m/s . the police car. What is the speed of galaxy in the line of sight relative to the Earth? Part 2 of 2 Is it approaching or receding? 1. to the left. Let vo be the speed of the observer in the truck. heard by an observer in the moving truck? va − v t + v w fc va + v c + v w va − v t + v w fc 2. vc . to the right. Let vt be the speed of the observer in the truck. ft = va − v t − v w va + v c + v w va − v t − v w va − v c − v w va + v t + v w va + v c + v w va + v t + v w va − v c − v w va + v t − v w va + v c + v w va + v t − v w va − v c − v w fc fc fc fc fc fc 479 Red Shift of Light 17:05. ft = . The frequency of the siren on the police car is fc . numeric. ft . ft = 7. > 1 min. ft = va − v c va + v t 4. section 5. ft = 5. heard by an observer in the moving truck? va − v t va − v c va − v t 2. > 1 min. ft . A truck is traveling at a speed. to the right. ft = va + v c 1.

section 5. The Doppler Eﬀect 30 m/s Car 50 m/s Ambulance 480 What is the measured wavelength of the sound of the ambulance’s siren when you are holding your measuring device behind the ambulance? Part 2 of 2 What is the measured wavelength of the sound of the ambulance’s siren when your measuring device is on the car’s hood? .Chapter 17.

1. highSchool. ﬁxed. only on frequency and loudness 4. Sound intensity and loudness are subjective quantities. 2. and why? 1. ﬁxed. sound intensity or loudness. The dotted pattern 481 In the oscilloscopes shown above. multiple choice. highSchool. Quality of Sound (Noise) Concept 21 05 17:06. 2. Loudness is a more objective and physical attribute of a sound wave because sound intensity can vary from person to person. Concept 21 19 17:06. only on loundness 2. 3. multiple choice. multiple choice. Which of the two musical notes displayed on an oscilloscope screen has the higher pitch? 1. It depends on all of these. only on loudness and quality of sound 5. The dashed pattern 2. only on frequency and quality of sound 4. < 1 min. ﬁxed. multiple choice. highSchool. which screen shows the louder sound (assuming detection by equivalent microphones)? Concept 21 22 17:06. Concept 21 26 17:06. Concept 21 18 17:06. < 1 min. Both are the same pitch. ﬁxed. Sound intensity is a more objective and physical attribute of a sound wave because loudness can vary from person to person. section 6. only on quality of sound 4. Sound intensity is exactly same as loudness. ﬁxed. < 1 min. An electronic organ plays the recorded . 3. < 1 min. Which is a more objective measurement. multiple choice. Both are the same loudness. only on frequency 3.Chapter 17. 3. highSchool. The dotted pattern. The dashed pattern. On what does the pitch of a note depend? 1. 4. How is an electronic organ able to imitate the sounds made by various musical instruments? 1. highSchool. both can vary from person to person. < 1 min.

By controlling how hard he blows. Concept 21 34 17:06. the speed of sound will not change. < 1 min.Chapter 17. By controlling how he holds his mouth. An electronic organ uses built-in musical instruments. ﬁxed. An electronic organ mixes the waves of resonant frequencies of various musical instruments. Although the speed of sound past a listener on a windy day will change. 4. < 1 min. highSchool. The small enclosure causes your voice to reverberate as it reﬂects from wall to wall. highSchool. Although the frequency of sound past a listener on a windy day will change. multiple choice. Yes. 4. 3. The frequency of sound gets higher in the shower room. 3. Concept 21 38 17:06. the pitches of musical tones are not aﬀected on a windy day. highSchool. Your ears become more sensitive in the shower. The wavelength of sound gets longer. section 6. 2. Although the wavelength of sound past a listener on a windy day will change. everyone hears the same quality of sound. Do all the people in a group hear the same music when they listen to it attentively? 1. By controlling how hard he blows and how he holds his mouth. A bugle has no such keys and valves. the frequency will not change. A trumpet has keys and valves that let the trumpeter change the length of the vibrating air column and the position of the nodes. ﬁxed. 482 3. resulting in no change in pitch. Yes. Concept 21 35 17:06. No. resulting in no change in pitch. multiple choice. 2. 3. 4. 4. At an outdoor concert. multiple choice. . ﬁxed. 4. How does the bugler achieve diﬀerent notes? 1. resulting in no change in pitch. Although the wavelength of sound past a listener on a windy day will change. No. those closer hear purer tones. An electronic organ duplicates and superimposes the sine waves that make up the overall waves produced by these instruments. There is no way to achieve diﬀerent notes without keys or valves. highSchool. Why? 1. 2. the wavelength will not change. 3. < 1 min. Why does your voice sound fuller in the shower? 1. resulting in no change in pitch. 2. Concept 21 28 17:06. yet it can sound diﬀerent notes. < 1 min. Quality of Sound (Noise) sounds of various musical instruments. multiple choice. 2. ﬁxed. the wavelength will not change. we each perceive what we have been taught or have learned to perceive. everyone hears the same notes.

highSchool. Quality of Sound (Noise) Concept 21 P03 17:06. numeric. What is the frequency of a note one octave above it? Part 2 of 4 Two octaves above it? Part 3 of 4 One octave below it? Part 4 of 4 Two octaves below it? 483 .Chapter 17. normal. > 1 min. section 6. Part 1 of 4 A certain note has a frequency of 1000 Hz.

4. ﬁxed. > 1 min. multiple choice. Concept 21 39 17:07. 3. Part 1 of 2 Two speakers are wired to emit identical sounds in unison. will have a signiﬁcantly 484 greater loss of hearing in your later years than your grandparents experienced? 1. Our ears have nothing to do with a Fourier analyzer. A high pitch. What is the frequency of the sound emitted by the speakers? The speed of sound is 340 m/s. highSchool. Concept 21 36 17:07.Chapter 17. leading to an increase in the threshold of hearing. 4. < 1 min. 2000-3000 Hz 6. 4000-5000 Hz 10. Our ears measure the intensity of sound. numeric. Modern sounds are louder. The human ear is sometimes called a Fourier analyzer. 5000-10000 s 8. ﬁxed. leading to an increase in the threshold of hearing. Why is it a safe prediction that you. The Ear Concept 20 P08 17:07. section 7. Our ears can sort out the individual sine waves from a mixture of two or more sine waves. multiple choice. which is just what a Fourier analyzer does. < 1 min. multiple choice. 100-250 Hz 3. > 1 min. 2. highSchool. Human Ear Sensitivity 02 17:07. ﬁxed. A low pitch. 5000-10000 Hz 2. ﬁxed. normal. highSchool. Modern sounds are louder. Our ears can measure the speed of sound. Modern sounds have a lower frequency. 2. Modern sounds have a higher frequency. leading to an increase in the threshold of hearing. presently reading this. multiple choice. highSchool. 3. 10000-20000 Hz 5. > 1 min. highSchool. Because the sensitivity of the human ear . The human ear is most sensitive to the sounds in what range? 1. Part 2 of 2 Is this a low pitch or a high pitch relative to the range of human hearing? 1. leading to a decrease in the threshold of hearing. 2. 2000-3000 s 9. What does this mean and why is it an apt description? 1. 4000-5000 s Human Ear Sensitivity 17:07. 500-1500 Hz 4. The wavelength in air of the sounds is 6 m. so we hear the pure tones that make up a complex tone. 500-1500 s 7.

meatus. and stirrup. amplify. determines the intensity and direction of sound. None of these. determines the intensity and direction of sound. highSchool. dampen. dampen 8. and nail. Part 3 of 3 The middle ear consists of the 1. determines only the frequency of sound. 3. determines only the direction of sound. 485 Part 2 of 3 The inner ear (cochlea and auditory nerves) . determines the frequency and intensity of sound. 5. determines the frequency and direction of sound. amplify 2. 4. do nothing to 9. 7. determines only the intensity of sound. None of these. stirrup. directs sound to the eardrum and helps determine sound direction. 4. do nothing to. Sound systems do nothing to compensate. hammer and stirrup only. 1. determine sound direction. determines the frequency and intensity of sound. The Ear varies over the audio spectrum. tooth. 6. dampen 3. > 1 min. 5. and spur. spur. Parts of the Ear 17:07. hammer. dampen. 9. anvil. amplify. and spur. 4. determines only the intensity of sound. amplify. determines only the direction of sound. 7. and stirrup. 5. 7. hammer and anvil only. hammer. Part 1 of 3 The outer ear (meatus and ear ﬂap) . hammer. 1. None of these. amplify 6. 1. 6. 3. 2. 8. 2. section 7. do nothing to. 8. determines only the frequency of sound. 10. 8. many sound systems very high frequencies and very low frequencies to compensate. and stapes. .Chapter 17. semi-circular canal. hammer. stirrup and anvil only. ﬁxed. 3. directs sound to the eardrum and helps . dampen 5. 2. dampen. 6. anvil. do nothing to 7. amplify 4. determines the frequency and direction of sound. multiple choice. anvil.

< 1 min. A speaker with a greater mass produces loud sound. Why do tuning forks with long tines vibrate at a lower frequency than short-tined forks? 1.1 MHz. Concept 21 09 17:08. < 1 min.Chapter 17. The longer tines have greater rotational inertia. 4. 4. about 1000 octaves for both 5. about 100 octaves. and how many octaves are on a common piano keyboard? 1. multiple choice. ﬁxed. What does it mean to say that a radio station is “at 101. 2. The woofer with a relatively large surface has more inertia and is not as responsive to higher frequencies as a speaker with a smaller surface. so they’ll be more resistant to vibrating. 486 In a hi-ﬁ speaker system. highSchool. why is the woofer (low-frequency speaker) larger than the tweeter (high-frequency speaker)? 1. 5. multiple choice. about 2 octaves . 2. about 10 octaves 3. The wavelength of the sound signal is 101. so the woofer has a relatively large surface to produce a greater amplitude of sound. highSchool.1 m. The radiation power of a radio station is 101. 4. ﬁxed. < 1 min. Concept 21 30 17:08. multiple choice. 3. A speaker with a smaller surface is more responsive to lower frequencies of oscillation. 3. The longer tines have greater air friction. highSchool. The longer tines have greater mass. multiple choice. highSchool. 3. The frequency of the sound signal is 101. section 8.1 on your FM dial”? 1. The number 101.1 W. so they’ll have shorter wavelength. 2. < 1 min. about 1000 octaves. so they’ll be more resistant to vibrating. The longer tines have smaller rotational inertia. ﬁxed.1 is a unique number assigned by the government. How many octaves does normal human hearing span. about 100 octaves for both 2. the larger speaker pushes the longer wavelengths. ﬁxed.1 MHz. about 10 octaves 4. Sources of Musical Sound Concept 20 04 17:08. so they’ll be more resistant to vibrating. The loudness of sound depends on the frequency of oscillation. The carrier frequency of electromagnetic waves emitted by the radio station is 101. about 10 octaves. Concept 21 21 17:08.

ﬁxed. a 3 CD rotates at a variable speed so the linear speed at all radii is a constant.Chapter 17. highSchool. When being read near the outer part of the disk 2. Digital Sound Recording Concept 21 37 17:09. when being read near the inner part of the disc. The rotational speed of the CD is a constant. 487 . multiple choice. < 1 min. usually 33 RPM. When will the CD rotate faster. When being read near the inner part of the disk 3. section 9. or outer part of the disc? 1. Whereas a phonograph record rotates at a 1 constant angular speed.

It is easy to cook food with ultrasonic waves. Ultrasound.Chapter 17. < 1 min. highSchool. ﬁxed. multiple choice. 4. Ultrasonic waves are easy to diﬀract. and Ultrasound Imaging Concept 20 22 17:11. What is another advantage of their short wavelength? (Why do microscopists use blue light rather than white light to see detail?) 1. One advantage is that large intensities can be used without danger to the car. Sonar. section 11. 2. Ultrasonic waves have many applications in technology and medicine. 3. 488 . Ultrasonic waves are good for our health. The short wavelengths of ultrasonic waves allow the imaging of smaller objects.

three 489 . three 4. < 1 min. section 1. highSchool. The operator’s earphonex ampliﬁes your voice. four 5. Part 1 of 2 Starting with a fundamental tone. so he can hear your voice clearly. multiple choice. Why? 1. ﬁve 5. The operator’s earphones are connected to your microphone. Superposition of Sinusoidal Waves Concept 20 34 18:01. so he can hear your voice clearly. ﬁxed. Concept 21 P04 18:01. 4. 3. so he can hear your voice clearly. the operator can easily hear your voice while you are unable to hear his. two 3. one 2. The operator’s earphones change the frequencies of your voice. multiple choice. ﬁve Part 2 of 2 Between the second and third octaves? 1. two 3. highSchool.Chapter 18. Over the noise of the jackhammer. > 1 min. These devices reduce jackhammer noise by using destructive interference to cancel the noisy sound. ﬁxed. so he can hear your voice clearly. 2. one 2. four 4. A special device can transmit sound out of phase from a noisy jackhammer to its operator using earphones. how many harmonics are there between the ﬁrst and second octaves? 1.

Destructively 3. Constructively 2. Neither Conceptual 15 Q13 18:02. 2. 5. I and IV only 3. you notice that the loudness of the sound alternates from loud to soft repeatedly. You are experiencing alternating regions of constructive and destructive interference. Interference of Sinusoidal Waves Concept 20 P07 18:02. Do the sounds interfere constructively or destructively at a distance of 12 m from both speakers? 1. Constructively 2. Neither Part 2 of 3 At a distance of 9 m from both speakers? 1. section 2. multiple choice. Neither Part 3 of 3 At a distance of 9 m from one speaker and 12 m from the other? 1. What is happening? 490 1. multiple choice.Chapter 18. Destructively 3. ﬁxed. As you walk around the room. The wavelength in air of the sounds is 6 m. highSchool. I and II only 2. You are hearing destructive interference. ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 A pure tone with frequency 500 Hz is played through two stereo speaker plugged into the same jack. Part 1 of 3 Two speakers are wired to emit identical sounds in unison. You are hearing constructive interference. II and IV only 4. highSchool. Constructively 2. Destructively 3. I and III only 5. The waves are moving away from you. > 1 min. 3. None of these Part 2 of 2 Would anything be diﬀerent if a 1000 Hz sound wave were used instead? I) The wavelength becomes shorter II) the distance between regions of interference is smaller III) the distance between regions of interference is larger IV) The wavelength becomes longer 1. 4. None of these . < 1 min.

3. Concept 21 07 18:04. numeric. Why is the thickness greater for the bass strings of a guitar than for the treble strings? 1.e . Thick strings have greater inertia. ﬁxed. The frequency increases. How does the frequency of the resulting sound compare with the frequency of the standing wave in the string? 1. the string vibrates in four segments.9 m What is the wavelength of the wave? Concept 21 10 18:04. multiple choice. (An octave is a factor of two in frequency. the pitch decreases. multiple choice. By touching the midpoint. so the frequency increases by a factor of two. 3. Concept 21 13 18:04. 2. The frequencies of the resulting sound are half of those of the standing wave in the string. highSchool.Chapter 18. < 1 min. what eﬀect does this have on the frequency of vibration and on the pitch? 1. highSchool. you can hear a tone that is one octave above the fundamental for that string. ﬁxed. so they will be more resistant to vibrating. Thick strings have greater mass. < 1 min. multiple choice. so the frequency in- . Both decrease. 2. Thick strings have greater air friction. The frequencies of the resulting sound have nothing to do with those of the standing wave in the string. 0. 3. by holding your ﬁnger on it). highSchool. No eﬀect 491 Concept 21 08 18:04. < 1 min. 2. 5. Both increase. ﬁxed.. The frequency decreases. If you very lightly touch a guitar string at its midpoint. If a vibrating string is made shorter (i . highSchool. < 1 min. so they will be more resistant to vibrating. 2. The frequencies of the sound and the oscillating string are the same. the pitch decreases. < 1 min. the string vibrates in two segments. 4. highSchool. multiple choice. normal. The frequencies of the resulting sound are twice of those of the standing wave in the string. When a guitar string is struck. 4. so they will be more resistant to vibrating. 4. pushing back and forth against the surrounding air to generate sound.) Why? 1. Thick strings have smaller inertia. a standing wave is produced that oscillates with a large sustained amplitude. By touching the midpoint. ﬁxed. Standing Waves in a String Fixed at Both Ends Concept 21 06 18:04. section 4. A nylon guitar string vibrates in a standing wave pattern shown below. so they will have shorter wavelength.

the overpressure of the compression 3. 320 Hz. ﬁxed. 55 Hz 4. multiple choice. 1320 Hz Conceptual 15 Q16 18:04. The amplitude of a transverse wave in a stretched string is the maxium displacement of the string from its equilibrium position. the square of the frequency Concept 21 31 18:04. < 1 min. giving it a lower pitch. the frequency increases by a factor of two. 110 Hz. A violin string playing the note “A” oscillates at 440 Hz. 440 Hz. multiple choice. 219 Hz. multiple choice. numeric. What is the period of the string’s oscillation? Concept 21 17 18:04. highSchool.Chapter 18. numeric. What is the period of the string’s oscillation? Concept 21 16 18:04. 660 Hz 5. ﬁxed. What purpose does this extra wire serve? 1. Standing Waves in a String Fixed at Both Ends creases by a factor of two. highSchool. 218 Hz 3. 880 Hz. 110 Hz 3. ﬁxed. If the fundamental frequency of a violin string is 440 Hz. This wire does not make the string stronger or change the tension of the string. the wavelength of the sound wave 4. < 1 min. 55 Hz 4. section 4. 420 Hz 492 Concept 21 33 18:04. When the string vibrates slightly. 221 Hz. multiple choice. < 1 min. 4. the maximum displacement of the air 2. highSchool. Lower-pitched strings on guitars and pianos often have copper wire wound around them. highSchool. 443 Hz 2. what is the frequency of the second harmonic? The third? 1. < 1 min. so the frequency increases by a factor of two. highSchool. 442 Hz. ﬁxed. what is the frequency of the second harmonic? The third? 1. 110 Hz. By touching the midpoint. 660 Hz 5. 2. If the fundamental frequency of a guitar string is 220 Hz. . 3. Makes the string more massive. 220 Hz. lowering the pitch. < 1 min. < 1 min. Strengthens the string. Concept 21 15 18:04. Makes the string more massive. 223 Hz 2. The string of a cello playing the note “C” oscillates at 264 Hz. the tension of the string increases. ﬁxed. 440 Hz. ﬁxed. giving it a higher pitch. highSchool. 3. To what does the amplitude of a longitudinal sound wave in air correspond? 1.

Part 1 of 3 The speed of waves on a guitar string is 115 m/s. no discernible eﬀect Holt SF 13B 03 18:04. greater wave velocity in the strings. Standing Waves in a String Fixed at Both Ends 4. A and D . B. highSchool. and E 5. < 1 min. . it oscillates with a 2L . When playing a violin. None of these . a louder sound. highSchool. < 1 min. 5. < 1 min.0 cm produces waves with a speed of 274. raising the pitch. E) Energy is transferred from the string to each end clamp. Part 1 of 3 The note produced on a violin string of length 31. B) There are two points on the string. wordingvariable. A violin string that is 50. numeric. All of these 5. What is the fundamental frequency of the string when the eﬀective string length is 70. 3. . multiple choice.0 cm? Part 2 of 3 What is the fundamental frequency of the string when the eﬀective string length is 50. which remain motionless at all times.0 cm long has a fundamental frequency of 440 Hz. Consider the following wavelength that is 3 statements: A) There are three points on the string. Which statements are correct? 1. ﬁxed. 4.Chapter 18. > 1 min. the eﬀect produced when the bow is drawn faster across the strings is 1. multiple choice. wordingvariable. None of these Figuring Physics 08 18:04. A and C 2. excluding the ends. wordingvariable. numeric. D) The waves that form are traveling waves.0 cm? Part 3 of 3 What is the fundamental frequency of the string when the eﬀective string length is 40. C. A. Part 2 of 3 What is the second harmonic? Part 3 of 3 What is the third harmonic? 493 What is the speed of the waves on this string? Holt SF 13Rev 39 18:04. and E 4. ﬁxed. A string of length L is clamped at both ends. C) The waves that form are standing waves. numeric. a higher pitch. C. section 4. < 1 min. B and C 3. highSchool. When it is plucked.0 cm? Holt SF 13B 04 18:04. excluding the ends. What is the ﬁrst harmonic of this note? Standing Waves 03 18:04. highSchool. 2.4 m/s. Shortens the string. highSchool. which remain motionless at all times.

The string vibrates in ﬁve sections. Standing Waves in a String Fixed at Both Ends 6. numeric. The string is held ﬁxed at each end. highSchool. λ = 3 7. Determine the wave length of the wave in this string. There is a standing wave on the string with wavelength 20. λ = 9 Wavelength 01 18:04. the string has six antinodes. i.4 cm..e. Part 1 of 2 The length of a string is 150 cm. λ = 2 8. wording-variable. > 1 min. 1..0067 kg/m .e. > 1 min. Part 2 of 2 What is the fundamental frequency. > 1 min.. multiple choice. The string vibrates in six sections. λ = 4 2 9. The tension in the string is 22 N . Part 1 of 2 The length of a string is 180 cm . multiple choice. section 4. highSchool. i. 2 2 5. wording-variable. i. The string is held ﬁxed at each end. the lowest frequency the string can sustain? Standing Waves 26 18:04.e. 1. Which ﬁgure schematically represents the standing wave? Determine the frequency of vibrations in the string. the string has ﬁve antinodes. B. and E Standing Waves 15 18:04. D. The length of a string is 71. λ = 3. > 1 min. A. Part 2 of 2 What is the fundamental frequency? Standing Waves 24 18:04. B and D 7. and E 8. wordingvariable. The string is held ﬁxed at each end. The linear density of the string is 0. and the string vibrates at 120 Hz. λ = 5 6. 2. numeric. wordingvariable. D.4 cm. λ = 2 3 2 7 Find the wavelength. highSchool. . λ = 4. 494 The ﬁgure below represent a wave in a string with both ends held in ﬁxed position. λ = 2.Chapter 18. highSchool.

section 4. 1. which wave has a wavelength 50 cm? 7.Chapter 18. The diagrams below show diﬀerent standing waves on a string of length 100 cm. Wavelength 01 A 18:04. 6. . Standing Waves in a String Fixed at Both Ends 495 3. 5. 4. highSchool. multiple choice. 2. 9. 5. 8. < 1 min. normal. 8. 3. 4. 7. 6.

. Standing Waves in a String Fixed at Both Ends 496 9.Chapter 18. section 4.

5. multiple choice. They do that to avoid making a lot of noise. the sound becomes louder. If they do not break step in marching over a bridge. ﬁxed. < 1 min. ﬁxed. . Concept 20 29 18:05. By conservation of energy. Why do lower-frequency sounds get through walls. Concept 20 31 18:05. < 1 min. and ceilings is lower than the natural frequency of smaller surfaces. The regular step could set the bridge into a resonance which could destroy the bridge. 2. the sound becomes louder and the length of time the fork keeps vibrating becomes longer. The higher-frequency waves are more likely to diﬀract than the lower-frequency waves. highSchool. If the handle of a vibrating tuning fork is held solidly against a table. A harp uses a softer string than a piano. multiple choice. 2. ﬁxed. Why. 2. A harp produces relatively softer sounds than a piano because it is plucked with ﬁngers. this reduces the length of time the fork keeps vibrating. 4. they are likely to expose themselves to their enemy. The natural frequency of large walls. multiple choice. By conservation of energy. Forced Vibrations and Resonance Concept 20 28 18:05. 4. multiple choice. Usually a bridge is too narrow for the soldiers to march. ﬂoors. the sound becomes louder. highSchool. 3. this reduces the length of time the fork keeps vibrating. The walls. the sound from the tuning fork becomes louder. ﬁxed. A harp produces relatively softer sounds than a piano because its sounding board is bigger and more massive. highSchool. section 5. Because a more massive surface is set into more lower frequency vibration. 3. Our ears are more sensitive to the lowfrequency waves. < 1 min. Why is the sound of a harp soft in comparison with the sound of a piano? 1. 3. 2. 497 Apartment dwellers will testify that bass notes are more distinctly heard from music played in nearby apartments. and ceilings are made of materials that allow low-frequency waves to pass. and ceilings more easily? 1.Chapter 18. There is no special reason. Because a greater surface is set into vibration. highSchool. ﬂoors. Concept 20 30 18:05. A harp produces relatively softer sounds than a piano because its sounding board is smaller and lighter. Because a more massive surface is set into vibration. ﬂoors. and how will this aﬀect the length of time the fork keeps vibrating? 1. 3. < 1 min. bass notes more easily set them into forced vibrations and resonance. Why do soldiers break step in marching over a bridge? 1. 4.

the driving force enhances the motion of the object. Because a greater surface is set into vibration. How does this work? 1. When certain dance steps have a smaller frequency than the natural frequency of the ﬂoor. multiple choice. < 1 min. this reduces the length of time the fork keeps vibrating. A sounding board with large surface has greater intertia. multiple choice. By conservation of momentum. highSchool. 4. If the frequency of the driving force is a multiple of the natural frequency of the object. so the amplitude of the produced sound will increase. Scientists are still studying to ﬁnd the reason. ﬁxed. so the pitch of the produced sound will increase. 2. highSchool. the driving force distrupts the motion of the object. 498 4. When certain dance steps have a greater frequency than the natural frequency of the ﬂoor. The upper strings are connected to the lower strings with invisible strings. the ﬂoor heaves. If the frequency of the driving force is a multiple of the natural frequency of the object. the ﬂoor heaves. an Indian musical instrument. 3. These “sympathetic strings” are identical to the plucked strings and are mounted below them. 2. When certain dance steps resonate with the natural frequency of the ﬂoor. Forced Vibrations and Resonance 4. The wave power of a multiple of its natural frequency is too weak to vibrate the object. A sounding board with large surface is able to set more air vibrating. The lower strings are plucked by a ghost. multiple choice. Why will it not resonate to multiples of its natural frequency? (Think of pushing a child in a swing. ﬁxed. 2. has a set of strings that vibrate and produce music. ﬁxed.) 1. section 5. the sound becomes louder. Concept 21 11 18:05. 2. The sitar. 3. A sounding board with large surface has . ﬁxed. < 1 min. An object resonates when the frequency of a vibrating force either matches its natural frequency or is a sub-multiple of its natural frequency. 4. the ﬂoor heaves. Concept 20 36 18:05.Chapter 18. Concept 20 32 18:05. < 1 min. Very strong dance steps cause the ﬂoor to heave. highSchool. The wave power of a multiple of its natural frequency is so strong that the object would be broken. multiple choice. Concept 20 33 18:05. Why does a dance ﬂoor heave only when certain kinds of dance steps are being performed? 1. 3. Why does a sounding board on a musical instrument produce louder sound? 1. even though they are never plucked by the player. highSchool. 3. The lower strings are resonating with the upper. < 1 min.

Forced Vibrations and Resonance greater intertia. Concept 21 12 18:05. Would a plucked guitar string vibrate for longer or shorter time if the instrument had no sounding board? 1. section 5. more air is set into motion per unit of time. 4. 2. A sounding board with large surface vibrates with higher frequency.Chapter 18. 3. the frequency of the produced sound increases. 4. highSchool. multiple choice. < 1 min. so the amplitude of the produced sound will increase. so the pitch of the produced sound will decrease. A longer time. A shorter time. A longer time. ﬁxed. its mass is smaller than that with a sounding board. less air is set into motion per unit of time. 499 . A longer time.

highSchool. > 1 min.2 m long organ pipe that is closed at one end. Part 1 of 4 A pipe that is open at both ends has a fundamental frequency of 320 Hz when the speed of sound in air is 331 m/s. which of the following is true? 1. section 6. No change in the pitch of the sound 3. Part 1 of 3 A ﬂute is essentially a pipe open at both ends. normal. What is the fundamental frequency around which we would expect hearing to be best when the speed of sound in air is 340 m/s? Holt SF 13Rev 41 18:06. Increase in the volume of the sound 5. numeric. What is the length of this pipe? Part 2 of 4 What is the second harmonic? Part 3 of 4 What is the third harmonic? Part 4 of 4 What is the fundamental frequency of this pipe when the speed of sound in air is increased to 367 m/s due to a rise in the temperature of the air? Holt SF 13Rev 43 18:06. As you pour water into a glass. Increase in the pitch of the sound 4. < 1 min. What is the ﬁrst harmonic of a ﬂute when all keys are closed. numeric. What is the fundamental frequency of a 0. normal. The human ear canal is about 2. and the vibrating tuning fork is placed near the top of the tube. you repeatedly tap the glass with a spoon. > 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable. < 1 min. numeric. Decrease in the pitch of the sound 2. Standing Waves in Air Columns Concept 20 14 18:06. making the vibrating air 500 column approximately equal to the length of the ﬂute? Part 2 of 3 What is the second harmonic? Part 3 of 3 What is the third harmonic? Holt SF 13Rev 40 18:06. highSchool. normal. highSchool. < 1 min.Chapter 18. Part 1 of 3 The frequency of a tuning fork can be found by the method shown in the ﬁgure. when the speed of sound in the pipe is 352 m/s? Holt SF 13B 02 18:06. highSchool. A long tube open at both ends is submerged in a beaker of water. > 1 min.8 cm long and can be regarded as a tube open at one end and closed at the eardrum. highSchool. The length . (The sound is not being generated by the cavity of the air column. normal. < 1 min. The speed of sound in the ﬂute is 340 m/s. Decrease in the volume of the sound Conceptual 15 11 18:06.) As the tapped glass is being ﬁlled. numeric. The length of a ﬂute is approximately 66 cm. ﬁxed. multiple choice. Holt SF 13B 01 18:06. Calculate the fundamental frequency of a 4 meter organ pipe that is open at both ends. numeric. highSchool. Assume that the temperature is 20◦ C and the speed of the sound is 344 m/s. normal. highSchool.

numeric. Standing Waves in Air Columns L of the air column is adjusted by moving the tube vertically. open at both ends. l1/4 2. l2/4 . The sound waves generated by the fork are reinforced when the length of the air column corresponds to one of the resonant frequencies of the tube. Compare the lengths of these two pipes by L ﬁnding closed . normal. highSchool. If you blow across the open end of a soda bottle and produce a tone of 250 Hz. The fundamental frequency of an open organ pipe corresponds to the note middle C (with frequency 261.46 m long. Lopen Open Tube Resonance 18:06. what will be the frequency of the next harmonic heard if you blow much harder? Holt SF 13Rev 51 18:06. The third harmonic f3 of another organ pipe that is closed at one end has the same frequency. is closest to the right length so as to resonate at its fundamental frequency when placed in this sound wave? 1. l1/2 3. This picture shows the displacements s of the air molecules in a traveling sound wave as a function of distance x. numeric. and the speed of sound in the pipe is 345 m/s. The smallest value for L for which a peak occurs in sound intensity is 9 cm. Part 1 of 2 An open organ pipe is 2. The speed of sound in air is 345 m/s. l1 l2 L What is the frequency of the tuning fork? Part 2 of 3 What is the value of L for the second resonant position? Part 3 of 3 What is the value of L for the third resonant position? Holt SF 13Rev 47 18:06. < 1 min. > 1 min. highSchool.Chapter 18. What is the fundamental frequency of this pipe? Part 2 of 2 How many harmonics are possible in a person’s hearing range of 21 Hz to 20000 Hz? Holt SF 13Rev 49 Which of the following tubes. 501 18:06. < 1 min. highSchool. normal. ﬁxed. section 6. l1 4.6 Hz on the chromatic musical scale). highSchool. multiple choice. numeric. < 1 min. normal.

λ = 5 1. λ = 3. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 The length of a hollow pipe is 120 cm. λ = 4 2 9. multiple choice. wordingvariable. i. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 The ﬁgure below represents a sound wave in a hollow pipe with both ends open. λ = 2 Standing Waves 23 18:06. The air column in the pipe is vibrating and has four nodes. λ = Standing Waves 27 18:06. λ = 2. λ = 2 3 2 7 8. Find the frequency of the sound wave in the hollow pipe. wording-variable.Chapter 18. Standing Waves in Air Columns 5. λ = 7. highSchool. . λ = 4 9 4 11 4 13 4 15 4 17 Determine the wavelength of the sound wave in this hollow pipe. > 1 min. λ = 3 4 3. section 6. λ = 9 Part 2 of 2 Consider another organ pipe which has one end open and one end closed. λ = 4. l2 7. Determine the wave length of the sound wave in this hollow pipe. numeric. 1. numeric. λ = 6. the lowest frequency the pipe can sustain? Standing Waves 25 18:06. The speed of sound in air is 343 m/s. > 1 min. λ = 3 4. wordingvariable. Part 2 of 2 What is the fundamental frequency. λ = 9. l2/2 502 2 2 5. > 1 min. 4 7 4 2.e.. λ = 6. λ = 5 6. 8. λ = 4 5.

f0 = 2. i. 19. highSchool.. ﬁxed. the ﬁrst resonance is heard when the water level is at L from the top of the tube. The speed of sound in air is 343 m/s. section 6.25 cm below the top of the tube. 503 the open end. f0 = 7. f0 = 4. f0 = 5.Chapter 18. f0 = 8. none of these Part 2 of 2 L . multiple choice. Part 1 of 2 An open vertical tube is ﬁlled with water and a tuning fork vibrates over the top near 1. f0 = 6. As the water level is lowered in the tube. the tuning fork? Part 3 of 3 The water continues to leak out the bottom of the tube. > 1 min.25 cm What is the frequency f0 of the tuning fork? What is the wave length of the sound wave? Part 2 of 3 What is the frequency of the sound wave. Tuning Fork Frequency 01 18:06. f0 = 3.e. The speed of sound in air is vs . f0 = vs 4L vs 2L 3 vs 4L vs L 5 vs 4L 3 vs 2L 7 vs 4L 2 vs L 9. what is its length. A tuning fork vibrates over its mouth. When the open vertical tube next resonates with the tuning fork. the fourth resonance is heard when the water level is 19. As the water level is lowered in the tube. Standing Waves in Air Columns Part 1 of 3 An open vertical tube has water in it.

2 h2 = 5 L and 2 8.4 cm. h1 = 3 L 2. numeric. 2 7 and h2 = L . 7 L. Standing Waves in Air Columns As we continue to lower the water level in the tube. h1 = 3 L What is the frequency of the tuning fork? Part 2 of 2 As we continue to lower the water level in the tube. Which ﬁgure schematically represents this standing wave? Tuning Fork Frequency 02 18:06. h1 = 2 L 9. 5. 2 17 cm 504 5 L and 2 h2 = 3 L . . What is the height h2 ? Wavelength 02 18:06.Chapter 18. the second f1 and the third f2 resonances are heard when the heights are h1 and h2 in the air column. The length of a hollow pipe is 66. wording-variable. and h2 = 4 L . and h2 = 3 L. h1 = and h2 = 5 L . the ﬁrst resonance is heard when the water level is at 17 cm from the top of the tube. 2 5 and h2 = L . multiple choice. h1 = 2 L 4. 2 5 and h2 = L . 1. > 1 min. The speed of sound in air is 343 m/s. There is a standing wave in the pipe with wavelength 20. The pipe has one end open. highSchool.3 cm. h1 = 3 L 7. As the water level is lowered in the tube. h1 = 2 L 3. > 1 min. highSchool. section 6. and h2 = 5 L . Part 1 of 2 An open vertical tube is ﬁlled with water and a tuning fork vibrates over the top near the open end. the second f1 and the third f2 resonances are heard when the heights h1 and h2 of the air column in the tube are 1. normal. h1 = and h2 = 3 L . h1 = 2 L 6. h1 = 2 L 10.

7. 4. 8. highSchool. 6. There is a standing wave in the pipe with . section 6. 9. There is a standing wave in the pipe with wavelength 20. 3. multiple choice. 7. highSchool. Which ﬁgure schematically represents this standing wave? 9. Wavelength 05 18:06. The length of a hollow pipe is 71. multiple choice.5 cm . wording-variable. > 1 min. 8. 6. 1. 3. 2. The pipe is open at both ends. Wavelength 03 18:06.4 cm. < 1 min. Standing Waves in Air Columns 505 2.Chapter 18. The length of a hollow pipe is 11. 4. 5. wording-variable.4 cm. 5.

L 5. L 6.2 cm.Chapter 18. Which ﬁgure schematically represents the standing wave? 1. L L 4. . 8. L L 3. 10. section 6. 9. Standing Waves in Air Columns wavelength 9. L 7. 506 L L L 2.

independent of their relative phase. < 1 min. Waves of the same frequency interfere destructively. The two sounds interfere destructively. 3. numeric. Suppose a piano tuner hears 3 beats per second when listening to the combined sound from his tuning fork and the piano note being tuned. your friend takes 50 strides per minute while you take 48 strides per minute. Walking beside you. < 1 min. The string should be loosened because the frequency of the string is 5 Hz below the correct frequency. independent of their relative phase. < 1 min. he hears 5 beats per second. . 5. The string should be loosened because the frequency of the string is 5 Hz above the correct frequency. Two sound waves of the same frequency can interfere. Concept 20 40 18:09. < 1 min. Should the string be loosened or tightened? 1. 2. multiple choice. If you start in step. Why? 1.Chapter 18. normal. 3. normal. The string should be loosen to increase its frequency. The speed of sound in air is 340 m/s. The superposition of two sounds makes a louder sound. 3. The string should be tightened because the frequency of the string is 5 Hz above the correct frequency. highSchool. Two waves of diﬀerent frequencies interfere destructively. The string should be tightened because the frequency of the string is 5 Hz below the correct freguency. 4. ﬁxed. A mosquito ﬂaps its wings 600 times per second. Concept 20 38 18:09. 4. two sound waves have to have diﬀerent frequencies. numeric. highSchool. Waves of the same frequency interfere constructively. which produces the annoying 600 Hz buzz. 5. To alternate between constructive and destructive interfrence requires diﬀerent frequencies. You can hear a “beat” representing alternate constructive and destructive interference. A human cannot hear sound at a frequency of 100 kHz. multiple choice. highSchool. you’ll hear sound. The two sounds interfere constructively. highSchool. highSchool. or sound at 102 kHz. multiple choice. independent of their phase diﬀerence. How far does the sound travel between wing beats? Concept 20 37 18:09. ﬁxed. when will you be in step again? Concept 20 39 507 18:09. Beats: Interference in Time Concept 19 06 18:09. but to create beats. After slightly tightening the string. But if you walk into a room in which two sources are emitting sound waves at 100 kHz and 102 kHz. Why? 1. Two waves of diﬀerent frequencies interfere constructively. independent of their phase diﬀerence. 4. 2. ﬁxed. 2. section 9. < 1 min.

respectively. ﬁxed. 3 possible: 2 Hz. highSchool. 520 Hz. < 1 min. 259 Hz. numeric. section 9. < 1 min. and 5 Hz. beats are heard. 3 Hz. greater than 256 Hz 3.Chapter 18. multiple choice. The string is tightened slightly and the beats go away. highSchool. 256 Hz Holt SF 13Rev 44 18:09. 3 possible: 256 Hz. multiple choice. Beats: Interference in Time Concept 20 P10 18:09. Conceptual 15 Q15 18:09. 3 Hz. 5. 2 possible: 2 Hz and 3 Hz. What beat frequencies are possible with tuning forks of frequencies 256. and 517 Hz. When two tuning forks of 132 Hz and 137 Hz. and 261 Hz. how many beats per second are heard? 508 . wordingvariable. 3 possible: 515 Hz. 4 possible: 2 Hz. highSchool. < 1 min. 259. 3. are sounded simultaneously. When a tuning fork of frequency 256 Hz vibrates beside a piano string. and 261 Hz? 1. What was the original frequency of the string? 1. 2. normal. and 7 Hz. 4. 5 Hz. less than 256 Hz 2.

The molecules of the air have the same average speed. If the air in your room is in thermal equilibrium. When the temperature of the blocks is higher than the temperature of your hand 5. multiple choice. ﬁxed. < 1 min. In your room there are things such as tables. 4. highSchool. multiple choice. < 1 min. multiple choice. which of following is wrong? 1. Hewitt CP9 15 E07 19:02. At room temperature 3. The same 4. highSchool.Chapter 19. < 1 min. How does the temperature of a thermometer outdoors on a sunny day compare with the temperature of the air? 1. A little higher 3. chairs 4. 2. Hewitt CP9 15 E01 19:02. At what common temperature will a block of wood and a block of metal both feel neither hot nor cold to the touch? 1. highSchool. chairs and other people 5. section 2. tables. Much lower 5. The Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics: Thermal Equilibrium 2. 509 Hewitt CP9 16 E03 19:02. 3. At the freezing point 4. The molecules of the air exchange energy with each other at all times. All are wrong. multiple choice. chairs. A little lower Concept 16 E18 19:02. ﬁxed. other people. tables 3. Diﬀerent parts of your room have the same average temperature. When the temperature of the blocks is the same as the temperature of your hand 2. The molecules of the air have the same average kinetic energy. and so forth. people 2. All are wrong. Which of these has a temperature greater than the temperature of the air? 1. When the temperature of the blocks is lower than the temperature of your hand . < 1 min. ﬁxed. highSchool. ﬁxed.

Part 1 of 2 The normal human body temperature is 98. −26◦ C 8. +491. > 1 min. 32 ◦ F 9. a) What is the lower temperature on the Celsius scale? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the higher temperature on the Celsius scale? Holt SF 10Rev 44 19:03. < 1 min. A person with a fever may record 102◦ F. multiple choice. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit? 1. > 1 min. recorded at Vostok Station. −50◦ C 4.4 ◦ F 7. normal. . 0◦ C 7. section 3. Part 1 of 2 The freezing and boiling points of water on the imaginary “Too Hot” temperature scale f reezing are selected to be exactly TT = 51◦ TH H boiling and TT = 197◦ TH.Chapter 19.667 ◦ F Conceptual 11 02 19:03. ﬁxed. numeric.6◦ F. 20◦ C 6. −40◦ C 2. The coldest temperature possible is −273 degrees Celsius. normal. ﬁxed. −18◦ C 510 Holt SF 10A 01 19:03. At what temperature is the Celsius and Fahrenheit value the same? 1. highSchool. −22◦ C 3.4 ◦ F 3. −491. −32 ◦ F 10. < 1 min. H a) Derive an equation relating the Too Hot scale to the Celsius scale. Convert 300◦ C to Fahrenheit. highSchool. multiple choice. −523. Conceptual 11 04 19:03. numeric. highSchool. 0 ◦ F 8. +459. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 The lowest outdoor temperature ever recorded on Earth is −128. a) What is this temperature on the Celsius scale? Part 2 of 2 b) What is this temperature on the Kelvin scale? Holt SF 10A 03 19:03. > 1 min. ﬁxed. numeric. −459. < 1 min.4 ◦ F 5. highSchool.4 ◦ F 4. 40◦ C 5. wording-variable. −119. which is called absolute zero. multiple choice. +523.6◦ F. Antarctica. Celsius and Fahrenheit Temperature Scales Celsius vs Fahrenheit 19:03. in 1983.4 ◦ F 6.4 ◦ F 2. highSchool.

TC = TT H − 51 7. TC = TT H + 51 6. highSchool. TC = 73 73 3. highSchool. Celsius and Fahrenheit Temperature Scales 50 73 50 2. numeric.Chapter 19. Given: The melting point 316 ◦ C of a particular alloy is 212 ◦ X and the freezing point −54 ◦ C of a particular liquid is 32 ◦ X. At what Fahrenheit temperature are the Celsius and Fahrenheit temperatures numerically equal? New Thermometric Scale 19:03. section 3. At what temperature does water boil on the X scale? . > 1 min. TC = 50 73 4. Holt SF 10Rev 45 19:03. TC = 50 1. normal. None of these Part 2 of 2 b) Calculate absolute zero in degrees TH. numeric. < 1 min. TC = (TT H − 51) TT H + 51 (TT H − 51) TT H + 51 511 5. We introduce the X thermometric scale. ﬁxed.

Chapter 19. ﬁxed. normal. highSchool. normal. Part 1 of 2 The highest recorded temperature on Earth was 136◦ F. in 1922. The Constant-Volume Gas Thermometer and the Kelvin Scale Conceptual 11 01 19:04. > 1 min. Part 1 of 2 A pan of water is heated from 23◦ C to 78◦ C. numeric. Convert 120◦ F to Kelvin. a) Write a formula that relates the Rankine scale to the Fahrenheit scale.34 K. highSchool. . highSchool. at Azizia. Libya. a) What is this temperature on the Celsius scale? Part 2 of 2 b) What is this temperature on the Kelvin scale? Holt SF 10Rev 10 19:04. > 1 min. numeric. Conceptual 11 03 19:04. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 Absolute zero on the Rankine temperature scale is TR = 0◦ R. a) What is the lower temperature on the Celsius scale? Part 2 of 4 b) What is the lower temperature on the Kelvin scale? Part 3 of 4 c) What is the higher temperature on the Celsius scale? Part 4 of 4 d) What is the higher temperature on the Kelvin scale? Holt SF 10A 04 19:04. ﬁxed. highSchool. and the scale’s unit is the same size as the Fahrenheit degree. wordingvariable. > 1 min. Convert 80 K to Celsius. numeric. ﬁxed. numeric. numeric. a) What is the change in temperature on the Kelvin scale? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the change in temperature on the Fahrenheit scale? Holt SF 10A 05 19:04. < 1 min. Part 1 of 2 The melting point of gold is 1947◦ F. a) What is this temperature on the Celsius scale? Part 2 of 2 b) What is this temperature on the Kelvin scale? Holt SF 10Rev 41 19:04. multiple choice. highSchool. > 1 min. Part 1 of 4 The temperatures of one northeastern state range from 105◦ F in the summer to −25◦ F in winter. > 1 min. numeric. section 4. Holt SF 10A 02 19:04. Part 1 of 2 512 Liquid nitrogen is used to cool substances to very low temperatures. normal. numeric. highSchool. The boiling point of liquid nitrogen (at 1 atm of pressure) is 77. a) What is this temperature on the Celsius scale? Part 2 of 2 b) What is this temperature on the Fahrenheit scale? Holt SF 10Rev 09 19:04. > 1 min. normal. < 1 min. highSchool.

9 1. < 1 min. None of these 5 4. TF = TR + 20 5. ﬁxed. TR = TF 9 5 5. TR = TF 5 3. numeric. < 1 min.Chapter 19.87◦ C. TF = TR + 459. The Constant-Volume Gas Thermometer and the Kelvin Scale 1. 513 At what Fahrenheit temperature are the Kelvin and Fahrenheit temperatures numerically equal? .67 4. TF = TF − 459.5◦ C. c) What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit? Part 4 of 4 d) What is this temperature in Kelvin? Holt SF 10Rev 48 19:04. a) What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit? Part 2 of 4 b) What is this temperature in Kelvin? Part 3 of 4 Consider the temperature of a room at 20. numeric.67 2. TR = T 5 9 2. highSchool. Part 1 of 4 The boiling point of liquid hydrogen is −252. wordingvariable. highSchool. None of these Part 2 of 2 b) Write a formula that relates the Rankine scale to the Kelvin scale. section 4.67 3. TF = TR − 459. TR = T 9 Holt SF 10Rev 43 19:04.

Run cold water inside the inner pipe and pour hot water over the outer pipe. highSchool. The expansion coeﬃcient of your ﬁnger is higher.2 m long when it is −10◦ C? Conceptual 11 07 19:05. Run hot water inside the inner pipe and pour hot water over the outer pipe. 2. The hole becomes smaller. If this remedy relies on thermal expansion eﬀects. what does this tell you about the relative expansion coeﬃcients of gold and your ﬁnger? 1. numeric. ﬁxed. What is its length on a hot day when the temperature is 37◦ C if the strip is 0. The hole remains the same. as shown. The expansion coeﬃcient of gold is higher. numeric. ﬁxed. < 1 min. 1. 3. Conceptual 11 Q5 19:05. then raise the temperature. < 1 min. highSchool. 2. < 1 min. normal. 3. More information is needed. > 1 min. highSchool. 3. normal. ﬁxed. section 5. Some home remedies suggest soaking your ﬁnger in ice water and then trying to remove the ring. Conceptual 11 Q4 19:05. The hole becomes bigger.1 × 10−5 /◦ C) Conceptual 11 Q3 19:05. One way to separate them is to run water inside the inner pipe and over the outer pipe. what is the range in size of this bridge if it measures exactly 50 m at 20 ◦ C? (Steel has a coeﬃcient of linear expansion of 1. Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids Conceptual 11 06 19:05. Run hot water inside the inner pipe and pour cold water over the outer pipe. A square hole is cut out of a piece of sheet metal. multiple choice. 2. > 1 min. The coeﬃcient of linear expansion for a silver strip is 1. Two pieces of copper pipe are stuck together.Chapter 19.9 × 10−5 /◦ C. highSchool. Which method is applicable to separate them? 1. multiple choice. . the metal expands. highSchool. If a 50 m steel footbridge experiences extreme temperatures between −15 ◦ C and 45 ◦ C. 514 Suppose your gold wedding ring became stuck on your ﬁnger. When the temperature of the metal is raised. then put then back together. multiple choice. What happens to the size of the square hole? Hint: Break up the piece of metal into eight smaller square pieces of sheet metal.

ﬁxed. a lead strip 4. while sudden cooling causes them to contract quickly. 2. ◦ 515 ﬁxed. When water freezes.Chapter 19. A mercury thermometer consists of a mercury-ﬁlled glass bulb that is connected to a narrow glass tube. section 5. < 1 min. The change of temperature causes vibration. None of these Hewitt CP9 15 E25 19:05. Run cold water inside the inner pipe and pour cold water over the outer pipe. has a higher thermal expansion coeﬃcient? 1. highSchool. A B Which metal. multiple choice. Which strip bends when heated? 1. it expands. Ice is less dense than water. Which has the higher thermal expansion coeﬃcient? 1. highSchool. A or B . A 3. ﬁxed. Hewitt CP9 15 E23 19:05. highSchool. 4. Hewitt CP9 15 E27 . Why do boulders break when ﬁrst placed in ﬁre for an extended period of time and then doused with cold water? 1. They have the same coeﬃcient. Conceptual 11 Q7 19:05. ﬁxed. Ice is as dense as water. 2. ﬁxed. 3. Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids 4. The inner and outer parts of the boulder have diﬀerent temperatures. causing the material to change it’s properties. an aluminum strip 2. multiple choice. B 2. < 1 min. multiple choice. Ice is denser than water. < 1 min. a copper strip 3. Hewitt CP9 12 E04 19:05. 3. < 1 min. glass 3. Mercury thermometers are based on the thermal expansion of mercury: as the mercury expands. Conceptual 11 Q6 19:05. highSchool. A B At 20 C they bend upward because the metals expand diﬀerently. What does this say about the density of ice relative to the density of water? 1. it rises up the tube. a bimetallic strip 5. highSchool. Heat melts them. < 1 min. mercury 2. multiple choice. multiple choice. They are the same. Heat makes them expand. Two thin strips of metal (A and B ) are glued together at 0◦ C as shown in the ﬁgure.

ﬁxed. When the ring is cooled. not right and left. 4. Suppose you cut a small gap in a metal ring. The rocker will neither tilt nor shift. 5. during the coldest part of the year 4. 4. Fill the inner glass with hot water and run hot water over the surface of the outer glass.Chapter 19. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. < 1 min. Hewitt CP9 15 E29 19:05. the size of the hole decreases. A metal ball is just able to pass through a metal ring. it will not pass through the ring. multiple choice. Grandfather’s pendulum clock runs faster on a hot day. Imagine two drinking glasses that stick together when put one into the other. ﬁxed. < 1 min. 5. ﬁxed. Fill the inner glass with hot water and run cold water over the surface of the outer glass. Neither is corrent. the size of the hole does not change. multiple choice. it will still pass through the ring. One end of the bridge is ﬁxed. highSchool. On a hot day the pendulum lengthens slightly. multiple choice. Hewitt CP9 15 E35 19:05. There is no easy way to separate them. 3. Fill the inner glass with cold water and run cold water over the surface of the outer glass. highSchool. 2. What is correct? 1. during the hottest part of the year 2. highSchool. When the ring is heated. highSchool. When the ball is heated. while the end shown rides on a rocker to allow for thermal expansion. < 1 min. section 5. the size of the hole increases. < 1 min. The rocker will shift up and down. 3. 4. highSchool. 516 When would it be most reasonable to see the top of the rocker slightly tipped to the right? 1. Hewitt CP9 15 E31 19:05. When the ring is heated. Both are correct. Hewitt CP9 15 E33 19:05. What is correct? 1. multiple choice. multiple choice. Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids 19:05. . 3. When the ball is heated. 2. 5. Fill the inner glass with cold water and run hot water over the surface of the outer glass. 2. < 1 min. Which of the following advice will help separate them? 1.

water expands. 3. multiple choice. pipes contract. The gap in the ring will not change when the ring is heated. < 1 min. 2. 4. highSchool. ﬁxed. Hewitt CP9 15 E41 19:05. All are wrong. When the temperature is below freezing. 517 4. 5. Thermal Expansion of Solids and Liquids What is correct? 1. Metal pipes will fracture if water in them freezes. < 1 min. 2 ◦ C 3. What was the precise temperature at the bottom of Lake Superior at 12 a. The gap in the ring will become wider when the ring is cooled. on October 31. The gap in the ring will become wider when the ring is heated. When the temperature is below freezing. The gap in the ring will become narrower when the ring is heated. 3. Water pipes freeze before water does. ﬁxed. 1894? 1. Hewitt CP9 15 E47 19:05. 5. multiple choice. highSchool. section 5.m. The gap in the ring will not change when the ring is cooled.Chapter 19. 4 ◦ C 4. water contracts. What is wrong? 1. 100 ◦ C 5. When the temperature is below freezing. 2. Consider water pipes in winter. 0 ◦ C 2. .

01% 518 Concept 16 E19 19:06. It’s impossible to determine. wording-variable. The pressure increases one and a half times. The pressure increases three times. < 1 min. highSchool. multiple choice. What percent of molecules escape? 1.Chapter 19. multiple choice. 4.000 helium (He) atoms. Conceptual 09 Q10 19:06. 1 liter 2. multiple choice.09% 5. the cooler room 3. temperature. 5. 0. highSchool. < 1 min. Both rooms contain the same number of air molecules. 9% 3. Concept 14 53 19:06. highSchool.000. 1% 7. 10% 6.000. The pressure decreases to two thirds of its original value. multiple choice. highSchool.000 oxygen (O2 ) molecules and 1. The gases in the tanks have the same pressure and temperature. multiple choice. the hotter room 2. 0. Then a valve is opened to let enough air out to bring the pressure back to its original value. 90% 2. They are identical in every way except that one is ﬁlled with . ﬁxed.1% 8. 2. Air in a cylinder is compressed to one tenth of its original value with no change in temperature. 0. Another tank contains 1.000. 0. What change in pressure occurs in a party balloon that is squeezed to one third of its original volume with no change in temperature? 1. highSchool. There is no change in pressure. 3. One room is maintained at a higher temperature than the other. and pressure. 0. 2 liter 3. < 1 min. Which room contains more air molecules? 1. ﬁxed. A 1-liter tank contains 1.25 liter 5. What is the volume of the tank that contains only helium? 1. < 1 min. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. > 1 min. The pressure decreases three times.000. section 6. Macroscopic Description of an Ideal Gas Concept 14 51 19:06. 0. 4 liter Conceptual 09 Q9 19:06. Consider two equal-sized rooms connected by an open door.000. Part 1 of 2 Two gas-ﬁlled tanks have the same volume.000 helium (He) atoms. 4.5 liter 4.9% 4.000.

The container of oxygen 2. multiple choice. Yes. Which container weighs more? 1. < 1 min. increases at ﬁrst. remains the same 3. Two gas-ﬁlled tanks have the same volume. multiple choice. decreases at ﬁrst. The container of oxygen 2. the temperature will always decrease. increases Part 2 of 2 Two gas-ﬁlled tanks have the same volume. then increases 5. have the same number of 4. The container of oxygen 2. The container of nitrogen Part 2 of 2 Tom says that it is impossible to maintain constant temperature while the container is being compressed. ﬁxed. highSchool. then decreases . No. and pressure. < 1 min. ﬁxed. The container of nitrogen 3. < 1 min. 3. The container of nitrogen 3. remains the same 4. They have the same weight. They have the same weight. Macroscopic Description of an Ideal Gas oxygen (O2 ) gas and the other is ﬁlled with nitrogen (N2 ) gas. what happens to the volume of gas? 1. then increases 5. decreases at ﬁrst. Conceptual 09 Q9 short 19:06. what happens to the volume of the gas if the temperature increases? 1. temperature. highSchool. Part 1 of 2 If the pressure on a gas in a ﬂexible closed container is increased and the temperature re3. Do you agree with his statement? 1. Conceptual 10 Q15 19:06. 2. ﬁxed. decreases Conceptual 10 Q14 19:06. Which container has more gas molecules? 1. the average kinetic energy of the molecules could remain the same if some heat were removed from the gas.Chapter 19. They are identical in every way except that one is ﬁlled with oxygen (O2 ) gas and the other is ﬁlled with nitrogen (N2 ) gas. then decreases 519 mains constant. multiple choice. Yes. and pressure. the average kinetic energy of the molecules increases because the the external force does positive work. highSchool. Under constant pressure and with a constant amount of gas present. temperature. They are identical in every way except that one is ﬁlled with oxygen (O2 ) gas and the other is ﬁlled with nitrogen (N2 ) gas. 2. Which container weighs more? 1. increases 3. section 6. They molecules. increases at ﬁrst. decreases 2.

the pressure inside will increase because the molecules exert a greater force on the walls. If the container expands to 2 liters without any change in temperature or amount of gas. Why could the molecules exert a greater force? 1. Macroscopic Description of an Ideal Gas Conceptual 10 Q27 19:06.5 atm 2. The volume increases. The molecules move faster.25 atm Conceptual 10 Q31 19:06. ﬁxed. multiple choice. If you increase the temperature of a closed container of gas that has a ﬁxed volume. ﬁxed. highSchool. 0. 3. highSchool. 0. 4. The mass decreases. The molecules move slower. A ﬁxed amount of helium gas is held inside a l-liter container at a temperature of 25 ◦ C and atmospheric pressure. < 1 min. The pressure on the walls of the container is due to the collisions of the gas molecules with the container wall. 1 atm 3. multiple choice. what is the pressure? 1. 2 atm 4. 520 . section 6. 2. < 1 min.Chapter 19.

and the temperature is constant. numeric.Chapter 19. Assuming the pressure of the air is 95 percent of the external pressure at all times.81 m/s2 . highSchool. What will be the ﬁnal temperature of the gas if it is compressed to 0. What is the volume of the bubble just beneath the surface of the mercury? Assume that the surface is at atmospheric pressure. A swimmer has 8. with a volume of 15 m3 and a pressure of 0. What is wrong? 1. Holt SF 09E 01 19:07. When air is heated inside a house. The acceleration of gravity is 9. multiple choice. > 1 min. Holt SF 09E 03 19:07. > 1 min. A gas bubble with a volume of 0. The acceleration of gravity is 9. air is drawn in from outside. . highSchool.800 × 105 Pa? Holt SF 09E 02 19:07. When a gas is heated. numeric. Holt SF 09Rev 29 19:07. Find the new pressure in the tank. highSchool. > 1 min. what is the ﬁnal temperature of the gas? Holt SF 09Rev 30 19:07. A cylinder with a movable piston contains gas at a temperature of 27 ◦C.200 × 105 Pa.1 cm3 is formed at the bottom of a 10 cm deep container of mercury. 4. When you cool the house. it expands.0 ◦C and 5. highSchool.700 m3 and its pressure is increased to 0. highSchool.81 m/s2 .81 m/s2 . numeric.22 × 105 Pa. Gas is conﬁned in a tank at a pressure of 1. wordingvariable.0 m below the surface of the sea.05 × 103 Pa? Holt SF 09Rev 34 19:07. > 1 min.013 × 105 Pa. > 1 min. wordingvariable.09 × 104 Pa at 100. If the pressure is increased to 1. numeric. highSchool. > 1 min. An air bubble has a volume of 1. The acceleration of gravity is 9.50 cm3 when it is released by a submarine 100. the volume of the air does not change. highSchool. some of the air leaks to the outside. One can heat the air without increasing the volume of the house. 2. numeric. 5. ﬁxed. wordingvariable. The pressure in a constant-volume gas thermometer is 7. wordingvariable.78 × 105 Pa.19 × 104 Pa at 0. numeric. highSchool. 3.20 × 10−4 m3 of air in his lungs when he dives into a lake. what is the volume of the air at a depth of 10. The temperature is 27 ◦ C at the bottom of the container and 521 37 ◦ C at the top of the container. What is the temperature when the pressure is 4. normal. wordingvariable.0 ◦C. Half of the gas is withdrawn and the temperature is raised to 65◦ C.00 × 108 Pa and a temperature of 15◦ C. > 1 min. wordingvariable. section 7. When the air inside a house is heated. Holt SF 09Rev 35 19:07.00 × 103 kg/m3 . < 1 min. numeric. An ideal gas is contained in a vessel of ﬁxed volume at a temperature of 325 K and a pressure of 1. Problem Solving: Ideal Gas Law Hewitt CP9 15 E37 19:07. the density of the lake water is 1.0 m? Assume that the atmospheric pressure at the surface is 1.

numeric. > 1 min.0 m when the air pressure is 3. Assuming that helium is an ideal gas.179 kg/m3 . highSchool. At the end of the trip.0◦ C. highSchool.0 ◦C is 0.0 m in diameter and 4. so that the temperature remains at the value found in part a). wordingvariable. > 1 min. Holt SF 09Rev 40 19:07. the gauge pressure in the tire has increased to 2. The bottle is tossed into an open ﬁre. A cylindrical diving bell 3. Holt SF 09Rev 42 19:07. The density of helium gas at 0. The acceleration of gravity is 9. . wordingvariable. what is its temperature at the end of the trip? Part 2 of 2 Air is released from the tire during a short time interval.0 ◦C. A sealed glass bottle at 27◦ C contains air at a pressure of 1. highSchool.0 K.0 × 103 Pa and the temperature of the air surrounding it is 200. wordingvariable. > 1 min. Problem Solving: Ideal Gas Law What is the volume of the bubble when it reaches the surface? Assume that the temperature of the air in the bubble remains constant during ascent. Part 2 of 2 b) Determine the absolute pressure at this depth. When the bubble reaches the surface of the water. Part 1 of 2 Before beginning a long trip on a hot day. a) Assuming the volume of the air inside the tire has remained constant. wordingvariable. numeric.0 mm at the depth of the diver. wordingvariable.0 K. Assume that the amount of air released is small enough for the tire’s volume to be treated as constant. Assume that the temperature of the air in the bubble remains constant. Ni ) must be 522 released from the tire so that the pressure returns to its initial value? Holt SF 09Rev 46 19:07. The density of sea water is 1025 kg/m3 . How high does the sea water rise in the bell when the bell is submerged? Holt SF 09Rev 57 19:07. > 1 min. highSchool.1 atm. numeric. > 1 min.01 × 105 Pa and has a volume of 30. > 1 min.0 m tall with an open bottom is submerged to a depth of 220 m in the ocean. The temperature is then raised to 100. When the temperature of the air in the bottle reaches 225◦ C. If the balloon is ﬁlled at a pressure of 1. and the air’s temperature 220 m down is 5. but the pressure is kept constant. The acceleration of gravity is 9.8 atm at 293 K.81 m/s2 . numeric. b) What quantity of air (as a fraction of the initial number of particles. calculate the new density of the gas. it has a radius of 3. highSchool.0 cm3 . Holt SF 09Rev 66 19:07. A weather balloon is designed to expand to a maximum radius of 20. highSchool.81 m/s2 .01 × 105 Pa and 300.0 mm. a) Determine the depth of the diver. numeric. section 7. wordingvariable. The temperature of the air at the surface is 25◦ C. what is the pressure inside the bottle? Assume the volume of the bottle is constant. what is the radius of the balloon at the time of liftoﬀ? Holt SF 09Rev 45 19:07.Chapter 19. numeric. Part 1 of 2 An air bubble originating from a deep-sea diver has a radius of 2. a driver inﬂates an automobile tire to a gauge pressure of 1.

Chapter 20, section 1, Heat and Thermal Energy 2. B Conceptual 11 Q1 20:01, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. A glass of water sits on a table. The temperature of the water is the same as that of the glass. Which are moving faster, the silicon dioxide molecules (SiO2 ) that make up the glass or the water molecules (H2 O)? 1. water molecules 2. silicon dioxide molecules 3. They move at the same speed. Conceptual 12 Q01 20:01, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Part 1 of 3 Two glasses of water contain diﬀerent volumes of water at the same temperature. 3. Same in both 4. Unable to determine

523

Part 3 of 3 Which glass requires more heat to increase its temperature by 1◦ C ? 1. A 2. B 3. Either 4. Unable to determine Conceptual 12 Q02 20:01, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Part 1 of 2 A wooden block is released from rest at the top of a frictionless inclined plane and slides down to the bottom.

A B In which glass are the water molecules moving faster? 1. A 2. B 3. Same speed in both 4. Unable to determine Part 2 of 3 Which glass contains more thermal energy? 1. A

What conversions of energy are taking place as the block slides down the inclined plane? 1. Gravitational potential energy is converted into kinetic energy. 2. Gravitational potential energy is converted into kinetic energy and thermal energy. 3. Kinetic energy is converted into thermal energy. 4. No energy conversion takes place.

Chapter 20, section 1, Heat and Thermal Energy Part 2 of 2 What would be your answer if there were friction between the block and the plane? 1. Gravitational potential energy is converted into kinetic energy. 2. Gravitational potential energy is converted into kinetic energy and thermal energy. 3. Kinetic energy is converted into thermal energy. 4. No energy conversion of energy takes place. Conceptual 12 Q03 20:01, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. You use energy to heat your home. What ultimately happens to the energy that you pay for in your heating bill? 1. The energy heats your home. 2. The energy escapes your home and heats the outside. 3. The energy changes to mass. 4. The energy disappears as it never exists.

524

Chapter 20, section 2, Internal Energy Figuring Physics 18 20:02, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, normal. Helium has the special property that its internal energy is directly proportional to its absolute temperature. Consider a ﬂask of helium with a temperature of 2◦ C. If it is heated to twice its internal energy, what will its temperature be? 1. 277◦ C 2. 4◦ C 3. 275 K 4. 277 K 5. 275◦ C 6. None of these Hewitt CP9 15 E05 20:02, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Which of the following has the greatest amount of internal energy? 1. an iceberg 2. a cup of hot coﬀee 3. a cup of cold water 4. a pencil 5. a laptop Holt SF 10B 01 20:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. A vessel contains water. Paddles that are propelled by falling masses turn in the water, causing the water’s internal energy to increase. The temperature of the water is then

525

measured, giving an indication of the water’s internal energy increase. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . If a total mass of 11.5 kg falls 6.69 m and all of the mechanical energy is converted to internal energy, by how much will the internal energy of the water increase? (Assume no energy is transferred as heat out of the vessel to the surroundings or from the surroundings to the vessel’s interior.) Holt SF 10B 02 20:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. A worker drives a 0.500 kg spike into a rail tie with a 2.50 kg sledgehammer. The hammer hits the spike with a speed of 65.0 m/s. If one third of the hammer’s kinetic energy is converted to the internal energy of the hammer and spike, how much does the total internal energy increase? Holt SF 10B 03 20:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. A 3.0 × 10−3 kg copper penny drops a distance of 50.0 m to the ground. The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . If 65 percent of the initial potential energy goes into increasing the internal energy of the penny, ﬁnd the magnitude of that increase. Holt SF 10B 04 20:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. A 2.5 kg block of ice at a temperature of 0.0◦ C and an initial speed of 5.7 m/s slides across a level ﬂoor. If 3.3 × 105 J are required to melt 1.0 kg of ice, how much ice melts, assuming that the initial kinetic energy of the ice block is entirely converted to the ice’s internal energy? Holt SF 10B 05 20:02, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wording-

Chapter 20, section 2, Internal Energy variable. The amount of internal energy needed to raise the temperature of 0.25 kg of water by 0.2◦ C is 209.3 J. How fast must a 0.25 kg baseball travel in order for its kinetic energy to equal this internal energy? Holt SF 10Rev 20 20:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A 0.75 kg spike is hammered into a railroad tie. The initial speed of the spike is equal to 3.0 m/s. If the tie and spike together absorb 85 percent of the spike’s initial kinetic energy as internal energy, calculate the increase in internal energy of the tie and spike. Holt SF 11Rev 39 20:02, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Part 1 of 2 A gas expands when 606 J of energy is added to it by heat. The expanding gas does 418 J of work on its surroundings. a) What is the overall change in the internal energy of the gas? Part 2 of 2 b) If the work done by the gas equals 1212 J, how much energy must have been added as heat in order for the change in internal energy at the end of the process to equal the initial change in internal energy?

526

Chapter 20, section 3, Heat Capacity and Speciﬁc Heat Concept 18 06 20:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. A power station with an eﬃciency of 0.4 generates 1 × 108 W of electric power and dissipates 1.5 × 108 J/s of thermal energy to the cooling water that ﬂows through it. The speciﬁc heat of water is 4184 J/kg ·◦C. How much water ﬂows through the plant each second if the water is heated through 3◦ C? Conceptual 11 Q12 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Suppose a new liquid were discovered that is identical to water in every way except that it has a lower speciﬁc heat. Consider taking a shower with this liquid. Would insulating the pipes from the hot water heater to the shower head be more or less important with this new liquid? 1. More important; the lower speciﬁc heat makes it easier to cool the liquid ﬂowing from the pipes to the shower head. 2. Less important; the lower speciﬁc heat makes it harder to cool the liquid ﬂowing from the pipes to the shower head. 3. No signiﬁcant diﬀerence in importance. Conceptual 11 Q24 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. One hundred grams of liquid A is at a temperature of 100◦ C. One hundred grams of liquid B is at a temperature of 0◦ C. When the two liquids are mixed, the ﬁnal temperature is 50◦ C. What can you say about the speciﬁc heats of the two liquids? 1. The speciﬁc heat of A is greater than that of B.

527

2. The speciﬁc heat of B is greater than that of A. 3. The speciﬁc heats of A and B are equal. Conceptual 11 Q25 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Two hundred grams of liquid A is at a temperature of 100◦ C. One hundred grams of liquid B is at a temperature of 0◦ C. When the two liquids are mixed, the ﬁnal temperature is 50◦ C. Which material has a higher speciﬁc heat? 1. The speciﬁc heat of A is greater than that of B. 2. The speciﬁc heat of B is greater than that of A. 3. The speciﬁc heats of A and B are equal. Hewitt CP9 15 E13 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Which statement is wrong? 1. Adding the same amount of heat to two diﬀerent objects will produce the same increase in temperature. 2. Diﬀerent substances have diﬀerent thermal properties due to diﬀerences in the way energy is stored internally in the substances. 3. When the same amount of heat produces diﬀerent changes in temperature in two substances of the same mass, we say that they have diﬀerent speciﬁc heat capacities. 4. Each substance has its own characteristic speciﬁc heat capacity. 5. Temperature measures the average kinetic energy of random motion, but not other

Chapter 20, section 3, Heat Capacity and Speciﬁc Heat kinds of energy. 1. Sand reﬂects light very well. Hewitt CP9 15 E15 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Consider the following statement: Water has a high speciﬁc heat capacity. 1. It’s not true. 2. It’s true only if water is not mixed with other substances; for example, milk would have low speciﬁc heat. 3. It’s always true. A watermelon stays cool for a longer time than sandwiches when both are removed from a cooler on a hot day. Hewitt CP9 15 E17 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Iceland, so named to discourage conquest by expanding empires, is not at all ice-covered like Greenland and parts of Siberia, even though it is close to the Arctic Circle. The average winter temperature of Iceland is considerably higher than in the regions at the same latitude in eastern Greenland and central Siberia. What explains this? 1. The climate of Iceland is moderated by the surrounding water. 2. Iceland is below sea level. 3. Both are true. 4. Neither is true. Hewitt CP9 15 E21 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. What is the explanation for the fact that the desert sand is very hot in the day and very cool at night?

528

2. Sand has a low speciﬁc heat compared to air. 3. Sand is a bad heat conductor. Hewitt CP9 15 E49 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. What would be wrong if water had a lower speciﬁc heat? 1. Ponds would be less likely to freeze. 2. The temperature would decrease more rapidly when water gives up energy. 3. Water would readily be cooled to the freezing point. 4. Making tea would be much faster. Holt SF 10C 03 20:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Milk with a mass of 0.032 kg and a temperature of 11◦ C is added to 0.16 kg of coﬀee at 91◦ C. What is the ﬁnal temperature? Assume the speciﬁc heat capacities of the two liquids are the same as water, and disregard any energy transfer to the liquids’ surroundings. Holt SF 10Rev 31 20:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. When a driver brakes an automobile, friction between the brake disks and the brake pads converts part of the car’s translational kinetic energy to internal energy. If a 1500 kg automobile traveling at 32 m/s comes to a halt after its brakes are applied, how much can the temperature rise in each of the four 3.5 kg steel brake disks? Assume

Chapter 20, section 3, Heat Capacity and Speciﬁc Heat the disks are made of iron (cp = 448 J/kg ·◦ C) and that all of the kinetic energy is distributed in equal parts to the internal energy of the brakes. Holt SF 10Rev 42 20:03, highSchool, numeric, < 1 min, wordingvariable. A 3.0 kg rock is initially at rest at the top of a cliﬀ. Assume that the rock falls into the sea at the foot of the cliﬀ and that its kinetic energy is transferred entirely to the water. The speciﬁc heat of water is 4186 J/kg ·◦ C The acceleration of gravity is 9.81 m/s2 . How high is the cliﬀ if the temperature of 1.0 kg of water is raised 0.10 ◦ C? Holt SF 10Rev 46 20:03, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Given: speciﬁc heat of water = ◦ 4186 J/kg · C and density of water = 1000 kg/m3 . A hot-water heater is operated by solar power. If the solar collector has an area of 6.0 m2 and the power delivered by sunlight is 550 W/m2 , how long will it take to increase the temperature of 1.0 m3 of water from 21◦ C to 61◦ C? Holt SF 10Rev 49 20:03, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, normal. Given: speciﬁc heat of water = ◦ 4186 J/kg · C A 250 g aluminum cup holds and is in thermal equilibrium with 850 g of water at 83◦ C. The combination of cup and water is cooled uniformly so that the temperature decreases by 1.5◦ C/min. At what rate is energy being removed? Assume the speciﬁc heat of aluminum is 899 J/kg ·◦ C.

529

Chapter 20, section 4, Heat Capacity of Gases Holt SF 10C 06 20:04, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Given: speciﬁc heat of water = 4186 J/kg ·◦ C The air temperature above coastal areas is profoundly inﬂuenced by the large speciﬁc heat capacity of water. How large of a volume of air can be cooled by 1.0◦ C if energy is transferred as heat from the air to the water, thus increasing the temperature of 1.0 kg of water by 1.0◦ C? The speciﬁc heat capacity of air is approximately 1000.0 J/kg·◦ C, and the density of air is approximately 1.29 kg/m3 .

530

Chapter 20, section 6, Latent Heat weaker. Concept 17 E03 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Why does blowing over hot soup cool the soup? 1. Air temperature is much lower than the soup. 2. Air temperature lowers as you blow. 3. The air becomes dryer when you blow. 4. Net evaporation increases as does its cooling eﬀect. Concept 17 E14 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Why are icebergs often surrounded by fog? 1. The evaporation from an iceberg condenses into droplets (fog). 2. An iceberg attracts vapor from the surrounding air. 3. The air is dryer near an iceberg. 4. The chilled air in the vicinity of an iceberg results in condensation of water vapor in the air (fog). Conceptual 09 Q5 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Consider the changes of state for a simple water molecule that goes from a solid to a liquid to a gas from the perspective of the forces that it experiences from its neighbouring molecules. Which statement is false? 1. As the ice melts, the force holding a water molecule to its neighbouring molecules gets

531

2. As the water becomes a gas, there are virtually no forces between the water molecules except during collisions. 3. Change of state has no eﬀect on forces holding the molecules together. Conceptual 09 Q6 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Consider the changes of state for a simple water molecule that goes from a solid to a liquid to a gas from the perspective of its average kinetic energy. What statement is true? 1. As the ice melts, the kinetic energy increases. 2. As the water becomes a gas, the kinetic energy decreases. 3. As the ice melts and becomes a gas, the kinetic energy decreases. Conceptual 09 Q7 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed. Consider the inﬂuence of pressure on the phase change of a material under this pressure. What statement is false? 1. Pressure has the tendency to lower the boiling temperature of a liquid. 2. Pressure has the eﬀect of lowering the melting temperature of a solid. 3. Pressure has the tendency to increase the condensation temperature of a gas. Conceptual 11 Q10 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, > 1 min, ﬁxed.

Chapter 20, section 6, Latent Heat Suppose a new liquid were discovered that is identical to water in every way except that it has a lower latent heat of vaporization. Which would be better for cooking pasta? 1. Ordinary water 2. This new liquid 3. Either will be ﬁne. Conceptual 11 Q11 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Suppose a new liquid were discovered that is identical to water in every way except that it has a lower latent heat of fusion. Would it take a longer or shorter time to make ice out of this liquid in your freezer? 1. Longer 2. Shorter 3. It depends on other factors, also. Hewitt CP9 17 E01 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. How would you determine wind direction after wetting your ﬁnger and holding it up in the air? 1. If a ﬁnger feels cold the wind must be blowing from North. If it feels warm, it’s South wind. 2. If a ﬁnger dries up quickly then it’s a tropical South wind. If it takes a while for it to dry it must be a wind from the nearest ocean, full of evaporation, and depends on where you are on the continent. 3. The side of your ﬁnger that feels cold shows where the wind is blowing from.

532

4. It’s not a scientiﬁc way to determine the wind direction, but rather a silly superstition. Hewitt CP9 17 E02 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. When you step out of a swimming pool on a hot, dry day in the southwest, why do you feel quite chilly? 1. The temperature outside the swimming pool is much lower. 2. The temperature drops dramatically when you ﬁnish swimming. 3. The water evaporates rapidly in the dry air, gaining its energy from your skin, which is cooled. 4. The temperature doesn’t change at all; it is all in your mind. Hewitt CP9 17 E07 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. If all the molecules in a liquid had the same speed, and some were able to evaporate, would the remaining liquid be cooled? 1. No; the energy of exiting molecules would be no diﬀerent than the energy of molecules left behind. 2. Yes; there is lower energy left. 3. Yes; evaporation can reduce the speed of the remaining molecules. 4. No; energy is conserved in the whole system. Hewitt CP9 17 E13 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed.

Chapter 20, section 6, Latent Heat Double-pane windows have nitrogen gas or very dry air between the panes. Why is ordinary air a poor idea? 1. There would be a great number of oxygen molecules that would react chemically with the window. 2. Ordinary air has a greater pressure that could crack the window glass. 3. Ordinary air is not physically stable. 4. Visibility is impaired if there is any condensation of water between the panes of glass. Hewitt CP9 17 E19 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. A great amount of water vapor changes phase to become water in the clouds that form a thunderstorm. Does this release thermal energy or absorb it? 1. Absorb energy; water is heavier than water vapor. 2. Absorb energy; water vapor cools to become water. 3. Release energy; water vapor undergoes condensation. 4. Release energy; some of the water molecules lose their energies. Hewitt CP9 17 E20 20:06, highSchool, multiple choice, < 1 min, ﬁxed. Why does the temperature of boiling water remain the same as long as the heating and boiling continue? 1. The water and the stove have the same temperature.

533

2. When water boils, it is being cooled by the boiling process as fast as it is being heated by the stove. 3. The stove stops working when the water is boiling. 4. The cold air around the water takes away the heat given by the stove. Holt SF 10D 01 20:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, normal. Given: cp,ice = 2090 J/kg ·◦ C cp,water = 4186 J/kg ·◦ C cp,steam = 2010 J/kg ·◦ C

Lf = 3.33 × 105 J/kg Lv = 2.26 × 106 J/kg

How much energy is required to change a 42 g ice cube from ice at −11◦ C to steam at 111◦ C? Holt SF 10D 02 20:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. Liquid nitrogen, which has a boiling point of 77 K, is commonly used to cool substances to low temperatures. How much energy must be removed from 1.0 kg of gaseous nitrogen at 77 K for it to completely liquefy? Assume the latent heat of liquid nitrogen is 2.01 × 105 J/kg Holt SF 10D 03 20:06, highSchool, numeric, > 1 min, wordingvariable. A sample of lead used to make a lead sinker for ﬁshing has an initial temperature of 27.3◦ C and is poured into a mold immediately after it has melted. How much energy is needed to melt 0.225 kg of lead? Assume the speciﬁc heat, the latent heat and the melting point of lead are

At a foundry.33 × 105 J/kg. Holt SF 10Rev 33 20:06. > 1 min.4 ◦ C respectively. section 6. 112 g of ice at 0. numeric. Holt SF 10Rev 32 20:06. numeric. how much heat 534 passes through the walls of the container? Assume the latent heat of plastic-foam is 333000 J/kg. numeric. each with a mass of 14.0◦ C is added to 0.4◦ C is poured into a mold. 25 kg of molten aluminum with a temperature of 660. . A plastic-foam container used as a picnic cooler contains a block of ice at 0. Holt SF 10D 06 20:06. the latent heat and the melting point of aluminum are 899 J/kg ·◦ C. highSchool. If this is carried out in a room containing 130 kg of air at 25◦ C. Holt SF 10D 04 20:06. wordingvariable. > 1 min. The largest of the Great Lakes. numeric.450 kg of soup at 80. highSchool. wordingvariable. wordingvariable.33 × 105 J/kg. ﬁnd the mass of the remaining ice in the jar. highSchool.20 × 1016 kg of water. > 1 min. what is the temperature of the air after the aluminum is completely solidiﬁed? Assume that the speciﬁc heat capacity of air is 1. A jar of tea is placed in sunlight until it reaches an equilibrium temperature of 32◦ C . > 1 min. > 1 min.97 × 105 J/kg. Assuming that the soup has the same speciﬁc heat capacity as water.7◦ C .0◦ C is added. highSchool. highSchool. Latent Heat 128 J/kg ·◦ C. In an attempt to cool the liquid. < 1 min. Lake Superior. normal.0◦ C.3 ◦ C respectively. Holt SF 10D 05 20:06. how much energy would have to be removed to freeze the whole lake at 0◦ C? Holt SF 10Rev 50 20:06. numeric. normal. A 0. which has a mass of 180 g .0◦ C. numeric. wordingvariable. Given: speciﬁc heat of water = ◦ 4186 J/kg · C and latent heat of fusion of water = 3. 2.4◦ C? Assume the speciﬁc heat. highSchool. contains about 1. You have collected exactly 1000 aluminum cans for recycling. How much energy is needed to melt them if their initial temperature is 26. If 225 g of ice melts.0◦ C.0 g. ﬁnd the ﬁnal temperature of the soup after the ice has melted.45 × 104 J/kg and 327. At the time at which the temperature of the tea is 31.97 × 105 J/kg and 660.0 × 103 J/kg ·◦ C.011 kg cube of ice at 0. Given: speciﬁc heat of aluminum = ◦ 899 J/kg · C and latent heat of fusion of aluminum = 3. Assume the speciﬁc heat capacity of the tea to be that of pure liquid water. 3. Given: The speciﬁc heat of water is 4186 J/kg ·◦ C . Given: speciﬁc heat of water = ◦ 4186 J/kg · C and water’s latent heat of fusion = 3. If the lake had a temperature of 12.Chapter 20.

A 25. highSchool. just-minted copper coin is placed in 101 g of water to cool. Holt SF 10Rev 47 20:08. highSchool. The speciﬁc heat of water is 4186 J/kg ·◦ C. A cup is made of an experimental material that can hold hot liquids without signiﬁcantly increasing its own temperature. what is the speciﬁc heat capacity of brass? The speciﬁc heat of water is 4186 J/kg ·◦ C. If the speciﬁc heat capacity of tin is 230 J/kg ·◦ C. > 1 min. > 1 min. One object is a 253 g cube of copper that is initially at 85 ◦ C.8◦ C. section 8. The calorimeter is not perfectly insulated. wordingvariable.39◦ C and the temperature of the coin changes by 83. A 0.22 kg of water at 25◦ C. What is the ﬁnal temperature? Assume the speciﬁc heat of gold is 129 J/kg ·◦ C. What is the mass of the coin? Disregard any energy transfer to the water’s surroundings and assume the speciﬁc heat of copper is 387 J/kg ·◦ C. highSchool.115 kg of water initially at 10. > 1 min.Chapter 20. highSchool. and the other is a chunk of aluminum that is initially at 5 ◦ C. Holt SF 10Rev 30 20:08. numeric. Holt SF 10C 07 20:08. the water reaches a ﬁnal temperature of 25 ◦ C. numeric. Brass is an alloy made from copper and zinc.140 kJ of energy is transferred to the surroundings before a ﬁnal temperature is reached. wording- 535 A hot.0 kg gold bar at 99 ◦ C is dropped into 0. . however. what is the ﬁnal equilibrium temperature of the tin-water mixture? The speciﬁc heat of water is 4186 J/kg ·◦ C. Holt SF 10C 04 20:08.80 kg of water at 5. wordingvariable. What is the cup’s speciﬁc heat capacity if the ﬁnal temperature is 24.0◦ C is dropped into 2. If the equilibrium temperature is 6. A 3. numeric.5 g silver ring (cp = 234 J/kg·◦ C) is heated to a temperature of 84.0◦ C.225 kg sample of tin initially at 97.5◦ C is dropped into 0. numeric. highSchool. What is the mass of the aluminum chunk? Assume the speciﬁc heat of copper and aluminum are 387 J/kg ·◦ C and 899 J/kg ·◦ C.25 kg of water with an initial temperature of 20. wordingvariable. Holt SF 10C 01 20:08.4◦ C? The speciﬁc heat of water is 4186 J/kg ·◦ C. numeric. numeric.0 ◦ C and then placed in a calorimeter containing 5. numeric. highSchool. The 0. > 1 min. Holt SF 10C 05 20:08. Holt SF 10C 02 20:08. highSchool. > 1 min. Calorimetry variable. normal.8◦ C. A student drops two metallic objects into a 120 g steel container holding 150 g of water at 25◦ C. A 0. wordingvariable.00 × 10−2 kg of water at 24. and 0.59 kg brass sample at 98. precisely where it started. > 1 min. > 1 min.75 kg cup has an initial temperature of 36. To the students’s surprise.0◦ C.0◦ C.5◦ C when it is submerged in 1. The water temperature changes by 8. wordingvariable. What is the ﬁnal temperature? The speciﬁc heat of water is 4186 J/kg ·◦ C.0 ◦ C.

It’s impossible to predict without a measurement. The container wall moves away from the gas molecules. section 9. so the molecules gain energy. what happens to the energy of gas molecules when the gas is compressed? 1. The applied pressure is maintained at 599. highSchool. ﬁxed. a little higher than the temperature at the top 2. numeric. a little lower than the temperature at the top 3. Holt SF 10Rev 19 20:09. . Part 1 of 2 Gas in a container is at a pressure of 1. A force of 315 N is applied horizontally to a wooden crate in order to displace it 35. Work and Heat in Thermodynamic Processes Conceptual 12 Q18 20:09. A toy balloon is inﬂated with helium at a constant pressure that is 430000 Pa in excess of atmospheric pressure. so the molecules lose energy. < 1 min. it will rebound with approximately the same speed with which you threw it. which changes the volume of the gas from 5. Calculate the initial internal energy of the crate. highSchool. wordingvariable. < 1 min. As a result of this work the crate’s internal energy is increased by an amount equal to 14 percent of the crate’s initial internal energy. highSchool. the ball will rebound with a slower speed. If the wall is moving away from you. The container wall moves away from the gas molecules. How much work is done? Holt SF 11A 03 20:09. so the molecules lose energy. much lower than the temperature at the top 5. Hewitt CP9 15 E11 20:09. numeric. wordingvariable. highSchool. The container wall moves toward the gas molecules. > 1 min.0 m3 . A gas is enclosed in a container ﬁtted with a piston. wordingvariable. highSchool. > 1 min.6 × 105 Pa and a volume of 4. highSchool. the same as the temperature at the top 536 6. 2. much higher than the temperature at the top 4. 3. the ball will rebound with a faster speed. < 1 min. If you throw a Wham-O SuperBall against a wall.523 × 10−4 m3 .0 m across a level ﬂoor at a constant velocity. numeric. 4. normal. Holt SF 11A 01 20:09. The container wall moves toward the gas molecules. If you throw it at a wall that’s moving toward you. What do you say about the temperature of water at the bottom of Niagara Falls? 1. multiple choice. so the molecules gain energy. < 1 min. multiple choice. Using the SuperBall example as an analogy. a) What is the work done by the gas if it expands at constant pressure to twice its initial volume? Part 2 of 2 b) What is the work done by the gas if it is compressed at constant pressure to onequarter of its initial volume? Holt SF 11A 02 20:09.5 kPa as the piston moves inward. ﬁxed. numeric.317 × 10−4 m3 to 2.Chapter 20.

wordingvariable.03525 m3 to 0. > 1 min. < 1 min. numeric. wordingvariable.1 × 10−4 m3 .6 cm. What is the pressure of the steam? Holt SF 11Rev 10 20:09. numeric.50 × 10−3 m3 . and the piston travels 2.03947 m3 at a pressure of 255000 Pa in excess of atmospheric pressure? Holt SF 11Rev 11 20:09. numeric. How much work is done when a tire’s volume increases from 0.Chapter 20. section 9.1 cm in one stroke. 537 . how much work is done by the balloon on the surrounding air? Atmospheric pressure is 101000 Pa . Find the amount of work done by the gas in the balloon. < 1 min.00095 m3 . highSchool. normal. Helium in a toy balloon does work on its surroundings as it expands with a constant pressure of 2.00018 m3 to 0. The balloon’s initial volume is 1. Steam moves into the cylinder of a steam engine at a constant pressure and does 0. highSchool. The diameter of the piston is 1. Holt SF 11A 04 20:09.84 J of work on a piston. highSchool. and its ﬁnal volume is 1.52 × 105 Pa in excess of atmospheric pressure. Work and Heat in Thermodynamic Processes If the balloon inﬂates from a volume of 0.

the internal energy increased. highSchool. No work. During a certain thermodynamic process a sample of gas expands and cools. The output will be increased simultaneously. No 2. < 1 min. Yes. It increased. Unable to determine 538 Does this process violate any law of physics? 1. 4. doing 75 Joules of work. the internal energy didn’t change. No. Yes. conservation of energy. A cylinder with a movable piston contains a gas as shown below. Nothing happens. highSchool. Yes. but not all. Heat is added slowly and some. Brownouts are experienced. normal. < 0 4. < 1 min. Part 1 of 3 A closed. of the ice melts. 2. When 100 Joules of heat is added to the gas. It decreased. No. highSchool. 3. ﬁxed. It remained the same. How much work is done during this process? Conceptual 12 Q04 20:10. Conceptual 12 Q10 20:10. 3.Chapter 20. the internal energy of the gas increases by 50 Joules and the piston rises. > 0 3. 1. ﬁxed. 4. Unable to determine Mass Part 3 of 3 Did the temperature increase? 1. < 1 min. ﬁxed. multiple choice. multiple choice. Heat Heat Heat 3. while no heat is added or taken away. rigid container contains an icewater mixture at 0 ◦ C. 4. The First Law of Thermodynamics Concept 18 01 20:10. 3. The power plant stops working. . Yes. multiple choice. < 1 min. A weight is placed on top of the piston. the second law of thermodynamics. What happens on a hot summer day when the energy demand on your local power plant exceeds its energy output? 1. highSchool. reducing its internal energy by 3000 J. section 10. the ﬁrst law of thermodynamics. How much work did the system do? Part 2 of 3 Did the internal energy increase or decrease? 1. 2. 2. Conceptual 12 Q12 20:10. 2. not all of the ice melted. numeric.

A 2. highSchool. Which block’s internal energy increased the most? 1. < 1 min. Assume the heat added to the spoon is exactly equal to the increase in the spoon’s internal energy. section 10.Chapter 20. what is the change in internal energy? 1. C . B 3. ∆E = 0 4. B 3. multiple choice. If equal amounts of heat are added to both A 500 J B 200 J C 539 pieces of metal. > 1 min. Unable to determine Conceptual 12 Q13 20:10. Suppose the blocks do not expand nor contract. ∆E > 0 2. How much work does the spoon do in the process? 1. B 3. A 2. They do the same work. A 2. Unable to determine Part 2 of 2 Which metal’s temperature increases more? 1. doing 100 Joules of work on the gas. highSchool. Same in both 4. highSchool. ﬁxed. < 0 3. < 1 min. except that A has a much larger thermal expansion coeﬃcient. highSchool. ﬁxed. Unable to determine Conceptual 12 Q14 20:10. If 100 Joules of heat are allowed to escape during the compression. Unable to determine Conceptual 12 Q15 20:10. which metal does more work on its surroundings? 1. < 1 min. multiple choice. Part 1 of 2 Two pieces of metal (A and B) are identical in every way. multiple choice. ﬁxed. ∆E < 0 3. multiple choice. 4. Suppose you compress a gas. A metal spoon is dropped into a shallow pot of boiling water and its temperature increases to 100◦ C. The First Law of Thermodynamics 4. ﬁxed. so no work is done. No work 4. Part 1 of 3 Three identical blocks exchange heat in the following way: A transfers 500 Joules of heat to B and B transfer 200 Joules of heat to C. > 0 2. Unable to determine Conceptual 12 Q16 20:10.

If the ﬁnal internal energy is 34 J and the system does 26 J of work. A steam engine’s boiler completely converts 155 kg of water to steam.Chapter 20. No. Part 1 of 2 The internal energy of a gas decreases by 344 J. < 1 min. Suppose you squeeze an air-ﬁlled hollow rubber ball in your hand. Yes. B and C have the same internal energy increase.76 × 108 of work expanding against the outside atmosphere. highSchool. < 1 min. numeric. The internal energy of the gas in a gasoline engine’s cylinder decreases by 195 J. how much energy is transferred as heat? Part 2 of 2 b) How much work is done on or by the gas? Holt SF 11B 05 20:10. This process involves the transfer of 3. section 10. Assuming no heat escapes. and 2. It doesn’t change. highSchool. numeric. highSchool. 3.0 kg quantity of water is held at constant volume in a pressure cooker and heated by a range element. Unable to determine Holt SF 11B 01 20:10. Unable to determine Part 3 of 3 Is it possible for block C to transfer heat to block A? 1. < 1 min. a) If the process is adiabatic. It decreases. numeric. highSchool. The First Law of Thermodynamics added to the system? 4. A 2. numeric. how much heat is 540 Holt SF 11B 02 20:10. what is the net change in the internal energy of the water-steam sys- .0 J of work is done by the gas. If 52. A 2. Part 2 of 3 Which block’s internal energy decreased? 1. 2. highSchool. It increases. highSchool. < 1 min.0 × 103 J.50 × 108 J as heat. what happens to the internal energy of the air inside? 1. multiple choice. B 3. How much energy is transferred from the range element to the pressure cooker as heat? Holt SF 11B 04 20:10. The system’s internal energy increases by 8. normal.0 × 103 J of energy is transferred to the surrounding air. the pressure cooker is not well insulated. Then heat is added to the system. 4. If steam escaping through a safety valve does 1. < 1 min. wordingvariable. 3. C 4. how much energy is transferred as heat? Holt SF 11B 03 20:10. numeric. wordingvariable. > 1 min. However. 2. normal. wordingvariable. ﬁxed. Unable to determine Conceptual 12 Q17 20:10. A system’s initial internal energy is 27 J.

numeric. and the internal energy of the system increases by 604 kJ. what is the change in the system’s internal energy? 541 . numeric. section 10.0 g of water is sealed in a pressure cooker and then vaporized by heating. normal. The expanding steam that results does 43.0 kJ of work. The system is deﬁned as the pressure cooker and the water and steam within it. and 5175 J must be added as heat to completely vaporize the water. Heat is added to an open pan of water at 100. < 1 min. How much energy is transferred to the system as heat? Holt SF 11Rev 40 20:10. < 1 min.0◦ C. highSchool. highSchool. The lid of a pressure cooker forms a nearly airtight seal. vaporizing the water. The First Law of Thermodynamics tem? Holt SF 11Rev 20 20:10.Chapter 20. Steam builds up pressure and increases temperature within the pressure cooker so that food cooks faster than it does in an ordinary pot. wordingvariable. If 2.

C / B / A 4. A / B / C 2. B / C / A 542 T3 .Chapter 20. C / A / B 5. section 11. highSchool. B / A / C 6. ﬁxed. A / C / B 3. multiple choice. < 1 min. Identify the parameter paths for an ideal gas that are isovolumetric / isobaric / isothermal. Work and the P V Diagram for a Gas Ideal Gas Path 20:11. P T1 > T 2 > T 3 C A B T1 T2 V 1.

a) Find the energy transferred as heat to or from the rod. highSchool. Part 1 of 3 A 150 kg steel rod in a building under construction supports a load of 6050 kg.81 m/s2 . causing the rod to thermally expand and raise the load 5.5 mm. Some Applications of the First Law of Thermodynamics Holt SF 11Rev 21 20:12. > 1 min. (Assume the speciﬁc heat capacity of steel is the same as for iron. The speciﬁc heat of iron is 448 J/kg ·◦ C .Chapter 20. Part 3 of 3 c) How great is the change in the rod’s internal energy? 543 . wordingvariable. section 12. During the day the rod’s temperature increases from 22 ◦ C to 47 ◦ C. numeric.) Part 2 of 3 b) Find the work done by or on the rod in this process. The acceleration of gravity is 9.

< 1 min. Air is a poor conductor. Heat transfer by radiation becomes more important than convection if you put your ﬁngers above the ﬂame. The temperature of the ﬂame is below the ignition temperature of the paper cup. Which description is right? 1. You can bring water in a paper cup to a boil by placing it over a hot ﬂame. 3. multiple choice. Energy ﬂows from your hand to the ice. The temperature of the air in the oven is in fact near the temperature of your hand. 2. Heat transfer by radiation is not important when you hold your ﬁngers beside a candle ﬂame. Concept 16 E16 20:13. What statement is correct? 1. Concept 16 E12 20:13. but cannot put your ﬁngers very close above the ﬂame. < 1 min. highSchool. You will burn your ﬁngers if you hold them above the ﬂame because of the convection of hot gases in the ﬂame. Which option below is wrong about this phenomenon? 1. 4. highSchool. 2. multiple choice. 2. ﬁxed. < 1 min. Heat ﬂows from the ice to your hand. Why doesn’t the paper cup burn? 1. multiple choice. Which of the following options is wrong? 1. 3. section 13. Paper cup is better conductor than water. highSchool. 4. 3. The cold ﬂows from the ice to your hand.Chapter 20. Heat will be readily conducted to your hand if you touch the metal inside the oven. Consider a hot object placed in contact with a cooler object. < 1 min. the end in your hand soon becomes cold. 3. 4. Heat and Energy Transfer Concept 16 E04 20:13. highSchool. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. You can safely hold you bare hand in a hot pizza oven for a few seconds. highSchool. ﬁxed. so very little heat is conducted by the air to your hand in a short time. You can hold your ﬁngers quite close to 544 the side of a candle ﬂame without harm because the air between is a good insulator. Concept 16 E13 20:13. The metal in the oven is a good conductor. Cold will ﬂow from the cooler object to . If you hold one end of a metal nail against a piece of ice. but if you momentarily touch the metal inside you’ll burn yourself. Concept 16 E11 20:13. Water is better conductor than paper. < 1 min. Temperature ﬂows from the ice to your hand. The water absorbs the energy that would otherwise raise the temperature of the paper. 2. multiple choice. multiple choice. You can comfortably hold your ﬁngers close beside a candle ﬂame. 4. ﬁxed.

What does the high speciﬁc heat of water have to do with convection currents in the air at the seashore? 1. 3. what is the most eﬃcient color for a steam radiator? 1. Sunshine warms water much less than it warms land. ﬁxed. Concept 16 E24 20:13. normal. ﬁxed. highSchool. Concept 16 E32 20:13. highSchool. the air is warmed over the land and descends. section 13. red 3. highSchool.6 g of peanuts beneath 1000 g of water. it can gain more heat than the hot one loses. Could you cook an egg in this boiling water? Why? 1. multiple choice. numeric. 4. 3. 2. Sunshine warms water much more than it warms land. with respect to its radiating properties. the air is warmed over the land and rises. water that boils will always cook the egg. No. 4. causing the convection currents in the air. No. An inventor proposes a design of cookware that will allow boiling to take place at a temperature much lower than 100◦ C so that food can be cooked with less energy consumption. the air is warmed over the sea and rises. > 1 min. black 545 Concept 16 P01 20:13. What is your opinion about this proposal? 1. Interestingly. causing the convection currents in the air. ﬁxed. multiple choice. what is the food value of the peanut? Concept 17 E26 20:13. 2. 2. Sunshine warms water much less than it warms land. Yes. 4. William burns 0. food can be cooked quicker in this new cookware. < 1 min. a steam radiator warms a room more by convection than by radiation. causing the convection currents in the air. < 1 min. the bubbing of the surrounding water cooks the egg. 3. for example). It’s a good idea. < 1 min. Yes. Nevertheless. If the cooler object is bigger. highSchool.Chapter 20. < 1 min. multiple choice. Heat and Energy Transfer the hot one. The hot object will lose as much heat as the cooler one gains. Sunshine warms water much more than it warms land. highSchool. multiple choice. blue 4. Assuming 40% eﬃciency. the water temperature is low. ﬁxed. . causing the convection currents in the air. the air is warmed over the sea and descends. Water will boil spontaneously in a vacuum (on the moon. The hot object will lose as much temperature as the cooler one gains. the boiling of water in this condition is not very intense. Concept 17 E27 20:13. which increases in temperature from 22◦ C to 50◦ C. white 2.

2. third . Goose down and feathers trap a lot of air. < 1 min. The ﬁrst is placed on the countertop. after a few bounces. which is a good insulator. It’s a good idea. < 1 min. highSchool. Heat and Energy Transfer 2. The ball acquired energy from friction with the air molecules. ﬁxed. 4. comes to rest. > 1 min. and then the air is removed from the air. multiple choice. Why do some animals roll up into a ball when they are cold? 1. multiple choice. 546 Imagine lying on a hot beach on a sunny summer day. the temperature of the food is not high enough to cook. First. Goose down and feathers have high speciﬁc heat. Not a good idea. 3. making it easier to generate heat. 2. highSchool. Conceptual 11 Q13 20:13. multiple choice. 3. Each collision with the ground gives a small kinetic energy to the atoms in the ball. second. Convection moves heated air away from your body. Rolling into a ball reduces their exposed area. Place the potatoes in order of which will cool fastest. Rolling into a ball reduces the energy consumed by the animals. highSchool. A golf ball is dropped onto hard ground and. The third potato is wrapped in aluminum foil and then placed on the countertop alongside the ﬁrst. section 13. In what diﬀerent ways is heat transferred to your body? 1. ﬁxed. The air temperature is higher than that of the ball. Radiation from the Sun heats your body. Why are feather beds warm and why is goose down considered the best ﬁlling for a parka? 1. > 1 min. Why is the golf ball’s temperature slightly higher after it comes to rest? 1. Conceptual 11 Q15 20:13.Chapter 20. Conceptual 11 Q23 20:13. multiple choice. Three identical potatoes are taken out of a hot oven to cool. Rolling into a ball increases their metabolism. water boiling at lower temperatures saves energy. 2. 3. 3. ﬁxed. multiple choice. < 1 min. 1. 4. Conceptual 11 Q14 20:13. All of these Conceptual 11 Q2 20:13. The second is wrapped in aluminum foil and placed inside a jar. Goose down and feathers have a higher natural temperature than other materials. highSchool. Conduction from the hot sand heats your body. the boiling water in this condition is not very intense. ﬁxed. 3. Not a good idea. thus reducing heat loss through conduction and radiation. 2. ﬁxed. highSchool.

third. . ﬁrst Conceptual 11 Q8 20:13. the celery doesn’t contain any energy. fusion in the sun 5. multiple choice. First. 3. section 13. < 1 min. aluminum 2. < 1 min. highSchool. Conceptual 11 Q9 20:13. 4. ﬁrst 6. 2. ﬁrst. 547 Conceptual 12 Q07 20:13. highSchool. charging of a battery 6. Yes. They have equal temperature changes. If water had a lower speciﬁc heat. Yes 2. Yes. < 1 min. wording-variable. Plants and animals are still dying and ending up at the ocean bottom today. multiple choice. multiple choice. Heat and Energy Transfer 2. a ﬂashlight Conceptual 12 Q06 20:13. water 3. highSchool. Identify an example of the conversion of thermal energy into chemical potential energy. 4. Coal should be. ﬁxed. Second. Oil should be. highSchool. a remote controlled car 4. second 5. A certain amount of heat is added to some water so that its temperature rises. The same amount of heat is added to a piece of aluminum with the same mass as the water. ﬁxed. Some people say that you lose more Calories by eating celery than you gain. < 1 min. second 3. Unable to determine 2. Third. Should fossil fuels be classiﬁed as renewable resources? 3. Is that possible? 1. ﬁxed. eating helps you get energy. Third. chewing uses more energy than is contained in the celery. smelting iron 3. No. < 1 min. hot bath be greater or less? 1. Which has the higher temperature change? 1. No 3.Chapter 20. Less 1. Greater 2. second. third 4. Second. third. No. Conceptual 12 Q08 20:13. One kind of energy can be converted into another. coal should not. oil should not. ﬁxed. you won’t lose or gain any Calories. multiple choice. None of these 1. ﬁrst. multiple choice. highSchool. would your chances of enjoying a long.

Heat ﬂows from an object at higher temperature to an object at lower temperature. Which statements are true? 1. multiple choice. open with respect to energy. B→A 3. < 1 min. multiple choice. No heat ﬂows. A only 8. B only 548 Conceptual 13 Q08 20:13. section 13. highSchool. highSchool. A cube of aluminum metal is placed in contact with a cube of copper metal. . 2. open with respect to energy. In which direction will heat ﬂow if these two systems are placed in thermal contact? 1. A. Which way does heat ﬂow? 1. closed with respect to energy. 4. Heat and Energy Transfer 6. A system can be classiﬁed as either open or closed with respect to matter and with respect to energy. ﬁxed. 7. 4. multiple choice. open with respect to matter. Heat ﬂows from an object in liquid state to an object in solid state. Conceptual 12 Q09 20:13. Consider the following statements. assume that system A contains 1000000 J of internal energy and system B contains 100 J of internal energy. ﬁxed. How would you classify the Earth and the Sun? 1. A and B only 3. B and C only 5. closed with respect to matter. < 1 min. C only 2. ﬁxed. 3. wording-variable. wording-variable. A and C only 4. A→B 2. from copper to the aluminum 2. multiple choice. open with respect to matter. B. A piece of metal and a piece of wood of equal mass and equal temperature are removed from a hot oven and dropped onto blocks of ice. closed with respect to matter. Unable to determine Conceptual 13 Q09 20:13. C. multiple choice. from aluminum to copper 3. All are true. highSchool. For the sake of deﬁniteness. < 1 min. Conceptual 12 Q19 20:13.Chapter 20. < 1 min. Heat ﬂows from an object with higher thermal energy to one with lower thermal energy. None is true. < 1 min. Two systems contain vastly diﬀerent amounts of internal energy. closed with respect to energy. highSchool. The average speed of the atoms in each metal is the same. highSchool. Figuring Physics 15 20:13. No heat ﬂow.

cooled in the winter. There is no minimum temperature. 3. what would be wrong? 1. ﬁxed. In the winds at the latitude of San Francisco and Washington D. There is no maximum temperature. The Sun is only twice as far from the Earth as the Moon is. The wood. 5. Neither is wrong. 2. the heat it lost would warm the atmosphere. highSchool. highSchool. < 1 min. Kinetic energy has a minimum (zero) but no maximum. radiation. < 1 min. convection. 2. The strength of the heat we feel has nothing to do with either the distance. ﬁxed. 549 Hewitt CP9 15 E09 20:13. These radiators warm a room primarily via 1. Heat and Energy Transfer Which will melt more ice before cooling to the ice temperature? 1. highSchool. Both will melt equal amounts of ice. 4. multiple choice. When no more energy can be extracted from a material. There is no limit to how much energy can be added to a material. As the Atlantic ocean near Washington D. 1. < 1 min.Chapter 20. The Sun is almost twice as hot as the coals in a ﬁreplace. 3. were mainly from the east rather than from the west. Hewitt CP9 16 E01 20:13.C. The metal. ﬁxed. highSchool. Figuring Physics 16 20:13.C. . 2. 4. highSchool. 4. multiple choice. 3. ﬁxed. 3. Which statement is wrong? 2. multiple choice. numeric. multiple choice. The Sun’s radius is nearly twice the distance between the Earth and the Moon. When you step from the shade into the sunlight the Sun’s heat is evident like the heat from hot coals in a ﬁreplace in an otherwise cold room. 4. The climate of San Francisco would be chilled by winter winds from dry and cold Nevada. Both are wrong. or the size. It does not change. How does the temperature change? 1. it is at absolute zero. 3. Wrap a fur coat around a thermometer. conduction. section 13. Hot water/steam radiators are common ﬁxtures that nicely warm the interiors of buildings. < 1 min. ﬁxed. Which of the following is the correct statement? 1. or the temerature of the Sun. Hewitt CP9 15 E19 20:13. 2. All about equally Hewitt CP9 01 E05 20:13. < 1 min.

II and III only 5. Many have injured their tongues by licking a piece of metal on a very cold day. It rises. Hewitt CP9 16 E05 20:13. III) Saliva freezes as soon as the tongue touches the metal surface. 4. Copper and aluminum are bad conductors of electricity. I. 4. II) Metal is a good heat conductor. All of them 550 . It depends on the material of the thermometer. highSchool. < 1 min. Why is there a layer of copper and aluminum at the bottom of stainless steel cookware? 1. 3. II. 5. Hewitt CP9 16 E07 20:13.Chapter 20. 3. highSchool. section 13. ﬁxed. I and III only 3. multiple choice. Heat and Energy Transfer 2. 2. I and II only 2. IV) Licking a piece of wood would result in the same injury. I. There is no reason behind it. < 1 min. III and IV only 7. I and IV only 4. Which of the following is true? I) Heat transfers quickly to the metal. It rises at ﬁrst. multiple choice.II and III only 8. ﬁxed. II and IV only 6. then drops back to the original. 1. It drops. Copper and aluminum are better conductors of heat than stainless steel.II and IV only 10.III and IV only 9. Stainless steel transfers heat more quickly to the cookware’s interior.

Chapter 21. Molecular Model of an Ideal Gas Figuring Physics 05 21:01. highSchool. 3. section 1. multiple choice. a toss up. 551 When the jar is covered the candle to go out ﬁrst will be the 1. . Hint: Some physics problems are just hot air. ﬁxed. short candle. tall candle. < 1 min. 2. 50-50. A short and a long candle burn in an open jar as shown below.

3. They have the same average speed because they have the same average kinetic energy. They have the same average speed because they have the same average kinetic energy. What is correct? 1. increases 3. decreases 2. 4. 4. highSchool. multiple choice. < 1 min. the mass of U-235 is less than U-238. . they have a larger average kinetic energy. < 1 min. 3. doesn’t change 4. Additional information is needed. 2. which molecules move faster and why? 1. U-235 molecules will move faster. When a container of gas is heated. 4. Hydrogen molecules will move faster. which molecules move faster and why? 1. Distribution of Molecular Speeds Concept 16 E25 21:07. highSchool. multiple choice. ﬁxed. ﬁxed.Chapter 21. U-235 molecules will move faster. ﬁxed. 5. multiple choice. Hydrogen molecules will move faster. The kinetic energy of gas molecules doesn’t change. multiple choice. 2. Gas molecules move at random speed. 552 Hewitt CP9 15 E03 21:07. Hewitt CP9 11 E02 21:07. Temperature aﬀects random speeds. highSchool. Gas molecules move at the same speed. In a mixture of hydrogen and oxygen gases at the same temperature. Oxygen molecules will move faster. U-238 molecules will move faster. they have a larger average kinetic energy. section 7. In a gas of U-235 and U-238 in thermal equilibrium. they have a larger average kinetic energy. highSchool. Concept 16 E27 21:07. ﬁxed. they have a larger average kinetic energy. It would be statistically possible for any large number of molecules to have the same speed. 3. the mass of hydrogen is less than that of oxygen. 2. what happens to the average speed of its molecules? 1. < 1 min. < 1 min.

highSchool. That would violate Newton’s ﬁrst law of motion. < 1 min. highSchool. Yes. ﬁxed. 3. Seawater is full of moving molecules that possess kinetic energy. 2. 3. Conceptual 13 Q02 22:01. leaving you in a vacuum? 1. The Second Law of Thermodynamics Conceptual 13 Q01 22:01. < 1 min. Yes. Could we extract this energy from seawater? 1. highSchool. That would violate Newton’s third law of motion. highSchool. ﬁxed. ﬁxed. but too complicated to build. the second law forbids high eﬃciency. it would violate either the ﬁrst or second laws of thermodynamics. Yes. to remove gases formed during the process Conceptual 13 Q03 22:01. multiple choice. “Cogeneration” is a term used to describe systems in which waste heat from electric generating plants is used to heat nearby homes. ﬁxed. 4. by putting the seawater into contact with something hotter. multiple choice. Does cogeneration violate the second law of thermodynamics? 553 1. Such systems achieve eﬃciencies much greater than 50 %. < 1 min. 2. < 1 min. Why do they install big cooling stacks around nuclear reactors and coal-ﬁred generating plants? 1. No. multiple choice. Why don’t all the atoms in the room you’re sitting in move to one side. to absorb particle radiation 2. ﬁxed. Conceptual 13 Q05 22:01. No. 3. the kinetic energy is unusable. section 1. highSchool. ﬁxed. Conceptual 13 Q04 22:01. multiple choice. No.Chapter 22. to remove heat that does not go into useful work 3. multiple choice. No. 4. < 1 min. That would violate the ﬁrst law of thermodynamics. highSchool. it would violate the ﬁrst law of thermodynamics. Is a perpetual motion machine possible? Why? 1. it’s theoretically possible. the second law only forbids eﬃciency equal to 100 %. < 1 min. . 2. multiple choice. waste heat can’t be converted into mechanical work. Yes. but it violates the ﬁrst law of thermodynamics. by putting the seawater into contact with something cooler. Conceptual 13 Q06 22:01. Yes. 2. No. That would violate the second law of thermodynamics 3.

the ice is not a isolated system. highSchool.0 percent. section 1. water goes from a state of larger disorder to one with more order. How much energy is transferred as heat to the river each second? Holt SF 11Rev 29 22:01. A power plant has a power output of 1055 MW and operates with an eﬃciency of 33. numeric.1 × 106 kg/s. wordingvariable. Excess energy is carried away as heat from the plant to a nearby river that has a ﬂow rate of 1. 2. wordingvariable. No.5 × 1012 J. numeric. Yes. highSchool. Holt SF 11Rev 19 22:01. > 1 min. 3. < 1 min. The Second Law of Thermodynamics When ice freezes. the entropy of ice increased even though it’s in a state with more order. the second law does not hold in several rare cases. The energy provided each hour by heat to the turbine in an electric power plant is 9. No. Does this violate the second law of thermodynamics? 1. what is the eﬃciency of this heat engine? 554 . If 6.5 × 1012 J of energy is exhausted each hour from the engine as heat.Chapter 22.

highSchool. C and E 5. an amount of heat Qin enters the engine. how much energy must be added to the engine during one cycle in order for it to operate at 31 percent eﬃciency? Holt SF 11Rev 28 Which of these engines violates the ﬁrst law of thermodynamics? 1. only C 4.0 × 102 J. < 1 min. D and E 2. < 1 min. A. Heat Engines Conceptual 13 Q10 22:02. Suppose you ran an engine and used the −5 K reservoir as the cold reservoir.49 × 105 J in each cycle. Assume that all of the remaining energy is used to do work. If a steam engine takes in 2. the engine eﬃciency would be high. wordingvariable. the net internal energy change is 0. an amount Qout leaves the engine. highSchool. 2. ﬁxed.254 × 104 kJ from the boiler and gives up 1.Chapter 22. B and C Part 2 of 2 Which of these engines violates the second law of thermodynamics? 1. a) What is the engine’s eﬃciency? Part 2 of 2 b) How much work is done in each cycle? Holt SF 11C 06 22:02. the engine eﬃciency would be greater than 100 %. only C 4. Would such an engine violate the second law of thermodynamics? 1. wordingvariable. numeric. Part 1 of 2 A steam engine absorbs 1. No. Part 1 of 2 During a complete cycle of an engine. If the energy removed from an engine as heat during one cycle is 6. highSchool.98 × 105 J and expels 1. A. Imagine that it were possible to construct a reservoir at −5 K (below absolute zero). only D 3. wordingvariable. > 1 min.915 × 104 kJ in exhaust during one cycle. numeric. D and E 2. Holt SF 11C 01 22:02. section 2. highSchool. multiple choice. only D 3. ﬁxed. highSchool. Yes. B and C Conceptual 13 Q11 . multiple choice. During that cycle. numeric. The following table lists these quantities for a variety of engines. what is the engine’s eﬃciency? Holt SF 11C 03 22:02. but reasonable. < 1 min. Engine A B C D E Qin 100 J 100 J 100 J 100 J 100 J Qout 100 J 50 J 0J 20 J 100 J W 0J 50 J 100 J 60 J 50 J 555 22:02. C and E 5. < 1 min. and an amount of work W is done.

A heat engine absorbs 850 J of energy per cycle from a high-temperature source. In one cycle. numeric. normal. < 1 min. Heat Engines 22:02. What is the engine’s eﬃciency? 556 . highSchool. The engine does 350 J of work during each cycle.Chapter 22. section 2. an engine burning a mixture of air and methanol (methyl alcohol) absorbs 525 J and expels 415 J. highSchool. What is the engine’s eﬃciency? Holt SF 11Rev 30 22:02. numeric. normal. expelling 500 J as heat. < 1 min.

normal. highSchool. ﬁxed. the Earth’s internal energy 2. numeric.6% 4. where is condenses back into a liquid and the whole process repeats. where the lowtemperature reservoir is at 250 t2 ? Conceptual 13 04 22:04. An engine has a hot reservoir of 600 K and a low-temperature reservoir of 300 K. What is the maximum eﬃciency with which OTEC can produce electricity? 1. normal. with low-temperature surroundings at 300 K. The idea is to ﬁnd a material that boils between these temperatures. 84% 3. 7. multiple choice. normal. > 1 min. numeric. Part 1 of 2 The Ocean Thermal Electric Conversion system (OTEC) is an example of a high-tech electric generator. What is its maximum possible eﬃciency? Part 2 of 2 How much more eﬃcient would the plant be if it were built in the Arctic. section 4. A steam engine has a high-temperature reservoir of 100 ◦ C and a low-temperature of 10 ◦ C. > 1 min. highSchool.0% 2. 7. highSchool. > 1 min. numeric. Part 1 of 2 A power plant burns natural gas at a temperature of 600 K. 93% 5. water . What is the Carnot eﬃciency of an OTEC power plant that operates on the temperature diﬀerence between deep 4◦ C water and 25◦ C surface water? Conceptual 13 01 22:04.3% Part 2 of 2 What is the ultimate source of the energy generated by OTEC? 1. 1.Chapter 22. deep ocean water is at a temperature of 4 ◦ C. What is the theoretical eﬃciency of this engine? Conceptual 13 02 22:04. < 1 min. The Carnot Engine Concept 18 03 22:04. numeric. It takes advantage of the fact that in the tropics. highSchool. < 1 min. highSchool. The gas is then pumped back to the depths. normal. What is its maximum possible eﬃciency? Conceptual 13 03 22:04. and the expansion associated with its boiling is used to drive an electrical turbine. The material in the ﬂuid form is brought up through a large pipe from the depths. the Sun 3. while the surface 557 is at a temperature around 25 ◦ C.

normal. how much work is done by the engine? Holt SF 11C 05 22:05. Gasoline and Deisel Engines Concept 18 02 22:05. If a gasoline engine has an eﬃciency of 21 percent and loses 780 J to the cooling system and exhaust during each cycle. > 1 min. How much energy is transferred from the engine to the exhaust and cooling system as heat? 558 . numeric. < 1 min. highSchool. < 1 min. numeric. highSchool.Chapter 22. A certain diesel engine performs 372 J of work in each cycle with an eﬃciency of 33. A test model for an experimental gasoline engine does 45 J of work in one cycle and gives up 31 J as heat. What is the ideal eﬃciency of an automobile engine where fuel is heated to 2700 K and the outdoor air is at 270 K? Holt SF 11C 02 22:05. < 1 min. What is the engine’s eﬃciency? Holt SF 11C 04 22:05. normal. normal. section 5. highSchool. highSchool. numeric.0 percent. wordingvariable. numeric.

multiple choice. When the cars are allowed to park anywhere 2. < 1 min. When the cars are forced to park between the lines in designated spaces 3. Which is a higher entropy situation? 1. Unable to determine 559 . Entropy Conceptual 13 Q14 22:07. A large parking lot contains 50 identical cars. Either 4. section 7. ﬁxed. highSchool.Chapter 22.

Ssw decreases. What happens to these entropies? 1. Sice increases. Ssys increases 2. Entropy Changes in Irreversible Processes Conceptual 13 Q12 22:08. Ssys does not change.Chapter 22. highSchool. Ssw and Ssys . Sice decreases. Sice increases. < 1 min. An ice cube melts on the warm sidewalk on a hot summer day. Ssw decreases. Sice increases. 560 . multiple choice. Ssys increases 3. Let the entropies of the ice cube. Ssys decreases 4. section 8. of the pavement and of the ice cube-sidewalk system be Sice . Ssw increases. ﬁxed. Ssw increases.

solid 3. highSchool. Which state is more disordered? 1. multiple choice. < 1 min. Unable to determine 561 . liquid 2. Entropy on a Microscopic Scale Conceptual 13 Q17 22:09. ﬁxed.Chapter 22. section 9. Either 4.

- Mecanica de Fluidos e Hidraulica.pdf
- Trigonometria Sabado
- Tema_4
- Tema 03
- 196403153
- Defectos e Imperfecciones Red Cristalina
- Tema 03
- termo[1]
- Tecnicas Avanzadas de Modelado 2
- Problemas 0708
- Notas
- Notas
- Problemas 0708
- MF Propiedades Fluidos
- Lif Luba
- BVCI0003320_17
- 012
- Beer Mecanica de Materiales 5e Ppt Para Clase c02 1
- proyecciones_ortogonales
- materiales_aceros
- 92112636-ceramicos-1-ppt
- Composite Materials
- Ceramic Os
- DIAPOSITIVAS DE CERÁMICOS 1
- 52_1_51

Sign up to vote on this title

UsefulNot useful- Solution PDF
- Physics Final Problems
- Homework 3 Solutions
- Quest 7 Solutions
- Work Energy Power
- Tes 3 Practice Test-solutions
- AP-Newton's 3rd Law & Friction-Preview[1]
- EX3 Solutions
- ch15[1]
- Projectiles Solutions
- HW01-solutions
- HW1-preview
- 14 Rolling and Energy-Problems
- HW13-preview
- Chap 23 64 Regular Physics
- Final Exam Review 1-Solutions
- Quest 8 key
- Test Bank
- Ch14 h2 Extra Solutions
- Quest 7 Problems
- Ch 05 HW
- Quest Physics Homework Magnetism
- Exam 2 for PHY 303K - ENGINEERING PHYSICS I with Turner.pdf
- Answer Key - Introductory Calculations I - Uncertainty
- Spurlock Homework 1 Solutions
- Quest- Potential Energy and Energy Conservation
- Test_Bank.pdf physics seville
- Applied Physics
- Electricity Homework Solutions
- Energy and Momentum
- Chap 01 22 Regular Physics